Courses Specifications
Department of Electronic Engineering Technology
EET111 - Electrical Circuits I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Electric circuits represent the foundation of electrical engineering studies and practices. All electrical systems can be modeled using the electric circuits approach. Therefore, learning how to build and analyze electric circuits constitute a milestone in building engineering career. This course will provide the students with strong understanding of electric circuits with emphasis on the techniques for analysing electric circuits in steady state and in transient state as well. The course contains an introduction to electric circuits, circuits elements and Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff's’ Laws & voltage and current division rules, the node-voltage method, the mesh-current method, superposition method and source transformation, Thevenin's and Norton's circuits, maximum power transfer theorem, inductors and capacitors, and first order transients.
References
- Charles K. Alexander and Matthew Sadiku, “Fundamentals of Electric Circuits” Second Edition, McGrawHill, 2004.
- W. Nilsson and S. A. Riedel, “Electric Circuits”, Eights Edition or later. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2011.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: To build an understanding of the basic concepts of electric circuits.
- CLO 2: To apply the basic laws of electric circuits.
- CLO 3: To learn the different analysis methods of electric circuits.
- CLO 4: To analyze different configurations of resistive circuits using these methods.
- CLO 5: To investigate the transient phenomena in electric circuits.
- CLO 6: To develop the students’ problem solving skills.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Electrical quantities, measuring instruments, resistor color code. LAB 2: Breadboard and wiring, power supply, Ohm's law, and series and parallel configurations. LAB 3: KVL, KCL, voltage divider rule, and current divider rule. LAB 4: An introduction to PsPice simulation. LAB 5: DC circuits with dependent sources. LAB 6: Nodal analysis and mesh analysis. LAB 7: Superposition principle. LAB 8: Thevenin's equivalent circuit. LAB 9: Maximum power transfer theorem.
EET121 - Fundamental of Optics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course supports the students with the fundamentals of optics. The course includes the notion of the ray model of light. The course also contains the image formation by plane and spherical mirrors, the notion of refractive index of a material, Snell's law, total internal reflection in optical fibers, thin lenses, visible light spectrum, dispersion, light polarization, how the human eye works, usage of corrective lenses, magnifying glasses, and fifferent types of optical instruments (cameras, telescopes, and compound microscope).
References
- D. C. Giancoli, Physics: Priciples with Applications, 6th ed. Pearson.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the ray model of light.
- CLO 2: Learn the image formation by plane and spherical mirrors.
- CLO 3: Learn the meaning of refracive index of a material.
- CLO 4: Understand the meaning of the Snell's law of refraction and total internal reflection for optical fibers.
- CLO 5: Learn the meaning of thin lenses.
- CLO 6: Identify visible light spectrum and dispersion. CLO 7: Understand the concept of light polarization.
- CLO 8: Recognize how the human eye works and the usage of corrective lenses. CLO 9: Understand the principle of operation of magnifying glasses. CLO 10: Identify different types of optical instruments: Cameras, telescopes, and compound microscope.
EET191 - EET Internship I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
EET492
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Student learning includes overall professional development of students, required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Further, the students develop awareness of the organizational department structure and their roles, responsibilities, and function. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is expected to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the industry/organization and submit the evaluation report of the students with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students are exposed to the industry environment for 6 to 8 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the Electronic industrial standards and recognize the requirement of these standards with the industrial scenario.
- CLO 2: Examine a specific project related to electrical engineering at an existing job.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate individual confidence to handle various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 6: Expose themselves to acquire life skills to meet societal challenges
- CLO 7: Relate the engineer’s responsibilities and ethics while handling various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 8: Read the engineering drawings and if necessary, modify the parts/unit/assembly drawing of the electrical product.
EET211 - Electrical Circuits II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
EET111
|
Course Contents
This course is the second course in electric circuits for electrical engineering students. It aims to introduce the concepts of circuit analysis in three different domains namely; time domain, frequency domain, and in Laplace domain. It also provides the students with the techniques needed for the analysis of active circuits such as filter circuits and amplifiers. The course contains an introduction to AC circuits, circuit elements in th ephasor domain, analysis of AC circuits, power calculations in AC circuits, power factor correction, operational amplifiers and their applications, resonance circuits, filters, and S-domain analysis.
References
- Charles K. Alexander and Matthew Sadiku. Fundamentals of Electric Circuits (11th edition). McGrawHill. ISBN-10: 0073048356. ISBN-13: 978-0073048352. J. W. Nilsson and S. A. Riedel. Electric Circuits (10th edition). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall. ISBN 0-13-146592-9.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Recall the principles of operation, electrical characteristics and circuit models of active elements such as Operational amplifiers.
- CLO 2: Identify different types of filters and amplifiers.
- CLO 3: Recognize the principles of operation, electrical characteristics and circuit models of amplifiers, filters, AC circuits, S-domain circuits. CLO 4: Distinguish between the different components of Power.
- CLO 5: Formulate the transfer function of a circuit in frequency domain and in S- domain.
- CLO 6: Analyze Filters, AC circuits, and amplifiers circuits.
- CLO7: Calculate the apparent, active and reactive power of a circuit.
- CLO 8: Calculate the power factor of the circuit and size the capacitor required for power factor improvement. CLO 9: Prepare reports and assignments and hand them before due dates.
- CLO 10: Develop communication skills through interactive discussions within the lectures and tutorials.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Capacitors and oscilloscpes. LAB 2: R-L and R-C series connections. LAB 3: PsPice simulation - AC analysis. LAB 4: AC power triangle. LAB 5: Power factor correction. LAB 6: PsPice siluation - operational amplifier. LAB 7: Non-invderting operational amplifier. LAB 8: Operational amplifier applications: Differentiator and integrator. LAB 9: Filters.
EET212 - Signals & Communication Systems Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
GEN121
|
Course Contents
Signals and systems are used in a wide range of engineering system like voice processing, image processing data processing, cellular networks which are an integral part of analog and digital communications. This course covers the classification of signals like continuous and discrete signals, analog and digital signals, deterministic and random signals, even and odd signals, periodic and aperiodic signals, and linear and nonlinear signal, and basic operations on signals like time shifting and time scaling. The topics include representation of basic signals like step, unit impulse, sinusoid, complex exponential. It also covers the impulse response and step response, convolution, and block diagram representations for interconnections of systems. The student learning includes Fourier analysis and properties of continuous-time periodic signals, discrete-time periodic signals, continuous-time aperiodic signals, and discrete-time aperiodic signals. The last part of the course covers the sampling theory, the need of modulation process, bandwidth requirement, amplitude modulation (AM), and spectrum of AM waves.
References
- Oppenheim, V. Willsky, A. S., & Nawab, S. H. (2020). Signals and Systems, Prentice Hall,2nd Edition.
- Taub, H. Schilling, D. L., & Saha, G. (2017). Principles of Communication Systems. 3rd Edition, TMH.
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/signals_and_systems/index.htm
- http://www.dspguide.com/ch8/1.htm
- https://electronicscoach.com/difference-between-analog-and-digital-communication.html
- https://www.javatpoint.com/analog-communication
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Classify signals (continuous-time vs. discrete-time, real vs. complex, periodic vs. aperiodic, and deterministic vs. random). CLO 2: Calculate power and energy of signals and make transformations of the independent variable for signals. CLO 3: Illustrate systems based on their properties: in particular, to understand and exploit the implications of linearity, time-invariance, causality, memory, and bounded-input bounded-output (BIBO) stability for DSP applications.
- CLO 4: Identify the different features of linear time-invariant (LTI) systems. CLO 5: Find the Fourier series for continuous-time periodic signals, and identify its main properties. CLO 6: Find the Fourier series for discrete-time periodic signals, and identify its main properties. CLO 7: Find the Fourier transform for continuous-time aperiodic signals, and identify its main properties. CLO 8: Find the Fourier transform for continuous-time periodic signals, and identify its main properties. CLO 9: Find the Fourier transform for discrete-time aperiodic signals, and identify its main properties. CLO 10: Find the Fourier transform for discrete-time periodic signals, and identify its main properties. CLO 11: Understand the notion of the sampling theory.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: An introduction to MATLAB. LAB 2: 1D arrays. LAB 3: Arrays and matrices. LAB 4: MATLAB representations of discrete-time signals. LAB 5: MATLAB representations of discrete-time signals (cont.). LAB 6: Discrete-time signals. LAB assignment: MATLAB code to generate discrete-time step, ramp, parabolic, sinusoidal, and impulse signals, find the sum and convolution of two discrete-time signals, and generate and plot the magnitude and phase for the Fourier transform of a given discrete-time aperiodic signal.
EET213 - Electric Circuit Design & PCB Manufacturing
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
EET211
|
Course Contents
This is a basic course for designing PCB using software and hardware. The major objective is to select and use appropriate test equipment and procedures from a wide range of possibilities to analyze and interpret test results and measurements on electric circuits, in terms of theoretical models. The topics include predicting the performance of electric circuits from device characteristics and designing an electronic printed circuit board for a specific application using industry standard software. The student learning includes designing and fabricating PCB for prototyping for electronic circuits, single and multilayer PCB Technology, PCB plated through hole, surface mount, PCB Material, its mechanical and electrical properties, resins, and foils used, solder mask, electronic component packaging like hole packages, axial and radial lead, dual line package, transistor outline, pin grid array. The student also learns PCB designing, fabrication, production, electronic design automation tools like Eagle, Ultiboard, Orcad and Opensource tools like KiCad. In KiCad Schematic entry drawing, netlisting, layering, component footprint library selection & designing, design rules, component placing by manual and automatic, automatic & manual track routing, track length, angle, joint & size. It also covers the IPC standards for schematic, designing, material and documentation which includes the use of standard title blocks, page sequencing, readability, design rules, separate part list, assembly drawing, PWB drawing and flag notes. It covers the PCB prototyping using CNC machine, photo-lithography process, screen printing process and chemical etching. The course also covers the PCB mass manufacturing process like gerber generation, CAM, panelization, cleaning, drilling, plating, screen printing, etching, automated optical inspection, tinning, solder resist, legend printing, PCB testing.
References
- Jon Varteresian, (2002) Fabricating Printed Circuit Boards, Newnes Publication.
- https://reprap.org/wiki/MakePCBInstructions#Making_PCBs_yourself
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=imQTCW1yWkg
- https://www.circuitbasics.com/make-custom-pcb/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Illustrate the concept of designing single and multi-layer PCB.
- CLO 2: Design the layout for specific application of electrical circuit manually.
- CLO 3: Analyze the fabrication process of printed circuit boards
- CLO 4: Compare the various software available for PCB design
- CLO 5: Use EDA software to select components, create library, design layout, and develop functional electronic circuit boards.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate a mini-project from a lay out design using software to process of etching, drilling, and routing to get the final printed circuit board.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Study of transformer and winding step-down transformer winding of less than 5VA.
- LAB 2: Study of crystal diode rectifier used in PCB.
- LAB 3: Draw PCB layout for an electric circuit.
- LAB 4: Etching and drilling of PCB, solder & soldering techniques of circuits in PCB, Wiring and fitting of power supply along with a meter in cabinet.
- LAB 5: Testing of power supply fabricated and Building Schematic in ORCAD.
- LAB 6: Creating parts, surface mount components and symbols in ORCAD library and Importing schematic to PCB machine.
- LAB 7: Routing, glossing and copper pour for PCB.
- LAB 8: PCB design and implementation of battery charger unit.
- LAB 9: PCB design and Implementation of Motion detector circuit.
- LAB 10: PCB design and implementation of uninterrupted supply circuit.
- LAB 11: PCB design and implementation of solar charger circuit.
EET231 - Electronics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
EET111
|
Course Contents
Intrinsic Semiconductors (Crystal structure, Band diagram, Intrinsic carrier, concentration, and Influence of temperature). Exttrinsic Semiconductors (carrier concentarion, charge neutrality, majority and minority carriers, influence of temperature on carrier concentration, carrier transport mechanisms, generation and recombination). PN-junction at thermal equilibrium and I-V characteristics. Diode DC model, diode amall-signal model, diode circuits, and zener diode. BJT physical characteristics and as a circuit element. BJT circuit analysis. Structure of MOS diode (MOS = Metal Oxide Semiconductor) (Accumulation, Depletion, Inversion, Capacitance of MOS diode, Work function difference, Influence of built-in charge). MOS as a circuit element.
References
- S. M. Sze, “Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology”, Wiley & So., ISBN 0471333727, 2001
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Intrinsic Semiconductors (Crystal structure, Band diagram, Intrinsic carrier, concentration, and Influence of temperature). CLO 2: Exttrinsic Semiconductors (carrier concentarion, charge neutrality, majority and minority carriers, influence of temperature on carrier concentration, carrier transport mechanisms, generation and recombination). CLO 3: PN-junction at thermal equilibrium and I-V characteristics. CLO 4: Diode DC model, diode amall-signal model, diode circuits, and zener diode. CLO 5: BJT physical characteristics and as a circuit element. BJT circuit analysis. CLO 6: Structure of MOS diode (MOS = Metal Oxide Semiconductor) (Accumulation, Depletion, Inversion, Capacitance of MOS diode, Work function difference, Influence of built-in charge). CLO 7: MOS as a circuit element.
- CLO 8: Conduct lab experiments in electronic devices, write lab reports and present results.
EET291 - EET Project I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
3 |
4 |
120 |
2 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
EET412
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. The student is expected to design a project that provides students with the experience of designing, building, and integrating modular software applications/ electronic system comprising analog, digital and computer subsystems. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. By studying this course. The student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The project will have a detailed proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated while maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Define the tasks and scope of the project independently and/or collaboratively
- CLO 2: Identify relevant information pertaining to project needs from a variety of resources.
- CLO 3: Acquire knowledge on advanced topics in a chosen subject area
- CLO 4: Summarize the information and draw a logical conclusion to the problem/task of the project
- CLO 5: Outline the details of hardware and software required for the completion of the project
- CLO 6: Prepare project proposals with an action plan and time duration scientifically.
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
EET292 - EET Project II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
7 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
EET291
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to apply some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Project II provides students with the experience of designing and building simple software and hardware applications. Further students can learn how to integrate it into a modular electronic system or computer subsystems. This course builds on the knowledge and skills built in Project I. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops interpersonal, teamwork, planning and organizing skills. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1. Choose the relevant possible solutions from available alternatives
- CLO 2. Conduct feasibility studies about hardware and software parts used in the project.
- CLO 3. Design a simple software and hardware application taking into consideration various real-life constraints.
- CLO 4. Investigate the important legal and ethical issues in the design project
- CLO 5. Collaborate with team members, managers, and clients to design and prototype a product/service that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 6. Conduct the theoretical study in detail and compare them on the basis of cost/ energy conservation/impact on environment/technology used etc.
- CLO 7. Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
EET331 - Digital System Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Understanding the basic low-level background of digital circuits. Recognizing the different types of memories and programmable logic devices. Analysis and Design of Advanced Combinational and Sequential Circuits. Applying a complete design flow targeting FPGA platforms. Applying the concept of pipelining to boost the throughput of a digital system. Analysis and Design of Efficient Arithmetic Circuits
References
- John Wakerly, “Digital Design,” Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0-13-176059-9
- Neil Storey, “Electronics- A System Approach,” Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-13-129396-6
- Stephen Brown, and Zvonko Vranesic, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design,” Mc Graw Hill, ISBN 007-124482-4
- Ercegovac and Lang, “Digital Arithmetic,”
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understanding the basic low-level background of digital circuits.
- CLO 2: Recognizing the different types of memories and programmable logic devices.
- CLO 3: Analysis and Design of Advanced Combinational and Sequential Circuits.
- CLO 4: Applying a complete design flow targeting FPGA platforms.
- CLO 5: Applying the concept of pipelining to boost the throughput of a digital system.
- CLO 6: Analysis and Design of Efficient Arithmetic Circuits.
EET332 - Integrated Circuits Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Design and analyze digital circuits on transistor level.
Define different design alternatives in studying Dynamic Logic Circuits to build high performance digital integrated circuits. Discuss different types of digital memories. Notion of digital integrated circuits. Revision on semiconductor devices and their proerties.Identify the static and dynamic behavior of MOS inverter. Describe the delay induced by wiring interconnect. Consider static and dynamic MOS power consumption. Transistor-level implementation of NOR, NAND, and XOR gates. Transistor-level implementation of latches, flipflops, and registers. Transistor-level implementation of adders, multipliers, and shifters. Timing constraints consideration.
References
- Weste, N. H. E. and Harris, D., CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective.
- Rabaey, J. et al, “Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective” 2nd Ed.
- Kang, S-Mo. and Leblebici, Y., CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: The notion of digital integrated circuits. CLO 2: Make an intensive revision on semiconductor devices and their proerties.
- CLO 3: Identify the static and dynamic behavior of MOS inverter.
- CLO 4: Describe the delay induced by wiring interconnect.
- CLO 5: Consider static and dynamic MOS power consumption.
- CLO 6: Transistor-level implementation of NOR, NAND, and XOR gates.
- CLO 7: Transistor-level implementation of latches, flipflops, and registers. CLO 8: Transistor-level implementation of adders, multipliers, and shifters. CLO 9: Consider timing constraints.
EET333 - Electronic Circuits
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Analog Circuit Design Basics. BJT DC and AC Analysis (Amplifiers). MOS-FET DC and AC Analysis (Amplifiers). Frequency Response of Amplifiers. Differential Amplifiers and Current Mirrors. Power Amplifiers. Feedback Amplifiers. Op-amp CMOS Circuit Design
References
- “Microelectronic Circuit Design” , Jaeger
- “Microelectronics Circuits” ,Sedra& Smith
- “Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits”, Gray, Hurst, Lewis & Meyer
- “ Fundamentals of Microelectronics”, Razavi
- “Analog Integrated Circuit Design”, Johns & Martin
- “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Bogart, Beasley & Rico
- “Microelectronic Circuits Analysis and Design”, Rashid
- “Electronic Principles”, Malvino& Bates
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: BJT DC and AC Analysis (Amplifiers)
- CLO 2: MOS-FET DC and AC Analysis (Amplifiers)
- CLO 3: Frequency Response of Amplifiers
- CLO 4: Differential Amplifiers and Current Mirrors
- CLO 5: Power Amplifiers
- CLO 6: Feedback Amplifiers
- CLO 7: Op-amp CMOS Circuit Design
EET341 - Electronics Measurements & Instruments
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Functional elements and generalized configuration of a measuring Instrument, characteristics of instruments, errors in measurements and their statistical analysis, it gives the introduction to display devices, character formats, segment displays, dot matrix displays, bar graph displays, cathode ray tubes, light emitting diodes, liquid crystal displays, nixes, incandescent, fluorescent, liquid vapor and visual displays. It also covers the introduction to oscilloscope, block diagram, cathode ray tube, delay line, multiple trace oscilloscope scope, digital storage oscilloscope. It also discusses the different signal generation techniques like sine wave generator, frequency synthesized signal generator, frequency divider generator, sweep frequency generator, pulse and square wave generator, function generator, wave analyzers, harmonic distortion analyzer, spectrum Analyzer. The second part of the course covers the instrumentation which includes the control of physical parameters using electronic P, I, and PID controllers, it covers the temperature measurement and control using RTD, thermistor, thermocouple, semiconductor junction thermometers, infrared Thermometers, pyro-electric thermometers, fiber optic temperature sensor, intelligent Temperature measuring instruments. It also covers the pressure measurement using primary sensing element like bellows, bourdon tube, manometers, diaphragm, resistive, inductive, and capacitive pressure sensor, and dead weight gauge. It also covers the flow measurement using differential meters, variable area flow meters, electromagnetic flow meters, ultrasonic Flow meters. It also discusses the level measurement using float level meters, capacitance probes, hydrostatic pressure system, ultrasonic and radar Methods. It also covers the basic measurement of light intensity using photovoltaic cell, phototransistor, photoconductive cells and also the introduction to viscosity, pH measurement and gas sensing analysis. Lectures, theoretical assignments, and presentations will be used in this course.
References
- H.S. Kalsi (2010), Electronic Instrumentation,3rd Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill
- U.A. Bakshi, A.V. Bakshi, (2010), Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation, Technical Publication
- Klaas B. Klaassen, (2002),Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation, Cambridge University Press.
- https://www.omega.com/en-us/resources/flow-meters
- https://www.smar.com/en/technical-article/pressure-measurement-characteristics-technologies-and-trends
- https://cfdflowengineering.com/basic-of-flow-measurement-techniques
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Determine the function elements of measurement system like data measurement, data manipulation and data presentation
- CLO 2: Identify the different signal generators used and their applications.
- CLO 3: Illustrate the working of oscilloscope, digital storage oscilloscope, working principle and the block diagram representation.
- CLO 4: Classify the various types of display devices used like LED, LCD and Dot Matrix.
- CLO 5: Interpret the various pressure measurement devices, wave form analyzers like spectral analyzer used in industry
- CLO 6: Demonstrate experiment using temperature, pressure sensors, PID controllers and flow meters used in industry.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Study of electronic-proportional controller and verify the output.
- LAB 2: Study of electronic-PI controller and verify the output.
- LAB 3: Study of electronic PID Integral controller and verify the output and application of PID to control the temperature.
- LAB 4: Pressure measurement using dead-weight gauge and Bourdon tube.
- LAB 5: Flow measurement using differential-flow meters, variable-area flow meters, electromagnetic-flow meters, and ultrasonic-flow meters.
- LAB 6: Study of phototransistor.
- LAB 7: Study of photoconductive cell.
- LAB 8:Study of light-detecting resistor.
- LAB 9: Study of PH measurement and control.
- LAB 10: Study of rotameter to measure flow.
EET351 - Digital Signal Processing
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Digital programmable system allows flexibility in reconfiguring the digital signal processing operations simply by changing the program. Reconfiguration of an analog system usually implies a redesign of the hardware. In addition, digital systems provide much better control of accuracy than analog systems by specifying the accuracy requirements in A/D converter (number of levels). In analog systems, it is difficult to control the accuracy because it is affected by other factors, for example, the circuit components (resistors and capacitors) are affected by temperature. The course recalls the basic concepts in digital signal processing and for linear time-invariant (LTI) systems, aims to find the z-transform and recognize its application for LTI systems, targets to find and identify the discrete Fourier transform and fast Fourier transform, and identify each of infinite impulse response (IIR) digital filter and finite impulse response (FIR) digital filter and recognize their design.
References
- J. Proakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and Applications”, Communication Systems, 4th edition, Prentice-Hall, 1996.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Recall the basic concepts in digital signal processing. CLO 2: Recall the basic concepts for linear time-invariant (LTI) systems. CLO 3: Find the z-transform and recognize its application for LTI systems. CLO 4: Find and identify the discrete Fourier transform. CLO 5: Find and identify the fast Fourier transform CLO 6: Identify infinite impulse response (IIR) digital filter and recognize its design. CLO 7: Identify finite impulse response (FIR) digital filter and recognize its design.
EET352 - Random Signals & Noise
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Random signals and noise course is a basic course aiming to introduce stochastic processes, probability and statistics information and queuing theory. A Prerequisite for this course is probability and statistics. The course offers an overview on basic stochastic processes and queuing systems which are highly important in modeling any desired system. Among its’ basic topics are: Discrete and continuous distributions, Poisson and exponential processes and Markovian queues. The course is beneficial for students who will continue in the research field as well as those targeting a job in the networking or communication fields.
References
- “Probability and Random Processes with Applications to Signal Processing and Communications”, S. L. Miller, and D. G. Childers, Elsevier Academic Press, 2004. “Analysis of Computer and Communication Networks ”, F. Gebali, Springer, 2008
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Solve challenging problems on stochastic processes.
- CLO 2: Analyze real-life systems using probability distributions.
- CLO 3: Differentiate between continuous and discrete models.
- CLO 4: Setup queuing models for real applications.
- CLO 5: Measure performance metrics for modeled systems.
- CLO 6: Experiment modeling of a simple queuing model with the aid of simulators such as MATLAB.
- CLO 7: Acquire excellent skills in programming queuing models.
- CLO 8: Develop good understanding for probability theory concepts and their applications to practical fields.
EET391 - EET Internship II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students have to understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they have to Understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Overall professional development of students required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is supposed to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) has to evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the Industry/Organization and the Evaluation Report of the students’ needs to submit in the department office with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students will be exposed to the industry environment for a minimum period of 08 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the assigned task and solve it by applying critical thinking and problem-solving skills.
- CLO 2: Collaborate and communicate effectively with different professionals in the work environment.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Design solutions with contextual constraints, acquiring and applying new knowledge.
- CLO 5: Recommend solutions for improved processes and optimal use of resources.
- CLO 6: Evaluate career options by considering opportunities in industry and higher education and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s) during the internship.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate ethical and professional behavior in the work environment.
EET3E1 - EET Major Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
EET411 - Microelectronics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
EET231
|
Course Contents
After finishing this course, students will be to analyze and design advanced analog circuits. Build the fundamental circuits for design of integrated circuits. Be able to determine the parameters, characteristics and specifications of analog circuits.
References
- “Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits”, Gray, Hurst, Lewis & Meyer
- "Fundamentals of Microelectronics”, Razavi
- “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Razavi
- “Analog Integrated Circuit Design”, Johns & Martin
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Students should be to analyze and design advanced analog circuits. CLO 2: Students should be to build the fundamental circuits for design of integrated circuits. CLO 3: Students should be tobe able to determine the parameters, characteristics and specifications of analog circuits.
EET412 - Detection & Estimation
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Classical estimation, where the parameter to be estimated is deterministic, [minimum variance unbiased estimation (MVU), Cramer-Rao lower bound (CRLB), best linear unbiased estimator (BLUE), and least squares estimator)]. Bayesian estimation, where the parameter to be estimated is random [minimum mean square error estimator (MMSE), maximum a posteriori estimator (MAP), and linear MMSE estimator].
References
- H.L. Van Trees, Detection, Estimation, and Linear Modulation Th+F164eory, vol. I. John Wiley& sons, New York, 2001.
- Don. H. Johnson, Statistical Signal Processing: Detection Theory, Houston, TX, 2013.
- S. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Estimation Theory, Prentice Hall, 1993.
- S. Kay, Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing: Detection Theory, Prentice Hall, 1993.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: The student should be familiar with classical estimation, where the parameter to be estimated is deterministic, [minimum variance unbiased estimation (MVU), Cramer-Rao lower bound (CRLB), best linear unbiased estimator (BLUE), and least squares estimator)]. CLO 2: The student should be familiar with Bayesian estimation, where the parameter to be estimated is random [minimum mean square error estimator (MMSE), maximum a posteriori estimator (MAP), and linear MMSE estimator].
EET421 - Optoelectronics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course covers the Gaussian beam, which is the mode of propagation in free-space, optical communication. Topics include Bessel beams characterized by an unusually long focal length, optical tweezers useful for manipulating microbiological objects like DNA, and laser cooling leading to noise-free spectroscopy. In addition, the course comprehensively treats external field effects on crystals, such as the photorefractive effect. Moreover, the course deals with the state of polarization of light. Further, basic optical phenomena such as reflection and refraction, which depend on the state of polarization of the light, are discussed.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understating the notion of Fabry–Perot resonators, beams, and radiation pressure.
- CLO 2: Discussing the optical properties of crystals under various external fields.
- CLO 3: Understanding polarization of light.
EET422 - Integrated Optics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course explains how a light wave propagates through a planar optical guide, which is the foundation of integrated optics. The concept of propagation modes is fully explored. Cases for multilayer optical guides are also included. The course also presents optical fibers, which are the key components in optical communication systems. Important considerations in the choice of optical fibers are attenuation during transmission and dispersion causing distortion of the light pulse. Such special purpose optical fibers as the dispersion-shifted fiber, polarization-preserving fiber, diffraction grating imprinted fiber, and dual-mode fiber are described. In addition, the course contains a description of light detectors for laboratory as well as communication uses. Mechanisms for converting the information conveyed by photons into their electronic counterparts are introduced. Various detectors, such as the photomultiplier tube, the photodiode, and the avalanche photodiode, and various detection methods, such as direct detection, coherent detection, homodyne detection, and detection by stimulated Brillouin scattering, are described and their performance is compared for the proper choice in a given situation. Furthermore, the course briefly reviews of relevant topics in quantum electronics, followed by an in-depth look at optical amplifiers. The optical amplifier has revolutionized the process of pulse regeneration in fiber-optic communication systems. Moreover, the course overviews different types of lasers, followed by an in-depth treatment of semiconductor lasers, which are the preferred light sources for most fiber-optic communication systems. The basic relationship among the laser structure, materials, and operational characteristics are clarified. The ability to tune the laser wavelength, which is indispensable to the wavelength division multiplexing of the communication system, is addressed. The quantum well, quantum wire, and quantum dot laser diodes that have low threshold current and hence a high upper limit on the modulation frequency are also included. The design skills developed throughout the course are interweaved with realistic problems in fiber-optic communication systems.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: identifying the notion of planar optical guides for integrated optics, modes, and dispersion in optical fibers.
- CLO 2: Understating essential elements in integrated optics such as detection of light, optical amplifiers, transmitters, communication by fiber optics.
EET431 - VLSI Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Overview of VLSI. Technologies for Micro and Nanostructures. Low Voltage and power design. Synchronous and Asynchronous Circuit Design. Architectures for VLSI Applications. Test and Measurement Techniques for VLSI Circuits.
References
- Anantha Chandrakasan, William J. Bowhill, Frank Fox, “Deign of high performance microprocessor circuits”
- John P. Uyemura, “Introduction to VLSI circuits and systems”
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Performing an overview of VLSI.
- CLO 2: Understanding technologies for Micro and Nanostructures.
- CLO 3: Considering Low Voltage and power design.
- CLO 4: Identifying Synchronous and Asynchronous Circuit Design.
- CLO 5: Identifying Architectures for VLSI Applications.
- CLO 6: Addressing Test and Measurement Techniques for VLSI
- Circuits.
EET432 - Communication Electronics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Give an introduction to the basic concepts of electronic communication systems. Address the design of communication systems building blocks: multipliers, Oscillators, Frequency synthesizers and power amplifiers.Describe communications systems, such as amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), phase modulation (PM). Discuss some significant systems, such as television systems, satellite communications systems
References
- Wayne Tomasi, “Electronic Communication Systems,” Prentice Hall, ISBN: 0-13-049492-5
- Frank R. Dungan, “Electronic communications systems,” PWS Publishers, ISBN 0-534-07698-x
- William schweber, “Electronic Communications systems: Acomplete Course,” Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-13-590092-1
- Behzad Razavi, “RF Microelectronics,” Prentice Hall PTR, ISBN 0-13-887571-5
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Give an introduction to the basic concepts of electronic communication systems
- CLO 2: Address the design of communication systems building blocks: multipliers, Oscillators, Frequency synthesizers and power amplifiers
- CLO 3: Describe communications systems, such as amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), phase modulation (PM)
- CLO 4: Discuss some significant systems, such as television systems, satellite communications systems
EET433 - Selected Topic in Electronics I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
EET434 - Selected Topic in Electronics II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
EET451 - Information Theory
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Fundamentals of Information Theory (Information measures, Shannon’s theorems on source coding and channel coding, and the rate distortion theorem). Source Coding (Huffman Tunstall coding, Lempel-Ziv-Welch coding, Elias-Willems coding). Channel Coding (Channel coding theorems, Tree and trellis codes, Channel models, Band-limited Gaussian channels, Channel capacity, error probabilities). Cryptology (Classical methods of encryption and decryption, Symmetrical encryption techniques, Data encryption standard (DES), The RSA encryption technique, Private and public key systems, Key management, Electronic signatures).
References
- T. Cover and J. Thomas, “Elements of Information Theory”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2006, ISBN-13: 978-0471241959
- R. W. Yeung, “Information Theory and Network Coding”, Springer, 2008, ISBN-13: 978-0387792330
- S. Lin and D. J. Costello, “Error Control Coding: Fundamentals and Applications”, Prentice-Hall, Inc., ISBN: 0-13-283796-4
- David J. C. MacKay, “Information Theory, Inference and Learning Algorithms”, Cambridge University Press, 2003, ISBN-13: 978-0521642989
- B. Schneider, “Applied Cryptography”, John Wiley & Sons, 2015, ISBN-13: 978-1119096726
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the fundamentals of Information Theory (Information measures, Shannon’s theorems on source coding and channel coding, and the rate distortion theorem). CLO 2: Understand Source Coding (Huffman Tunstall coding, Lempel-Ziv-Welch coding, Elias-Willems coding). CLO 3: Understand Channel Coding (Channel coding theorems, Tree and trellis codes, Channel models, Band-limited Gaussian channels, Channel capacity, error probabilities). CLO 4: Understand the meaning of Cryptology (Classical methods of encryption and decryption, Symmetrical encryption techniques, Data encryption standard (DES), The RSA encryption technique, Private and public key systems, Key management, Electronic signatures).
EET452 - Modulation & Coding
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Communications: Modulation and Coding constitute two thirds of the soul of digital communications. Networks: In order to design a communication network, a good understanding of the
physical layer capabilities of such a network is of significant importance.
References
- B. Sklar, “Digital Communication: Fundamentals and Applications”, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2001, ISBN 0-13-084788-7
- J. G. Proakis, “Digital Communications”, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2001, ISBN 0-07-118183-0
- S. Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2000, ISBN 0-471-17869-1
- R. D. J. van Nee, “OFDM for Wireless Multimedia Communications”, Artech House Publishers, 1999, ISBN 978-0890065303
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Review the basics of modulation and coding.
- CLO 2: Address the trade-offs of modulation and coding.
- CLO 3: Address the state-of-the-art digital modulation techniques.
- CLO 4: Address the state-of-the-art coding techniques.
- CLO 5: Identify how modulation and coding complement each other in the latest generations of digital communications.
EET453 - Source Coding & Compression
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Introduction to digital communication system. Definitions of source and data compression. The basics mathematical knowledge needed for source modeling (Probability, Random variables, and random processes). Brief review of the basics of information theory and source modeling. Efficient Source Coding and Prefix Code. Lossless Compression Techniques, Shannon Fano Code, Huffman Code, Conditional Huffman Code, Adaptive Huffman Code, Tunstall Code, Tunstall Code. Arithmetic codes and Dictionary codes.
References
- Khalid Sayood, Introduction to Data Compression, Morgan Kaufmann, 3rd. Ed., 2006
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Revise the basic concepts in a digital communication system. CLO 2: Define source and data compression. CLO 3: Review the basics mathematical knowledge needed for source modeling (Probability, Random variables, and random processes). CLO 4: Review the basics of information theory and source modeling. CLO 5: Understand efficient Source Coding and Prefix Code. CLO 6: Identify Lossless Compression Techniques, Shannon Fano Code, Huffman Code, Conditional Huffman Code, Adaptive Huffman Code, Tunstall Code, and Tunstall Code. CLO 7: Identify Arithmetic codes and Dictionary codes.
EET454 - Adaptive Antennas
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Generally our objective is to understand the relationship between smart antennas and modern communication systems concerning [the reason for adaptive antenna system, adaptive antenna capability, NB vs. WB traditional BF, distinguish between BF and beam steering, and different algorithms for adaptive antennas]. Temporal reference BF.[Steepest descent method, Least Mean square (LMS),.Direct Matrix Inversion (DMI), Recursive Least Square (RLS)]. Blind Algorithm [Constant Modulus Algorithm (CMA)]. Spatial reference BF (DoA) [Fourier Method,.Capon’s minimum variance,.MUltiple SIgnal Classification (MUSIC), Estimation of Signal Parameters via Rotational Invariance Technique (ESPRIT)].
References
- Simon Haykin, “Adaptive Filter Theory”, 3rd edition, Prentice‐Hall Inc 1996
- B. Allen and M. Ghavami, “Adaptive Array Systems", John Wiley & Sons 2005
- J. Proakis and D. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing” ,Pearson 2007
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the relationship between smart antennas and modern communication systems concerning [the reason for adaptive antenna system, adaptive antenna capability, NB vs. WB traditional BF, distinguish between BF and beam steering, and different algorithms for adaptive antennas].
- CLO 2: Identify temporal reference BF.[Steepest descent method, Least Mean square (LMS),.Direct Matrix Inversion (DMI), Recursive Least Square (RLS)]. CLO 3: Identify blind algorithm [Constant Modulus Algorithm (CMA)]. CLO 4: Identify spatial reference BF (DoA) [Fourier Method,.Capon’s minimum variance,.MUltiple SIgnal Classification (MUSIC), Estimation of Signal Parameters via Rotational Invariance Technique (ESPRIT)].
EET455 - Radar Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Basic functions of wave propagation. Introduction to radar systems. Pulse radars. Continuous wave radars. Coherent and noncoherent radars. Milimetric wave radars. Radar antennas. Synthetic aperture radar. Search and tracking radars. GPS,ILS,MLS.
References
- M. I. Skolnik “Introduction to Radar Systems”, McGraw-Hill Book Company
- L. Warren et al. “Antenna Theory and Design”, John Wiley & Sons ISBN 0-471-02590-9
- D. Pozar “Microwave and RF Wireless Systems”, John Wiley & Sons
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Introduce various schemes of radar wave propagation and MW transmission
- CLO 2: Understand the radar concept
- CLO 3: Study some types of radars and antennas
- CLO 4: Understand the navigation support systems
- (ILS, MLS and GPS)
EET491 - EET Project III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
EET292
|
Course Contents
- This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Further, they do market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products and identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project (if there are any). The student also develops the ability to design, implement and test systems, hardware, or software. This course includes planning the tasks to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The leadership, supervisory, planning, and organizational skills are integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The projects has a detailed project proposal, which is executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook, periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects are chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which is to be submitted after the project is over. The student acquires the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Assess the impact of the project on society (if there is any)
- CLO 2: Conduct Feasibility studies, Design projects, and Market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products
- CLO 3: Design, plan and propose a project according to user requirements.
- CLO 4: Apply project development methodologies appropriate to the project
- CLO 5: Collaborate with team members to develop the prototype of the Application
- CLO 6: Identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project (if there are any)
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
EET492 - EET Project IV
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. In this course, the students apply the knowledge gained during the program to design and prototype a software application that meets user needs and expectations. Further, they evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops leadership and supervision skills which are integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The projects have a detailed project proposal, which is executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects are chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is prepared as the project progresses, which is submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate the ability to apply the knowledge to design and prototype a software/hardware application that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 2: Design the project acquiring and applying new knowledge through literature review.
- CLO 3: Design computing/hardware solutions considering economical, environmental, cultural, global impact and technical aspects.
- CLO 4: Assess the impact of technical and system constraints to select optimal solutions.
- CLO 5: Evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate teamwork through regular formal team meetings, project management, class presentations, and a final design presentation.
- CLO 7: Assess the ethical and legal impact of the implemented product or system or process.
- CLO 8: Write a technical report in a standard format and give an oral presentation.
- CLO 9: Design and implement the project with modern engineering tools and software.
EET4E1 - EET Major Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Department of Computer Engineering Technology
CET111 - Introduction to Computer and Programming
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Computer programming performs a particular computation by designing and building an executable computer program. Students learn programming languages, software projects, organizing code, working with data, variables and strings, control constructs, constructors, destructors, functions, recursion, arrays, and programming tools. At the first stage, the student learns to identify the requirements for creating a computer program using various programming development paradigms commonly used and then identify the differences between compiled and interpreted programming languages. They learn various components used in constructing computer programs by identifying the differences between input and output data, simple/primitive data types, the advantages of modular programming using subroutines/procedures, different types of control structures, various types of operators used in programming. In order to generate a computer program, students are made aware of differences between compiled programs that use languages such as C, C++, or VB to generate applications though the course can focus on C++ programs. The knowledge and skills set of each stage in programming includes displaying syntax and semantics, algorithms, data structures, and program constructs. The system provides an opportunity for students to learn how programs are created in the abstract before applying that knowledge and the fact that such programs are usually developed through different stages of software development. Program testing is conducted for each program developed by the students. Students further learn about user-defined types, classes, references, pointers, memory management, object-oriented programming characteristics, exception handling, and input/output streams. Lectures, lab sessions, assignments and projects will be used to deliver the course.
References
- Wassberg, J. (2020). Computer Programming for Absolute Beginners: Learn essential computer science concepts and coding techniques to kick-start your programming career. Packt Publishing Ltd.
- Forouzan, B. A., & Gilberg, R. F. (2020). C++ Programming: An Object-Oriented Approach. McGraw-Hill Education.
- https://www.learncpp.com (Retrieved from the Internet 10/11/2022)
- https://researchcomputing.princeton.edu/education/external-online-resources/cplusplus(Retrieved from the Internet 10/11/2022)
- https://www.w3schools.com/cpp/(Retrieved from the Internet 10/11/2022)
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cplusplus/index.htm(Retrieved from the Internet 10/11/2022)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Define a programming environment for program writing.
- CLO 2: Describe the principles of data, variable and strings related to given problem.
- CLO 3: Explain how programming can be useful in day-to-day life.
- CLO 4: Identify, and solve problems using programming techniques to provide good solutions.
- CLO 5: Demonstrate the basic concepts of control and structured programming using functions, arrays and pointers for implementation of program.
- CLO 6: Execute, debug and test application programs to validate the outcome.
- CLO 7: Write lab programs and present the results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Induction to Lab policies, reports
- WEEK 2: Introduction to TURBO C++ IDE and Programming Environment
- WEEK 3: C Building Blocks
- WEEK 4: Decision making the if and if-else structure
- WEEK 5: Decision making the Switch case and conditional operator.
- WEEK 6: Loop Constructs in C++ Language.
- WEEK 7: Nested looping
- WEEK 8: Arrays in C++ (single dimensional).
- WEEK 9: Arrays in C++ (Multidimensional).
- WEEK 10: Structures and Unions.
- WEEK 11: Pointers in C++
- WEEK 12: Pointers with arrays and function.
- WEEK 13: File Handling in C++
- WEEK 14: Error Handling in C++
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET112 - Object Oriented Programming
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET111
|
Course Contents
Software industry uses the object-oriented programming (OOP) model to organize software design around data or objects rather than functions and logic. Object oriented programming concepts are important in building the foundation for any application program. In the first phase of the course, students are introduced to the principles and practices of system analysis and design. Students learn object‐oriented programming design, decision statements, control statements, loops, arrays, class and objects, inheritance (single, multilevel, and hierarchical) and polymorphism. Other topics in the course are abstraction, encapsulation, information hiding, association, aggregation, and collection, coupling and cohesion, use of standard object libraries, interfaces, exception handling, object-oriented design, recursions, database connectivity and design of user interface in the Java programming environment. Thus, knowledge and skills of the course cover visibility of attributes and operations (private, public, protected) with object-oriented life cycles pattern. Students further learn to implement a solution from an object-oriented design using techniques with operators and control structures, defining, accessing, and manipulating data structures, creating constructor methods and method overloading etc. A final test of the entire course will be to assess how students have achieved the skills to write programs constructed from objects and classes, hide internal workings of objects by encapsulation, create new classes by inheriting properties and methods from existing classes and create a single interface to entities of different types by means of polymorphism. The teaching approach include lectures, learning by doing sessions, assignments, and project.
References
- Dean, J., & Dean, R. (2021). Introduction to programming with Java: a problem-solving approach. McGraw-Hill.
- https://docs.oracle.com/en/java/ (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/java/java_documentation.htm (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/introduction-object-oriented-programming-javascript/ (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- https://www.javatpoint.com/java-oops-concepts (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify the object-oriented programming concepts to provide solutions to complex computing problems.
- CLO 2: Articulate a small-scale object-oriented application and present experimental results.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate and implement the concept of inheritance and abstractions for different contexts in teams.
- CLO 4: Examine and communicate the concept of polymorphism, pointers and virtual function for programming level administration in team.
- CLO 5: Recognize concepts of strings, files and exception handling for given set of computing requirements.
- CLO 6: Compile good programming practices in object-oriented programming to make informed judgements.
- CLO 7: Write lab experiments to implement object oriented programming concepts and present lab report.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Induction of lab policies, rules, and record writing
- WEEK 2: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming Concepts.
- WEEK 3: Implementing Data Type.
- WEEK 4: Functions for natural numbers/grid pattern
- WEEK 5: Program with Decisions, control statements and Loops
- WEEK 6: Program with Arrays and Array Lists
- WEEK 7: Class and objects.
- WEEK 8: Program with Inheritance and Interfaces.
- WEEK 9: Program with Exception Handling.
- WEEK 10: Use of Built-in functions.
- WEEK 11: Programs with Recursion.
- WEEK 12: Programs with Database
- WEEK 13: Programs with Web connectivity
- WEEK 14: Programs with GUI
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET113 - Introduction to Computing and Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course offers an essential introduction to the world of computing and technology. Students will explore the fundamental concepts of computer science, including hardware, software, and networking. The course covers the basics of programming, data management, and the societal impact of technology. Through a combination of lectures, hands-on labs, and projects, students will gain a practical understanding of how computers work and how they can be used to solve real-world problems. By the end of the course, students will be equipped with the foundational knowledge required for more advanced studies in computer science and information technology.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand and explain the basic components of a computer system (hardware and software) and their functions.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate fundamental programming skills.
- CLO 3: Comprehend the principles of data management and data representation.
- CLO 4: Analyze the societal impact of computing and technology.
- CLO 5: Develop problem-solving and critical thinking skills using computational methods.
- CLO 6: Familiarize with current trends and future directions in computing and technology.
CET121 - Digital Logic Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Digital design is used in digital electronics circuits and computers architecture, combine digital components to create circuits that perform fundamental computing tasks such as arithmetic and storage of information. Topics covered include number conversion like Binary to Octal, Binary to Hexadecimal, Binary to Gray code, Binary to BCD and vice versa. It also covers the 1s complement and 2s complement addition and subtractions. The student learns the realization of digital circuits using AND, OR, NOT, XOR Gates, representation of logical functions in Sum of Products, Products of Sum form, concept of minterms and maxterms, minimizing the digital circuits using Boolean algebra, three variable, four variable and five variable Kaurnaugh Map. The student learning also includes the 2x1, 4x1, 8x1 multiplexer, demultiplexers, encoders and decoders, parallel and series adders and subtractors. The course topics include the sequential circuits using SR, JK, T and D flip flops, synchronous and asynchronous counters, shift registers, state diagram and reduction. Students extend their knowledge to practice by way of hands-on laboratory exercises where various hardware tools are used to design and test solutions for real-world applications. Students understand the design of digital computing systems at their most fundamental level and are able to design such systems using modern tools and techniques. Design problems and assignments will be used in delivering the course.
References
- Roger L. Tokheim, Patrick E. Hoppe (2021), Digital Electronics: Principles and Application, 9th Edition (Mc Graw Hilll)
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/digital-electronics-flip-flops-and-their-types
- https://www.javatpoint.com/number-system-in-digital-electronics
- https://www.electrically4u.com/types-of-counter-in-digital-circuit
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the binary, octal, hexadecimal number system and calculate the conversions.
- CLO 2: Illustrate logic of various logic gates and express as sum of product and product of sum form.
- CLO 3: Make Combinational Circuit using minimization techniques, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh Map to develop digital logic circuits.
- CLO 4: Use of sequential logic SR, JK, D, T Flip flops to design digital circuits.
- CLO 5: Draw and explain multiplexer, De-multiplexer, decoder and encoder circuits.
- CLO 6: Apply different method to design asynchronous and synchronous counters using state diagram to understand different logic families.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate experiment in combinational, sequential circuits to learn the logic design and prototyping process in order to acquire requisite hands-on skills and report the results in formatted written document.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: To verify truth table of logic gates using IC’s
- WEEK 2: To verify half adder, full adder, half subtractor, full subtractor using gates.
- WEEK 3: To design a 4-bit BCD to Excess-3 code converter and verify truth table.
- WEEK 4: To design circuit for binary to grey code converter and verify truth table.
- WEEK 5: To perform experiment in multiplexer and De-multiplexer and verify the truth table.
- WEEK 6: To verify the truth table of R-S, J-K flip flops
- WEEK 7: To verify the truth table of D , T-flip flops
- WEEK 8: To design a 4-bit serial in serial out shift register
- WEEK 9: To design a 4-bit serial in parallel out shift register
- WEEK 10: To design a 4-bit parallel in serial out shift register
- WEEK 11: To design a 3-bit asynchronous UP-counter using J-K flip flops.
- WEEK 12; To design a 3-bit synchronous Down counter using J-K flip flops
- WEEK 13: To design binary to grey code converter and verify truth table
- WEEK 14: To design BCD to Seven segment display
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
Laboratories
- WEEK 1: Numerical on Binary to Decimal, Binary to Hexadecimal and Octal and vice versa
- WEEK 2: Numerical on BCD to Gray, Decimal to BCD and vice versa
- WEEK 3: Numerical on 1s complement subtraction
- WEEK 4: Numerical on 2s complement subtraction
- WEEK 5: Numerical on simplifying the Boolean expressions
- WEEK 6: Numerical on 2 and 3 variable K Map
- WEEK 7: Numerical on 4 Variable and 5 variable K Map
- WEEK 8: Drawing 8x1 Multiplexer and 1x8 Demultiplexer
- WEEK 9: Drawing encoders and decoders
- WEEK 10: Designing UP counter using Flip Flop
- WEEK 11: Designing Down counter using Flip Flop
- WEEK 12: Designing serial to parallel converter using shift registers
- WEEK 13: Designing parallel to serial converter using shift register.
- WEEK 14: Implementing Boolean expression using PAL
- WEEK 15: Implementing Boolean expression using PROM
CET122 - Introduction to Computer I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
|
Course Contents
This course is your gateway to the digital world! We'll embark on a journey to understand the fundamental building blocks of computers, from the physical components you can see to the software programs that make them tick. You'll delve into the inner workings of hardware, like the CPU, memory, and storage devices, gaining a clear picture of how they work together to process information. We'll also explore basic software concepts like operating systems and common application software, equipping you with the skills to navigate your computer with confidence.
The course won't stop there! We'll introduce you to the fascinating world of programming, providing a glimpse into how computers understand and execute instructions. You'll learn basic programming concepts like variables, data types, and simple algorithms, giving you a taste of the logic behind creating software. By the end, you'll have a solid foundation in computer hardware and software, empowering you to use computers effectively and explore the vast possibilities of technology.
References
- Computers & Technology by Floyd P. Hassel (Latest Edition)
- Absolute Beginner's Guide to Computer Basics by Greg Perry (Latest Edition)
- How Computers Work by Ron White (Latest Edition)
- Illustrated Guide to PC Hardware & Upgrades by Roger A. Grimes (Latest Edition)
- Python Crash Course by Eric Matthes (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Identify and explain the functions of major computer hardware components.
- Understand the role of software, including operating systems and application software.
- Navigate a computer operating system effectively.
- Grasp basic programming concepts like variables, data types, and algorithms.
- Apply basic troubleshooting techniques for common computer issues.
- Communicate effectively about computer technology using appropriate terminology.
CET123 - Introduction to Computer II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET122
|
Course Contents
This advanced-level course builds upon your existing programming knowledge to delve deeper into the fundamentals of software development using Python. We'll explore advanced programming concepts like data structures (lists, dictionaries, etc.), algorithms (problem-solving strategies), and basic object-oriented programming (OOP) principles.
Through hands-on projects and coding exercises, you'll gain practical experience in designing, writing, testing, and debugging complex Python programs. You'll also learn essential software development practices like version control and collaboration with other programmers. By the end of this course, you'll be well-equipped to tackle real-world programming challenges with confidence and build robust software applications.
References
- Fluent Python by Luciano Ramalho (Latest Edition)
- Automate the Boring Stuff with Python by Al Sweigart (Latest Edition)
- Python Crash Course by Eric Matthes (Latest Edition)
- Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist by Allen B. Downey (Latest Edition)
- Data Structures and Algorithms in Python by Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, and Michael H. Goldwasser (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Implement advanced data structures like dictionaries and sets to organize and manipulate data efficiently.
- Utilize algorithms for sorting, searching, and other computational tasks to solve problems effectively.
- Employ exception handling and debugging techniques to create robust and reliable software.
- Write unit tests to ensure the functionality and accuracy of your code.
- Leverage the vast array of Python libraries and frameworks for specific programming needs.
- Communicate code design and functionality effectively through clear documentation.
CET141 - Database Management Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Database management system provides the foundation needed for a career in database development or data warehousing for business intelligence specialization. Students will learn to create relational databases, write MySQL statements to create tables with relationships in a database, extract information to satisfy business reporting requests, create entity relationship diagrams (ERDs) to design databases, and analyze table designs using database querying, optimization techniques, database tuning, normalization techniques, transaction processing, concurrency control and recovery and new application developments. The course helps students understand the fundamentals of database design with knowledge and skills of concepts and terminology of the entity-relationship model, primary and foreign keys, the process of normalization while creating a database structure with integrity constraints and table subsets. Students further learn to develop SQL commands to manage database information through building basic queries, using expressions in a select clause, retrieving specific rows from tables, grouping data records, sorting data records, and joining data in related tables. The course expects students to gain thorough knowledge of entity, relationship, attribute, domain, Associations: 1:1, 1:M, M:N, table; column, row, field, rules for relational data model (for example, unique identifier (atomic)) and the purpose and uniqueness of keys in a database system and all the normalization forms such as UNF, 1NF, 2NF and 3NF and the purpose of each stage of normalization. Lectures, practical lab sessions, and assignments will be used to deliver the course.
References
- Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe (2022). Fundamentals of Database Systems Seventh Edition, 7th Edition. PEARSON.
- Abraham Silberschatz , Henry Korth, S. Sudarshan (2022), Database System Concepts 7th Edition, McGraw-Hill
- https://dev.mysql.com/doc/(Retrieved from the Internet 04/11/2022)
- https://dev.mysql.com/doc/workbench/en/(Retrieved from the Internet 04/11/2022)
- https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/mysql-hands-on-lab-403032.pdf(Retrieved from the Internet 04/11/2022)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Associate a conceptual schema from real-world problems, restate program-data independence, data models for database systems, and database schema and database instances as per user requirements.
- CLO 2: Make relational models to create and implement the database using SQL.
- CLO 3: Examine relational algebra and tuple calculus in DBMS to determine and restate a database, with free from anomalies.
- CLO 4: Define and administer query processing techniques for database optimization and tuning.
- CLO 5: Distinguish various concurrency control techniques, security and recovery methods for regaining the database in critical circumstance.
- CLO 6: Execute, debug and test SQL queries to validate the outcome.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Familiarize lab policies, rules and lab record writing / Understand the MySQL Workbench environment.
- WEEK 2: Understand Database/ Structures / tables.
- WEEK 3: Database Key(s) and relationships.
- WEEK 4: Use of Primary Key and relationships.
- WEEK 5: Querying Using various SQL statements.
- WEEK 6: Use of Foreign Key in tables.
- WEEK 7: Use functions in SQL statements.
- WEEK 8: Complicated relational DB creations with constraints.
- WEEK 9: Complex Queries.
- WEEK 10: Triggers and Views.
- WEEK 11: Table modifications, DML Commands.
- WEEK 12: Update statements
- WEEK 13: Use of Joins.
- WEEK 14: Use of PL/SQL.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
Laboratories
- WEEK 1: Software engineering worldwide practices.
- WEEK 2: Software Life Cycle Models.
- WEEK 3: Quality Standards like ISO 9001, SEI-CMM
- WEEK 4: Design Metrics, Data Structure Metrics, Information Flow Metrics
- WEEK 5: Cost estimation, static, Single, and multivariate models, COCOMO model, Putnam Resource Allocation Model
- WEEK 6: Problem analysis, software requirement and specifications, behavioral and non-behavioral requirements, coupling and cohesion.
- WEEK 7: Function oriented design, object-oriented design, user interface design, top-down and bottom-up structured programming and information hiding.
- WEEK 8: Reliability Models: Basic Model, Logarithmic Poisson Model
- WEEK 9: Functional testing: Boundary value analysis, Equivalence class testing
- WEEK 10: Data flow and mutation testing, unit testing, integration, and system testing, Debugging, Testing Tools, & Standards.
- WEEK 11: Decision table testing, Cause effect graphing
- WEEK 12: Management of maintenance, Maintenance Process, Maintenance Models
- WEEK 13: Reverse Engineering, Software Reengineering
- WEEK 14: Software Risk Management.
- WEEK 15: Case studies on general software production companies.
CET161 - Network Basics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The industry needs professionals who understand the basics of networks, which are the backbone for exchanging data/resources. Students learn how data is sent and received in a computer network and how small computer networks are created. The student learns about device configuration, protocols, and models, layering concepts, security fundamentals, and wireless networks. IP addressing within the context of the internet and intranet are discussed in various practical’s along with network components, like, switches, routers, and hubs. The student learning also includes building simple and complex networks, visualize how a network works, integrate devices, or automate the network using packet tracer (a simulation tool by CISCO Systems). The topics include Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) related to static and dynamic addresses, public and private, and Network Address Translation (NAT). The course includes implementation, design principles and goals of a computer network and touches upon the various routing algorithms. The student explores the principles of IP addressing and fundamentals of Ethernet concepts, media, and related operations. The topics also include basic networking concepts, various networking devices such as the hub, switches, routers etc., configuring various networking scenarios using packet tracer simulation and how to apply IP addressing schemes. Lectures, Practical lab sessions, simulations, and assignments, will be used to deliver the course.
References
- Press, C. (2020). Introduction to networks: companion guide (CCNAv7).
- Stallings, W. (2015). Data and Computer Communications, International Edition. Pearson Education UK.
- Alin, G. (2022). Practical assignments for CCNA7 COURSE, part 2: Switching Routing Wireless Essentials. Southeast Europe Journal of Soft Computing, 11(1), 13-18.
- Udemy, "Introduction to networking for complete beginners", https://www.udemy.com/course/introduction-to-networking-for-complete-beginners/, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- CISCO, "Networking Essentials", https://www.netacad.com/courses/networking/networking-essentials, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- UDACITY, Computer Networking, https://www.udacity.com/course/computer-networking--ud436 Accessed on 15.11.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Classify the different types of network devices to solve computing problems as per given requirement.
- CLO 2: Examine home and small business networks to connect with the Internet.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate the basic configuration process to accomplish group tasks related to IP services.
- CLO 4: Relate reference models and layered architectures in networking to apply, integrate and administer secure computing technologies as per user requirement.
- CLO 5: Analyze the principles of networking protocols and standards.
- CLO 6: Diagnose the process of troubleshooting in team for a small-scale computer network.
- CLO 7: Simulate, configure, and troubleshoot, network-based activity and prepare lab record for presentation.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Researching Network Collaboration Tools and Converged Network Services.
- WEEK 2: Packet Tracer - Network Representation Instructions and Navigating the IOS Instructions
- WEEK 3: Establishing a Console Session with Tera Term and Configuring Initial Switch Settings Instructions.
- WEEK 4: Building a Simple Network and Implementing Basic Connectivity Instructions.
- WEEK 5: Configuring a Switch Management Address and researching Networking Standards.
- WEEK 6: Investigating the TCP/IP and OSI Models in Action Instructions and using Wireshark to View Network Traffic.
- WEEK 7: Observing DNS Resolution and exploring FTP.
- WEEK 8: Using Wireshark to Observe the TCP 3-Way Handshake and to Examine a UDP DNS Capture.
- WEEK 9: Viewing Host Routing Tables and to configure Initial Router Settings Instructions.
- WEEK 10: Connect a Router to a LAN Instructions.
- WEEK 11: Identifying IPv4 Addresses and configuring IPv6 Addresses on Network Devices.
- WEEK 12: Troubleshooting IPv4 and IPv6 Addressing Instructions.
- WEEK 13: Implementing a Submitted IPv6 Addressing Scheme Instructions.
- WEEK 14: Connecting a Wired and Wireless LAN Instructions and managing Device Configuration Files Using TFTP, Flash, and USB.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET171 - Business Foundation
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
|
Course Contents
This course equips IT and Network Engineers with a solid understanding of core business concepts critical for their success in today's technology-driven landscape. You'll gain insights into essential business functions like finance, marketing, project management, and operations. By exploring these areas, you'll develop a broader perspective, enabling you to collaborate more effectively with business stakeholders, understand the financial impact of IT decisions, and contribute to strategic technology initiatives.
The course delves into financial statements, budgeting, cost analysis, and how IT projects are evaluated from a business standpoint. You'll also explore marketing principles to understand how technology solutions align with customer needs and market trends. Through interactive exercises and real-world case studies, you'll gain practical skills in project management methodologies and develop your communication abilities to present technical concepts to a non-technical audience.
References
- Business Acumen for IT Professionals by Kevin Berman (Latest Edition)
- IT Project Management: Strategies for Success by Michael Alkhalifa (Latest Edition)
- Financial Intelligence for IT Professionals by Cheryl McKinnon (Latest Edition)
- The Art of Innovation by Tom Kelley and David Kelley (Latest Edition)
- Strategic Communication for Business Leaders by Rebecca Rubin (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Explain fundamental business concepts relevant to IT and Network Engineering.
- Analyze financial statements and apply cost-benefit analysis to technology projects.
- Implement project management methodologies and best practices.
- Develop marketing awareness and understand how technology aligns with business objectives.
- Communicate technical information effectively to a non-technical audience.
CET191 - CET Internship I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Student learning includes overall professional development of students, required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Further, the students develop awareness of the organizational department structure and their roles, responsibilities, and function. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is expected to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the industry/organization and submit the evaluation report of the students with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students are exposed to the industry environment for 6 to 8 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the Electronic industrial standards and recognize the requirement of these standards with the industrial scenario.
- CLO 2: Examine a specific project related to electrical engineering at an existing job.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate individual confidence to handle various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 6: Expose themselves to acquire life skills to meet societal challenges
- CLO 7: Relate the engineer’s responsibilities and ethics while handling various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 8: Read the engineering drawings and if necessary, modify the parts/unit/assembly drawing of the electrical product.
CET211 - Data Structures & Algorithms
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
Data structure and algorithms are used for efficient data persistence. Students learn the concepts of functions, pointers, structures, linear and nonlinear data structure like arrays, array representation of stacks, operations associated with stacks- push & pop, polish expressions, conversion of infix to postfix, infix to prefix (and vice versa),application of stacks recursion, polish expression and their compilation, conversion of infix expression to prefix and postfix expression, tower of hanoi problem. The topics include queue: definition, representation of queues, operations of queues- insert, delete, priority queues, circular queue, deque. linked list, linked list-based implementation of stacks and queues, trees: basic terminology, binary trees and their representation, expression evaluation, complete binary trees, extended binary trees, traversing binary trees, searching, insertion and deletion in binary search trees, general trees, avl trees, threaded trees, b trees, graphs, spanning tree. The course covers traversing in a graph, various sorting and search techniques like insertion sort, bubble sort, selection sort, quick sort, merge sort, heap sort, partition exchange sort, shell sort, sorting on different keys, external sorting. linear search, binary search, hashing: hash functions. The student learning also includes collision resolution techniques and the use of basic algorithm analysis including both theoretical and empirical methods. Lab sessions include the implementation of stack, quest, linked list, tree, graphs, sorting and searching discussed during the course.
References
- Balagurusamy, E. (2017). Data Structures using C., MC GRAW HILL. ISBN-10: 1259029549, ISBN-13: 978-1259029547
- Seymour, L. (2010). Data Structures with C., MC GRAW HILL INDIA, ISBN-10: 0070701989, ISBN-13: 978-0070701984
- https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102064
- https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/data-structures/
- https://www.programiz.com/dsa/data-structure-types
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/data_structures_algorithms/index.htm
- https://www.javatpoint.com/data-structure-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Apply advance programming techniques such as pointers, dynamic memory allocation, structures to solve the computing problems.
- CLO 2: Use abstract data types such as lists, stacks, queues, and trees to develop a computational model.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate the ability to work in a team to design the solution using linear and nonlinear data structure algorithms for computing problems and present it.
- CLO 4: Examine the sorting and searching algorithms to select the suitable algorithm for optimum solution.
- CLO 5: Classify the graph algorithms to model engineering problems, when appropriate.
- CLO 6: Use the concepts of data structure to write the program for a given problem in the lab.
- CLO 7: Write the lab report and present output results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, Course Policies and, program on arrays.
- WEEK 2: Implement the arrays and pointer concepts.
- WEEK 3: Stack implementation.
- WEEK 4: Queue implementation.
- WEEK 5: Linear and Binary Search implementation.
- WEEK 6: Implementation of sorting algorithms.
- WEEK 7: Implementation of sorting algorithms.
- WEEK 8: Implement singly linked lists
- WEEK 9: Implement doubly linked list
- WEEK 10: Implement tree concepts
- WEEK 11: Implement tree concepts
- WEEK 12: Implement graph algorithms
- WEEK 13: Implement graph algorithms
- WEEK 14: Open End Problems/Projects
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
Laboratories
- WEEK 1: Arrays
- WEEK 2: Stacks and Queue
- WEEK 3: Recursion and Tower of Hanoi
- WEEK 4: Binary and Linear Search
- WEEK 5: Quick and Merge Sort
- WEEK 6: Selection, Insertion and Bubble Sort.
- WEEK 7: Linked Lists
- WEEK 8: Binary Search Tree, Inorder, preorder and post order traversal.
- WEEK 9: AVL Tree
- WEEK 10: B Tree
- WEEK 11: Heap Sort, Max and Min Heap.
- WEEK 12: BFS and DFS.
- WEEK 13: Graphs: Adjacency matrix and adjacency lists.
- WEEK 14: Spanning Tree problems and algorithms.
- WEEK 15: Shortest path problems and algorithms.
CET212 - Operating Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET111
|
Course Contents
The course is designed to introduce candidates to the issues involved in installing and administering a client operating system. It manages memory, processes, processor, software, and hardware. The primary purpose of this course is to understand processes of the operating systems and improve students' skills to install and troubleshoot the network. Students learn to install a client operating system, administer resources, implement, manage, and troubleshoot hardware devices and drivers, monitor, and optimize system performance and reliability, configure, and troubleshoot the desktop environment, implement network protocols and services, implement, monitor, and troubleshoot security, connect to resources using web browser, manage and troubleshoot firewall. Students understand stages in a setup process such as preparation of hard drive and copying files, product key information, regional information, adapter cards and post-installation requirements, familiarize themselves with the use of automated deployment techniques, processes, and software, distinguish between express and custom upgrades and be able to roll back an unsuccessful upgrade. Students learn to be aware of common errors and their possible causes, for example, inability to contact domain controller, error loading OS, failure of a service to start, lack of disk space, media errors, incompatible optical drive, etc. They also get to be familiarized with the log files created during installation and their use in troubleshooting. Lecture, Laboratory sessions, Assignment, projects, and presentations are used to deliver the course.
References
- ABRAHAM SILBERSCHATZ, PETER BAER GALVIN, GREG GAGNE, Operating system concepts, Tenth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2018
- https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-(Retrieved from the Internet 02/11/2022)
- hardware/manufacture/desktop/install-windows-from-a-usb-flash-drive?view=windows-11
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/operating_system_tutorial.pdf
- https://www.academia.edu/31599334/operating_system_tutorial_for_biginers
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Install a client operating system.
- CLO 2: Implement, manage and troubleshoot hardware devices and drivers.
- CLO 3: Practice installation of windows operating system.
- CLO 4: Analyze and optimize system performance and reliability.
- CLO 5: Create a model of LAN system to learn the client-server architecture.
- CLO 6: Review and implement network protocols and services.
- CLO 7: Use the concepts of LAN networking to write the program for a given problem and write the lab report.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Lab policies/ Lab Rules and reports
- WEEK 2: Perform manual and automated installations
- WEEK 3: Upgrade from an older version and apply post-installation updates
- WEEK 4: Troubleshoot installation problems.
- WEEK 5: Monitor, manage, and troubleshoot access to files, folders and share folders.
- WEEK 6: Connect to local or network print devices/ Configure and manage file systems.
- WEEK 7: Implement, manage, and troubleshoot disk devices and display devices.
- WEEK 8: Implement, manage, and troubleshoot input/output devices and update devices.
- WEEK 9: Monitor, optimize and troubleshoot system performance.
- WEEK 10: Manage and troubleshoot the use of offline files, recover system files and user data.
- WEEK 11: Configure and manage user profiles, desktop settings and accessibility services.
- WEEK 12: Configure and troubleshoot the TCP/IP protocol, firewall, connect to resources using a web browser.
- WEEK 13: Configure, manage, and troubleshoot file encryption, security configuration and local security policy.
- WEEK 14: Configure, manage, and troubleshoot local user and group accounts
- Week 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET213 - Software Engineering
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
Software Engineering is used for a systematic, disciplined and quantifiable approach for the development, operation, and maintenance of software. The knowledge and skills covered in the course are identification of attributes, identification of operations, visibility of attributes and operations (private, public, protected), and specification of appropriate association, aggregation, and inheritance relationships between classes. Students learn how robust software systems are built most economically to assure the best quality and maintenance techniques in the software industry through different lifecycle models, system analysis and design, agile methodologies, software reengineering techniques such as Lines of Codes (LOCs) and metric analysis, software test methods, reverse engineering models, association, aggregation, collaboration, coupling, cohesion, COCOMO models to calculate the time taken to develop and deliver a software economically and validate requirements using use case scenarios and user interface walkthroughs. Critical UML diagrams used here are the use case, state machine, activity, object, class diagrams etc. to learn how the engineering team can communicate requirements. Students also learn how to create use case scenarios which include pre and post conditions trigger event and the best-case scenario flow of events. Alternative or exceptional behavior must be included in one or more use case scenarios. The course will be delivered using lectures, lab sessions, projects, and case studies.
References
- David Farley (2022). Modern Software Engineering, 1st Edition. PEARSON.
- https://www.lucidchart.com/pages/uml-class-diagram(Retrieved from the Internet 01/11/2022)
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w4gCAyvFFFo(Retrieved from the Internet 01/11/2022)
- https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/software-engineering-cocomo-model/(Retrieved from the Internet 02/11/2022)
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/uml/index.htm(Retrieved from the Internet 01/11/2022)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the importance of software development life cycle process and agile systems for effective software development.
- CLO 2: Compare and use different cost-effective models to develop software products economically.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate Software Reengineering practices for software reuse.
- CLO 4: Determine and evaluate test methods for best software release practices.
- CLO 5: Design and develop software models for robust real time software products.
- CLO 6: Create UML (Unified Modelling Language) diagrams needed for the software development in the lab and present the output in lab records.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Use of Lucid Chart Tools
- WEEK 2: Introduction to Rational Rose
- WEEK 3: Use Case Diagrams
- WEEK 4: Activity Diagram in UML
- WEEK 5: State Diagram.
- WEEK 6: Sequence Diagram in UML
- WEEK 7: Object Diagram in UML
- WEEK 8: Object Diagram in UML.
- WEEK 9: Class Diagram in UML.
- WEEK 10: Class Diagram in UML.
- WEEK 11: Collaboration Diagram in UML.
- WEEK 12: Component Diagram in UML.
- WEEK 13: Deployment Diagram in UML.
- WEEK 14: Deployment Diagram in UML
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
Laboratories
- WEEK 1: Software engineering worldwide practices.
- WEEK 2: Software Life Cycle Models.
- WEEK 3: Quality Standards like ISO 9001, SEI-CMM
- WEEK 4: Design Metrics, Data Structure Metrics, Information Flow Metrics
- WEEK 5: Cost estimation, static, Single, and multivariate models, COCOMO model, Putnam Resource Allocation Model
- WEEK 6: Problem analysis, software requirement and specifications, behavioral and non-behavioral requirements, coupling and cohesion.
- WEEK 7: Function oriented design, object-oriented design, user interface design, top-down and bottom-up structured programming and information hiding.
- WEEK 8: Reliability Models: Basic Model, Logarithmic Poisson Model
- WEEK 9: Functional testing: Boundary value analysis, Equivalence class testing
- WEEK 10: Data flow and mutation testing, unit testing, integration, and system testing, Debugging, Testing Tools, & Standards.
- WEEK 11: Decision table testing, Cause effect graphing
- WEEK 12: Management of maintenance, Maintenance Process, Maintenance Models
- WEEK 13: Reverse Engineering, Software Reengineering
- WEEK 14: Software Risk Management.
- WEEK 15: Case studies on general software production companies.
CET214 - Web Programming
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
The integration of Web technologies has an essential role in accomplishing companies' objectives to raise
competitiveness in the market. The students learn fundamental concepts of web technologies, develop basic
skills in creating web pages, and explain the coding behind designing websites. The course starts with the
underlying technologies of the web: URI, HTTP, HTML, CSS and XML, along with a strong focus on web services
and web programming technologies with their practical application. Students will also be able to learn the key
considerations while using Django and Ruby on Rail for an Open source Web Application Framework. Ruby is a
prevalent programming language that is highly in demand in the marketplace: it is commonly used in Rails
applications, an open-source web application framework. While at the same time, students also apply built-in
login functionality in Django, and define sessions, cookies, and one-to-many models. Students will gain
competencies such as create a secure professional website embedded with suitable information using HTML,
CSS, and JavaScript, Install and integrate web technologies to build applications. The students will also be ready
to move to the subsequent course and to proceed successfully in the remaining part of the program.
References
- Akshi Kumar (2018) Web Technology: Theory and Practice, Chapman, and Hall/CRC Press
- M., Dai, W., & Gai, K. (2016). Mobile Applications Development with Android: Technologies and Algorithms. Chapman and Hall/CRC.
- Caya, A. (2018). Mastering The Faster Web with PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript: Develop state-of-the-art web applications using the latest web technologies. Packt Publishing Ltd.
- UDACITY, "Intro to HTML and CSS", https://www.udacity.com/course/intro-to-html-and-css—ud001, Accessed on 14.10.2022
- Udemy, "Android Development from Scratch to Create Cool Apps!", https://www.udemy.com/course/sisoft-android-basic-to-create-cool-apps/, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- Udacity, "Intro to JavaScript", https://www.udacity.com/course/intro-to-javascript--ud803, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- Udemy, The Complete Ruby on Rails Developer Course, https://www.udemy.com/course/the-complete-ruby-on-rails-developer-course/ Accessed on 15.11.2022
- Courseera, Django for Everybody Specialization, https://www.coursera.org/specializations/django, Accessed on 15.11.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Utilize the principles of web technologies for better decision-making.
- CLO 2: Analyze coding practice examples using well-defined characteristics
- for building professional websites.
- CLO 3: Relate the use of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript to build websites.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate design skills to create a secure professional website
- embedded with suitable information.
- CLO 5: Select mobile applications in a team or as individuals to solve realworld problems in varying contexts.
- CLO 6: Apply the concepts of web technologies and develop applications to
- solve problems.
- CLO 7: Install and integrate web technologies to build applications and present
- the results as lab record.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Explore internet technology and applications.
- WEEK 2: Implementing the mail carrier tool for API development.
- WEEK 3: Implementing the curl tool for transferring data.
- WEEK 4: Static website with HTML.
- WEEK 5: Modifying and building static website with CSS and HTML.
- WEEK 6: Advance version of HTML and CSS tags.
- WEEK 7: Implementing JavaScript for website development.
- WEEK 8: Install and build node.js application.
- WEEK 9: Build an app using Django and Ruby on Rail.
- WEEK 10: Installing and implementing MYSQL.
- WEEK 11: Integrate MySQL database with front end.
- WEEK 12: Getting started with Android (installation and various android app
- development platforms)
- WEEK 13: Build an android application with various android components
- WEEK 14: Build an Android app that has multimedia and 2-D graphics.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET215 - Mobile Application Development
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
The number of users of mobile devices (smartphones, smartwatches, and tablets) is exponentially increasing, which has fostered the market demand for mobile application development. Mobile application development involves the development of applications that run on mobile devices but access remote computer resources over the network. The course enables students to apply Java programming languages features and software patterns needed to develop maintainable mobile apps comprised of core Android components. This course introduces students to programming technologies, design and development related to mobile applications. The student learns about developing mobile applications, building campaigns for the customer, and different ways to manage this with Search Engine Optimization - (SEO). The student learning includes storing unlimited files in a low-cost object store, utilizing CloudSearch and Elasticsearch, and automating API deployment in stages effortlessly. The student also explores the role of a cross-platform mobile developer, using HTML, and CSS, in Mobile app development. The topics include the key concepts of Android, 2-D graphics and multimedia in Android, mobile embedded system architecture, data storage and SQLite operations, mobile applications optimization, mobile cloud computing, and best practices in mobile development. The student learns application deployment in the cloud platform and its related techniques. Lectures on mobile application development, Lab sessions, projects, structured laboratory, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Qiu, M., Dai, W., & Gai, K. (2016). Mobile Applications Development with Android: Technologies and Algorithms. Chapman and Hall/CRC.
- UDACITY, "Developing Android Apps", https://www.udacity.com/course/new-android-fundamentals--ud851, Accessed on 14.10.2022
- UDEMY, "Become an Android Developer from Scratch", https://www.udemy.com/course/become-an-android-developer-from-scratch/, Accessed on 14.10.2022
- Meta, Introduction to Mobile Development, https://www.coursera.org/learn/intro-to-mobile-development, Accessed on 14.11.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify software/hardware tools to develop, test and debug mobile applications.
- CLO 2: Analyze and develop mobile applications to solve real-world problems.
- CLO 3: Evaluate various mobile frameworks to make an accurate technological choice in a given scenario.
- CLO 4: Apply a range of methods for mobile application development.
- CLO 5: Develop enterprise-level mobile solutions by taking full advantage of the capabilities of adopted platform/framework.
- CLO 6: Apply Mobile Application development concepts in the labs to provide solutions as per user requirements.
- CLO 7: Write the lab report and present the output result as a lab record.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, and getting started with Android
- WEEK 2: Installation of Android studio and building the first application
- WEEK 3: To determine the density of material of the given wire with the help of Sonometer.
- WEEK 4: Build an android application with various android components.
- WEEK 5: Build an Android app that has multimedia and 2-D graphics.
- WEEK 6: Implementing advanced concepts for android with scheduling algorithms and memory technology.
- WEEK 7: Implementing advanced concepts for android with messaging.
- WEEK 8: Apply the main operations on files management (Retrieval/modification/storage).
- WEEK 9: Apply the SQLite operations.
- WEEK 10: Implementing Mobile app optimization (Mobile/App SEO and Metrics & KPIs, Creating an SEO Campaign).
- WEEK 11: Implement Mobile app optimization (Testing Methodologies and Tools for Analytics).
- WEEK 12: Mobile app and cloud deployment (with various platform such as Amazon Elastic Cloud, Microsoft’s Azure, Google App Engine)
- WEEK 13: Mobile app and cloud deployment (techniques for building, deploying, and maintaining machine images and applications).
- WEEK 14: Implementing advanced exploration of cloud computing for mobile deployment.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET216 - Linux and Shell Programming
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET212
|
Course Contents
Operating systems are main components of recent computer technology. It is software that bridges users and hardware. It manages memory, processes, processor, software, and hardware. The primary purpose of this course is to understand processes of operating systems and improve students' skills to develop applications on the subsystems of operating systems. Students learn virtual environments and use of virtual disk spaces using VMware. They get a thorough knowledge of Linux systems and directories management, shell programming, system calls, shell programming, threads management and scheduling algorithms for deadlock managements. Students also learn the features of Linux as a multiuser operating system and their hardware and software components of a multiuser operating system environment. Other knowledge and skill set of the course requires to navigate filesystem(s), manipulate files and directories, follow given file naming conventions, controlling process management, use and monitor printing facilities, terminal types, on-line help systems, device and file systems status, use of mail facilities, use of redirection facilities, creating regular expressions and selecting and using filters. Students get hands on to compose scripts to carry out routine tasks like use editor(s), passing arguments, using environment variables, selecting, and using control structure(s) etc. Lecture, Laboratory sessions, Assignment, projects, and presentations are used to deliver the course.
References
- William E. Jr. Shotts, The Linux Command Line, 2nd Edition: A Complete Introduction Paperback – Illustrated, 7 March 2019
- ABRAHAM SILBERSCHATZ, PETER BAER GALVIN, GREG GAGNE, Operating system concepts, Tenth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2018
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/unix/index.htm(Retrieved from the Internet 03/11/2022)
- https://www.javatpoint.com/linux-tutorial(Retrieved from the Internet 03/11/2022)
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/index.htm(Retrieved from the Internet 04/11/2022)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze operating system used in computing world to recommend for efficient resource management.
- CLO 2: Use OS as a resource manager to supports multiprogramming.
- CLO 3: Select the suitable process scheduling algorithm to solve computing problem.
- CLO 4: Work in a team to review memory management issues including advance techniques of paging, segmentation and virtual memory for operating system.
- CLO 5: Assess the system model to produce solutions for deadlocks problems.
- CLO 6: Review the open source operating systems for integration in given context.
- CLO 7: Use the concepts of shell programing to write the program for a given problem and write the lab report.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Induction to Lab policies, reports
- WEEK 2: Introduction to Virtual environments and Vmware installations.
- WEEK 3: Understanding Basic Linux commands and use of Directories.
- WEEK 4: Basics of shell programming.
- WEEK 5: Sample shell programming.
- WEEK 6: Use of Grep, AWK and sed commands
- WEEK 7: Decision making & loop control in shell programming
- WEEK 8: Function using shell programming.
- WEEK 9: System calls in C and their implementation in Linux.
- WEEK 10: Thread basics and Client-Server architecture.
- WEEK 11: Thread management in C.
- WEEK 12: FCFS Scheduling Algorithms.
- WEEK 13: SJF Scheduling Algorithms.
- WEEK 14: File system calls in C and their implementation in Linux.
- Week 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET217 - Software Testing and Quality Assurance
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET213
|
Course Contents
This course offers an in-depth exploration of the methodologies and processes essential for the development and continuous maintenance of high-caliber software systems. It extensively delves into software testing, encompassing testing strategies spanning unit, module, subsystem, and systems levels. Topics include test data generation, both automated and manual, dynamic and static analysis, functional testing, rigorous inspections, and robust reliability assessment. Furthermore, this course introduces the foundational concepts, metrics, and models integral to the realm of software quality assurance. It comprehensively examines the components of software quality assurance systems throughout the software development lifecycle, elucidating aspects such as meticulous planning, rigorous reviews, meticulous testing, and robust configuration management. The curriculum additionally delves into metrics and models to gauge software quality objectively. Real-world case studies and hands-on experiences enrich the learning journey, equipping students with practical insights into the domain of software quality assurance within the context of computer science and engineering.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop expertise in software testing, encompassing various testing levels and strategy selection.
- CLO 2: Acquire skills in test data generation and dynamic/static analysis techniques for effective defect identification.
- CLO 3: Master functional testing and engage in rigorous defect inspections to ensure software functionality.
- CLO 4: Perform systematic reliability assessments to mitigate software risks.
- CLO 5: Understand foundational QA concepts, metrics, and models to ensure software quality.
- CLO 6: Apply QA components throughout the software development lifecycle, including planning, reviews, testing, and configuration management.
- CLO 7: Utilize metrics and models for objective software quality assessment.
- CLO 8: Apply course concepts through hands-on experiences and case studies in real-world scenarios, enhancing practical problem-solving skills in software quality assurance.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, course policies and format of lab reports.
- WEEK 2: Levels of Testing and Test Strategy.
- WEEK 3: Test Data Generation Techniques.
- WEEK 4: Dynamic and Static Analysis for Defect Identification.
- WEEK 5: Functional Testing Principles.
- WEEK 6: Defect Inspections and Ensuring Software Functionality.
- WEEK 7: Systematic Reliability Assessments and Risk Mitigation.
- WEEK 8: Foundational QA Concepts and Metrics.
- WEEK 9: Software Quality Models.
- WEEK 10: Integrating QA Components in Software Development.
- WEEK 11: QA in Planning and Reviews.
- WEEK 12: Hands-on Testing.
- WEEK 13: Configuration Management.
- WEEK 14: Metrics and Models for Quality Assessment.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET218 - Advanced Web Programming
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET214
|
Course Contents
Open-source technology is used widely in multiple enterprises. Open source enables technology agility, typically offering multiple ways to solve problems. Students learn how robust software is developed using open-source technologies using PHP and MySQL. This course provides the knowledge necessary to design and develop dynamic, database-driven web pages using PHP, which powers many websites. The student use MySQL, a popular relational database management system. The student learns how to create an interactive Web site, allowing visitors to post and retrieve information, along with the understanding of a complete content management system Web application. The student learning includes downloading and installing PHP and MySQL tools and frameworks onto a server and home machine, configuring relevant settings to match the project's needs, and developing a user interface and a database back-end that stores critical information. This enables the student to plan and apply PHP and MySQL in real-world projects. The course topics include allowing site visitors to add new information to an online database, search through posted data, and create meaningful reports. The course is delivered in theory and practice using PHP, MySQL, other related frameworks, and Content Management Systems. Lectures, assignments, structured laboratory, and projects based on open-source technologies are used to deliver the course.
References
- Larry Ullman (2017). PHP and MySQL for Dynamic Web Sites: Visual QuickPro Guide (5th ed.).Peachpit Press.
- Luke Welling, Laura Thomson (2017) PHP and MySQL Web Development (Developer's Library) (5th ed.). Addison-Wesley Professional.
- Adam Omelak (2018) Zend Framework 3. Developer's Guide.
- Gordon, H. (2021). How Source Ate Software: Understand the Open-Source Movement and So Much More. S.I .:A press.
- Udemy, "PHP & MySQL course for absolute beginners | Become a PHP pro", https://www.udemy.com/course/php-mysql-course-for-absolute-beginners/, Accessed on 14.10.2022
- Class Central, Beginner PHP and MySQL Tutorial, https://www.classcentral.com/course/udemy-php-mysql-tutorial-26598, Accessed on 14.11.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the concepts of different operators and functions related to PHP in various computing problem.
- CLO 2: Apply the DDL and DML commands related to MySQL for given set of development context.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate the ability to accomplish group tasks related to open source technologies.
- CLO 4: Organize the application development process in varying context of information technology industry.
- CLO 5: Compare the dynamic websites handling and server-side scripts for application management.
- CLO 6: Summarize the need of open source software for the computational task.
- CLO 7: Write of lab based task and reports to present the results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Installation of framework such as LAMP/WAMP and starting with PHP script.
- WEEK 2: To implement PHP script with concepts of Numbers/Constants/ operators/ Strings
- WEEK 3: Program related to Statements / selection-based PHP scripts /Arrays/Loops
- WEEK 4: To implement PHP script for Dynamic website.
- WEEK 5: To implement Database / Database elements/ Coolum type and datatype.
- WEEK 6: Program related to PHP script with database connection, DML and DDL queries.
- WEEK 7: To implement Database design /Primary Key /Foreign key.
- WEEK 8: To implement PHP script for file handling. Script related to advanced SQL and MySQL.
- WEEK 9: To implement PHP script for exception handling/ upload a file/ Error handling techniques / debugging the errors.
- WEEK 10: To implement PHP script to create database and populate the database. Develop frontend to interact with this database.
- WEEK 11: To implement PHP script to for exchanging values. Use of Hidden from input / Edit existing records. /Use to date and time function.
- WEEK 12: To implement PHP script to create login page/ Create a blog using open-source framework such as WordPress. / Sending email
- WEEK 13: To implement PHP script for using session / cookies / Session security
- WEEK 14: To implement PHP script for Preventing Spam / XSS attacks / SQL Injection Attack
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET219 - UI/UX Principles
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This technical User Experience (UX) course offers an in-depth exploration of the dynamic fields of UX research and design. Students will acquire a profound understanding of UX research methodologies, encompassing advanced techniques such as user interviews, system assessments, and the systematic application of design principles to analyze systems. Furthermore, participants will delve into the intricacies of UX Design, including the systematic generation of innovative design solutions and the meticulous creation of prototypes across various levels of fidelity. Through the systematic interleaving of successive UX Research and Design phases, students will develop the expertise to extract valuable insights from inevitable errors, enabling iterative enhancements toward the creation of high-impact UX-optimized products within the realm of computer science and technology.
References
- Lean UX: Designing Great Products with Agile Teams - Jeff Gothelf
- A Project Guide to UX Design: For User Experience Designers in the Field Or in the Making - Russ Unger, Carolyn Chandler
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Master advanced UX research techniques.
- CLO 2: Apply design principles to analyze systems.
- CLO 3: Create innovative design solutions.
- CLO 4: Develop prototypes at varying fidelity levels.
- CLO 5: Integrate UX Research and Design phases effectively.
- CLO 6: Learn from and leverage mistakes for iterative improvement.
- CLO 7: Optimize user experiences within the realm of technology.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Advanced UX Research Techniques.
- WEEK 2: Applying Design Principles for System Analysis.
- WEEK 3: Generating Innovative Design Solutions.
- WEEK 4: Prototyping at Varying Fidelity Levels.
- WEEK 5: Effective Integration of UX Research and Design Phases.
- WEEK 6: Embracing Iterative Improvement through Mistakes.
- WEEK 7: Optimizing User Experiences in the Context of Technology.
- WEEK 8: Review and Consolidation of Advanced UX Research.
- WEEK 9: Analyzing Systems with a Design-Centric Approach.
- WEEK 10: Practical Application of Innovative Design Solutions.
- WEEK 11: Prototyping Strategies for Real-World Scenarios.
- WEEK 12: Seamless Integration of UX Research and Design.
- WEEK 13: Iterative Improvement and Feedback Loops.
- WEEK 14: Comprehensive User Experience Optimization Assessment and Recap.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET221 - Computer Organization
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course covers the evolution of 8085, 8086 microprocessor, functional block diagrams, organization chart for the microprocessor, architecture, and the pin configuration of the microprocessor. This course also includes the instruction set, machine cycles, timing diagram for the instruction set and the addressing modes of the processor. The topics include the types of instructions like arithmetic instructions, logic instructions, branching instructions, machine control instructions and the timing diagrams. The student analyzes 8086 processor instruction execution times, instruction affecting flags. This instruction set covered is used to develop coding in assembly language to perform simple experiments in 8085 processor, in addition the programming using Keil C is also covered to perform the experiment. This course also introduces memory and IO interfacings. The student learning includes types of memory like ROM, PROM, Static RAM, and DRAM, Even and odd memory banks, memory organization in 8085 and 8086, the need for the interrupts, interrupt classification, ICs used, enabling software-hardware interrupts in both 8085 and 8086. Along with the interrupts, experiments pertaining to the peripheral device IC 8255 used in interfacing with keyboards, display devices, DAC are done. The student is exposed to some basic introduction to pin configuration, architecture, addressing modes and registers available in 80X86 family processors like 80186, 80286, 80386.
References
- Pablo Mary and Panda Jeebanan, (2016), Microprocessor and Microcontrollers. 1st Edition, PHI Publication.
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/microprocessor/microprocessor_overview.htm
- https://www.electronicshub.org/microprocessors
- https://electronicsdesk.com/8085-microprocessor.html
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain the architecture of 8085 and 8086 processor.
- CLO 2: Use instruction set to write the assembly level programming.
- CLO 3: Diagnose the memory and memory organization and memory interfacing.
- CLO 4: Compare the various software, hardware interrupts and application.
- CLO 5: Perform input output device programming using PPI and assembly language programming
- CLO 5: Execute programs in 8085 and 8086 using serial and parallel interface.
- CLO 5: Demonstrate interface experiments with A/D. D/A converters, sensors and motors.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Write a program in assembly language in 8085 to add two 8 bit and 16-bit numbers.
- WEEK 2: Write a program in assembly language in 8085 to subtract two 8 bit and 16-bit numbers.
- WEEK 3: Write a program in assembly language in 8085 to multiply two 8-bit numbers.
- WEEK 4: Write a program in assembly language in 8085 to Divide two 8-bit numbers.
- WEEK 5: Write a program in assembly language in 8086 to multiply two16 bit numbers.
- WEEK 6: Write a program in assembly language in 8086 to divide 16-bit numbers by 8-bit number.
- WEEK 7: Write program in assembly language in 8085 & 8086 to find the largest number in array
- WEEK 8: Write program in assembly language in 8085 & 8086 to sort number in ascending order.
- WEEK 9: Write
- WEEK 10: Write assembly language program in 8085 &8086 to run stepper motor.
- WEEK 11: Write assembly language program in 8085 &8086 to run servo motor.
- WEEK 12: Write assembly language program in 8085 &8086 to run DC motor.
- WEEK 13: Write assembly language program in 8085 &8086 to control the traffic light.
- WEEK 14; Write assembly language program in 8085 &8086 to read sensor data using A/D Converter.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET222 - Embedded Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET221
|
Course Contents
The objective of this course is to provide a knowledge of Smart Electronics Systems, with a basic understanding of programming skills and interfacing with different sensors for the smart and automatic system development. The course introduces the Arduino Hardware, ATMEGA328 P16, its architecture, clock speed, memory, pin configuration, Arduino IDE Platform, Arduino Syntax, Arduino Board Layout, types of Arduino Board, the structure of programming, setup (), loop (), functions. The topics include variable declaration and definition, datatypes, arithmetic Expressions, constants, flow Control, logical operators, libraries declaration, digital input output, analog Input Output, time intervals, mathematical functions, random functions, serial communication with computer. The second half of the course covers software programs like blinking of LED, fading of LED, circling of LED, graphics creation on LED matrix, LED advertisement display using LED Matrix, traffic light system, LED control using switches, LED control from keyboards, LED blinking using user command. The student learning includes the interfacing of input devices like microphones, bar code scanner, buttons, encoders, keypad capacitive sensors, distance sensors, electromagnetic fields, humidity sensors, temperature sensors, gas sensors, anemometer, and IR sensors. The student also learns EEG, EMG sensors, motion sensors, magnetic sensors, touch pad, light sensors, Joysticks, keyboards and GPS Interfacing, SD card interfacing, load cell interfacing, camera control, 7 segment displays, LCD, OLED, Graphical LCD. It also includes the programming and controlling of stepper motor, servo motors, DC Motors. The course also covers controlling with Joystick, indexing, direction control, synchronization of two motors solenoids, relays, and PWM. Lectures, theoretical assignments, presentations will be used in this course.
References
- Richard Blum, (2015), Arduino Programming, 1st Edition, Pearson Education.
- Matthew Mackinnon(2016), Arduino: Complete Beginners Guide for Arduino, 1st Edition Create Space Independent Publishing Platform
- https://create.arduino.cc/projecthub
- https://all3dp.com/2/most-useful-arduino-projects/
- https://circuitdigest.com/arduino-projects
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the architecture, memory, and hardware of ATMEGA328 P 16 microcontroller
- CLO 2: Illustrate the structure of program and platform used
- CLO 3: Categorize the instruction set used in developing the program.
- CLO 4: Use instructions to write program in platform and verify the results
- CLO 5: Design the circuit for a specific application using Arduino
- CLO 6: Draw the complete circuit diagram in software like Tinkercad and simulate the results
- CLO 7: Demonstrate mini project by interfacing Arduino with sensors and control the output devices.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1. To perform LED blinking using Arduino Mega with digital pins.
- WEEK 2. To perform LED fading and Circling using Arduino Mega with digital and analog pins.
- WEEK 3. To perform interfacing of LED dice with Computer Keyboard using Arduino Mega.
- WEEK 4. Interface Gas sensors with Arduino Mega and operate LED and show four critical levels.
- WEEK 5. Interfacing of Proximity sensors and note the response on Serial Monitor and connect buzzer for Minimum distance using Arduino Mega.
- WEEK 6. Interfacing of 7 Segment display and start automatic counter from 0 to 9 using Arduino Mega.
- WEEK 7. Interfacing of LCD and display text on the LCD with four different fonts using Arduino Mega.
- WEEK 8. Interfacing of GLCD and display your own picture on the display using Arduino Mega.
- WEEK 9. Interfacing of Stepper motor and Servo Motor and vary the speed with a PWM signal.
- WEEK 10. Controlling of Solenoid using Electronics/Electrical Relays with the help of Arduino Mega.
- WEEK 11. Direction control of Servo Motor using Arduino Mega.
- WEEK 12: Interfacing of DC motor and vary the speed.
- WEEK 13: Interfacing temperature and humidity sensor with Arduino and display the values in LCD or OLED.
- WEEK 14: Interface motion sensor to detect the motion and generates alarm.
- WEEK 15: Interface level sensor to detect the set point of level in water tank and stop the flow using solenoid valve.
CET223 - Computer Architecture
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
|
CET231 - Cyber & Information Security
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET161
|
Course Contents
In today's digital age, information and cyber security is more important than ever. Protecting online information and identity is crucial to keeping personal and financial data safe from theft or fraud. This is an introductory level information security course which provides students basic understanding about cyber and information security and its need in current digital world. This course covers the introduction to information, computer and network security, security risks and cyber-attacks, security concepts, kinds of security breaches, threats, and risks, point of vulnerability, attacks- passive and active, security services, confidentiality, authentication, non-repudiation, integrity. The topics include access control, availability, model for internetwork security, internet standards and RFCs, sources of security threats, motives, target assets , consequence of threats, e-mail threats, web threats, hacking, intruders, insider threats, cybersquatting, cyber stalking, crime of deception, content oriented online crime, malicious software use and detection. The student learning includes cyber terrorism, information warfare and surveillance, virtual crime, online frauds, identity theft and intellectual property theft, network threats-worms, virus, spams, ad-ware, spy ware, trojans and convert channels, backdoors, bots, IP spoofing, ARP spoofing, session hijacking, sabotage, phishing, zombie/zombie drone. The course also includes legal ethical and professional issues in information security and intellectual property rights. It also covers firewalls, basic concepts of intrusion detection and prevention system, basic cryptographic techniques, risk assessment and risk control strategies, information security blueprint, honeypots, honey nets and padded cell systems, scanning and analysis tool, biometric access control and case study related to information security. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, algorithms and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Michael E. Whitman Herbert J. Mofford. (2017). Principles of Information Security, 6th Edition. Cengage Learning, Inc
- https://www.ftc.gov/system/files/attachments/cybersecurity-small-business/cybersecuirty_sb_factsheets_all.pdf
- https://www.cynet.com/network-attacks/network-attacks-and-network-security-threats/
- https://www.cisco.com/c/en_ae/products/security/common-cyberattacks.html#~types-of-cyber-attacks
- https://umbrella.cisco.com/trends-threats
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Discuss the cyber and information security issues, attacks and ethics for internet users.
- CLO 2: Analyze the legal and ethical issues of IT infrastructure for the organization.
- CLO 3: Illustrate information security risks and requirement of security services to secure the network.
- CLO 4: Work in a team to assess the intrusions detection systems, cryptographic algorithms and others tools used in organizational network to secure the network and present it in professional context.
- CLO 5: Apply the basic concepts of cyber security methods, write programs in lab to solve the given problem.
- CLO 6: Write the lab report and present the output result in lab record.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, course policies and format of lab reports.
- WEEK 2: Download and install the Linux operating system.
- WEEK 3: Study and practice Linux commands.
- WEEK 4: Study and practice networking commands.
- WEEK 5: Study of packet sniffer tools like Wireshark, ethereal, tcpdump etc. Use the tools to do the following: Observer performance in promiscuous as well as non-promiscuous mode. Show that packets can be traced based on different filters
- WEEK 6: Install IDS (e.g., SNORT) and study the logs.
- WEEK 7: Write a program to perform Encryption / Decryption using Caesar cipher.
- WEEK 8: Write a program to perform Encryption / Decryption using Mono Alphabetic techniques
- WEEK 9: Write a program to perform Encryption / Decryption using Playfair
- WEEK 10: Write a program to perform Encryption / Decryption using Hill cipher
- WEEK 11: Write a program to perform Encryption / Decryption using
- WEEK 12: Use the Nessus tool to scan the network for vulnerabilities
- WEEK 13: Open Ended Project
- WEEK 14: Open Ended Project
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET232 - Web and Security Technologies
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET161
|
Course Contents
The integration of Web technologies has an essential role in accomplishing companies' objectives to raise competitiveness in the market. The students learn fundamental concepts of web technologies, develop basic skills in creating web pages, and explain the coding behind designing websites. The course starts with the underlying technologies of the web: URI, HTTP, HTML, CSS, and XML, along with a strong focus on web services and web programming technologies with their practical application. The course also discusses the key considerations while using Django and Ruby on Rail for an Open-source Web Application Framework. Ruby is a prevalent programming language that is highly in demand in the marketplace: it is commonly used in Rails applications, an open-source web application framework. While at the same time, students also apply built-in login functionality in Django, and define sessions, cookies, and one-to-many models. The student learning includes describing and building a data model in Django, applying model query and template tags/code of Django Template Language. The topics include Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), JavaScript, database integration, and concepts of mobile development. The lectures focus on web application development fundamentals. Lab sessions, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Akshi Kumar (2018) Web Technology: Theory and Practice, Chapman, and Hall/CRC Press
- M., Dai, W., & Gai, K. (2016). Mobile Applications Development with Android: Technologies and Algorithms. Chapman and Hall/CRC.
- Caya, A. (2018). Mastering The Faster Web with PHP, MySQL, and JavaScript: Develop state-of-the-art web applications using the latest web technologies. Packt Publishing Ltd.
- UDACITY, "Intro to HTML and CSS", https://www.udacity.com/course/intro-to-html-and-css--ud001, Accessed on 14.10.2022
- Udemy, "Android Development from Scratch to Create Cool Apps!", https://www.udemy.com/course/sisoft-android-basic-to-create-cool-apps/, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- Udacity, "Intro to JavaScript", https://www.udacity.com/course/intro-to-javascript--ud803, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- Udemy, The Complete Ruby on Rails Developer Course, https://www.udemy.com/course/the-complete-ruby-on-rails-developer-course/ Accessed on 15.11.2022
- Courseera, Django for Everybody Specialization, https://www.coursera.org/specializations/django, Accessed on 15.11.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Utilize the principles of web technologies for better decision-making.
- CLO 2: Analyze coding practice examples using well-defined characteristics for building professional websites.
- CLO 3: Relate the use of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript to build websites.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate design skills to create a secure professional website embedded with suitable information.
- CLO 5: Select mobile applications in a team or as individuals to solve real-world problems in varying contexts.
- CLO 6: Apply the concepts of web technologies and develop applications to solve problems.
- CLO 7: Install and integrate web technologies to build applications and present the results as lab record.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Explore internet technology and applications.
- WEEK 2: Implementing the mail carrier tool for API development.
- WEEK 3: Implementing the curl tool for transferring data.
- WEEK 4: Static website with HTML.
- WEEK 5: Modifying and building static website with CSS and HTML.
- WEEK 6: Advance version of HTML and CSS tags.
- WEEK 7: Implementing JavaScript for website development.
- WEEK 8: Install and build node.js application.
- WEEK 9: Build an app using Django and Ruby on Rail.
- WEEK 10: Installing and implementing MYSQL.
- WEEK 11: Integrate MySQL database with front end.
- WEEK 12: Getting started with Android (installation and various android app development platforms)
- WEEK 13: Build an android application with various android components
- WEEK 14: Build an Android app that has multimedia and 2-D graphics.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET233 - Digital Forensics Fundamental
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET231
|
Course Contents
Digital Crime and Security Course Is essential for Computer Science field as it provides students a basic understanding about issues, trends and categories of cyber-attacks and digital crime in the current digital world. This course covers the understanding of essential computer concepts and information processing, introduction and overview of cybercrime and cyber terrorism , hackers , sophisticated cyber-criminal organizations, white collar crimes - identity theft, internet fraud schemes, money laundering, corporate espionage, viruses, and malicious code (history and development, viruses, worms, Trojan horses, adware, and spyware). The course includes Denial-Of-Service attacks, blended threats, extent of viruses and malicious code; sex crimes, victimization, and obscenity on the World Wide Web, nature of exploitation on the internet, cyberstalking, cybercrime in a data-driven and techno-centric society - cybercrime and the cybercriminal, the origin and definition of cybercrime. The topics include data, evolution of cybercrime, cybercrime categories, the future of cybercrime, cybercrime, and the Internet of Things (IoT), cybercrime: Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence, online child sexual abuse and exploitation (CSAE), cost of cybercrime, understanding the legal system and cyber laws, networking environment, types of cyberattacks, prevention mechanisms and encryption methodology. Students are exposed to cellular networks, and the main components of network architecture, along with security threats and vulnerabilities, Internet of Things (IoTs), applications, security vulnerabilities, investigation of digital evidence, computer forensics, and the prevention of cybercrime. The laboratory work Consists of experiments illustrating the principles, algorithms and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Taylor, Robert W., Eric J. Fritsch, John Liederbach, Michael R. Saylor, and William L. Tafoya. Cybercrime and cyber terrorism. New York, NY: Pearson, 2019.
- Alexandrou, Alex. Cybercrime and Information Technology: Theory and Practice: The Computer Network Infrastructure and Computer Security, Cybersecurity Laws, Internet of Things (IoT), and Mobile Devices. CRC Press, 2021.
- https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/cyber-security-tutorial/what-is-cyber-security
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pM8yX-cr6S8
- https://www.im-c.com/cyber-crime-time-learning-journey/
- https://www.researchgate.net/publication/331914032_On_Cyber_Crimes_and_Cyber_Security
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain the current problems, trends, and issues in the area of digital crime.
- CLO 2: Examine the processes, best practices, and techniques to manage and prevent cybercrime.
- CLO 3: Evaluate the technical, social, financial, and legal impact of cybercrime on global commerce
- CLO 4: Compare and contrast the differences between digital evidence and traditional evidence.
- CLO 5: Review and recommend the strategies and steps to investigate digital evidence in cybercrime
- CLO 6: Write the lab report and present the output result in lab record.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, course policies and format of lab reports.
- WEEK 2: Installation & Demonstration of N-Map tool.
- WEEK 3: Perform an experiment to demonstrate use of nmap tool for Port Scanning.
- WEEK 4: A) Installation and demonstration of Jscript tool. B) Using Jscript tool (or any other equivalent) to demonstrate asymmetric, symmetric crypto algorithm.
- WEEK 5: Study of packet sniffer tools like wireshark, ethereal, tcpdump etc. Use the tools to do the following. i. Observer performance in promiscuous as well as non-promiscuous mode. Ii. Show that packets can be traced based on different filters
- WEEK 6: Perform an experiment to demonstrate the use of Wireshark network analyzer to sniff for router traffic.
- WEEK 7: Install and configure Virtual Environment- VirtualBox , Select Intrusion Dataset and understand the functioning of virtual box.
- WEEK 8: A) Network Scanning (nmap), Web Server Vulnerability Scanning (Nikto) and Host scanning (fping). B) Network Sniffing (TCPDUMP/Wireshark/tshark/Ettercap), Vulnerability Scanning (nmap ad CVE) and Security Visualization (Etherape).
- WEEK 9: a) Infosec Coding using Python Network Socket Programming (Build the port scanner). b) Network Scanning, Packet manipulation, Network Attacks using Scapy.
- WEEK 10: Backdoor- Network Socket/ File Transfer and Reverse Shell using Netcat
- WEEK 11: Vulnerability Assessment and System Hacking (VAPT) VA-Nessus/OpenVAS and Penetration Testing using Metasploit.
- WEEK 12: a) Cyber Security and Machine Learning-Intrusion Detection KDDCUP99/NSL-KDD/CIC-IDS2017 dataset. b) Anomaly detection- network traffic analysis using tshark.
- WEEK 13: a) Network Forensics using Xplico and tshark. b) Digital Forensics (Host/Disk) with TCT/Sleuthkit.
- WEEK 14: a) Memory Forensics using Volatility. b) Email Forensics using Online utilities
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET241 - Cloud Databases
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET141
|
Course Contents
Today’s internet has brought various emerging challenges for data storage and management. The amount of generated data has grown exponentially. Cloud databases are at the heart of where software-as-a-service, or SaaS, companies like Microsoft, Salesforce and Google are shifting their business models. There are more open-source cloud databases available now than ever before. This explosive growth shows that cloud databases are a thriving market with a lot of innovation. With a cloud database, the data is uploaded to a remote storage location that is connected to a network of external servers. The data may be replicated across multiple data centers. The students will learn concepts related to database systems management and cloud computing. The course covers an introduction to Database Systems and Cloud Computing, Database Design and Windows Azure Data Storage, Table Normalization and Windows Azure SQL Database, Database Development and Management with SQL—Importing and Exporting Database Objects—Querying Information in Windows Azure SQL Database, Windows Azure SQL Database Procedures, and Functions, Database Application Development. The course explores Windows Azure and Deployment of Applications to the Cloud, Windows Azure Storage, Windows Azure Management, tricks, and best practices. Lectures focusing on cloud databases fundamentals, Lab sessions, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Chao, L. (2013). Cloud database development and management. CRC Press.
- https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-sql/database/design-first-database-tutorial?view=azuresql
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/Cloud-Databases
- https://www.techtarget.com/searchcloudcomputing/definition/cloud-database
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain and apply the principles of Database Systems and Cloud Computing.
- CLO 2: Solve problems related to Data Storage using Windows Azure Data Storage.
- CLO 3: Design Databases and Table Normalization.
- CLO 4: Apply SQL queries on Windows Azure SQL Database.
- CLO 5: Deploy applications to the cloud.
- CLO 6: Apply concepts of windows Azure management and Storage.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- Week 1: Introduction to Database Systems and Cloud Computing.
- Week 2: Database Design and Windows Azure Data Storage.
- Week 3: Table Normalization and Windows Azure SQL Database.
- Week 4: Database Development and Management with SQL.
- Week 5: Importing and Exporting Database Objects.
- Week 6: Querying Information in Windows Azure SQL Database.
- Week 7: Windows Azure SQL Database Procedures and Functions.
- Week 8: Database Application Development.
- Week 9: Windows Azure and Deployment of Applications to the Cloud
- Week 10: Windows Azure Storage (part 1)
- Week 11: Windows Azure Storage (part 2)
- Week 12: Windows Azure Management (part 1)
- Week 13: Windows Azure Management (part 2)
- Week 14: Tricks and best practices
- Week 15: Lab Final Exam
CET242 - Data Analytics and Visualization
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
GEN112
|
Course Contents
Data Analytics and Visualization is an integrated course that explores a wide array of data-related concepts and tools. Beginning with data science fundamentals, students learn Python, Anaconda, and iPython/Jupyter environments, gaining proficiency in key Python Data Science packages like Numpy, Pandas, Scikit, and Matplotlib. The course covers data acquisition, cleaning, exploration, and preprocessing, and delves into statistical data analysis techniques. Additionally, it introduces R/Python programming for systematic data analysis, addressing data architecture, acquisition, and complex analysis using regression models. Students also explore the principles of data visualization through Tableau, mastering the creation of various charts, maps, dashboards, and interactive data displays. The course emphasizes hands-on experience, including lab sessions, projects, and assignments, ensuring students acquire a comprehensive understanding of data analytics and visualization within the context of computer science and technology.
References
- Klosterman, S. (2021). Data Science Projects with Python: A case study approach to gaining valuable insights from real data with machine learning. Packt Publishing Ltd.
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/weka/index.htm
- https://mxnet.apache.org/versions/1.5.0/tutorials/
- https://docs.h2o.ai/h2o-tutorials/latest-stable/
- Robert I. Kabacoff (2022). R in Action: Data analysis and graphics with R and Tidyverse, 3rd Edition, Manning.
- https://www.r-project.org/other-docs.html (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- http://www.r-tutor.com/r-introduction (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- https://medium.com/codex/stock-market-analysis-with-r-programming-language-c3ab502eb3e7 (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- https://www.guru99.com/r-tutorial.html (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- Ryan, L. (2018). Visual data storytelling with tableau: story points, telling compelling data narratives. Addison-Wesley Professional.
- Murray, D. G. (2013). Tableau your data: fast and easy visual analysis with tableau software. John Wiley & Sons.
- Few, S. (2013). Information dashboard design: Displaying data for at-a-glance monitoring (Vol. 5). Burlingame, CA: Analytics Press.
- https://help.tableau.com/current/guides/get-started-tutorial/en-us/get-started-tutorial-home.htm
- https://www.analyticsvidhya.com/blog/2017/07/data-visualisation-made-easy/
- https://www.datacamp.com/tutorial/data-visualisation-tableau
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Master Python and essential data science tools.
- CLO 2: Proficiently use Python Data Science packages.
- CLO 3: Acquire data manipulation and preprocessing skills.
- CLO 4: Explore statistical data analysis techniques.
- CLO 5: Learn systematic data analysis using R programming.
- CLO 6: Create diverse data visualizations with Tableau.
- CLO 7: Apply knowledge through practical tasks and projects.
Tutorials
- Week 1: Introduction to Python and Data Science Tools.
- Week 2: Python Data Science Packages Proficiency.
- Week 3: Data Manipulation and Preprocessing Techniques.
- Week 4: Exploring Statistical Data Analysis.
- Week 5: Introduction to R Programming for Systematic Data Analysis.
- Week 6: Diverse Data Visualizations with Tableau.
- Week 7: Hands-On Data Analysis Projects.
- Week 8: Advanced Python and Data Science Tools.
- Week 9: Utilizing Python Data Science Packages Effectively.
- Week 10: Mastering Data Manipulation and Preprocessing.
- Week 11: In-Depth Statistical Data Analysis.
- Week 12: Advanced Systematic Data Analysis with R.
- Week 13: Advanced Data Visualization with Tableau.
- Week 14: Comprehensive Data Analysis Projects and Application.
- Week 15: Lab Final Exam
CET251 - Artificial Intelligence
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET211
|
Course Contents
Artificial Intelligence aims to mimic the cognitive efforts of humans to equip machines with automated problem-solving capabilities. Artificial Intelligence improves the speed, precision, and effectiveness of human efforts. Artificial intelligence technology provides several essential benefits that make it an excellent tool for any modern organization. In practical terms, AI applications can be deployed in a number of domains such as healthcare, finance, manufacturing, logistics, and so on. Healthcare is one domain where AI has been widely adopted and is being used for tasks such as diagnosis, treatment recommendations, disease prediction, and so on. Finance is another domain where AI is being used for tasks such as fraud detection, credit scoring, stock market prediction, and so on. Students learn concepts and strategies that form the core of artificial intelligence, including fundamental concepts like AI-based problem solving, knowledge representation, understanding of natural language, expert systems, and learning. This course covers an introduction to Python and libraries. It discusses and presents the implementation of DFS, BFS, and A* Algorithms in Python. A Knowledge representation problem is solved. This course also presents a semantic network with Python and design and implement an intelligent agent. The course applies Word Tokenization using the NLTK package and implements NER and parsing using Spacy. An expert system for a given use case is presented and implemented with Python. It explores the design of an XOR truth table using Python. Experiments with robotics and computer vision are provided. Lectures focusing on AI fundamentals, Lab sessions, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Stuart Russell & Peter Norvig (2018) Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Third Global Edition, Pearson Education
- https://www.javatpoint.com/artificial-intelligence-tutorial
- https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/artificial-intelligence-tutorial
- https://www.w3schools.com/ai/
- https://www.mygreatlearning.com/blog/artificial-intelligence-tutorial/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Formulate the computing requirements for a given AI based problem.
- CLO 2: Design AI systems to meet given organizational requirement, considering ethical implications.
- CLO 3: Evaluate and recommend AI algorithms for a given problem.
- CLO 4: Select suitable AI techniques and write programs for a given problem.
- CLO 5: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Python and libraries
- WEEK 2: Implement DFS and BFS using Python
- WEEK 3: Implement A* Algorithm in Python
- WEEK 4: Implementation of a Knowledge representation problem
- WEEK 5: Implement a semantic network with Python
- WEEK 6: Implement an intelligent agent (1)
- WEEK 7: Implement an intelligent agent (2)
- WEEK 8: Word Tokenization using NLTK package
- WEEK 9: Implement NER and parsing using Spacy
- WEEK 10: Write an expert system for a given use case with Python
- WEEK 11: Design an XOR truth table using Python.
- WEEK 12: Experiment with robotic exercise
- WEEK 13: Experiment with a computer vision exercise
- WEEK 14: Advanced example implementation for robotics
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
Laboratories
- WEEK 1: What is Artificial Intelligence, Applications of Artificial Intelligence
- WEEK 2: AI techniques, search knowledge, State space search
- WEEK 3: Search in complex environments
- WEEK 4: Knowledge Representation issues, first order predicate calculus
- WEEK 5: Horn Clauses, Resolution, Semantic Nets, Frames, Partitioned Nets
- WEEK 6: Logical Agents
- WEEK 7: Forward Vs Backward Reasoning
- WEEK 8: Introduction to NLP, Syntactic Processing, Semantic Analysis, Parsing techniques
- WEEK 9: Conceptual Dependency, Grammar free analyzers, Sentence generation and translation
- WEEK 10: Expert System, Knowledge acquisition, Case studies: MYCIN, RI, Learning: Learning automation, Learning by inductions
- WEEK 11: Handling Uncertainties: Non-monotonic reasoning, Probabilistic reasoning, Use of certainty factors, Fuzzy logic
- WEEK 12: Robotics Architectures and control
- WEEK 13: Trajectory Planning, Sensors, and vision system
- WEEK 14: Applications of Robotics
- WEEK 15: Features of Robotics
CET261 - Advanced Computer Networks
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET161
|
Course Contents
- The objective is to acquaint the students with the application of networking. Detail description of the various TCP/IP protocols and the working of ATM and its performance and introduction to network management system, cryptography, security and authentication, and various algorithms related to it has been dealt, to get a practical approach. This course covers TCP/IP Protocol, internet addressing and mapping to physical address, advanced computer network protocols, layered protocols, internet addressing, mapping internet address to physical address, internet protocol, OSPF, RIP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, BGP, ARP, IP, Ipv6. The topics include ICMP transport protocols: UDP, TCP and SNMP, frame relay, B-ISDN, ATM protocol stack, ATM switching, internetworking with ATM networks, traffic management in ATM, subnet, super net, classless and class full addresses, Connection oriented networks, LAN ethernet, fast-ethernet, gigabit Ethernet, FDDI, DSL, ADSL, switching and socket programming. This course also covers wireless communication, mobile networks, Bluetooth, DNS and Active Directory, XML-based web services, socket programming, peer-to-peer (P2P) networks and applications, virtual LAN, class of service, and multilayer networks, network analysis and modeling, queuing theory, modelling network as a graph, network management system and standard, introduction to cryptography and basics of network security. The laboratory work consists of simulation and implementation of advanced networking concepts, socket programming discussed during the course.
References
- Forouzan, B. A., & Fegan, S. C. (2021). Data Communications and Networking with TCP/IP Protocol Suite McGraw Hill; 6th Edition (International Edition)
- Markakis, E., Mastorakis, G., Mavromoustakis, C. X., & Pallis, E. (2017). Cloud and Fog Computing in 5G Mobile Networks: Emerging Advances and Applications. Institution of Engineering and Technology.
- Tanenbaum Andrew, S. (2021). Computer networks. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall.
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eR9b46Bk0Qg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0PbTi_Prpgs
- https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/computer-science/bluetooth#:~:text=Bluetooth%20is%20a%20proprietary%20networking,connect%20peripherals%20to%20base%20devices.
- https://www.javatpoint.com/computer-network-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze virtual network using appropriate methodologies, techniques, tools and transmission medium for the integration of concepts from varying fields.
- CLO 2: Formulate and communicate the mechanism to evaluate the role of wireless mobile network layer for all stakeholders in the network.
- CLO 3: Review the network security issues to identify solutions using appropriate skills for complex network.
- CLO 4: Analyze ad-hoc networks and quality of service in various networks.
- CLO 5: Simulate, configure and troubleshoot networking activities and perform experiments, interpret results and conclusions.
- CLO 6: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, Introduction to tools, Course Policies, and format for lab reports
- WEEK 2: Implement the following forms of Inter process communication(IPC): a) Pipes. b) FIFO.
- WEEK 3: Implement file transfer using Message Queue form of IPC.
- WEEK 4: Design, implement and test TCP iterative Client and Server application to reverse the given input sentence.
- WEEK 5: Design, implement and test TCP concurrent Client and Server application to reverse the given input Sentence.
- WEEK 6: Design, implement and test TCP Client and Server application to transfer file.
- WEEK 7: Design, implement and test a TCP concurrent Server to convert a given text into upper case using Multiplexing system call “select”
- WEEK 8: Design, implement and test a TCP concurrent Server to echo given set of sentences using Poll functions.
- WEEK 9: Design, implement and test UDP Client and Server application to reverse the given input sentence. Week 10: Design UDP Client Server to transfer a file.
- WEEK 11: Design, implement and test using Poll Client Server application to multiplex TCP and UDP requests for converting a given text into upper case.
- WEEK 12: Design, implement and test an RPC application to add and subtract a given pair of integers.
- WEEK 13: Open Ended Practical’s/Mini Project
- WEEK 14: Open Ended Practical’s/Mini Project
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET262 - Network Operation and Managment
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET261
|
Course Contents
Enterprise networks include Local Area Networks, Wide Area Networks and Cloud Networks. This course covers wide area network (WAN) technologies and quality of service (QoS) mechanisms used for secure remote access, along with the introduction of software-defined networking, virtualization, and automation concepts that support the digitalization of networks. The course provides students with the network industry knowledge required to obtain IT employment. The student learning includes networking theory that explains practical applications and learning to configure Cisco routers and switches at a basic level. Students gain skills to configure and troubleshoot enterprise networks and learn to identify and protect against cybersecurity threats. The student learns about the concepts of a home network as a starting point to describe how big businesses deliver data network connections to thousands of devices, along with the variety of network hardware. The student also explores the different cabling types, how fibre optics are categorized for data network use, and the different types of 802.11 wireless networks and their uses. They are introduced to network management tools and learn key software-defined networking concepts, including controller-based architectures. The course covers how application programming interfaces (APIs) enable network automation. Lectures, assignments, structured lab sessions and projects based on Enterprise Network Service are used to deliver the course.
References
- Cisco Networking Academy. (2020). Enterprise Networking, Security, and Automation Companion Guide (Ccnav7). Pearson Education (US).
- Shin, B. (2017). A Practical Introduction to Enterprise Network and Security Management. Auerbach Publications.
- Pluralsight, "Introduction to Enterprise Network Infrastructure", https://www.pluralsight.com/courses/enterprise-network-infrastructure-introduction, Accessed on 15.10.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Apply best practices when designing and implementing security zones in an enterprise network.
- CLO 2: Analyze the limitations inherent in networking technology as they affect network quality of service (QoS) metrics.
- CLO 3: Explain best practices when assigning IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in an enterprise network.
- CLO 4: Compare routing protocols (including the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) and the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol) as used in an enterprise network.
- CLO 5: Categorize Local Area Network (LAN) and Virtual LAN (VLAN) technologies as used in an enterprise network.
- CLO 6: Interpret enterprise applications for their network service requirements.
- CLO 7: Organize an enterprise network design for efficiency and effectiveness in supporting multiple locations, user device security, user content security, 24x7 availability, QoS, and congestion management.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, understanding packet tracer /simulator, Course Policies, and reports.
- WEEK 2: Design and configure Single-Area OSPF-I Link Costs and Interface Priorities.
- WEEK 3: Design and configure Multi-Area OSPF-I with Stub Areas and Authentication.
- WEEK 4: Design and configure OSPF-II Virtual Links and Area Summarization and OSPF over Frame Relay.
- WEEK 5: Configure Redistribution and Administrative Distances Between RIP and OSPF and Manipulating Administrative Distances.
- WEEK 6: Configuring Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) with Default Routing Using the AS_PATH Attribute.
- WEEK 7: Configure Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Route Reflectors and Route Filters.
- WEEK 8: Configuring Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) for IPv6.
- WEEK 9: Configuring VLANs and Ether Channel Static VLANS, VLAN Trunking, and VTP Domains and Modes.
- WEEK 10: Configuring Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Default Behavior and Modifying Default Spanning Tree Behavior.
- WEEK 11: Configuring Per-VLAN Spanning Tree and Multiple Spanning Tree Behavior.
- WEEK 12: Configure Inter-VLAN Routing with an External Router.
- WEEK 13: Configure Inter-VLAN Routing with an Internal Route Processor.
- WEEK 14: Configure Network address translation-NAT Services.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET263 - Windows Server Administration
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET212
CET161
|
Course Contents
The Windows Server Administration course equips IT professionals with the essential skills to manage and deploy Windows Server environments within organizations. Through a combination of lectures, hands-on labs, and practical exercises, you'll gain a comprehensive understanding of core server administration tasks. This course covers a wide range of topics, including user and group management with Active Directory, network infrastructure configuration, file and storage services, virtualization with Hyper-V, and security best practices. By the course's end, you'll be confident in your ability to manage and optimize Windows Server environments for efficient and secure operation.
References
- "Microsoft Windows Server Administration Fundamentals" by William Pearson (Covers Microsoft MTA exam 98-365 objectives)
- "Windows Server 2022 Administration Comprehensive Guide" by Microsoft Press (Focuses on the latest Windows Server version)
- "Learning Active Directory" by Chris Russel (In-depth guide to Active Directory services)
- "Hyper-V and Virtualization: Microsoft Client to Datacenter" by Patrick Dougherty and Edilson Canales (Covers Hyper-V virtualization concepts)
- "Security for Windows Server and Active Directory" by Edilson Canales (Focuses on security best practices)
- Microsoft Docs: Windows Server https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/ (Official documentation from Microsoft)
- Microsoft Virtual Academy: Windows Server Courses
- Windows Server Administration Tutorials https://www.acilearning.com/catalog/microsoft/ (Video tutorials on various Windows Server topics)
- CBT Nuggets: Windows Server Training https://www.cbtnuggets.com/it-training/microsoft-windows-server (In-depth video training with labs)
- Professor Messer: Windows Server Lessons https://www.professormesser.com/discounted-comptia-server-plus-voucher/ (Free video lectures on Windows Server administration)
Learning Outcomes
- Install, configure, and manage Windows Server environments.
- Implement Active Directory for user and group management.
- Configure network infrastructure services like DHCP and DNS.
- Manage file and storage services for efficient data access.
- Utilize Hyper-V for server virtualization and containerization.
- Implement high availability and disaster recovery solutions.
- Apply security best practices to protect Windows Server environments.
- Troubleshoot common Windows Server issues.
CET264 - Software Systems Administration I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET212
CET161
|
Course Contents
This course equips you with the foundational skills to manage essential software systems within an enterprise environment. You'll gain a comprehensive understanding of widely used software, including anti-virus programs, office suites like Microsoft Office, printing and scanning utilities, and communication and video conferencing tools. Through a combination of lectures, hands-on labs, and case studies, you'll learn how to install, configure, troubleshoot, and maintain these critical systems.
The course emphasizes best practices for user administration, security protocols, and system optimization. You'll develop the ability to identify and resolve common issues, ensuring smooth operation and user productivity. This basic level prepares you for a career in IT support or as a stepping stone towards more advanced system administration roles.
References
- MCTS Microsoft Windows Server 2019 Administration Fundamentals (Exam 70-410) by William R. Schultz (Latest Edition)
- The Complete Guide to Microsoft Office 365 & Office 2019 by Jason R. Maas (Latest Edition)
- Enterprise Antivirus: Practical Security Solutions by Syngress (Latest Edition)
- Linux Administration: A Beginner's Guide by Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Trent R. Hein (Latest Edition) (While this focuses on Linux, it provides valuable foundational concepts for system administration)
- CompTIA A+ Certification All-in-One Exam Guide (Exams 220-1001 & 220-1002) by Mike Meyers (Latest Edition) (Provides a broader IT administration perspective)
- Microsoft Docs - Windows Server Documentation (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/)
- Microsoft Office Training (https://support.microsoft.com/home/)
- Avast Antivirus Small Business Guide (https://www.avast.com/business/products/small-business)
- Linux.org - System Administration
- Professor Messer - CompTIA A+
Learning Outcomes
- Install, configure, and manage essential enterprise software including anti-virus, office suites, printing and scanning utilities, communication and video conferencing tools.
- Implement user accounts and access controls for secure system usage.
- Troubleshoot and resolve common software issues within an enterprise environment.
- Optimize system performance and resource allocation.
- Apply best practices for system administration in a professional setting.
CET265 - Network Storage Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET161
|
Course Contents
Network storage systems are the backbone of modern data centers, enabling the sharing and access of critical information across vast networks. This course delves into the design, implementation, and management of these distributed systems. You'll explore the fundamental concepts of network-attached storage (NAS), storage area networks (SANs), and emerging technologies like object storage and distributed file systems. The course will equip you with the knowledge to understand the trade-offs between different storage solutions, design scalable storage architectures, and ensure the performance, reliability, and security of your data.
Furthermore, you'll gain insights into the latest advancements in network storage, including virtualization, cloud storage, and software-defined storage (SDS). By the end of the course, you'll be well-positioned to evaluate, deploy, and manage network storage solutions that meet the ever-growing demands of modern organizations.
References
- Katz, M., Garth, J., & Patterson, D. (2012). GFS: The Google File System. Morgan Kaufmann.
- Held, G., & Rector, R. (2009). NFS Illustrated. Addison-Wesley Professional.
- Bergsten, M. (2010). EMC SAN Fundamentals (2nd Edition). EMC Education Services.
- Mee, C., & de Bruijn, E. H. (2002). Storage Area Networks: The Complete Guide. McGraw-Hill Osborne Media.
- Banerjee, P. (2014). Cloud Storage: Theory and Practice. Morgan Kaufmann.
Learning Outcomes
- Explain the fundamental concepts of network storage systems, including NAS, SAN, and object storage.
- Analyze the strengths and weaknesses of different network storage solutions.
- Design and implement scalable storage architectures for various applications.
- Configure and manage network storage devices for optimal performance and reliability.
- Identify and implement security best practices for network storage systems.
- Evaluate emerging trends in network storage, such as virtualization, cloud storage, and SDS.
CET291 - CET Project I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
3 |
4 |
120 |
2 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. The student is expected to design a project that provides students with the experience of designing, building, and integrating modular software applications/ electronic system comprising analog, digital and computer subsystems. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. By studying this course. The student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The project will have a detailed proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated while maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Define the tasks and scope of the project independently and/or collaboratively
- CLO 2: Identify relevant information pertaining to project needs from a variety of resources.
- CLO 3: Acquire knowledge on advanced topics in a chosen subject area
- CLO 4: Summarize the information and draw a logical conclusion to the problem/task of the project
- CLO 5: Outline the details of hardware and software required for the completion of the project
- CLO 6: Prepare project proposals with an action plan and time duration scientifically.
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
CET292 - CET Project II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
7 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
CET291
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to apply some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Project II provides students with the experience of designing and building simple software and hardware applications. Further students can learn how to integrate it into a modular electronic system or computer subsystems. This course builds on the knowledge and skills built in Project I. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops interpersonal, teamwork, planning and organizing skills. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1. Choose the relevant possible solutions from available alternatives
- CLO 2. Conduct feasibility studies about hardware and software parts used in the project.
- CLO 3. Design a simple software and hardware application taking into consideration various real-life constraints.
- CLO 4. Investigate the important legal and ethical issues in the design project
- CLO 5. Collaborate with team members, managers, and clients to design and prototype a product/service that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 6. Conduct the theoretical study in detail and compare them on the basis of cost/ energy conservation/impact on environment/technology used etc.
- CLO 7. Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
CET311 - Design & Analysis of Algorithms
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET211
|
Course Contents
Design and analysis of algorithms is used for advanced algorithmic concepts to solve complex real-world problems. This course covers the advanced data structure, growth of functions, asymptotic notations, divide-and-conquer algorithms and its run time analysis, structure of divide-and-conquer algorithms: examples; binary search, quick sort, merge sort, run time analysis of divide and conquer and recurrence relations. The topics include recurrence relations including substitution method, recursion-tree method, and master method for solving recurrences, red black tree, greedy method: overview of the greedy paradigm examples of exact optimization solution (minimum cost spanning Tree), approximate solution (knapsack problem), single source shortest paths problems, traveling salesperson problem, dynamic programming: overview, difference between dynamic programming and divide and conquer technique. The student learning includes applications: shortest path in graph, chain matrix multiplication, traveling salesperson problem, longest common sequence problem, knapsack problem, graph searching and traversal: overview, representation of graphs, strongly connected components, traversal methods (depth first and breadth first search) and its analysis. The student also learns back tracking: overview, 8-queen problem, and knapsack problem, branch and bound: lc searching bounding, FIFO branch and bound, lc branch and bound application: 0/1 knapsack problem, traveling salesperson problem, computational complexity: complexity measures, polynomial vs non-polynomial time complexity; np-hard and np-complete classes. Lab sessions consists of the implementation of advanced data structures, dynamic programing, greedy and graph algorithms discuss in the course.
References
- Cormen, T. H., Leiserson, C. E., Rivest, R. L., & Stein, C. (2009). Introduction to algorithms. MIT press
- https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106131
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/design_and_analysis_of_algorithms/index.htm
- https://www.javatpoint.com/daa-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze a given algorithm and express its time and space complexities in asymptotic notations to choose the efficient algorithms.
- CLO 2: Evaluate worst-case running time of algorithms using asymptotic analysis to solve recurrence equations.
- CLO 3: Implement the Divide and Conquer Strategy to solve various computational problems.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate an ability to work in a team to design the computing based solution for complex problems and present it.
- CLO 5: Review and categorize the computational problems into P, NP, NP-Hard, and NP-Complete for computational complexity.
- CLO 6: Apply the concepts of algorithm design methods, write programs in lab to solve the given problem.
- CLO 7: Write the lab report and present the output result in lab record.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab induction, course policies and lab report format.
- WEEK 2: Implement Divide-and-Conquer algorithms and time taken analysis
- WEEK 3: Implement Recursive Binary Search
- WEEK 4: Implement Sorting Algorithms.
- WEEK 5: Implement Red Black Tree
- WEEK 6: Implement Dynamic Programming Algorithms.
- WEEK 7: Implement Dynamic Programming Algorithms
- WEEK 8: Implement Greedy Algorithms
- WEEK 9: Implement Greedy Algorithms
- WEEK 10: Implement Back Tracking concept
- WEEK 11: Implement Back Tracking concept
- WEEK 12: Implement graph algorithms
- WEEK 13: Implement graph algorithms
- WEEK 14: Open Ended Problems/Project
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
Laboratories
- WEEK 1: Merge and Quick sort problems.
- WEEK 2: Recurrence relations: Substitution method for solving recurrences
- WEEK 3: Recurrence relations: Recursion-tree method and master method for solving recurrences.
- WEEK 4: Greedy Method
- WEEK 5: Single source shortest paths problems and traveling salesman problem
- WEEK 6: Dynamic Programming : Chain matrix multiplication
- WEEK 7: Dynamic Programming : Chain matrix multiplication
- WEEK 8: Dynamic Programming: longest Common sequence problem, knapsack problem
- WEEK 9: Dynamic Programming: longest Common sequence problem, knapsack problem
- WEEK 10: Graph Searching and Traversal
- WEEK 11: Back tracking: 8-queen problem, Knapsack problem
- WEEK 12: Back tracking: 8-queen problem, Knapsack problem
- WEEK 13: Brach and bound: LC searching Bounding, FIFO branch and bound
- WEEK 14: LC branch and bound application: 0/1 Knapsack problem, Traveling Salesman Problem
- WEEK 15: LC branch and bound application: 0/1 Knapsack problem, Traveling Salesman Problem
CET312 - ERP Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
This course focuses on the evolving technologies on the World Wide Web that support new business models. Students learn how the internet is rapidly becoming a primary communication, marketing, and commercial medium for businesses in every industry and how managers can effectively use this tool to execute their organization’s strategic plans. The student learns about electronic commerce with fault tolerance, security, and 24x7 availability and ERP concerning financial, human resource and manufacturing systems integrating into inter-company supply chain systems. The course provides an overview of the planning and control systems used by manufacturing companies to manage their supply chains within the context of an ERP system. The student learning includes strategic impact of ERP on Business, the importance of ERP and its relationship with the functions in the organization, understand issues and decisions made before selecting and implementing ERP, and explore the function of ERP as an enabler of the business. The topics include the current transformation in the payments industry and how it is changing financial services. The student learns about real-world applications of new technologies and innovations in digital payments. Lectures, assignments, lab sessions and projects based on E-Commerce and ERP are used to deliver the course.
References
- Sims, L. (2018). Building Your Online Store with WordPress and WooCommerce: Learn to Leverage the Critical Role E-commerce plays in Today’s Competitive Marketplace. Apress.
- Laudon, K. C., & Traver, C. G. (2020). E-Commerce 2020–2021: Business, Technology and Society, eBook. Pearson Higher Ed.
- Kale, V. (2016). Enhancing Enterprise Intelligence: Leveraging ERP, CRM, SCM, PLM, BPM, and BI. CRC Press.
- Udemy, "Online Business Academy - eCommerce", https://www.udemy.com/course/online-business-hacks-ecommerce/, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- Coursera, "Introduction to Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)", https://www.coursera.org/lecture/enterprise-systems/1-1b-introduction-to-enterprise-resource-planning-erp-LneSo, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- Google, Google Digital Marketing & E-commerce Professional Certificate, https://www.coursera.org/professional-certificates/google-digital-marketing-ecommerce, Accessed on 15.11.2022
- Udemy, ERP 4 FREE, https://www.udemy.com/course/erp-4-free/ Accessed on 15.11.2022 (PAID)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe Information System perspective and Key Managerial issues.
- CLO 2: Analyze the impact of e-commerce in buying and selling behavior of customer.
- CLO 3: Investigate one e-commerce website(s), and understand legal and moral issues in the digital age.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate the basic understanding of ERP related to organizations in achieving a multidimensional growth.
- CLO 5: Develop organizational and analytical skills through the use of business cases studies, articles and working in teams.
- CLO 6: Write the lab report and present the output result as lab record.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate the basic configuration related to E-commerce and ERP technologies to accomplish group tasks.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, Introduction to HTML, Course Policies, reports.
- WEEK 2: Create a web page to display a hyperlink which when clicked directs you to Amazon website.
- WEEK 3: Create a web page to demonstrate definition lists by taking various applications of ecommerce as an example.
- WEEK 4: Create a web page to display a button with label “search” adjacent to a text box. Also change the color of text box and background of the web page.
- WEEK 5: Create a web page which asks for mode of payment which includes the options: Credit card/Debit card/Online transfer (use radio buttons).
- WEEK 6: Create a web page which asks the user to enter his credit card details. Use textboxes, drop down buttons.
- WEEK 7: Create a web page with the SHOPPING WEBSITE as the title and five buttons labelled Home, About Us, Courses, feedback, contact us as shown in the diagram which when clicked displays the details on a separate page.
- WEEK 8: Create a web page using a form titled Feedback form which takes feedback of the shopping behavior of a customer. The form should have the field’s customer name, order ID followed by 5 check boxes labelled Excellent, Very Good, Good, Average, Bad, respectively.
- WEEK 9: To study ERP system, ERP technologies and its ecosystem.
- WEEK 10: To Study different Management Information Systems (MIS).
- WEEK 11: Case study: Related to Customer Relationship Management (CRM).
- WEEK 12: To study ERP implementation life cycle and case study related to SAP (Systems, Applications & Products in Data Processing).
- WEEK 13: Case study on Integrated Enterprise applications.
- WEEK 14: To study open-source ERP systems and case study on Microsoft Dynamics.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET313 - Theory of Computation & Compiler Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Theory of computation is used to simplify the logic of computation using computational models and to address the issues of which problems can be solved by computational means. This course covers the general theory of automata, deterministic finite automata (DFA) and non-deterministic finite automata (NDFA), equivalence of dfa’s and nfa’s, mealy and moore machines, regular expressions, Arden’s theorem, converting a dfa to a regular expression, formal languages. The topics include context-free grammars, derivations using a grammars leftmost and rightmost derivations, the languages of a grammar, parse trees, equivalence of regular expressions and regular languages, ambiguity in grammars and languages: ambiguous grammars, removing ambiguity from grammars, normal forms: Chomsky normal form and greibech normal form, pumping lemma and applications of the pumping lemma. The student learning includes properties of context-free languages, pushdown automata(pda), instantaneous descriptions of a pda, languages of pda: acceptance by final state, acceptance by empty stack, Turing machines and designing of Turing machine, the Turing machine: the instantaneous descriptions for Turing machines, transition diagrams for Turing machines, the language of a Turing machine, halting problem. The student also learns linear bounded automata, and computability and complexity theories, decidability and recursively enumerable languages, post’s correspondence problem: definition of post’s correspondence problem, the “modified” PCP, other undecidable problems: undecidability of ambiguity for cfg’s. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles and various methods and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Linz, P. (2017). An Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata. Jones and Barlett Publishers.
- Sipser, M. (2012). Introduction to the Theory of Computation (3rd ed.), Cengage Learning
- Mishra, K. L. P., & Chandrasekaran, N. (2011). Theory of Computer Science Automata. Languages and Computation. Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
- https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104028
- https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104148
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/automata_theory/index.htm
- https://www.javatpoint.com/theory-of-automata
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Illustrate, how the theoretical study of computer science is applicable to an engineering application in real world.
- CLO 2: Categorize the regular, context-free, context sensitive and unrestricted languages to Classify formal languages.
- CLO 3: Create push-down automata and context-free grammar representations for context-free languages to solve computational problems.
- CLO 4: Design and present the Turing Machines model for accepting recursively enumerable languages to solve the problems in computer science and testing the limits of computation.
- CLO 5: Relate the notions of decidability and undecidability of problems, Halting problem to address the limits of computational models/devices.
- CLO 6: Explain the concepts of theory of computation and implement it in the lab, interpret the results and conclusion.
- CLO 7: Write the lab report and present the output result.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, introduction, and applications of automata theory, Course Policies and format of lab reports
- WEEK 2: Implementation of DFA and NDFA.
- WEEK 3: Design a system to convert from NDFA to DFA
- WEEK 4: Design and implement Mealy machines.
- WEEK 5: Design and implement Moore machines.
- WEEK 6: Design a system to convert from Mealy to Moore machine
- WEEK 7: Design a system to convert from Moore to mealy machine.
- WEEK 8: Design the grammar for respective language
- WEEK 9: Design a system to generate the regular expression using Arden’s theorem.
- WEEK 10: Design and implement push down automata.
- WEEK 11: Design and implement push down automata.
- WEEK 12: Design and implement Turing Machines.
- WEEK 13: Design and implement Turing Machines.
- WEEK 14: Open Ended programs on Turing machines/push down automata.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
Laboratories
- WEEK 1: Deterministic finite automata (DFA) and non-deterministic finite automata (NDFA)
- WEEK 2: Equivalence of DFAs and NFAs
- WEEK 3: Mealy and Moore machines
- WEEK 4: Regular expressions
- WEEK 5: Arden’s Theorem exercises.
- WEEK 6: Derivation (Left and right most), Ambiguous Grammars, Removing Ambiguity from Grammars.
- WEEK 7: Chomsky normal form
- WEEK 8: Greibech Normal Form
- WEEK 9: Pumping lemma
- WEEK 10: Pushdown automata(pda)
- WEEK 11: Pushdown automata(pda)
- WEEK 12: Turing machine
- WEEK 13: Turing machine
- WEEK 14: Turing Machine halting problem and Post’s Correspondence Problem
- WEEK 15: Decidability and Recursively Enumerable.
CET314 - Introduction to Web Technologies
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET123
|
Course Contents
This course equips you with the foundational knowledge and practical skills to build, customize, and manage websites. You'll delve into the core building blocks of the web, including HyperText Markup Language (HTML), Cascading Style Sheets (CSS), and scripting languages like PHP. Through hands-on exercises, you'll learn how to structure web pages with HTML, add visual appeal with CSS, and create dynamic functionalities using PHP.
Furthermore, the course explores essential server-side technologies like Apache and IIS, along with control panel systems like cPanel/WHM. You'll gain the ability to configure web servers, manage hosting environments, and deploy your websites. Additionally, you'll be introduced to WordPress, a popular content management system (CMS), empowering you to build and manage websites with ease.
References
- Head First HTML and CSS by Elisabeth Robson (Latest Edition)
- The Web Developer's Guide to Complete Control of PHP by Steven Suehring (Latest Edition)
- Apache: The Definitive Guide by Cliff Frazier (Latest Edition)
- Microsoft IIS 10.0 Administration by Ben Hatch (Latest Edition)
- WordPress: The Missing Manual by Matthew MacDonald (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Construct well-structured and visually appealing web pages using HTML and CSS.
- Develop dynamic functionalities using PHP scripting.
- Configure and manage web servers like Apache and IIS.
- Utilize control panel systems like cPanel/WHM for website administration.
- Create and manage websites effectively using WordPress as a CMS.
- Apply best practices for web development and security.
- Troubleshoot and debug common website issues.
CET321 - Internet of Things
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET111
|
Course Contents
The Internet of Things (IoT) refers to the billions of physical devices worldwide connected to the Internet including sensors and capability to process and exchange data. Students learn about the definitions and working of IoT Network Architecture, Smart Objects, Connecting Smart Objects, IoT Access Technologies, layering concepts in IoT, Application Protocols for IoT, Data and Analytics for IoT, Securing IoT, Cloud and Fog Computing for the IoT, and IoT applications and uses in Industry. Students learning includes IoT device programming (Arduino and Raspberry Pi), sensing and actuating technologies, IoT protocol stacks (e.g., Zigbee, 5G, NFC, MQTT), security management, and cloud based IoT platforms. The topics include programming Arduino using the Arduino IDE (Integrated Development Environment), using a wide variety of hardware and components, and prototyping using a breadboard. The student also explores how to set up the Raspberry Pi environment and write and execute some basic programming code on the Raspberry Pi. The course also covers how to use programming-based IDE (integrated development environments) for the Raspberry Pi and trace and debug the device's programming code. Students are guided through laboratory assignments designed to give them practical, real-world experience. Lectures, assignments, lab sessions and projects based on the Internet of Things are used to deliver the course.
References
- Hanes, D., Salgueiro, G., Grossetete, P., Barton, R., & Henry, J. (2017). IoT fundamentals: Networking technologies, protocols, and use cases for the internet of things. Cisco Press.
- Iqbal, M. A., Hussain, S., Xing, H., & Imran, M. A. (2020). Enabling the Internet of Things: Fundamentals, Design and Applications. John Wiley & Sons.
- Buyya, R., & Dastjerdi, A. V. (Eds.). (2016). Internet of Things: Principles and paradigms. Elsevier.
- Coursera, Interfacing with the Arduino, https://www.coursera.org/learn/interface-with-arduino, Accessed on 14.11.2022
- Coursera, The Raspberry Pi Platform and Python Programming for the Raspberry Pi, https://www.coursera.org/learn/raspberry-pi-platform, Accessed on 14.11.2022
- Swayam, Introduction to Internet of Things, https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs53/preview , Accessed on 14.10.2022
- NPTEL, Internet of Things, https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105166/ , Accessed on 14.10.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Simulate the definition and significance of the Internet of Things.
- CLO 2: Analyze the architecture, operation, and business benefits of an IoT solution.
- CLO 3: Review constraints and opportunities of Cloud and Fog Computing for Internet of Things.
- CLO 4: Select the right sensors and communication protocols to use in IoT environment.
- CLO 5: Apply IoT concepts and write programs in the labs to solve problems.
- CLO 6: Write the lab report and present the output result as lab record.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate the basic configuration related to IoT sensors to accomplish group tasks.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Arduino/Raspberry Pi.
- WEEK 2: Manipulating a LED using Raspberry Pi
- WEEK 3: Remote login to Raspberry Pi with ssh.
- WEEK 4: Blinking a LED on Arduino.
- WEEK 5: LED brightness using the PWM library (Pulse with Modulation).
- WEEK 6: Calculating the ambient temperature and humidity.
- WEEK 7: Detect the distance of an object using an ultrasonic sensor.
- WEEK 8: Interface Bluetooth with Arduino/Raspberry Pi to send sensor data to a smartphone.
- WEEK 9: Create a home security system using a PIR sensor.
- WEEK 10: Motor simulation using relay on Tinkercad.
- WEEK 11: Make a home automation system to operate home appliances ESP 8266 (Wi-Fi Module).
- WEEK 12: Install MySQL DB on the Raspberry Pi to perform SQL queries
- WEEK 13: Data analysis and IoT
- WEEK 14: Creating automation project (Home automation /office automation).
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET322 - Cloud Computing
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET212
CET161
|
Course Contents
Cloud computing is a term that refers to the use of hardware and software resources that are delivered as a service over the Internet. Cloud computing allows businesses to access their applications and data from any location, at any time. It also offers the ability to scale their resources up or down, as needed. Cloud computing also provides businesses with a way to scale their IT operations quickly and efficiently. Cloud computing is the on-demand delivery of IT resources over the Internet with pay-as-you-go pricing to save the infrastructure cost. Organizations of every type, size, and industry are using the cloud for a wide variety of use cases, such as data backup, disaster recovery, email, virtual desktops, software development and testing, big data analytics, and customer-facing web applications. In this course students will learn the introduction to cloud computing, software as a service (SaaS), platform as a service (PaaS), infrastructure as a service (IaaS), identification as a service (IDaaS). The topics include data storage in the cloud, collaboration in the cloud, virtualization, securing the cloud, disaster recovery and business continuity and the cloud, service-oriented architecture, managing the cloud, migrating to the cloud, governing the cloud, designing cloud-based solutions and various case study will be discussed during the class. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, laws and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Jamsa, K. (2022). Cloud computing, 2nd Edition, Oreilly, Jones & Bartlett Publishers
- https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/resources/cloud-computing-dictionary/what-is-cloud-computing/#benefits
- https://www.udemy.com/course/cloud-computing-lab-programs/
- https://aws.amazon.com/what-is-cloud-computing/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze and implement the cloud deployment and service models to solve the computing problems per the given situation.
- CLO 2: Evaluate and derive various cloud delivery models and security levels for cloud-based infrastructure to accomplish user requirements.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate the ability to accomplish group tasks related to designing the cloud-based solution for the required infrastructure of the organization.
- CLO 4: Formulate system goals and requirements, data privacy requirements, capacity planning and scaling capabilities for the cloud infrastructure to communicate effectively to all stakeholders.
- CLO 5: Apply the security techniques, perform experiments, interpret data and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 6: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, devices, simulator, Course Policies, reports
- WEEK 2: Install Oracle Virtual box and create two virtual machines on the computer.
- WEEK 3: Install a C compiler in the virtual machine created using virtual box and execute Simple Programs
- WEEK 4: Install Google App Engine. Create hello world app and other simple web applications using python/java
- WEEK 5: Test ping command to test the communication between the guest OS and Host OS
- WEEK 6: Simulate a cloud scenario using CloudSim and run a scheduling algorithm that is not present in CloudSim
- WEEK 7: Find a procedure to transfer the files from one virtual machine to another virtual machine. Find a procedure to launch virtual machine using trystack
- WEEK 8: Install Hadoop single node cluster and run simple applications.
- WEEK 9: Develop hadoop application to count no of characters, no of words and each character frequency.
- WEEK 10: Develop hadoop application to process given data and produce results such as finding the year of maximum usage, year of minimum usage.
- WEEK 11: Establish an AWS account. Use the AWS Management Console to launch an EC2 instance and connect to it.
- WEEK 12: Design a protocol and use Simple Queue Service(SQS)to implement the barrier synchronization after the first phase
- WEEK 13: Develop a Hello World application using Google App Engine. Write a Google app engine program to generate n even numbers and deploy it to Google cloud
- WEEK 14: Develop a Guestbook Application using Google App Engine, Google app engine program multiply two matrices
- WEEK 15: a) Develop a Windows Azure Hello World application using. B) Google app engine program to validate the user use mysql to store user info and deploy on to cloud , also implement it with Azure.
CET331 - Security Policy, Threats & Risk Management
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET231
|
Course Contents
Security threats and risk analysis is an essential and most useful component in the current digital world to analyze and secure organizational networks, data, and information. Every individual and organization look to ensure the security of the data while using the internet with their important credentials. In this course students learn about the entire risk analysis process in accessible language, providing the tools and insight needed to effectively analyze risk and secure facilities in a broad range of industries and organizations. This course covers the security platforms, risk analysis and management for critical asset protection, understanding the physical security risk, risk management, operational risk, legal risk (information security), reputational risk, risk analysis including the physical security risk assessments, risk assessment method, benefits of security assessments. The student learning includes management role in risk analysis, all-hazards approach versus design-basis threat, identifying threats, jurisdictional threat, identifying hazards, natural hazards, man-made hazards, risk identification, asset identification and prioritization. The course also covers infrastructure protection plan, vulnerability assessment, physical security systems, risk assessment, crime prevention through environmental design and emergency action plans. Also, various case studies are discussed during the class. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, laws and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Gregory Allen, Rachel Derr (2015), Threat Assessment and Risk Analysis, Butterworth-Heinemann, ISBN: 9780128024935
- Freund, J., & Jones, J. (2015). Measuring and managing information risk: A FAIR approach. (ISBN 9780127999326)
- Douglas W. Hubbard & Richard Seiersen. How to Measure Anything in Cybersecurity Risk. (ISBN: 9781119085294)
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=leEUQSs0Ozs
- https://apus.libguides.com/er.php?course_id=55727
- https://www.iia.nl/SiteFiles/vakpub/GTAG%20Assessing%20Cybersecurity%20Risk.pdf
- https://www.trellix.com/en-us/advanced-research-center/threat-reports/jul-2022.html
- https://www.wbdg.org/resources/threat-vulnerability-assessments-and-risk-analysis
- https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK55881/
- https://www.acs.org/content/dam/acsorg/about/governance/committees/chemicalsafety/publications/identifying-and-evaluating-hazards-in-research-laboratories.pdf
- https://www.cisa.gov/free-cybersecurity-services-and-tools
- https://www2.gov.bc.ca/gov/content/governments/services-for-government/information-management-technology/information-security/security-threat-and-risk-assessment#:~:text=What%20are%20Security%20Threat%20and,risk%20ratings%20and%20planned%20treatments.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate the need for ongoing evaluation, reaction, and contingency planning for organization.
- CLO 2: Identify security and risk problem terms of the individual, community and organizational security levels of analysis.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate an understanding of the cognitive, social, legal, ethical, diversity, and security perspectives surrounding a given problem.
- CLO 4: Analyze threats and risk assessment methodologies applicable to individuals and organizations.
- CLO 5: Apply the security risk analysis techniques, perform experiments, interpret data and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 6: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, devices, simulator, Course Policies, reports
- WEEK 2: Working with Wireshark
- WEEK 3: Working with Wireshark
- WEEK 4: Working with Security Onion
- WEEK 5: Working with Security Onion
- WEEK 6: Working with KeePass
- WEEK 7: Working with KeePass
- WEEK 8: Working with Metasploit Framework
- WEEK 9: Working with Metasploit Framework
- WEEK 10: Working with Nmap, Network Mapper
- WEEK 11: Working with Nmap, Network Mapper
- WEEK 12: Open Ended Projects
- WEEK 13: Open Ended Projects
- WEEK 14: Open Ended Projects
- WEEK 15: Open Ended Projects
CET332 - Penetration Testing & Ethical Hacking
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET216
|
Course Contents
As a network security professional, it is necessary to distinguish and comprehend organizations weaknesses and work diligently to mitigate them before unwanted activity happens. In this course, students learn how to plan, prepare, and execute a penetration test in modern organization and digital world. This course covers introduction to hacking: white hat hacker, black hat hacker, gray hat hacker, script kiddie, elite hacker, hacktivist, ethical hacker, the ethics of hacking and cracking, types of attacks, encryption, and password cracking: cryptography, cryptanalysis, description of popular ciphers. The topics also include attacks on passwords, password crackers; penetration testing methodologies, categories of penetration test: black box, white box, gray box, types of penetration tests, report writing, understanding the audience, structure of a penetration testing report; linux basics, information gathering techniques: active information gathering, passive information gathering, sources of information gathering; target enumeration and port scanning techniques. The student learning includes vulnerability assessment, network sniffing, remote exploitation, client-side exploitation, post exploitation and maintaining access with backdoors, rootkits, and meterpreter, windows exploit development basics, social engineering, and phishing attacks: the basics of social-engineer toolkit (SET) website attack vectors, the credential harvester; wireless hacking and web hacking and Incident Handling. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, problems and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Baloch, R. (2017). Ethical hacking and penetration testing guide. Auerbach Publications.
- Engebretson, P. (2013). The basics of hacking and penetration testing: ethical hacking and penetration testing made easy. Elsevier.
- https://www.softwaretestinghelp.com/password-cracker-tools/
- https://www.golinuxcloud.com/social-engineering-toolkit-phishing/#:~:text=The%20social%20engineering%20toolkit%20also,their%20day%20to%20day%20activities.
- https://www.eccouncil.org/ethical-hacking/
- https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/cyber-security-tutorial/what-is-ethical-hacking
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Evaluate the important standards and methods of how attackers can enter into PC frameworks.
- CLO 2: Categorize legal and ethical issues related to vulnerability and penetration testing.
- CLO 3: Execute penetration test using typical hacking tools in an ethical manner.
- CLO 4: Analyze the data breaches and reviews the infrastructure security for a given scenario.
- CLO 5: Select the suitable ethical hacking and penetration testing tools and use it in to lab for a given problem.
- CLO 6: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, introduction to network devices, Course Policies, and reports.
- WEEK 2: Set Up Kali Linux from VM, Set Up Kali Linux from ISO File,
- WEEK 3. Set Up a Victim: Metasploitable Linux, Set Up a Victim: OWASP Broken Web Applications, Set Up a Victim: Windows System
- WEEK 4: Network Scan
- WEEK 5: Vulnerability Scan
- WEEK 6: Local password Guessing Attacks with Hydra
- WEEK 7: Password Cracking with John the Ripper
- WEEK 8: Password Cracking with Hashcat
- WEEK 9: Working with other password cracking tools like AirCrack, Cain and Abel
- WEEK 10: Work on SQL Injection
- WEEK 11: Information Gathering Over the Internet (using Fingerprinting Tools: The Harvester and Recon-NG, Maltego - Visual Link Analysis Tool)
- WEEK 12: Work on Social Engineering Toolkit (SET) for Phishing
- WEEK 13: Open Ended Project
- WEEK 14: Open Ended Project
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET333 - Advanced Digital Forensics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET233
|
Course Contents
Digital forensics is the practice of recovering and analyzing data from digital devices, such as computers, smartphones, and tablets. It can be used to investigate crimes, such as cybercrime, identity theft, and child pornography. Digital forensics can also be used to recover data that has been deleted or lost due to hardware failure or software corruption. Digital forensic principles are applied in the industry primarily for digital investigations. Students learn about the definitions and working of cyber-forensics, cyber laws, and regulations. This course also covers the computer forensics fundamentals, benefits of forensics, computer crimes, computer forensics evidence and courts, legal concerns and private issues, digital forensics tools, understanding data recovery workstation and software, digital forensic approaches, mobile forensics, social media forensics, social engineering forensics and digital investigation processes, data acquisition- understanding storage formats and digital evidence. The topics include determining the best acquisition method, acquisition tools, validating data acquisitions, law enforcement and incident response, anti-forensics, link, and visual analysis, psychological, ethical, implications of digital forensics, operating system artifacts, securing a computer incident or crime. The student learning includes seizing digital evidence at scene, storing digital evidence, validating, and testing forensic software, addressing data-hiding techniques, performing remote acquisitions, e-mail investigations- investigating email crime and violations, understanding e-mail servers, continuous on alert: challenges of digital forensics and various case studies to understand and solve the digital forensics problems. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, problems and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Gogolin, G. (Ed.). (2021). Digital forensics explained. CRC Press.
- Zhang, X., & Choo, K. K. R. (2020). Digital Forensic Education. An Experiential Learning Approach. Switzerland: Springer.
- Sammons, J. (2012). The basics of digital forensics: the primer for getting started in digital forensics. Elsevier.
- Nelson, B, Phillips, A, Enfinger, F, Stuart, C., “Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations, Thomson Course Technology, 2006, ISBN: 0-619-21706-5
- https://www.open.edu/openlearn/science-maths-technology/digital-forensics/
- https://www.udemy.com/course/become-computer-forensics-expert-in-7-days/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the digital footprint to identify solutions in digital forensics.
- CLO 2: Evaluate the rules, laws, policies, and procedures, to implement appropriate strategies associated with digital forensics.
- CLO 3: Develop the skills to solve computer forensics problems from legal, psychological, ethical perspective.
- CLO 4: Formulate the method related to data collection, preservation and analysis for legal proceedings.
- CLO 5: Demonstrate the ability to present the analysis of group tasks/case related to digital forensics.
- CLO 6: Explain digital forensics tools, perform experiments, interpret data and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, course policies and format of lab reports.
- WEEK 2: Introduction to cyber forensic tools.
- WEEK 3: Understanding and analysis of Hard Disks and File Systems.
- WEEK 4: Digital Evidence Acquisition & Recovery of Deleted Files using Forensics Tools.
- WEEK 5: Digital Evidence Acquisition & Recovery of Deleted Files using Forensics Tools.
- WEEK 6: Hiding and extracting any text file behind an image file/ Audio file using Command Prompt and Extraction of Exchangeable image file format (EXIF) Data from Image Files.
- WEEK 7: a) Restoring the Evidence Image using EnCase Imager Open Encase Imager and add the evidence to Encase imager. b) Learn to collect Email Evidence in Victim PC
- WEEK 8: a) Find Last Connected USB on your system (USB Forensics). b) Comparison of two Files for forensics investigation. by Compare IT software
- WEEK 9: Forensics Investigation Using AccessData FTK
- WEEK 10: Learn about application password crackers
- WEEK 11: Log Capturing and Event Correlation
- WEEK 12: Investigation and analysis of Logs and Network Traffics
- WEEK 13: Investigation and analysis of Logs and Network Traffics
- WEEK 14: Learn to prepare Investigative Reports
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET334 - Cryptographic Algorithms & Protocols
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
GEN111
|
Course Contents
Cryptographic mechanisms are used in the digital world for a wide array of communication and data protections. Students learn the areas of cryptography and cryptanalysis. This course develops a basic understanding of the algorithms used to protect users online and to understand some of the design choices behind these algorithms as well as secure key management. This course covers OSI security architecture; security attacks; security services; security mechanisms; model for network security, classical encryption techniques; symmetric cipher model; transposition techniques, block ciphers and the data encryption standard, triple DES, and block cipher modes of operation: electronic codebook mode, cipher block chaining mode, cipher feedback mode, output feedback mode, counter mode. The topics include stream ciphers and RC4, advanced encryption standard (AES), AES cipher, public-key cryptography and RSA, principles of public-key cryptosystems, the RSA algorithm, the security of RSA, key management; Diffie-Hellman key exchange, elliptic curve arithmetic, message authentication and hash functions. The student learning includes authentication requirements, authentication functions, message authentication codes, hash functions, security of hash functions and MACs, digital signatures and authentication protocols case study, authentication applications – kerberos, x.509 authentication service public-key infrastructure. The students are exposed to various case studies during the class. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, laws and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Stallings, W. (2016). Cryptography and network security: Principles and practice (7th ed.). Pearson.
- Deng, R.H., & Birukuo, A.; (2019), Applied Cryptography and Network Security. Springer
- https://www.slideshare.net/natemiller67/cryptography-and-network-security-william-stallings-lawrie-brown
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C7vmouDOJYM
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5jpgMXt1Z9Y
- https://www.fortinet.com/resources/cyberglossary/what-is-cryptography
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Review and evaluate the cryptographic algorithms that are appropriate for the given professional context.
- CLO 2: Select suitable cryptographic tools to meet the organizational requirements.
- CLO 3: Formulate the security solution using cryptography, considering the ethical aspects, to meet the requirements, working in teams.
- CLO 4: Form key management system to solve security service requirements and communicate.
- CLO 5: Apply the security techniques, perform experiments, interpret data and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 6: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, devices, simulator, Course Policies, reports
- WEEK 2: Write a program and implement the substitution techniques algorithms to perform encryption and decryption.
- WEEK 3: Write a program and implement the transposition techniques algorithms to perform encryption and decryption.
- WEEK 4: Introduction to OpenSSL Introduction to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPs)
- WEEK 5: Implement and show the output results of Steganography concepts.
- WEEK 6: Implement Symmetric Key Cryptography Pseudo random number generation DES key creation Encryption and decryption with DES File integrity with MD5 hash
- WEEK 7: Symmetric Key Distribution with NetCat with Apache Key compromise by protocol analyzer (Wireshark)
- WEEK 8: Implement and show the Message Authentication Codes
- WEEK 9: Implement digital signature methods and generate the Digital Signature.
- WEEK 10: Perform Password Auditing/Cracking.
- WEEK 11: Implement the Kerberos concept and develop a system to show it.
- WEEK 12: Implement the Kerberos concept and develop a system to show it.
- WEEK 13: Open Ended Projects
- WEEK 14: Open Ended Projects
- WEEK 15: Open Ended Projects
CET341 - Data Cleansing and Migration
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
Data Cleansing and Migration is a specialized course designed to equip students with the essential skills and knowledge required for managing and optimizing data in the realm of date science and technology. This course delves into the intricacies of data quality, cleansing, and transformation techniques, emphasizing the critical role data plays in modern computing environments. Students will learn advanced data cleaning methodologies, data profiling, and data migration strategies, ensuring the accuracy, consistency, and reliability of data across various applications and systems. Through hands-on exercises and real-world case studies, participants will gain expertise in tackling data quality challenges, enabling them to excel in data-centric roles and make informed decisions within the dynamic landscape of computer science and technology.
References
- The Key to Successful Data Migration: Pre-Migration Activities - Rajender Kumar
- Practical Data Migration - John Morris
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop expertise in data quality assessment and recognize its significance in computer science and technology.
- CLO 2: Master advanced data cleansing techniques to ensure data accuracy, consistency, and reliability.
- CLO 3: Acquire proficiency in data profiling methods for comprehensive data analysis.
- CLO 4: Learn effective data migration strategies for seamless data transfer across applications and systems.
- CLO 5: Apply hands-on exercises and real-world case studies to tackle complex data quality challenges.
- CLO 6: Gain the skills required to excel in data-centric roles and make informed decisions within the dynamic computer science and technology landscape.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Data Quality Assessment.
- WEEK 2: Significance of Data Quality in Computer Science.
- WEEK 3: Advanced Data Cleansing Techniques.
- WEEK 4: Ensuring Data Accuracy, Consistency, and Reliability.
- WEEK 5: Proficiency in Data Profiling Methods.
- WEEK 6: Comprehensive Data Analysis through Profiling.
- WEEK 7: Effective Data Migration Strategies.
- WEEK 8: Seamless Data Transfer Across Applications.
- WEEK 9: Hands-On Exercises for Data Quality.
- WEEK 10: Real-World Case Studies in Data Quality.
- WEEK 11: Tackling Complex Data Quality Challenges.
- WEEK 12: Skills for Data-Centric Roles in Technology.
- WEEK 13: Informed Decision-Making in Computer Science.
- WEEK 14: Application of Data Quality Knowledge in Practical Scenarios.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET342 - Data Mining
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET111
|
Course Contents
Data mining is one of the main areas of data science, focusing on efficient data collection and analysis implementation. Data mining is the process of extracting valuable information from large data sets. It involves sorting through vast amounts of data to find hidden patterns and trends. This process can be used to uncover customer behavior, predict future events, and optimize business processes. Data mining can be a time-consuming and expensive endeavor, but it can offer significant rewards for businesses that are willing to invest in it. This course introduces installing Rapid Miner, Python, and Jupyter Notebooks and provides an overview of Rapid Miner and Jupyter Notebooks with examples. It covers Data Mining standard processes and models: KDD, SEMMA, CRISP-DM, a review of processes which includes TDSP – Team Data Science Processes, Data reduction in Jupyter Notebooks and Rapid Miner, Clustering in Python and Rapid Miner, classification in Python and Rapid Miner. The topics include Anomaly detection in Python and Rapid Miner, association analysis in Python and Rapid Miner, Regression Analysis in Python and Rapid Miner, Sequence Mining in Python and Rapid Miner, dealing with missing values using Python, working with real datasets, along with best practices for Data Mining with examples. Lectures focusing on data visualization fundamentals, Lab sessions, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Aggarwal, C. C. (2015). Data mining: the textbook (Vol. 1). New York: springer.
- Hofmann, M., & Klinkenberg, R. (Eds.). (2016). RapidMiner: Data mining use cases and business analytics applications. CRC Press.
- https://academy.rapidminer.com/learning-paths/get-started-with-rapidminer-and-machine-learning
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/data_mining/index.htm
- https://www.guru99.com/data-mining-tutorial.html
- https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/db2/11.1?topic=tutorials-mining-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain and apply the Data Mining processes.
- CLO 2: Solve problems related to Data Mining.
- CLO 3: Develop data clustering systems.
- CLO 4: Create Anomaly detection systems.
- CLO 5: Create Association and sequence mining systems.
- CLO 6: Apply regression analysis.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction: Install Rapid Miner, Python and Jupyter Notebooks
- WEEK 2: Overview of Rapid Miner and Jupyter Notebooks with examples
- WEEK 3: Data Mining standard processes and models: KDD, SEMMA, CRISP-DM
- WEEK 4: A review of processes, TDSP – Team Data Science Processes
- WEEK 5: Data reduction in Jupyter Notebooks and Rapid Miner
- WEEK 6: Clustering in Python and Rapid Miner.
- WEEK 7: Classification in Python and Rapid Miner
- WEEK 8: Anomaly detection in Python and Rapid Miner
- WEEK 9: Association analysis in Python and Rapid Miner
- WEEK 10: Regression Analysis in Python and Rapid Miner
- WEEK 11: Sequence Mining in Python and Rapid Miner
- WEEK 12: Dealing with missing values using Python.
- WEEK 13: Working with real datasets.
- Week 14: Best practices for Data Mining with examples.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET343 - Big Data Analytics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET242
|
Course Contents
Data is a precious and powerful resource that has become a critical part of digital transformation. Today, gathering, storing, and analyzing data has become far more sophisticated than in previous years. With big data analysis technologies, it is possible to make accurate and valuable business decisions. This course introduces Big Data Analytics, Hadoop, NoSQL Big Data Management, MongoDB, and Cassandra. It covers MapReduce, Hive and Pig, Spark and Big Data Analytics, and Machine Learning Algorithms for Big Data Analytics, including Estimating the Relationships, Outliers, Variances, Probability Distributions, and Correlations. It explores Regression Analysis, Finding Similar Items, Similarity of Sets and Collaborative Filtering, Frequent Itemsets, and Association Rule Mining. It discusses Clustering Analysis and classification, Collaborative Recommendation, Model for Recommendation Systems, Content-Based Recommendation, and Knowledge-based Recommendation. The course also covers Apache Mahout Machine-Learning Applications, Data Stream Mining and Real-Time Analytics Platform, Spark Streaming, Graph Analytics for Big Data and Spark Graph Platform, Text, Web Content, Link, and Social Network Analytics. Web Mining, Web Content, Web Usage Analytics, Page Rank, Structure of the Web and Analyzing a Web Graph, Social Networks as Graphs, and Social Network Analytics concepts. Lectures focusing on big data analytics fundamentals, Lab sessions, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Kamal, R., & Saxena, P. (2019). Big Data Analytics: Introduction to Hadoop, Spark, and Machine-Learning. McGraw-Hill Education.
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/apache_spark/index.htm
- https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/big-data-tutorial
- https://www.edureka.co/blog/big-data-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze given problem to find solutions using fundamental big data concepts.
- CLO 2: Construct Big Data systems using different tools for efficient data storing, access and management.
- CLO 3: Develop use cases using big data techniques for a predefined scenario.
- CLO 4: Formulate efficient solutions using big data techniques based on newly acquired knowledge.
- CLO 5: Review the professional and ethical responsibility related to big data analytics.
- CLO 6: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Big Data Analytics
- WEEK 2: Introduction to Hadoop
- WEEK 3: NoSQL Big Data Management, MongoDB, and Cassandra
- WEEK 4: MapReduce, Hive and Pig
- WEEK 5: Spark and Big Data Analytics
- WEEK 6: Machine Learning Algorithms for Big Data Analytics: Estimating the Relationships, Outliers, Variances, Probability Distributions and Correlations, Regression Analysis
- WEEK 7: Finding Similar Items, Similarity of Sets and Collaborative Filtering, Frequent Itemsets and Association Rule Mining, Clustering Analysis, and classification.
- WEEK 8: Recommendation System: Collaborative Recommendation, Model for Recommendation Systems, Content Based Recommendation, Knowledge-based Recommendation
- WEEK 9: Apache Mahout Machine-Learning Applications
- WEEK 10: Data Stream Mining and Real-Time Analytics Platform• Spark Streaming
- WEEK 11: Graph Analytics for Big Data and Spark Graph Platform
- WEEK 12: Text, Web Content, Link, and Social Network Analytics: Web Mining, Web Content and Web Usage Analytics
- WEEK 13: Page Rank, Structure of Web, and Analyzing a Web Graph
- WEEK 14: Social Networks as Graphs and Social Network Analytics
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET344 - Algorithms for Data Science
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
0 |
3 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Algorithms for Data Science is a meticulously designed course tailored to the needs of aspiring data scientists. This course delves deep into the realm of data science, focusing on the core algorithms and computational techniques essential for extracting meaningful insights from complex datasets. Students will explore a comprehensive range of topics, including data preprocessing, feature engineering, clustering, classification, and regression algorithms. Through hands-on coding, data exploration, and real-world projects, participants will develop a profound understanding of algorithmic principles crucial for uncovering patterns, making predictions, and deriving valuable knowledge from data. This course equips students with the analytical skills required to excel in the dynamic field of data science, enabling them to harness the power of algorithms for data-driven decision-making and innovation in various domains.
References
- Algorithms for Data Science - Brian Steele, John Chandler, Swarna Reddy
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Master fundamental data preprocessing techniques to prepare complex datasets for analysis.
- CLO 2: Acquire proficiency in feature engineering, enabling the extraction of valuable information from data.
- CLO 3: Explore clustering algorithms to identify patterns and group similar data points effectively.
- CLO 4: Understand classification algorithms for data-driven decision-making and predictive modeling.
- CLO 5: Develop expertise in regression algorithms for modeling and forecasting in data science.
- CLO 6: Apply hands-on coding and data exploration to gain practical algorithmic experience.
- CLO 7: Execute real-world data science projects to solve complex problems and derive actionable insights, preparing for success in data-driven domains.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Data Preprocessing Techniques.
- WEEK 2: Preparing Complex Datasets for Analysis.
- WEEK 3: Proficiency in Feature Engineering.
- WEEK 4: Extracting Valuable Information from Data.
- WEEK 5: Exploring Clustering Algorithms.
- WEEK 6: Identifying Patterns and Effective Data Grouping.
- WEEK 7: Understanding Classification Algorithms.
- WEEK 8: Data-Driven Decision-Making and Predictive Modeling.
- WEEK 9: Developing Expertise in Regression Algorithms.
- WEEK 10: Modeling and Forecasting in Data Science.
- WEEK 11: Hands-On Coding and Data Exploration.
- WEEK 12: Practical Algorithmic Experience.
- WEEK 13: Execution of Real-World Data Science Projects.
- WEEK 14: Solving Complex Problems, Deriving Actionable Insights, and Preparing for Success in Data-Driven Domains.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET351 - Machine Learning
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET251
|
Course Contents
Machine learning is a process of teaching computers to learn from data, without being explicitly programmed. It is seen as a subset of artificial intelligence. Machine learning algorithms aim to solve major cognitive and computational problems for multiple industries. And it is the process of teaching computers to make decisions for themselves. This process is similar to the way humans learn, by taking in data and using it to make predictions or recommendations. Machine learning can be used for a variety of tasks, such as image recognition, voice recognition, and even making predictions about the future. The course aims to introduce the concepts, theories, and state-of-the-art algorithms for machine learning. Students will learn theories and practical aspects of machine learning techniques, including regression, clustering, and classification. This course covers an introduction that discusses the ambitions and goals of Machine Learning and how to install the Python scikit-learn package. It introduces Bayesian Classifiers, Nearest-Neighbor Classifiers, Linear and Polynomial Classifiers, Decision Trees, Artificial Neural Networks, Voting Assemblies, and Boosting. It also covers Performance Evaluation, Statistical Significance, Induction in Multi-label domains, Unsupervised Learning, Reinforcement Learning, and practical issues. Lectures focusing on machine learning fundamentals, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Kubat, Miroslav, and Kubat. An introduction to machine learning. 3rd edition. Cham, Switzerland: Springer International Publishing, 2019. ISBN-13: 978-3030819347, ISBN-10: 3030819345
- https://www.javatpoint.com/machine-learning
- https://www.kaggle.com/learn/intro-to-machine-learning
- https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/machine-learning-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify and categorize the problem to apply appropriate Machine Learning algorithms
- CLO 2: Design model to solve various computing problems based on newly acquired knowledge
- CLO 3: Evaluate the performance of the model to decide how to improve it
- CLO 4: Review the professional and ethical responsibility related to Machine Learning
- CLO 5: Communicate and work effectively in a team to build Machine Learning solutions.
- CLO 6: Use different Machine Learning tools.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Installing Python scikit-learn package and getting familiar with the environment
- WEEK 2: Implement Bayesian Classifiers with scikit
- WEEK 3: Implement Nearest-Neighbor Classifiers with scikit
- WEEK 4: Implement Inter-Class Boundaries: Linear and Polynomial Classifiers with scikit
- WEEK 5: Implement Decision Trees with scikit
- WEEK 6: Implement Artificial Neural Networks with scikit
- WEEK 7: Implement Voting Assemblies and Boosting with scikit
- WEEK 8: Implement Performance Evaluation with scikit
- WEEK 9: Implement Statistical Significance with python
- WEEK 10: Implement Induction in Multi-label Domains with scikit
- WEEK 11: Implement K means Unsupervised Learning with scikit
- WEEK 12: Implement Reinforcement Learning with python
- WEEK 13: Experience from Historical Applications with python
- WEEK 14: Practical examples with python
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET352 - Image Processing and Computer Vision
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Digital Image processing and Computer Vision are core domain applications of Artificial Intelligence used to solve complex real-world problems in various industries. The use of a digital computer to run an algorithm on digital images is known as "digital image processing." Digital image processing has significant benefits as it permits applying various algorithms to the input data images. There are many deep-learning applications for image processing. This includes medical image processing, compression, restoration, and data mining. The students learn to apply multiple computer techniques, such as Image Enhancement and Segmentation, Color Image Processing, Morphological Image Processing, and Object Representation, which help them design efficient algorithms for real-world applications. This course introduces the Origin of Digital Image Processing, Fundamental Steps of Image Processing, Components of Digital Image Processing Systems, Applications of Digital Image Processing, and Elements of Visual perception, Intensity Transformations and Spatial Filtering, Filtering in the Frequency Domain, Image Restoration, and Reconstruction. It explores Wavelet and Other Image Transforms, Color Image Processing, Image Compression, and Watermarking. It discusses Morphological Image Processing, Image Segmentation, Image Segmentation, and Active Contours, including Snakes and Level Sets, Feature Extraction, Image Pattern Classification, and Advanced Computer Vision with Deep Learning. Hands-on sessions focusing on Digital Image processing and Computer Vision fundamentals, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Gonzalez, C.R., Woods, E.R. (2017). Digital Image Processing (4th ed.), Pearson
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/dip/index.htm
- https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/digital-image-processing-basics/
- https://towardsdatascience.com/massive-tutorial-on-image-processing-and-preparation-for-deep-learning-in-python-1-e534ee42f122
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain and apply the principles of Image Processing.
- CLO 2: Solve problems related to image processing using python
- CLO 3: Produce image processing application using python.
- CLO 4: Apply advanced concepts with image processing using deep learning.
- CLO 5: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Origin of Digital Image Processing, Fundamental Steps of Image Processing, Components of Digital Image Processing System
- WEEK 2: Applications of Digital Image Processing, Elements of Visual perception
- WEEK 3: Intensity Transformations and Spatial Filtering
- WEEK 4: Filtering in the Frequency Domain
- WEEK 5: Image Restoration and Reconstruction
- WEEK 6: Wavelet and Other Image Transforms
- WEEK 7: Color Image Processing
- WEEK 8: Image Compression and Watermarking
- WEEK 9: Morphological Image Processing
- WEEK 10: Image Segmentation
- WEEK 11: Image Segmentation and Active Contours: Snakes and Level Sets
- WEEK 12: Feature Extraction
- WEEK 13: Image Pattern Classification
- WEEK 14: Advanced Computer Vision with deep Learning
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET361 - Routing & Switching
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET261
|
Course Contents
Routers and switches are the main network devices which is needed to create and any network. Routing and switching are an essential part of the networking field to create and manage the networks. It helps to create and connect different networks and allow users to control the flow of traffic. This course covers basic LAN design, switching concepts and configuration, virtual LANs (VLANs), routing basics, the ip routing process, static routing, default routing, dynamic routing, managing the switch module, connecting devices to the switch module. The topics include SFP module slots, dual-purpose port with rj-45 and SFP connectors, verifying port connectivity, cable, and connectors, working with Routers, switches, and wireless devices to configure and troubleshoot VLANs, Wireless LANs and Inter-VLAN routing. The student learning includes configuring and troubleshooting redundancy on a switched network using STP and Ether Channel, Network Operating System, addressing and subnetting, Static and Dynamic Routing, routing protocols, interior gateway protocol (IGP) Protocols, Exterior Gateway (EGP) Protocols, Routing Information Protocol (RIP) protocol, Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) protocol. The student also learns IOS and IP Features, Frame Relay Configuration, DHCP and Network Address Translation, Port Security, Syslog, Password recovery, configuration backup, IOS upgrade, IPv4 and IPv6 ALCs and ACL Troubleshooting. The laboratory work consists of experiments which will include the configuration of switches and routers, illustrating the principles, laws and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- WENDELL, ODOM, and Wilkins Sean. (2020) "CCNA Routing and Switching 200-125."
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XgcGcrLKu1A&list=PLxbwE86jKRgMQ4HTuaJ7yQgA2BoNwY9ct
- https://www.netacad.com/courses/networking/ccna-switching-routing-wireless-essentials
- https://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/td/docs/routers/connectedgrid/modules/switch/gsg/cgr-esm-getting_started.pdf
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate the knowledge of routing and switching concepts.
- CLO 2: Configure routers and switches in a network.
- CLO 3: Describe how basic routing works and the use of routing protocols
- CLO 4: Configure and understand the components and operation of a wireless LAN.
- CLO 5: Analyze and assess the merits of static, default and dynamic routing protocols
- CLO 6: Select the suitable network component and implement it in to lab for a given problem.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, introduction to network devices, Course Policies, and reports.
- WEEK 2: Introduction to packet tracer & Graphical Network Simulator-3(GNS3).
- WEEK 3: Basic Router Security Configuration
- WEEK 4: Basic Router Security Configuration
- WEEK 5: Basic Serial Connection Configuration.
- WEEK 6: VLAN Configuration.
- WEEK 7: VLAN Configuration: Trunk Encapsulation.
- WEEK 8: Local Username/Password Database.
- WEEK 9: Port Security
- WEEK 10: DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) and DNS
- WEEK 11: Syslog, Password recovery, configuration backup, IOS upgrade.
- WEEK 12: InterVLAN Routing and Troubleshooting
- WEEK 13: IPv4 and IPv6 ALCs and ACL Troubleshooting
- WEEK 14: Review Configuration and Review Troubleshooting
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET362 - Network Analysis and Troubleshooting
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET261
|
Course Contents
The "Network Analysis and Troubleshooting" course equips you with the skills and knowledge to diagnose and resolve network issues effectively. You'll delve into the fundamentals of network communication, including network protocols, IP addressing, and network devices like routers and switches. By understanding how data flows across a network, you'll gain the ability to identify bottlenecks, analyze network traffic, and troubleshoot common problems like connectivity issues, slow performance, and security breaches.
This course emphasizes practical application through hands-on labs. You'll learn to utilize industry-standard tools like Wireshark, a powerful packet analyzer that allows you to capture and inspect network traffic data. With this skillset, you'll be able to pinpoint the root cause of network problems and implement solutions to ensure optimal network performance and uptime
References
- Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach by James F. Kurose and Keith W. Ross
- TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Protocols by Richard Stevens
- The Complete Guide to Network Troubleshooting by Keith Jarrett
- Wireshark Network Analysis: Expert Troubleshooting Skills by Guy Pamment
- Network+ Guide to Networks by William Shotts
- Wireshark University: https://www.wireshark.org/learn
- Professor Messer's Network+ Course: https://www.professormesser.com/network-plus/n10-008/n10-008-video/n10-008-training-course/
- Cisco Networking Academy: Introduction to Networks: https://www.netacad.com/
- Cybrary: Network Troubleshooting Guide: https://www.cybrary.it/practice-lab/network-troubleshooting
- TechExams: Network+ Certification: https://community.infosecinstitute.com/categories/comptia
Learning Outcomes
- Explain fundamental network concepts like network protocols, IP addressing, and network topologies.
- Identify the functions and configurations of common network devices like routers, switches, and firewalls.
- Utilize Wireshark to capture, inspect, and analyze network traffic for troubleshooting purposes.
- Employ systematic troubleshooting methodologies to diagnose and resolve network connectivity issues.
- Identify and address common network performance problems like slow speeds and latency.
- Implement network security best practices to mitigate security vulnerabilities.
- Document network troubleshooting procedures for future reference.
CET363 - Linux/Unix Server Administration
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET212
CET161
|
Course Contents
The Linux/Unix Server Administration course equips you with the skills and knowledge to manage and maintain Linux and Unix-based server systems. This powerful operating system forms the backbone of countless web servers, databases, and network infrastructure. Throughout the course, you'll delve into the core functionalities of Linux/Unix, gaining hands-on experience with user and group management, file system administration, security protocols, networking configurations, and essential server administration tasks.
By mastering the command line and various server administration tools, you'll be able to efficiently install, configure, and troubleshoot Linux/Unix servers in real-world environments. This comprehensive course prepares you for a successful career in system administration, cloud computing, and IT support, opening doors to exciting opportunities in various industries.
References
- Linux Command Line by William Shotts (3rd Edition)
- The Linux Bible by Christopher Negus (10th Edition)
- LPI Exam Linux Essentials Study Guide by Christine Bresnahan and Richard Blum (2nd Edition)
- Red Hat System Administration by Michael Jang (7th Edition)
- Linux Kernel Development by Robert Love (3rd Edition)
- The Linux Documentation Project https://tldp.org/
- Linux Foundation Training https://training.linuxfoundation.org/
- Red Hat Developer https://developers.redhat.com/
- Udemy Free Linux Courses https://www.udemy.com/course/linux-tutorials/
- Coursera Free Linux Courses https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=linux
Learning Outcomes
- Understand the core architecture and functionalities of Linux/Unix operating systems.
- Navigate the command line effectively for system administration tasks.
- Manage user accounts, groups, and file system permissions.
- Configure essential networking services on Linux/Unix servers.
- Implement security best practices for server hardening.
- Install and manage software packages using package management tools.
- Automate tasks using scripting languages (e.g., Bash scripting).
- Perform routine server maintenance and troubleshooting procedures.
- Gain practical experience through hands-on labs and projects.
CET364 - Cloud Systems Administration
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET212
CET161
|
Course Contents
The Cloud Systems Administration course equips you with the knowledge and skills necessary to manage and administer cloud-based infrastructure. Delving into the core concepts and methodologies of cloud computing, you'll gain a comprehensive understanding of cloud models, deployment options, and virtualization technologies. Through hands-on labs and projects, you'll explore the practical aspects of cloud administration, including provisioning and configuring virtual machines, storage, and networking resources. The course also emphasizes security best practices for protecting cloud environments and explores disaster recovery strategies for ensuring business continuity. By the end of this course, you'll be well-positioned to design, implement, and manage robust cloud solutions that meet the evolving needs of modern organizations.
This course is designed for IT professionals seeking to expand their skillset into cloud administration. Whether you're a network administrator, system administrator, or simply looking to stay ahead of the curve in the ever-growing cloud computing landscape, this course provides the foundational knowledge and practical experience to excel in this in-demand field.
References
- "Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology & Architecture" by Thomas Erl et al.
- "CompTIA Cloud+ Certification Study Guide: Exam SK0-004" by CompTIA et al.
- Cloud Academy (https://cloudacademy.com/)
- AWS Cloud Documentation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/)
- Microsoft Azure Documentation (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/)
Learning Outcomes
- Explain cloud computing fundamentals, characteristics, and service models (IaaS, PaaS, SaaS)
- Identify and compare different cloud deployment models (Public, Private, Hybrid)
- Understand virtualization technologies and their role in cloud environments
- Install, configure, and manage virtual machines in a cloud environment
- Implement and manage cloud storage solutions
- Configure and secure cloud networks
- Monitor and manage cloud resources effectively
- Utilize cloud automation tools for efficient administration
- Apply best practices for disaster recovery and business continuity in the cloud
- Prepare for industry certifications like CompTIA Cloud+ (optional)
CET365 - Virtualization Technologies
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET161
|
Course Contents
Virtualization technologies are revolutionizing the way we utilize computing resources. This course delves into the fundamentals of virtualization, exploring its core concepts, architectures, and applications. You'll gain a comprehensive understanding of how virtualization allows us to create multiple virtual machines (VMs) on a single physical server, enhancing efficiency, resource utilization, and manageability.
We'll explore various virtualization technologies, including hypervisors, server virtualization, network virtualization, and storage virtualization. You'll learn how these technologies work together to create a virtualized environment that offers several benefits, such as improved resource utilization, increased server uptime, and simplified disaster recovery. Throughout the course, we'll delve into the practical aspects of virtualization, equipping you with the skills to design, deploy, and manage virtualized environments.
References
- "Virtualization: A Manager's Guide" by Paul Barron and Richard Nash
- "Mastering Hyper-V and System Center Virtualization Manager 2019" by Christophe de Wit
- "VMware vSphere: Install, Configure, Manage, and Secure" by John Furrier
- "Linux Containers and Kubernetes: A Practical Guide" by Nader Dabit, Derek Parker, and Tugberk Ozdogan
- "Cloud Computing: Theory and Practice" by Meyers, Murali
- VMware Virtualization Technology Basics https://www.vmware.com/solutions/virtualization.html
- Microsoft Docs - Hyper-V: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/virtualization/
- Introduction to Containers: https://docs.docker.com/get-started/
- The Linux Foundation - Kubernetes Fundamentals: https://kubernetes.io/training/
- Red Hat - Introduction to Virtualization: https://www.redhat.com/en/technologies/cloud-computing/openshift/virtualization
Learning Outcomes
- Explain the fundamental concepts and benefits of virtualization technologies.
- Differentiate between various types of virtualization, including server, network, and storage virtualization.
- Identify and compare different hypervisor architectures (Type 1 and Type 2).
- Design and deploy virtual machines using industry-standard tools and platforms.
- Manage and optimize virtualized environments for performance, scalability, and security.
- Analyze the impact of virtualization on cloud computing and its role in modern IT infrastructure.
CET366 - Software Systems Administration II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET264
|
Course Contents
This advanced course builds upon your existing knowledge of system administration, diving deep into the intricacies of managing complex enterprise software systems. You'll explore the design, configuration, security, and optimization of critical applications like Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), database systems, source control systems, software development tools, Learning Management Systems (LMS) like Moodle, email servers, and file servers. The course emphasizes real-world scenarios, equipping you with the skills to manage these systems effectively in a large-scale enterprise environment.
Through hands-on labs, case studies, and practical exercises, you'll gain the expertise to perform user provisioning, manage access controls, troubleshoot complex issues, implement disaster recovery plans, and ensure the smooth operation of these vital systems. This course prepares you to become a highly sought-after enterprise systems administrator, capable of supporting the technological backbone of a modern organization.
References
- Linux Administration Handbook by Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Trent R. Hein (Latest Edition)
- High Performance MySQL by Baron Schwartz, Peter Zaitsev, Vadim Tkachenko (Latest Edition)
- Git Pocket Guide by Richard Bram (Latest Edition)
- Moodle Administration Handbook by Simon Hunt (Latest Edition)
- Enterprise Email Security by Mark Furnell (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Install, configure, and manage advanced enterprise software systems like ERP, database systems, and source control systems.
- Implement and enforce security best practices for user access, data protection, and system hardening.
- Troubleshoot complex system issues, analyze logs, and diagnose root causes.
- Design and implement disaster recovery plans for critical enterprise software systems.
- Manage Learning Management Systems (LMS) like Moodle to support training and development initiatives.
- Optimize performance, scalability, and resource utilization of enterprise software systems.
- Effectively communicate with stakeholders and provide technical support for system administration tasks.
CET371 - Business Informatic I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET171
|
Course Contents
This course bridges the gap between your technical expertise and the business world. You'll gain a foundational understanding of core business concepts, information systems, and their role in driving organizational success. We'll explore how IT and network infrastructure supports various business functions, from finance and marketing to operations and human resources.
The course delves into essential topics like enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems, data management, business process analysis, and project management. Through real-world examples and case studies, you'll gain valuable insights into how IT professionals collaborate with business stakeholders to achieve strategic goals. This knowledge will empower you to participate in cross-functional teams, communicate effectively with business leaders, and make informed decisions that align with both technical and business objectives.
References
- Business Information Systems: Analyzing and Designing Systems by Raymond McLeod (Latest Edition)
- Introduction to Business Analytics by Wayne L. Winston (Latest Edition)
- Fundamentals of Information Systems by Ralph Stair and George Reynolds (Latest Edition)
- Project Management for IT Professionals by Kim Heldman (Latest Edition)
- The Art of IT Project Management by Michael Schwalbe (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Explain the fundamental concepts of business operations and information systems.
- Analyze the role of IT in supporting various business functions.
- Understand the principles of data management and information security.
- Apply business process analysis techniques to identify improvement opportunities.
- Effectively communicate technical concepts to non-technical stakeholders.
- Demonstrate an understanding of project management principles in an IT context.
- Evaluate the impact of technology on business strategy and decision-making.
CET392 - CET Internship II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
CET191
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students have to understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they have to Understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Overall professional development of students required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is supposed to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) has to evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the Industry/Organization and the Evaluation Report of the students’ needs to submit in the department office with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students will be exposed to the industry environment for a minimum period of 08 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the assigned task and solve it by applying critical thinking and problem-solving skills.
- CLO 2: Collaborate and communicate effectively with different professionals in the work environment.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Design solutions with contextual constraints, acquiring and applying new knowledge.
- CLO 5: Recommend solutions for improved processes and optimal use of resources.
- CLO 6: Evaluate career options by considering opportunities in industry and higher education and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s) during the internship.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate ethical and professional behavior in the work environment.
CET3E1 - CS Major Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET3E2 - DS Major Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET3E3 - NS Major Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET3E4 - IT Major Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
|
CET411 - Game Programming
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
This course delves into the core principles of game programming, both in terms of hardware and software. It introduces fundamental concepts, including creating primitive objects in a virtual environment, constructing intricate mathematical models for 2D and 3D objects, manipulating and combining these models, and projecting them into a two-dimensional image space. The curriculum encompasses essential aspects of game development, such as windowing systems, advanced primitive objects like curves and surfaces, 2-D and viewing transformations, and the structure of display files. Students will explore geometric models, interactive and non-interactive techniques, raster graphics fundamentals, the foundations of 3D graphics, graphics packages and systems, the theory of computer synthesis, components of the image synthesis pipeline, and the principles governing the path of light within virtual game scenes, ultimately leading to the creation of photorealistic game environments.
References
- Game Programming Patterns - Robert Nystrom
- The Art of Game Design: A Book of Lenses, Third Edition - Jesse Schell
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Master the fundamentals of game programming, including the creation of primitive objects, mathematical modeling for 2D and 3D environments, and manipulation of virtual objects.
- CLO 2: Explore advanced game development topics, such as windowing systems, and working with complex primitive objects like curves and surfaces for realistic game scenarios.
- CLO 3: Develop proficiency in 2D and viewing transformations, enabling the creation of dynamic game graphics.
- CLO 4: Understand the structure of display files and learn to work with geometric models to construct immersive game environments.
- CLO 5: Acquire skills in interactive and non-interactive techniques, fundamental principles of raster graphics, and the foundations of 3D graphics in the context of game development.
- CLO 6: Familiarize yourself with graphics packages and systems used in game programming, and gain insights into the theory of computer synthesis and the image synthesis pipeline.
- CLO 7: Explore the principles governing the path of light within virtual game scenes, culminating in the ability to create photorealistic game environments.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Game Programming Fundamentals.
- WEEK 2: Creating Primitive Objects for Games.
- WEEK 3: Mathematical Modeling for 2D and 3D Environments.
- WEEK 4: Manipulation of Virtual Objects in Games.
- WEEK 5: Advanced Game Development Topics and Windowing Systems.
- WEEK 6: Working with Complex Primitive Objects in Games.
- WEEK 7: Curves and Surfaces for Realistic Game Scenarios.
- WEEK 8: 2D and Viewing Transformations for Dynamic Graphics.
- WEEK 9: Structure of Display Files and Geometric Models in Games.
- WEEK 10: Interactive and Non-Interactive Techniques in Game Graphics.
- WEEK 11: Raster Graphics Principles for Games.
- WEEK 12: Foundations of 3D Graphics in Game Development.
- WEEK 13: Graphics Packages and Systems for Game Programming.
- WEEK 14: Principles of Image Synthesis and Photorealistic Game Environments.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET412 - Selected Topic in Computer Science I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET413 - Product Management
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Product Management is an advanced course that delves into the intricate art and science of developing data-driven, technology-based products. Tailored for students pursuing data science and technology disciplines, this course offers a comprehensive exploration of product management methodologies, emphasizing data-driven decision-making throughout the product lifecycle. Topics span product ideation, market research, customer segmentation, feature prioritization, agile development methodologies, and iterative product refinement. Students will gain hands-on experience in data-driven product design, leveraging analytics, A/B testing, and user feedback to inform product enhancements. This course equips aspiring data science professionals with the skills and strategies needed to excel in product management roles, fostering innovation and excellence in technology-driven product development.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop a deep understanding of product management methodologies, with a focus on data-driven decision-making.
- CLO 2: Master techniques for product ideation, market research, and customer segmentation to inform product development.
- CLO 3: Acquire skills in feature prioritization and agile development methodologies for efficient product delivery.
- CLO 4: Learn the art of iterative product refinement, incorporating user feedback and analytics to drive enhancements.
- CLO 5: Gain hands-on experience in data-driven product design, utilizing A/B testing and analytics to inform strategic product decisions.
- CLO 6: Cultivate the ability to excel in product management roles within data science and technology domains, fostering innovation and product excellence.
- CLO 7: Apply product management principles to real-world scenarios, preparing for success in data-driven technology product development.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Product Management Methodologies.
- WEEK 2: Data-Driven Decision-Making in Product Management.
- WEEK 3: Techniques for Product Ideation.
- WEEK 4: Market Research and Customer Segmentation.
- WEEK 5: Feature Prioritization Strategies.
- WEEK 6: Agile Development Methodologies in Product Delivery.
- WEEK 7: Iterative Product Refinement and User Feedback.
- WEEK 8: Incorporating Analytics for Product Enhancement.
- WEEK 9: Hands-On Experience in Data-Driven Product Design.
- WEEK 10: A/B Testing for Informed Product Decisions.
- WEEK 11: Preparing for Product Management Roles.
- WEEK 12: Fostering Innovation in Technology Product Management.
- WEEK 13: Application of Product Management Principles.
- WEEK 14: Real-World Scenarios in Data-Driven Technology Product Development.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET414 - Parallel Programming
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET211
|
Course Contents
This advanced graduate-level course delves deeply into the realm of parallel and distributed computing, leveraging a variety of programming models. Topics covered encompass a broad spectrum, including parallel computation models, message passing, shared memory paradigms, data parallel programming, performance modeling, memory system optimization techniques, fine-grained computation models, and High-Level Design Tools for programming parallel platforms. The course will also explore communication primitives, stream programming models, and emerging heterogeneous computing and programming paradigms. Students will gain hands-on experience with cutting-edge parallel computing platforms and tools, spanning from large-scale clusters to edge devices and data center-scale platforms. A pivotal course project will empower students to explore diverse computing platforms, design highly efficient parallel algorithms, assess their performance, and acquire expertise in performance tuning methodologies.
References
- Parallel Programming: Concepts and Practice -
- Bertil Schmidt, Jorge Gonzalez-Martinez, Christian Hundt, Moritz Schlarb
- Introduction to Parallel Computing: From Algorithms to Programming on State-of-the-Art Platforms - Roman Trobec, Boštjan Slivnik, Patricio Bulić, Borut Robič
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Master diverse parallel computation models and programming paradigms.
- CLO 2: Acquire proficiency in message passing and shared memory techniques for distributed computing.
- CLO 3: Develop data parallel programming skills and techniques.
- CLO 4: Explore performance modeling and optimization methodologies for parallel systems.
- CLO 5: Apply memory system optimization techniques to enhance parallel program efficiency.
- CLO 6: Grasp the intricacies of fine-grained computation models and High-Level Design Tools for parallel platforms.
- CLO 7: Understand communication primitives and emerging heterogeneous computing paradigms.
- CLO 8: Gain hands-on experience with advanced parallel computing platforms and tools, including large-scale clusters, edge devices, and data center-scale systems.
- CLO 9: Execute a course project to design efficient parallel algorithms, assess their performance, and hone performance tuning skills across diverse computing platforms.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Parallel Computation Models and Programming Paradigms.
- WEEK 2: Message Passing and Shared Memory Techniques for Distributed Computing.
- WEEK 3: Developing Data Parallel Programming Skills.
- WEEK 4: Performance Modeling Methodologies for Parallel Systems.
- WEEK 5: Memory System Optimization for Enhanced Parallel Program Efficiency.
- WEEK 6: Fine-Grained Computation Models and High-Level Design Tools for Parallel Platforms.
- WEEK 7: Communication Primitives in Parallel Computing.
- WEEK 8: Exploring Emerging Heterogeneous Computing Paradigms.
- WEEK 9: Hands-On Experience with Advanced Parallel Computing Platforms and Tools.
- WEEK 10: Practical Applications on Large-Scale Clusters.
- WEEK 11: Edge Devices in Parallel Computing.
- WEEK 12: Data Center-Scale Systems in Parallel Computing.
- WEEK 13: Course Project: Designing Efficient Parallel Algorithms.
- WEEK 14: Performance Assessment and Tuning Across Diverse Computing Platforms.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET415 - Digital Marketing Technologies
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
In the ever-evolving marketing landscape, it has become imperative for a business to integrate digital marketing efforts into its overall marketing strategy. This course provides a broad overview of the digital marketing techniques needed for successful marketing campaigns in a digital economy. Students in this course explore the development, production, and implementation of digital-marketing delivery methods, including email marketing, web-based marketing, search engine optimization (SEO), online advertising, Google Analytics, and social media. This course also helps the student to understand how to create an account, implement tracking code, and set up data filters. The student learning includes navigating the Google Analytics interface and reports and setting up dashboards and shortcuts. The course also demonstrates how to analyze basic Audience, Acquisition, and Behavior reports, set up goals, and track campaigns. Google Analytics helps track and report website traffic. The topics include understanding how visitors interact with their website, website owners and making informed decisions about improving their websites and marketing campaigns. The curriculum introduces tools to appropriately measure and evaluate the effectiveness of digital marketing campaigns designed to improve the consumer's experience. Students gain a fundamental understanding of the digital marketing core principles needed for the 21st-century consumer. Lectures, assignments, projects, and case studies based on digital marketing are used to deliver the course.
References
- Deiss, R., & Henneberry, R. (2020). Digital marketing for dummies. John Wiley & Sons.
- Chaffey, D., & Ellis-Chadwick, F. (2019). Digital marketing: strategy, implementation & practice. Pearson UK.
- Fundamentals of digital marketing, Google Digital Garage, https://learndigital.withgoogle.com/digitalgarage/course/digital-marketing , Accessed on 14.10.2022
- Swayam, Basics of Digital Marketing, https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/cec19_mg23/preview, Accessed on 14.10.2022
- SkillUP, Tools - Google Analytics, https://www.simplilearn.com/free-google-analytics-training-course-for-beginners-skillup, Accessed on 14.11.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the use of digital marketing and principles of computing to grow business.
- CLO 2: Select appropriate tools and key elements for the implementation of Email marketing.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate the ability to accomplish group tasks related to digital marketing.
- CLO 4: Design the effective digital marketing campaign that can be measured in given requirement.
- CLO 5: Examine the strategies in team related to digital marketing for enhancing customer experience.
- CLO 6: Apply Digital Marketing concepts and write programs in the labs to solve problems.
- CLO 7: Write the lab report and present the output result as lab record.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction and installing and understanding digital marketing tools.
- WEEK 2: Understanding and Implementing google analytics.
- WEEK 3: Develop Digital marketing strategy development with google analytics.
- WEEK 4: Google analytics for selecting the right marketing campaign.
- WEEK 5: Implementing Best practices on content marketing.
- WEEK 6: Creating and writing a blog for business strategy.
- WEEK 7: Creating High-Converting Landing Pages.
- WEEK 8: Use of Google Analytics to analyze the traffic.
- WEEK 9: Implementing google analytics to leveraging the Social Web.
- WEEK 10: Implementing email marketing best practices in various domains.
- WEEK 11: Analyze data from google analytics for running a Data-Driven Business.
- WEEK 12: Investigate tools (Comparing the result between two popular tools) for digital marketing.
- WEEK 13: Use google analytics for enhancing digital customer experience.
- WEEK 14: Use google analytics for Campaign planning for digital media.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET416 - DevOps
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
This course offers a comprehensive exploration of the vital aspects related to the operation and management of software systems. Students will delve into the intricacies of software deployment, maintenance, and optimization throughout the software lifecycle. Topics include software configuration management, version control, release planning, and the establishment of efficient operational processes. Additionally, students will gain insights into software monitoring, performance tuning, and troubleshooting techniques to ensure robust system operation. The course also covers essential principles of software project management, encompassing project planning, scheduling, resource allocation, and risk management. By the end of the course, participants will be equipped with the knowledge and skills required to effectively operate, maintain, and manage software systems within the context of modern technology and industry best practices.
References
- The Operation and Management of a Software Company: An Entrepreneurial Guide to Creating and Maintaining a Software Development Company - Larry G. Miner
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop a deep understanding of software deployment, maintenance, and optimization throughout the software lifecycle.
- CLO 2: Master software configuration management and version control techniques for efficient software operation.
- CLO 3: Acquire proficiency in release planning and establishing streamlined operational processes.
- CLO 4: Gain expertise in software monitoring, performance tuning, and troubleshooting for robust system operation.
- CLO 5: Explore fundamental principles of software project management, including project planning, scheduling, resource allocation, and risk management.
- CLO 6: Apply acquired knowledge and skills to effectively operate, maintain, and manage software systems in alignment with contemporary technology and industry best practices.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Software Lifecycle and Deployment.
- WEEK 2: Software Configuration Management Techniques.
- WEEK 3: Efficient Version Control Practices.
- WEEK 4: Release Planning and Streamlined Operational Processes.
- WEEK 5: Proficiency in Software Monitoring.
- WEEK 6: Performance Tuning for Robust System Operation.
- WEEK 7: Troubleshooting Strategies in Software Maintenance.
- WEEK 8: Fundamentals of Software Project Management.
- WEEK 9: Project Planning and Scheduling.
- WEEK 10: Resource Allocation in Software Projects.
- WEEK 11: Risk Management in Software Projects.
- WEEK 12: Effective Software Operation and Maintenance.
- WEEK 13: Contemporary Technology and Industry Best Practices.
- WEEK 14: Comprehensive Assessment and Application of Knowledge in Software System Operation and Management.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET417 - Advanced Software Engineering
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET213
|
Course Contents
This advanced-level course delves into the intricacies of software engineering, focusing on advanced techniques essential for modeling and analyzing complex software systems. Students will extensively utilize the Unified Modeling Language (UML) and design patterns to model and analyze medium-sized software systems. Topics encompass the Object Constraint Language (OCL), pattern specifications, Model-Driven Software Development (MDSD), and Aspect-Oriented Software Development (AOSD). Throughout the course, participants will gain proficiency in advanced software engineering methodologies, equipping them with the skills required to handle intricate software projects within the realm of computer science and technology.
References
- Software Engineering at Google: Lessons Learned from Programming Over Time - Titus Winters, Tom Manshreck, Hyrum Wright
- Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach - Roger S. Pressman
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Master advanced software engineering techniques for modeling and analyzing complex software systems.
- CLO 2: Proficiently utilize the Unified Modeling Language (UML) and design patterns for modeling and analyzing medium-sized software systems.
- CLO 3: Acquire expertise in the Object Constraint Language (OCL) and pattern specifications for precise system modeling.
- CLO 4: Explore Model-Driven Software Development (MDSD) and Aspect-Oriented Software Development (AOSD) methodologies.
- CLO 5: Apply advanced software engineering methodologies to handle intricate software projects in the realm of computer science and technology.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Advanced Software Engineering Techniques.
- WEEK 2: Utilizing UML for Modeling and Analysis.
- WEEK 3: Design Patterns in Software Modeling.
- WEEK 4: Proficiency in the Object Constraint Language (OCL).
- WEEK 5: Precise System Modeling with Pattern Specifications.
- WEEK 6: Model-Driven Software Development (MDSD) Methodologies.
- WEEK 7: Aspect-Oriented Software Development (AOSD) Principles.
- WEEK 8: Integrating MDSD and AOSD in Software Engineering.
- WEEK 9: Software Engineering for Medium-Sized Systems.
- WEEK10: Complex Software Project Management.
- WEEK11: Applying Advanced Methodologies in Computer Science.
- WEEK12: Handling Intricate Software Projects.
- WEEK13: Course Project: Advanced Software System Modeling.
- WEEK14: Comprehensive Assessment and Recap of Advanced Software Engineering Techniques.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET418 - Selected Topic in Computer Science II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET431 - Software Security
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET112
|
Course Contents
This course delves deeply into the core tenets of software security, emphasizing secure coding methodologies, robust practices, and the identification and mitigation of prevalent software vulnerabilities. Topics include an in-depth exploration of memory exploits, particularly shell code execution, comprehensive vulnerability analysis techniques such as reverse engineering, fuzzing, and symbolic execution, as well as the implementation of robust defenses to thwart common vulnerability exploitation attempts. Students will gain a profound understanding of safeguarding software systems against potential threats within the context of computer science and engineering.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Master secure coding practices.
- CLO 2: Identify prevalent vulnerabilities.
- CLO 3: Analyze memory exploits.
- CLO 4: Explore reverse engineering techniques.
- CLO 5: Implement robust defenses.
- CLO 6: Utilize fuzzing for vulnerability testing.
- CLO 7: Gain a deep understanding of software security in a computer science context.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Software Security.
- WEEK 2: Secure Coding Practices.
- WEEK 3: Identifying Prevalent Vulnerabilities.
- WEEK 4: Analyzing Memory Exploits.
- WEEK 5: Exploring Reverse Engineering Techniques.
- WEEK 6: Implementing Robust Defenses.
- WEEK 7: Utilizing Fuzzing for Vulnerability Testing.
- WEEK 8: Software Security in a Computer Science Context.
- WEEK 9: Secure Coding Practices Review.
- WEEK 10: Advanced Vulnerability Identification.
- WEEK 11: Memory Exploits Analysis Deep Dive.
- WEEK 12: Reverse Engineering Techniques in Practice.
- WEEK 13: Defensive Strategies and Best Practices.
- WEEK 14: Comprehensive Software Security Assessment.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET432 - Database Security
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET231
|
Course Contents
This course offers a robust grounding in the realm of database security and auditing, with a particular emphasis on real-world application through Oracle scenarios and detailed, hands-on examples. The curriculum encompasses a comprehensive array of topics, including database security fundamentals, user profiles, password policies, privileges and role management, Virtual Private Databases (VPDs), and comprehensive auditing practices. Additionally, the course delves into advanced subjects like SQL injection prevention, safeguarding the Database Management System (DBMS), the enforcement of stringent access controls, and other intricacies surrounding database security management within the context of computer science and technology.
References
- Database Security: Problems and Solutions -
- Christopher Diaz
- Database Security - Alfred Basta, Melissa Zgola
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand database security fundamentals and best practices.
- CLO 2: Manage user access through profiles, policies, privileges, and roles.
- CLO 3: Implement Virtual Private Databases (VPDs) for data access control.
- CLO 4: Proficiently employ auditing techniques to monitor database activities.
- CLO 5: Master advanced topics like SQL injection prevention and access control enforcement.
- CLO 6: Apply concepts in practical Oracle scenarios.
- CLO 7: Deepen knowledge of database security in the context of computer science and technology.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction to Database Security Fundamentals and Best Practices.
- WEEK 2: Managing User Access through Profiles, Policies, Privileges, and Roles.
- WEEK 3: Implementing Virtual Private Databases (VPDs) for Data Access Control.
- WEEK 4: Proficient Use of Auditing Techniques for Monitoring Database Activities.
- WEEK 5: Mastering Advanced Topics: SQL Injection Prevention and Access Control Enforcement.
- WEEK 6: Applying Database Security Concepts in Oracle Scenarios.
- WEEK 7: Database Security in the Context of Computer Science and Technology.
- WEEK 8: Review and Consolidation of Fundamentals.
- WEEK 9: Advanced User Access Management Strategies.
- WEEK 10: VPDs in Complex Data Access Scenarios.
- WEEK 11: Auditing Best Practices and Case Studies.
- WEEK 12: Hands-on Lab: SQL Injection Prevention Techniques.
- WEEK 13: Real-World Oracle Security Implementation.
- WEEK 14: Comprehensive Database Security Assessment and Recap.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET433 - Selected Topic in Network and Security I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET231
|
CET434 - Cloud and IoT Security
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET161
|
Course Contents
This course introduces the security and privacy issues in cloud computing and the Internet of Things. The course covers advanced cryptography (Identity-based Encryption, Attribute-based Encryption, Searchable Encryption, and Order-preservation Encryption) and its applications in solving security and privacy issues in cloud computing and Internet of Things. Cloud computing infrastructure has become a mainstay of the IT industry, opening the possibility for on-demand, highly elastic and infinite compute power with scalability and supporting the delivery of mission-critical secure enterprise applications and services. This course provides the ground-up coverage on the high-level concepts of cloud landscape, architectural principles, techniques, design patterns and real-world best practices applied to Cloud service providers and consumers and delivering secure Cloud-based services. The course describes the Cloud security architecture, explores the guiding security design principles, design patterns, industry standards, and applied technologies, and address regulatory compliance requirements critical to the design, implementation, delivery, and management of secure cloud-based services. The course delves deep into the secure cloud architectural aspects with regards to identifying and mitigating risks, protection and isolation of physical and logical infrastructures including compute, network and storage, comprehensive data protection at all OSI layers, end-to-end identity management and access control, monitoring and auditing processes and meeting compliance with industry and regulatory mandates.
References
- Erl, T., Cope, R., & Naserpour, A. (2015). Cloud computing design patterns. Prentice Hall Press.
- Dotson, C. (2019). Practical cloud security: a guide for secure design and deployment. O'Reilly Media.
- Class Central, "Cloud Computing Security", https://www.classcentral.com/course/cloud-computing-security-11754, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- edX, "Cloud Computing Security", https://www.edx.org/course/cloud-computing-security, Accessed on 15.10.2022
- Coursera, Cloud Computing Security, https://www.coursera.org/learn/cloud-computing-security, Accessed on 15.11.2022
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Simulate the definition and significance of the Internet of Things.
- CLO 2: Analyze the architecture, operation, and business benefits of an IoT solution.
- CLO 3: Review constraints and opportunities of Cloud and Fog Computing for Internet of Things.
- CLO 4: Select the right sensors and communication protocols to use in IoT environment.
- CLO 5: Apply IoT concepts and write programs in the labs to solve problems.
- CLO 6: Write the lab report and present the output result as lab record.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate the basic configuration related to IOT sensors to accomplish group tasks.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, Fundamentals of Cloud Computing (Cloud deployment models), Risks and Security Concerns.
- WEEK 2: Security Design and Architecture for Cloud Computing, Implementing CSA, NIST and ENISA guidelines for Cloud Security
- WEEK 3: Secure Isolation of Physical & Logical Infrastructure (Common attack vectors and threats)
- WEEK 4: Data Protection for Cloud Infrastructure and Services (Encryption, Data Redaction, Tokenization, Obfuscation, PKI, and Key Management, Assuring data deletion)
- WEEK 5: Enforcing Access Control for Cloud Infrastructure based Services (Enforcing Access Control Strategies)
- WEEK 6: Monitoring, Auditing and Management (Monitoring for unauthorized access, malicious traffic, abuse of system privileges, intrusion detection, events and alerts and Secure Management)
- WEEK 7: Implementing Cloud Design Patterns (Architectural patterns for Cloud Computing)
- Week 8: Introduction to Identity Management in Cloud Computing (User Identification, Authentication, and Authorization in Cloud Infrastructure)
- WEEK 9: Cloud Computing Security Design Patterns (Geo-tagging, Cloud VM Platform Encryption, Trusted Cloud Resource Pools, Secure Cloud)
- WEEK 10: Cloud Computing Security Design Patterns (Security Patterns for Cloud Computing – Network Security, Identity & Access Management & Trust)
- WEEK 11: Policy, Compliance & Risk Management in Cloud Computing (Implementing CSA Security, Trust, and Assurance Registry (STAR))
- WEEK 12: Cloud Compliance Assessment & Reporting- Technical Case study / Activity.
- WEEK 13: Cloud Service Providers – Technology Review (Local and international)
- WEEK 14: Understanding Cloud Service Providers –(OpenStack Platform, Docker)
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET435 - Network and Mobile Security
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET161
|
Course Contents
Mobile and wireless networks have become the essential part of life for individuals and organizations. Mobile and wireless security has become the important aspects in current digital world to protect the data. This course covers the wireless communication architecture, wireless and mobile as a cyber-physical infrastructure (CPS), attacks based on gsm networks, attacks based on lack of wi-fi security, attacks based on Bluetooth, attacks based on operating system, mobile networks, security standards in current wireless & mobile systems: Wi-Fi Security (WEP, WPA, WPA-Enterprise) security standards. The topics include LTE, Bluetooth security, security of device, network, and server levels: mobile devices security requirements, application-level security in cellular networks, security of mobile computing platforms, android and iOS security models, threats and emerging solutions, security threats to mobile devices, unauthorized device, and data access. The student learning includes malware, spam, electronic eavesdropping, electronic location tracking, application-level security in MANETs, wireless networks and protocols, security vulnerabilities, attacks, mitigation technique, wireless security, authentication check on IEEE 802.11 and management of WLAN security, data center operations and security challenge, data center security recommendations encryption for confidentiality and integrity. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, laws and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- D. Coleman, D. Westcott, and B. Harkins, CWSP: Certified Wireless Security Professional Study Guide CWSP - 205, 2nd ed. Sybex, 2016
- Qian, Y., Ye, F., & Chen, H. H. (2021). Security in Wireless Communication Networks. John Wiley & Sons.
- W. Osterhage, Wireless Network Security, CRC Press, 2nd edition, 2018, ISBN-10: 1138093793, ISBN-13: 978-1138093799
- Tamma, R., Skulkin, O., Mahalik, H., & Bommisetty, S. (2020). Practical Mobile Forensics: Forensically investigate and analyze iOS, Android, and Windows 10 devices. Packt Publishing Ltd.
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kYcFXYVZiBQ
- https://www.specnt.com/blog/security/2021/october/mobile-and-wireless-security-explained/
- https://www.techtarget.com/searchsecurity/WLAN-security-Best-practices-for-wireless-network-security
- https://securityboulevard.com/2022/02/wi-fi-hacking-how-to-secure-a-wireless-network/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze distributed denial-of-service attacks and identify mitigation techniques.
- CLO 2: Discuss the wireless communication protocols used for a network.
- CLO 3: Evaluate and recommend the security techniques applied to mobile and wireless environments
- CLO 4: Review the needs of law-enforcement for individual right-to-privacy in wireless infrastructures.
- CLO 5: Design and implement secure wireless networks for a given organizational environment.
- CLO 6: Apply the security techniques, perform experiments, interpret data, and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, devices, simulator, Course Policies, reports
- WEEK 2: Download and install Android Studio and start new project.
- WEEK 3: Part 1: Exfiltrating Information, create a simple web application that can store information sent to it.
- WEEK 4: TASK 1: Modify the Simple Location application to secretly access location information at a time not expected by the user, and exfiltrate that information to your server. TASK2: Modify this application to secretly access the device’s location at unexpected times (i.e., when the user has not pressed the “Find Location” button), and exfiltrate that location to your web application
- WEEK 5: Part 2: Permission Redelegation, create a version of your Simple Location application that performs the same attack as in Part 1 (exfiltrates information) but does so without the INTERNET permission.
- WEEK 6: Identify the permission redelegation vulnerability in Simple Game. In a text file, identify the location(s) of the vulnerability, and briefly describe how another application can exploit it.
- WEEK 7: Extract the encryption key from an Android application (without access to source code).
- WEEK 8: Study of wireless networks and Securing a Wireless Network from Wardriving
- WEEK 9: Securing a Wireless Network from Wardriving
- WEEK 10: Applying and Breaking Wireless Encryption
- WEEK 11: Applying and Breaking Wireless Encryption.
- WEEK 12: Conducting a Wi-Fi Site Survey
- WEEK 13: Conducting a Wi-Fi Site Survey
- WEEK 14: Open Ended question
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET436 - Information Security Management
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET161
|
Course Contents
Information security management is about protecting an organization’s most valuable asset: its data. With the increasing number of cyber-attacks, it is essential to have a system in place that can protect data. Information security management is a comprehensive solution that provides the tools needed to keep data safe. With information security management, one can rest assured that data is protected from the latest threats. This course provides a managerial approach to information security and a thorough treatment of the secure administration of information assets. This course also covers integrated threat management , introduction to information security management system management and leadership, principles of information security management, compliance: law and ethics , security management models, strategic planning for security, information security governance. The topics include information security policy, regulatory compliance, and developing the security programs, components of the security program, implementing security education, training, and awareness (SETA) programs, project management in information security, risk management, the risk management process and introduction to risk treatment. Student is exposed to recent case studies related to information security management to give the insights of security management and its use. The laboratory work consists of experiments and practice using the information security tools to analyze and prepare the security plans.
References
- Michael E. Whitman Herbert J. Mofford. (2018). MANAGEMENT OF INFORMATION SECURITY, 6th Edition. Cengage Learning, Inc
- https://www.smartsheet.com/content/information-security-management
- https://engineering.futureuniversity.com/BOOKS%20FOR%20IT/Book%20Information%20Security%20Mangement%206th%20ed.pdf
- https://www.juniper.net/us/en/research-topics/what-is-network-security-management.html
- https://www.imperva.com/learn/data-security/information-security-infosec/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop the security policies and ethics to reduce the information security risk for organization.
- CLO 2: Evaluate the information security risk of organization and present the credible arguments to respond for the identified security risks.
- CLO 3: Select appropriate security management model for organization.
- CLO 4: Develop a security program for placing information security within an organization, which covers the legal and ethical aspects, working in teams.
- CLO 5: Recommend the various laws, ethics for compliance of security and threats in organization.
- CLO 6: Select the appropriate method and tools to ensure the information security for given task in the lab.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, course policies and format of lab reports.
- WEEK 2: Introduction to security tools.
- WEEK 3: Learn how to use Linux, used by various servers and security tools.
- WEEK 4: Analyze the core security issues with web applications and learn how to use them using security tools and techniques.
- WEEK 5: Analyze the core security issues with web applications and learn how to use them using security tools and techniques.
- WEEK 6: Understand, enumerate, and attack networking services in real-time environments using simulation/security tools.
- WEEK 7: Understand, enumerate, and attack networking services in real-time environments using simulation/security tools.
- WEEK 8: Understand, enumerate, and attack networking services in real-time environments using simulation/security tools.
- WEEK 9: Strengthen your skills by exploiting a range of different applications and services, from networking to web to privilege escalation.
- WEEK 10: Learn the techniques to analyze and defend against real-world cyber-attacks.
- WEEK 11: Learn the techniques to analyze and defend against real-world cyber-attacks.
- WEEK 12: Learn the techniques to analyze and defend against real-world cyber-attacks.
- WEEK 13: Develop the security program to implement for different scenario.
- WEEK 14: Develop the security program to implement for different scenario.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET437 - Adanced Cryptographic Algorithms & Protocols
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET334
|
Course Contents
The "Advanced Cryptographic" course delves deep into the intricate world of cryptographic algorithms, protocols, and applications. Building upon the foundations of cryptography, this course equips students with the knowledge and skills to understand, develop, and apply advanced cryptographic techniques in real-world scenarios. Topics covered include modern encryption algorithms, cryptographic protocols for secure communication, cryptographic applications in data security, digital signatures, and cryptographic key management. Students will explore the theoretical underpinnings of cryptography while gaining practical experience in implementing secure cryptographic systems.
References
- Communication security: an introduction to cryptography. Serge Vaudenay. Springer 2004.
- A computational introduction to number theory and algebra. Victor Shoup. Cambridge University Press 2005.
- Algorithmic cryptanalysis. Antoine Joux. CRC 2009.
- [GMR85] Goldwasser, S., S. Micali, and C. Rackoff. “On the Knowledge Complexity of Interactive Proof Systems.” In Proceedings of the 17th ACM Symposium on the Theory of Computing STOC. Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.: ACM Press, 1985, pp. 291-304.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explore advanced encryption algorithms, including symmetric and asymmetric ciphers, and understand their mathematical principles.
- CLO 2: Analyze cryptographic protocols for secure communication, such as SSL/TLS, SSH, and IPsec, and implement them in practical scenarios.
- CLO 3: Investigate cryptographic applications in data security, including secure file storage, database encryption, and data-at-rest protection.
- CLO 4: Master digital signatures and their applications in ensuring data authenticity and non-repudiation.
- CLO 5: Understand cryptographic key management, including key generation, distribution, and storage, and design secure key management systems.
- CLO 6: Explore post-quantum cryptography and the implications of quantum computing on cryptographic security.
- CLO 7: Evaluate the role of cryptography in blockchain technology, cryptocurrency, and secure decentralized systems.
- CLO 8: Analyze real-world cryptographic vulnerabilities and attacks and learn how to defend against them.
- CLO 9: Investigate emerging trends and challenges in the field of advanced cryptography, including homomorphic encryption, zero-knowledge proofs, and secure multiparty computation.
- CLO 10: Apply cryptographic principles and techniques to practical projects, developing the skills necessary to design and implement secure cryptographic systems for various applications and industries.
Tutorials
- Week 1: Introduction to Encryption Algorithms: Symmetric and Asymmetric Ciphers.
- Week 2: Mathematical Principles Behind Encryption.
- Week 3: Cryptographic Protocols for Secure Communication.
- Week 4: SSL/TLS, SSH, and IPsec in Practical Scenarios.
- Week 5: Cryptographic Applications in Data Security.
- Week 6: Secure File Storage and Database Encryption.
- Week 7: Data-at-Rest Protection Techniques.
- Week 8: Digital Signatures for Data Authenticity and Non-Repudiation.
- Week 9: Cryptographic Key Management Principles.
- Week 10: Key Generation, Distribution, and Secure Storage.
- Week 11: Post-Quantum Cryptography and Quantum Computing Implications.
- Week 12: Cryptography in Blockchain Technology and Cryptocurrency.
- Week 13: Secure Decentralized Systems and Cryptographic Vulnerabilities.
- Week 14: Emerging Trends and Challenges in Advanced Cryptography.
- Week 15: Lab Final Exam
CET438 - Hardware Security Applications
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET334
|
Course Contents
Hardware Security Applications is a comprehensive exploration of the multifaceted domain of hardware security, encompassing essential topics such as tokenizers, Hardware Security Modules (HSMs), access control mechanisms, RFID applications, and more. This course offers an in-depth examination of both the theoretical foundations and practical implementations of hardware-based security solutions. Students will delve into the intricacies of securing computing systems through hardware, learning to design, evaluate, and employ cutting-edge technologies to protect sensitive data, enhance access control, and address emerging security challenges.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Gain a profound understanding of tokenizers, Hardware Security Modules (HSMs), and their role in safeguarding cryptographic keys and sensitive data.
- CLO 2:Explore advanced access control mechanisms and techniques for enforcing security policies at the hardware level.
- CLO 3:Investigate RFID applications and their security implications, including RFID authentication and privacy concerns.
- CLO 4:Analyze real-world case studies to assess the security posture of hardware-based solutions and propose improvements.
- CLO 5:Develop expertise in integrating hardware security components into diverse computing systems.
- CLO 6:Keep pace with emerging trends in hardware security, including IoT security, secure boot processes, and hardware-based threat detection methods.
Tutorials
- Week 1: Introduction to Tokenizers and Their Significance in Security.
- Week 2: Hardware Security Modules (HSMs) and Their Role in Key Protection.
- Week 3: Advanced Access Control Mechanisms for Hardware Security.
- Week 4: Techniques for Enforcing Security Policies at the Hardware Level.
- Week 5: RFID Applications and Security Implications.
- Week 6: RFID Authentication and Privacy Concerns.
- Week 7: Real-World Case Studies in Hardware-Based Security.
- Week 8: Assessing Security Posture and Proposing Improvements.
- Week 9: Integrating Hardware Security Components into Computing Systems.
- Week 10: Exploring IoT Security in Hardware.
- Week 11: Secure Boot Processes and Their Role in Security.
- Week 12: Hardware-Based Threat Detection Methods.
- Week 13: Staying Current with Emerging Hardware Security Trends.
- Week 14: Adapting to Evolving Challenges in Hardware Security.
- Week 15: Lab Final Exam
CET439 - Selected Topic in Network and Security II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET441 - Business & Social Analytics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET242
|
Course Contents
Data analytics is used for monitoring and extracting trends and insights from social media data. With business and social analytics, companies and organizations can track their brand mentions, post reach, engagement, and more. They can also use social listening tools to monitor their brand sentiment and see how people are talking about their business on social media. Business and social analytics can help them make sure that they are connecting with the right target audience on social media and that their campaigns are effective. This course covers principles of business and Social Analytics. It covers how to increase revenue by designing effective social media strategies—measuring performance and social media ROI—improving productivity with social media audits and reports—building the right data sets and actionable plans. It explores Data Analytics with Facebook Pixel, using and exploring Google Analytics and YouTube marketing: layout, content creation, and video ads. It discusses optimizing LinkedIn profiles and using LinkedIn ads. It presents how to use Web 2.0 blogs to augment the reach with SEO and content marketing. It explores automating social media marketing posting via IFTTT and creation of Pinterest-promoted pins, use Google Business to benefit local businesses, and help Search Engine Optimization. It discusses building a sentiment analysis system based on Twitter Data. The student learning also includes best practices for social media analytics. Lectures that focus on Business and Social Analytics fundamentals, Lab sessions, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- McDonald, J. (2016). Social media marketing workbook: how to use social media for business. JM Internet Group.
- Rich, J. R. (2018). Ultimate Guide to YouTube for Business. Entrepreneur Press.
- Sponder, M. (2011). Social media analytics: Effective tools for building, interpreting, and using metrics. McGraw Hill Professional.
- Cawley, C. (2013). The ultimate IFTTT guide: Use the web's most powerful tool like A pro. MakeUseOf.
- https://ifttt.com/developers
- https://www.facebook.com/business/help/952192354843755?id=1205376682832142
- https://analytics.google.com/analytics/academy/course/6
- https://www.javatpoint.com/seo-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain and apply Business and Social Analytics processes.
- CLO 2: Solve problems related to Business and Social Analytics.
- CLO 3: Design & implement efficient social media strategies.
- CLO 4: Design data analytics processes using Facebook Pixel, Google Analytics, YouTube Marketing, Pinterest-promoted pins, LinkedIn ads and Blogs.
- CLO 5: Create automated processes for social media posting.
- CLO 6: Build a sentiment analysis model based on social media data.
- CLO 7: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Increasing revenue by designing effective social media strategies.
- WEEK 2: Measuring performance and social media ROI.
- WEEK 3: Improving productivity with social media audits and reports.
- WEEK 4: Build the right set of data and actionable plans.
- WEEK 5: Data Analytics with Facebook Pixel.
- WEEK 6: Use and explore Google Analytics.
- WEEK 7: YouTube marketing: layout, content creation, and video ads.
- WEEK 8: Optimize LinkedIn profile and use LinkedIn ads.
- WEEK 9: Use Web 2.0 blogs to augment the reach with SEO and content marketing.
- WEEK 10: Automate Social media marketing posting via IFTTT.
- WEEK 11: Create Pinterest-promoted pins
- WEEK 12: Use Google Business to benefit local businesses and help your Search Engine Optimization.
- WEEK 13: Build a sentiment analysis system based on Twitter Data.
- WEEK 14: Best practices for social media analytics.
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET442 - Selected Topic in Data Science I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET443 - Block Chain & Data Science
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET211
|
Course Contents
Blockchain technologies are used for trust management to accelerate the development/application of Artificial Intelligence, cyber-physical systems, social networking, and crowdsourcing. After cryptocurrency, this technology has captured markets for best security in application systems like education, finance, health, and other businesses. Students learn blockchain technologies and their security applications with different organizations, channels, peers, and smart contracts. Students learn the development of Blockchain, operating principles of Blockchain and their applications. While understanding the development of the technology students know the definition, evolution, historical development, milestones in the development and concepts and components including nodes, cryptographic techniques, and certificate authority in Blockchain along with their limitations of traditional transaction systems and market prices. Students further learn what decentralized systems are, permissioned and permissionless blockchains, characteristics of the network, architecture of a block, cryptography as a security provider for Blockchain. Students should know the roles in a Blockchain system including regulator and certificate authority, concepts of queuing, executing, and validating blocks and role of peer nodes added and the Blockchain governance model. Students understand the blockchain applications areas, role of smart contracts in the operationalizing of business processes, cryptocurrencies including Bitcoin and Ethereum, use of the Blockchain through decentralized applications to accelerate app development, benefits, and challenges of Blockchain compared to traditional database technology, key considerations for implementing Blockchain and ethical aspects of blockchain including improved transparency in the supply chain. Lectures, assignments, and projects based on Blockchain technologies will be used to deliver the course.
References
- In Li, K.-C., In Chen, X., In Jiang, H., & In Bertino, E. (2020). Essentials of blockchain technology. CRC Press
- Bambara, J. J., & Allen, P. R. (2018). Blockchain: A practical guide to developing business, law, and technology solutions. McGraw-Hill Education
- In Maleh, Y. (2020). Blockchain for cybersecurity and privacy: Architectures, challenges, and applications. CRC Press
- https://developer.ibm.com/components/hyperledger-fabric/tutorials/ (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/blockchain/index.htm (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- https://www.javatpoint.com/blockchain-tutorial (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
- https://www.guru99.com/blockchain-tutorial.html (Retrieved from the Internet 06/11/2022)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Examine various distributed consensus planning and fault tolerance mechanisms to understand consensus protocols.
- CLO 2: Assess various permissioned and non-permissioned blockchain to integrate the concept of different types of blockchain frameworks in various application areas.
- CLO 3: Analyze blockchain challenges and vulnerability issues to communicate the depth of technical and legal aspects in different domains.
- CLO 4: Validate the degree of success related to smart contracts in different blockchain frameworks as per user requirement and present it to all stakeholders.
- CLO 5: Evaluate blockchain technology's privacy and security impact to manage its context in various application areas.
- CLO 6: Perform experiments and present the outputs in the form of lab records.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, familiarization with Lab policies and lab record maintenance.
- WEEK 2: Familiarize with Ubuntu and installation of fabric environment.
- WEEK 3: Introduction to Hyperledger fabric to understand basic blockchain environment.
- WEEK 4: Connect two organizations using Hyperledger fabric. Read data from one another
- WEEK 5: Develop smart contracts in Java script and check compatibility in the environment.
- WEEK 6: Develop smart contracts in Golang and check compatibility in the environment.
- WEEK 7: Develop smart contracts and make changes to check the effects in network and transactions.
- WEEK 8: Add a third organization to the network.
- WEEK 9: To the third organization added experiment and record speed of transactions in linear network.
- WEEK 10: Add more peers to the network with two organizations.
- WEEK 11: Add more peers to the network with three organizations.
- WEEK 12: Add a fourth organization to the linear network.
- WEEK 13: Add a fourth organization to the linear network.
- WEEK 14: Experiment the accessing records from each organization.
- WEEK 15: Final Lab Exam.
CET444 - Selected Topic in Data Science II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET445 - Information Analysis and AI
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
|
Course Contents
This course delves into the exciting world of extracting knowledge and insights from data, while exploring how Artificial Intelligence (AI) can be leveraged to automate and enhance these processes. You'll gain a foundational understanding of information analysis techniques, including data collection, cleaning, manipulation, and visualization. We'll explore various AI algorithms and their applications in information analysis, equipping you to tackle complex problems and make data-driven decisions.
Through a blend of theoretical knowledge and practical exercises, you'll develop the skills to identify patterns, build predictive models, and effectively communicate your findings. This course will prepare you to thrive in an increasingly data-driven world, where information analysis and AI are transforming every aspect of business, science, and society.
References
- Data Analysis for Business Decisions by Foster Provost and Tom Fawcett (Latest Edition)
- Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras & TensorFlow by Aurélien Géron (Latest Edition)
- Information Visualization by Colin Ware (Latest Edition)
- Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach by Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig (Latest Edition)
- Python for Data Analysis by Wes McKinney (Latest Edition)
- Machine Learning Crash Course by Google (https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/crash-course)
Learning Outcomes
- Apply information analysis techniques to clean, manipulate, and visualize data.
- Understand the fundamental concepts of Artificial Intelligence and various AI algorithms.
- Utilize AI tools to build and evaluate predictive models for data analysis.
- Effectively communicate data insights and findings through visualizations and reports.
- Critically evaluate the ethical implications of AI in information analysis.
CET451 - Neural Networks and Deep Learning
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET351
|
Course Contents
Artificial Neural Networks are one of the core domains of Artificial Intelligence that mimic human brain behavior through some complex mathematical models to solve computational and cognitive real-world problems. Neural networks are computational structures that process information using a set of interconnected nodes, akin to the vast network of neurons in the human brain. The nodes receive data from external inputs and other nodes within the network, and then they propagate or block that information through to other nodes. The more layers the neural network has, the more complex it becomes to train. Neural networks have been used for over 50 years in pattern recognition and many other tasks that are more difficult for humans or other methods of machine learning. The students learn the application of this method in various domain applications. It covers the foundations required for the understanding and the utility of Neural Networks and includes Historical Trends in Deep Learning, Machine Learning Basics, Deep Feedforward Networks, Regularization for Deep Learning, Optimization for Training Deep Models, and Convolutional Networks. It explores Sequence Modeling: Recurrent and Recursive Nets, Practical Methodology, Applications, Linear Factor Models, Autoencoders, Representation Learning, Monte Carlo Methods, Approximation Inference, and Deep Generative Models. Hands-on sessions focusing on machine learning fundamentals, projects and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Goodfellow, Ian, Yoshua Bengio, and Aaron Courville. Deep learning. MIT press, 2016. ISBN-13: 978-0262035613, ISBN-10: 0262035618
- https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/deep-learning-tutorial/neural-network
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/artificial_neural_network/index.htm
- https://pytorch.org/tutorials/beginner/blitz/neural_networks_tutorial.html
- https://towardsdatascience.com/deep-learning-with-python-neural-networks-complete-tutorial-6b53c0b06af0
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze a problem and identify and define the computing criteria appropriate to its solution and the requirements.
- CLO 2: Design, implement, and evaluate an Artificial Neural Networks based system, process, component, or program to meet desired needs.
- CLO 3: Design and develop the Artificial Neural Networks algorithms for pattern recognition to identify the hidden patterns in the given data.
- CLO 4: Break down and analyze methods for automatic training of prediction system and apply for suitable domain of problems.
- CLO 5: Formulate the understanding of learning and generalization issues in neural computation.
- CLO 6: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Introduction: Historical Trends in Deep Learning
- WEEK 2: Machine Learning Basics
- WEEK 3: Implement a Deep Feedforward Networks
- WEEK 4: Implement Regularization for Deep Learning using Python and Tensorflow
- WEEK 5: Optimization for Training Deep Models
- WEEK 6: Implement a Convolutional Networks using Python and Tensorflow
- WEEK 7: Sequence Modeling: Recurrent and Recursive Nets using Pythonand Tensorflow
- WEEK 8: Practical Methodology with Python and Tensorflow
- WEEK 9: Implement one neural network Application using Python and Tensorflow
- WEEK 10: Linear Factor Models using Python and Tensorflow
- WEEK 11: Implement Autoencoders using Python and Tensorflow
- WEEK 12: Implement Representation Learning using Python and Tensorflow
- WEEK 13: Implement Monte Carlo Methods using Python and Tensorflow
- WEEK 14: Implement Approximation Inference and Deep Generative Models
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam.
CET452 - Natural Language Processing
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET251
|
Course Contents
Natural Language Processing (NLP), a subdomain of Artificial Intelligence (AI), provides a mechanism for computers to understand and respond to humans in different spoken and written languages. The students will learn how NLP helps in providing solutions to performing language-related tasks of humans by a computer. This course covers the concepts required for analyzing a language's Origins and challenges of NLP, Language and Grammar, processing various Languages, NLP Applications, Information Retrieval, and Language Modeling -- including various Grammar-based Language Models and Statistical Language Models. It explores Word Level Analysis: Regular Expressions, Finite-State Automata, Morphological Parsing, Spelling Error Detection, Part-of-Speech Tagging, Syntactic Analysis: Context-free Grammar, Constituency Parsing, and Probabilistic Parsing. It discusses Semantic Analysis, including Meaning Representation, Lexical Semantics, Ambiguity, and Word Sense Disambiguation. It also discusses Discourse Processing: cohesion-Reference Resolution, Discourse Coherence and Structure, Natural Language Generation including Architecture of NLG Systems, Generation Tasks and Representations, and Application of NLG. Machine Translation systems are covered by discussing problems in Machine Translation; Machine Translation Approaches involving various Languages. The student learning includes Information Retrieval, Design features of Information Retrieval Systems, Classical, Non-classical, and Alternative Models of Information Retrieval, Valuation Lexical Resources, Lexical Resources including WordNet, Frame Net-Stemmers, POS Tagger, and Research Corpora. Hands-on sessions focusing on Natural Language Processing fundamentals, projects, and assignments are used to deliver the course.
References
- Eisenstein, Jacob. (2019). Introduction to Natural Language Processing, MIT Press
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/natural_language_processing/index.htm
- https://www.simplilearn.com/tutorials/artificial-intelligence-tutorial/what-is-natural-language-processing-nlp
- https://www.datacamp.com/tutorial/tutorial-natural-language-processing
- https://github.com/graykode/nlp-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Design an application to analyze textual data by applying the basic concepts of natural language processing
- CLO 2: Build a system to generate a language-based text using natural language processing techniques
- CLO 3: Illustrate the method of applying information retrieval techniques using suitable methods and procedures
- CLO 4: Design a system to perform syntactic and semantic analysis.
- CLO 5: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Origins and challenges of NLP, Language and Grammar
- WEEK 2: Processing various Languages, NLP Applications, Information Retrieval
- WEEK 3: Language Modeling: Various Grammar-based Language Models, Statistical Language Model
- WEEK 4: Word Level Analysis: Regular Expressions, Finite-State Automata, Morphological Parsing
- WEEK 5: Spelling Error Detection and correction-Words and Word classes-Part-of Speech Tagging
- WEEK 6: Syntactic Analysis: Context-free Grammar, Constituency Parsing, Probabilistic Parsing
- WEEK 7: Semantic Analysis: Meaning Representation, Lexical Semantics
- WEEK 8: Ambiguity, Word Sense Disambiguation
- WEEK 9: Discourse Processing: cohesion-Reference Resolution, Discourse Coherence and Structure
- WEEK 10: Natural Language Generation: Architecture of NLG Systems, Generation Tasks and Representations, Application of NLG
- WEEK 11: Machine Translation: Problems in Machine Translation, Machine Translation Approaches, Translation involving various Languages
- WEEK 12: Information Retrieval: Design features of Information Retrieval Systems
- WEEK 13: Classical, Non-classical, Alternative Models of Information Retrieval
- WEEK 14: Valuation Lexical Resources, Lexical Resources: WordNet, Frame Net-Stemmers, POS Tagger, Research Corpora
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET453 - Advanced Machine Learning
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET351
|
Course Contents
This is an intellectually rigorous course that delves into cutting-edge machine learning techniques. It provides students with the theoretical foundations and practical skills needed for data-driven challenges, covering topics like advanced supervised and unsupervised learning algorithms, deep neural networks, reinforcement learning, and generative AI. Hands-on experimentation with large datasets sharpens students' abilities to implement sophisticated models and interpret results. This course empowers students to proficiently apply advanced machine learning to real-world data science problems, fostering innovation in the field. Join us to master the latest advancements and shape the future through generative AI and reinforcement learning applications.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Master advanced supervised and unsupervised machine learning algorithms, including generative AI and reinforcement learning, through theoretical understanding and practical application.
- CLO 2: Proficiently design, train, and optimize deep neural networks for complex data analysis, incorporating cutting-edge techniques.
- CLO 3: Excel in reinforcement learning, optimizing decision-making in data-driven contexts, and harnessing its potential for innovation.
- CLO 4: Navigate natural language processing with ease, extracting insights from text data, and mastering advanced language tasks.
- CLO 5: Apply your knowledge effectively by working hands-on with large datasets, implementing advanced machine learning models, including generative AI approaches.
- CLO 6: Hone analytical and interpretive skills to evaluate model performance, extracting actionable insights for real-world applications.
- CLO 7: Prepare for data science leadership roles by mastering advanced machine learning techniques, driving innovation across data-driven domains.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Course Introduction and Overview of Advanced Machine Learning, including Generative AI and Reinforcement Learning.
- WEEK 2: Mastery of Supervised Machine Learning Algorithms in Theory and Practice.
- WEEK 3: Uncovering the Power of Unsupervised Machine Learning: Concepts and Applications, including Generative AI.
- WEEK 4: Deep Dive into Deep Neural Networks: Design, Training, and Optimization for Complex Data Analysis.
- WEEK 5: Proficiency in Deep Learning Techniques for Advanced Data Analytics.
- WEEK 6: Unlocking Reinforcement Learning Techniques for Decision Optimization.
- WEEK 7: Reinforcement Learning in Data-Driven Contexts and Innovative Applications.
- WEEK 8: Exploring the World of Natural Language Processing (NLP) and Text Analysis.
- WEEK 9: Mastering Text Data Analysis and Advanced Language Tasks with NLP.
- WEEK 10: Practical Application with Large Datasets: Hands-On Machine Learning, including Generative AI Models.
- WEEK 11: Implementation of Advanced Machine Learning Models, including Generative AI Approaches.
- WEEK 12: Critical Model Performance Evaluation and Interpretation.
- WEEK 13: Extracting Actionable Insights from Advanced Machine Learning Models.
- WEEK 14: Achieving Proficiency in Advanced Machine Learning for Data Science Leadership and Innovation.
- WEEK 15: Comprehensive Lab Final Exam.
CET461 - Scaling and Connecting Networks
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET322
CET261
|
Course Contents
Scaling and Connecting Networks is an essential course to understand and design the network. Scaling the component describes the architecture, components, and operations of routers and switches in bigger and complex networks. Students learn the configuration of router and switches configuration with advanced functionality. This course covers Implementing a Network Design, Hierarchical Network Design, the need to scale the network, enterprise business devices, hierarchical design model, cisco enterprise architecture ; expanding the network : design for scalability, planning for redundancy; selecting network devices : switch hardware- switch platforms and port density. The topics include forwarding rates, multilayer switching, router hardware- router requirements, cisco routers, managing devices- managing iOS files and licensing, basic router CLI commands, basic router show commands, basic switch CLI commands, basic switch show commands, Virtual local area networks and loop detection protocols, First hop redundancy protocols, EIGRP Advanced Configurations and Troubleshooting, OSPF. The student learning includes IPv4 and IPv6 network, virtual private networks and tunneling, IOS Images and Licensing, serial port connections, broadband connections and wide area networks and protocols, VTP, STP and DTP Configuration, Troubleshooting Inter-VLAN Routing, Configuration of Layer 3 Switching and Inter-VLAN Routing and Building a Switched Network with Redundant Links. The laboratory work consists of experiments that will include the configuration of switches and routers, creating LAN and WAN, illustrating the principles, laws and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Johnson, A. (2017). Scaling Networks v6 Labs & Study Guide. Cisco Press.
- WENDELL, ODOM, and Wilkins Sean. (2020) "CCNA Routing and Switching 200-125."
- https://ptgmedia.pearsoncmg.com/images/9781587133282/downloads/9781587133282%20_chapter_1.pdf
- https://www.ciscopress.com/store/scaling-networks-v6-labs-study-guide-9781587134333
- https://ptgmedia.pearsoncmg.com/images/9781587133282/downloads/9781587133282%20_chapter_1.pdf
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Use the simulation tool to configure and troubleshoot enhanced switching technologies
- CLO 2: Analyze, configure and troubleshoot first hop redundancy protocols (HSRP) in a switched network
- CLO 4: Solve common issues with OSPF, EIGRP, and STP in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks
- CLO 5: Implement a WLAN in a small-to-medium network
- CLO 6: Configure and troubleshoot routers and switches
- CLO 8: Select the suitable network component and implement it in to lab for a given problem.
- CLO 9: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Lab Induction, introduction to network devices, Course Policies, and reports.
- WEEK 2: Introduction to packet tracer
- WEEK 3: Basic Device Configuration.WEEK 4: VTP Configuration
- WEEK 5: STP Configuration
- WEEK 6: Configure VLANs, VTP, and DTP
- WEEK 7: Configure Extended VLANs, VTP, and DTP
- WEEK 8: Troubleshooting Inter-VLAN Routing
- WEEK 9: Troubleshoot VTP and DTP
- WEEK 10: Configure Layer 3 Switching and Inter-VLAN Routing
- WEEK 11: Building a Switched Network with Redundant Links
- WEEK 12: –Configuring Rapid PVST+, PortFast, and BPDU Guard
- WEEK 13: –Configuring Rapid PVST+, PortFast, and BPDU Guard
- WEEK 14: Open Ended Question to Design a Network
- WEEK 15: Lab Final Exam
CET462 - Data Centers Fundamentals
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET261
|
Course Contents
The ever-growing digital landscape relies on robust data centers to store, process, and transmit critical information. This "Data Center Fundamentals" course equips you with a comprehensive understanding of these vital facilities. You'll delve into the core components of a data center, including power distribution, cooling systems, network infrastructure, and security measures. We'll explore best practices for data center design, management, and operation, ensuring optimal uptime and efficiency.
By the end of this course, you'll gain a solid foundation in data center technologies and their role in supporting today's digital world. You'll be able to identify different data center types, understand key considerations for power and cooling, and appreciate the importance of data center security. This knowledge is valuable for IT professionals, facility managers, and anyone interested in the infrastructure that powers the internet and modern business.
References
- Data Center Handbook by H. Randall Holbrook (Latest Edition)
- The Datacenter Guy's Guide to Cooling by Kyle Schubert (Latest Edition)
- Data Center Networking: A Practical Guide to Design, Operation, and Troubleshooting by Thomas Stulz (Latest Edition)
- Data Center Knowledge for IT Professionals by Chuck Ballard (Latest Edition)
- Disaster Recovery for Data Centers by Peter H. Gregory (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Explain the purpose and function of data centers in the digital age.
- Identify various data center types and their suitability for different applications.
- Describe the key components of a data center, including power distribution, cooling systems, and network infrastructure.
- Analyze best practices for data center design and operation, including considerations for power, cooling, and security.
- Evaluate the importance of data center disaster recovery and mitigation strategies.
- Effectively communicate data center concepts and terminology.
CET463 - Technical Support Fundamentals for IT Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
CET261
|
Course Contents
This course equips you with the foundational knowledge and skills needed to launch a career in IT support. This course provides a comprehensive overview of essential IT concepts, including computer hardware, software, operating systems, and networking. You'll delve into troubleshooting methodologies for diagnosing and resolving common technical problems faced by users. Additionally, the course emphasizes the development of effective communication skills for interacting with customers and clearly explaining technical issues.
Through hands-on exercises and practical scenarios, you'll gain experience in installing and configuring software, identifying hardware malfunctions, and navigating technical documentation. The course also introduces you to basic customer service principles, including active listening, problem-solving, and conflict resolution. By the end, you'll be well-prepared to provide technical assistance to users and navigate the ever-growing world of IT support.
References
- A+ Guide to IT Technical Support (Hardware) by Mike Meyers (Latest Edition)
- CompTIA A+ Certification All-in-One Exam Guide by Mike Meyers (Latest Edition)
- Help Desk Fundamentals by Richard Blum (Latest Edition)
- Google IT Support Professional Certificate by Coursera
- HP Tech Support Library
Learning Outcomes
- Gain a solid understanding of computer hardware components, functionalities, and troubleshooting techniques.
- Master essential software installation, configuration, and troubleshooting procedures.
- Develop proficiency in identifying and resolving common network connectivity issues.
- Employ effective communication skills to interact with customers and understand their technical needs.
- Apply problem-solving methodologies to diagnose and resolve technical problems efficiently.
- Navigate technical documentation and utilize online resources for troubleshooting assistance.
- Uphold ethical standards while providing technical support to diverse users.
CET471 - Business Informatic II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET371
|
Course Contents
This course bridges the gap between the technical expertise of IT and network engineers and the strategic needs of modern businesses. You'll delve into the advanced applications of information technology (IT) within organizations, exploring how data, systems, and processes can be optimized to achieve business goals. The course builds upon your existing technical knowledge, equipping you to analyze business processes, design and implement IT solutions, and effectively communicate with stakeholders.
We'll cover topics like enterprise architecture, data warehousing, business intelligence, and IT project management. You'll gain insights into emerging technologies like cloud computing, big data analytics, and the Internet of Things (IoT), and explore their impact on business operations. Through case studies and real-world scenarios, you'll develop the skills to translate business requirements into effective IT solutions, ensuring alignment between technology and organizational objectives.
References
- Enterprise Architecture as Strategy by Jeanne W. Ross, Peter Weill, and David C. Robertson (Latest Edition)
- Data Warehousing in the Real World by Sam A. Lightstone (Latest Edition)
- Business Intelligence: A Managerial Perspective by Ralph Kimball, Michael Ross, Warren Thornthwaite, Joy Mullin (Latest Edition)
- Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology & Architecture by Thomas Erl, Zaigham Mahmood, and Ricardo Puttini (Latest Edition)
- Big Data: A Revolution That Will Transform How We Live, Work, and Think by Viktor Mayer-Schönberger and Kenneth Cukier (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Analyze business processes and identify opportunities for IT-driven improvement.
- Apply enterprise architecture frameworks to design and implement IT solutions.
- Design and manage data warehouses and business intelligence systems for effective decision-making.
- Evaluate and implement emerging technologies like cloud computing and big data analytics.
- Effectively communicate IT strategies and solutions to business stakeholders.
- Manage IT projects using established methodologies and best practices.
CET472 - Digital Transformation
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
CET471
|
Course Contents
The "Digital Transformation" course delves into the strategic use of technology to fundamentally change an organization's processes, culture, and overall approach to business. You'll explore the driving forces behind digital transformation, such as evolving customer expectations, technological advancements, and increased competition. The course examines various digital technologies impacting businesses, including cloud computing, big data analytics, artificial intelligence, and social media.
Through case studies, discussions, and projects, you'll gain insights into developing and implementing a successful digital transformation strategy. You'll learn how to identify areas for improvement within an organization, assess digital maturity, and navigate potential cultural resistance to change. The course emphasizes leadership and change management skills to guide teams through the transformation process and achieve sustainable results. By the end, you'll be equipped to navigate the ever-changing digital landscape and leverage technology to drive innovation and competitive advantage within your organization.
References
- Digital Transformation: A Guide for Leaders in the Age of Disruption by David Rogers (Latest Edition)
- Leading Digital: How to Change the Way You Work for Digital Success by Melissa Raffay (Latest Edition)
- Exponential Organizations: Why New Organizations Are Ten Times Faster and More Innovative Than Traditional Companies by Salim Ismail, Yuri van Geest, and Michael S. Malone (Latest Edition)
- The Innovator's Dilemma: When New Technologies Cause Great Firms to Fail by Clayton M. Christensen (Latest Edition)
- Competing in the Age of Ai by Marco Iansiti and Karim R. Lakhani (Latest Edition)
Learning Outcomes
- Define digital transformation and its key drivers in the business landscape.
- Analyze the impact of various digital technologies on organizations.
- Develop a framework for assessing an organization's digital maturity.
- Design a digital transformation strategy aligned with business goals.
- Lead and manage change initiatives to facilitate successful digital transformation.
- Evaluate the potential risks and challenges associated with digital transformation.
CET491 - CET Project III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
CET292
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Further, they do market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products and identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project (if there are any). The student also develops the ability to design, implement and test systems, hardware, or software. This course includes planning the tasks to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The leadership, supervisory, planning, and organizational skills are integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The projects has a detailed project proposal, which is executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook, periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects are chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which is to be submitted after the project is over. The student acquires the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Assess the impact of the project on society (if there is any)
- CLO 2: Conduct Feasibility studies, Design projects, and Market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products
- CLO 3: Design, plan and propose a project according to user requirements.
- CLO 4: Apply project development methodologies appropriate to the project
- CLO 5: Collaborate with team members to develop the prototype of the Application
- CLO 6: Identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project (if there are any)
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
CET492 - CET Project IV
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
CET491
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. In this course, the students apply the knowledge gained during the program to design and prototype a software application that meets user needs and expectations. Further, they evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops leadership and supervision skills which are integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The projects have a detailed project proposal, which is executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects are chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is prepared as the project progresses, which is submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate the ability to apply the knowledge to design and prototype a software/hardware application that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 2: Design the project acquiring and applying new knowledge through literature review.
- CLO 3: Design computing/hardware solutions considering economical, environmental, cultural, global impact and technical aspects.
- CLO 4: Assess the impact of technical and system constraints to select optimal solutions.
- CLO 5: Evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate teamwork through regular formal team meetings, project management, class presentations, and a final design presentation.
- CLO 7: Assess the ethical and legal impact of the implemented product or system or process.
- CLO 8: Write a technical report in a standard format and give an oral presentation.
- CLO 9: Design and implement the project with modern engineering tools and software.
CET4E1 - CS Major Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET4E2 - DS Major Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET4E3 - NS Major Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
CET4E4 - IT Major Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
35 |
|
Department of Electrical Power Engineering Technology
EPT111 - Computer Aided Engineering Drawing
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course aims to provide hands-on practice in free sketches and engineering drawing using suitable manual drawing tools and CAD software. This course also provides practice to read and interpret electrical engineering drawings. This course includes the use of electrical and electronic symbols, familiarization with industry standards and codes, and familiarization with various schematics and electrical drawings. The coursework is performed manually and on personal computers using CAD software. Initially students learn about the basic commands of CAD software, symbolic representation of electrical components, isometric and orthographic views, interpretation of line diagrams using absolute, relative and polar coordinate systems, interpret the freehand sketches of the given electrical components, interpretation of isometric drawings of electric machines parts or electrical components, interpretation of CAD electrical machine and components drawings, modification of electrical drawings as per requirements, isometric drawing of electrical components, schematic drawings of electrical parts, Circuit Builder, panel drawings, parametric and nonparametric PLC modules, stand-alone PLC I/O points, ladder diagrams, point-to-point wiring diagrams, report generation, and creation of symbols. This course will also enable students to draw and interpret electrical engineering drawings. The course will be delivered through lectures, demonstrations, and hands-on practice with CAD software for drawing electrical circuits and electrical machine components.
References
- Tickoo Sham, (2023) AutoCAD Electrical for Electrical Control Designers, CADCIM Technologies
- SK Bhattacharya (2007), Electrical Engineering Drawing New Age International.
- Cornel Barbu (2008) ELECTRICIAN'S BOOK HOW TO READ ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
- https://www.autodesk.com/solutions/electrical-drawing
- www.mycadsite.com
- www.cadlearning.com
- http://www.staff.city.ac.uk/~ra600/ME1105/Tutorials/CAD-1/Tutorial%20CAD-2a.htm
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Draw freehand sketches and isometric and orthographic views of electrical machines and components.
- CLO 2: Draw a symbolic representation of electric components manually and with the use of suitable CAD software.
- CLO 3: Use CAD software tools to draw electrical circuits with components
- CLO 4: Modify electrical line drawings and control panel layout.
- CLO 5: Communicate results of computer-generated electrical drawings through written reports following professional ethics.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Exploring CAD software( Electrical), basic commands, work with toolbar, etc.
- LAB 2: Draw a line diagram using absolute coordinate systems using different line commands.
- LAB 3: Draw and modify 2D drawing using draw commands-line and arc.
- LAB 4: Create a simple electrical drawing using electric CAD software for the given electrical circuit diagram.
- LAB 5: Draw an isometric drawing of the electrical machines
- LAB 6: Draw orthographic views of the electrical machines
- LAB 6: Modify the given electrical drawing as per the requirements
- LAB 7: Draw Connectors, Point-to-Point Wiring Diagrams, and Circuits
- LAB 8: Editing an Existing Record in the Schematic Component or Circuit Dialog Box, Inserting Components from Panel Lists, Swapping and Updating Blocks
- LAB 9: Creating Panel Layouts from Schematic Lists
- LAB 10: Inserting a New Ladder, Modifying an Existing Ladder
- LAB 11: Inserting Schematic Components, Annotating and Editing the Symbols
- LAB 12: Inserting Parametric PLC Modules, Using the Spreadsheet to PLC I/O Utility Tool
- LAB 13: Generating Schematic Reports of electrical circuits, components, and machines.
- LAB 14: Inserting Terminal Symbols, Annotating and Editing Terminal Symbols
- LAB 15: Lab Final Exam
EPT191 - EPT Internship I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Student learning includes overall professional development of students, required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Further, the students develop awareness of the organizational department structure and their roles, responsibilities, and function. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is expected to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the industry/organization and submit the evaluation report of the students with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students are exposed to the industry environment for 6 to 8 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the Electronic industrial standards and recognize the requirement of these standards with the industrial scenario.
- CLO 2: Examine a specific project related to electrical engineering at an existing job.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate individual confidence to handle various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 6: Expose themselves to acquire life skills to meet societal challenges
- CLO 7: Relate the engineer’s responsibilities and ethics while handling various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 8: Read the engineering drawings and if necessary, modify the parts/unit/assembly drawing of the electrical product.
EPT211 - Power Electronics I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Power electronics is an enabling technology, used in industrial automation, energy generation & conservation and indirectly for environmental pollution control. This course introduces power semiconductor devices like power diodes, power transistors, power MOSFET, IGBT and its characteristics. It focusses on the thyristor, turn on methods, switching characteristics, thyristor protection, heating, cooling, mounting of thyristors. The topics include the commutation techniques, phase-controlled rectifiers, single phase half and full wave-controlled converters, three phase thyristor converter circuits, dual converters. This course includes the principle of chopper operation, step up and step-down chopper, types of chopper circuits like Type A, B, C,D, E, and its steady state analysis. The other important topic is inverters which includes single phase voltage source inverters, force commutated inverters, three phase bridge inverters, voltage control in single phase inverters, pulse width modulation inverters like single pulse modulation, multi pulse modulation inverters. The course also covers the AC voltage controller, types, integral cycle control, single phase voltage controller using R, RL load, cycloconverters, principle of operation, single phase to single phase circuit step up and step down cycloconverter, midpoint type, bridge type cycloconverters, three phase have wave cycloconverters. The course also involves experiment-based learning for the students to understand the concept and its application in industry.
References
- Muhammed. H .Rashid, (2018). Power Electronics: Devices, Circuits and Application , 4th Edition. Pearson Publication.
- P.S. Bimbhra (2006), Power Electronics, Khanna Publishers.
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/power_electronics/index.htm
- https://www.electronics-tutorials.ws/power/thyristor.html
- https://www.powerelectronicsnews.com/special/power-design-notes/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Use basic properties of power devices, mathematics, and characteristics of linear and non‐linear devices in power applications.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate basic operation and compare performance of various power electronics Devices.
- CLO 3: Analyze power converter circuits and select suitable power electronic devices like DC-DC converters and Inverters by assessing the requirements of given application.
- CLO 4: Formulate and analyze configuration of AC voltage controllers, cyclo converters for system level design and performance assessment.
- CLO 5: Verify suitable power converters to control Electrical Motors and industry grade apparatus.
- CLO 6: Recognize the role of power electronics in the improvement of energy usage efficiency and applications of power electronics in emerging areas.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Verify the output for single-phase half and full-controlled converters.
- LAB 2: Three phase thyristor converter.
- LAB 3: Verify the characteristics of SCR, and the output in DC Chopper circuits.
- LAB 4: DC Chopper based-speed control of DC motor.
- LAB 5: Verify the output in non-PWM inverter, series inverter, bridge-inverter.
- LAB 6: Study the characteristics of MOSFET and IGBT.
- LAB 7: Verify the output in series inverter.
- LAB 8: Verify the input output of Cyclo- converters.
- LAB 9: Verify the output in parallel inverter.
- LAB 10: Control of lamp brightness using single phase SCR converter.
- LAB 11: LAB Final Exam.
EPT231 - Solar Cell Engineering
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
GEN123
|
Course Contents
This course covers theory and experiments on various renewable energy technologies and study of their performance parameters. It describes the impact of using conventional energy sources on the environment. Need of utilization of alternate energy sources is provided. It comprises of fundamentals of solar photovoltaic and solar thermal energy and their applications, environmental characteristics and solar radiation, classification and thermal analysis of solar energy collectors, solar thermal energy storage potential, and hybrid solar plants. The course covers aspects such as the history of wind turbine development and the characteristics of the wind. Also, the impact of site selection, design, manufacture, and operation of modern wind turbines is discussed. An overview of different types of horizontal and vertical axis wind turbines is presented. Introduction to types of biomasses, their characterization techniques, and ways of converting it to energy. Also, it contains descriptions and applications of various types of fuel cells. This course also presents the working principle and types of geothermal power plants. It also includes the mechanism of tidal wave energy generation and ways to harness that. The discussion on hydroelectric power and its utilization is provided. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, laws and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Ehrlich, R., & Geller, H. A. (2018). Renewable energy: a first course. CRC press.
- Kanoğlu, M., Çengel, Y. A., & Cimbala, J. M. (2020). Fundamentals and applications of renewable energy. McGraw-Hill Education.
- “Lecture 20: Introduction to Renewable Energy.” Www.youtube.com, www.youtube.com/watch?v=tfmIk5nGtMU . Accessed 28 Sept. 2022.
- “NPTEL : NOC:Renewable Energy Engineering: Solar, Wind and Biomass Energy Systems (Chemical Engineering).” Digimat.in, digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/103103206/L01.html. Accessed 26 Sept. 2022.
- “Introduction to Renewable Energy.” Solar Energy International (SEI): Solar Training for Clean Energy Careers, www.solarenergy.org/courses/introduction-to-renewable-energy/#:~:text=RE100%20is%20a%20free%20course Accessed 19 Oct. 2022.
- “Renewable Energy.” Coursera, www.coursera.org/specializations/renewable-energy. Accessed 19 Oct. 2022.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain the effect of pollution and global warming due to fossil fuels.
- CLO 2: Illustrate the world’s energy requirements and resources to fulfill it.
- CLO 3: Differentiate between various types of renewable energy resources.
- CLO 4: Relate the renewable energy resources to the location and availability.
- CLO 5: Compare the techniques to harvest electrical energy from renewable resources.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate the working of energy conversion technologies under various test conditions.
- CLO 7: Conduct experiments, interpret data and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 8: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Lab Induction, safety precautions, significant parameters, introduction to instruments, course policies, reports
- LAB 2: Simulation studies on wind/micro wind energy generator, and simulation studies on hybrid (solar wind) power system. LAB 3: Experiments on performance assessment of hybrid (solar wind) power system.
- LAB 4: Study the production process of biofuels from jatropha oil and determination of iodine value and flash point of Jatropha biofuel.
- LAB 5: Study the production process of biofuels from waste cooking oil and Determination of iodine value and flash point of waste cooking oil biodiesel.
- LAB 6: Study the production process of biofuels from algae.
- LAB 7: Determination of iodine value and flash point of algal biodiesel.
- LAB 8: Study the construction of fuel cell, Study the working of hydrogen fuel cell. LAB 9: Study the characteristics of a solar cell and find the fill factor. LAB 10: Simulation studies on hydel power.
- LAB 11: LAB Final Exam
EPT241 - Industrial Control Engineering Technology I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Every sector of the industry is linked with the control system in some or another way. Control System is one an integral part of space technology, power system, transportation system, and robotics and hence control systems are important in designing electrical and mechanical systems. This course covers the mathematical modelling of first order and second order mechanical systems, electrical systems and to determine the transfer function of the system, reducing the transfer function by block diagram reduction technique, signal flow graph using Masons gain formula. It also covers the transient analysis to find the rise time, peak time, delay time, settling time, steady state error, error constants , time domain analysis of the system using root locus, finding the range of gain in root locus for stability, stability analysis using Routh Hurwitz technique, frequency domain analysis like Bode plot. The student learning includes stability of the system based on the parameters like gain margin and phase margin, Nyquist plot to determine the number of roots lying in the right and left of the s plane, and compensation techniques to improve the stability by adjusting the value of gain, adding poles and zeroes to the transfer function. Lectures, assignments, exams, quizzes are used in this course.
References
- Richard, C. Dorf, Robert H. Bishop, (2014). Modern Control Systems, 12th Edition, Pearson Publication.
- Ogata, K. (2010). Modern Control Engineering (5th Edition) 5th Edition, Prentice Hall.
- https://www.electrical4u.com/control-system-closed-loop-open-loop-control-system/
- https://www.javatpoint.com/control-system-tutorial
- https://www.mathworks.com/solutions/control-systems.html
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Determine the basic elements and structure of feedback control system and to determine the mathematical model of the systems and present in teams.
- CLO 2: Calculate the various transient parameters and steady state error for the second order system.
- CLO 3:Solve the stability of the system using Routh Hurwitz techniques and Polar plot.
- CLO 4: Interpret the stability of the system using root locus and Nyquist criteria.
- CLO 5: Assess the types of controllers required and the compensation techniques to improve stability.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate various experiments in teams using MATLAB to find the transient parameters, steady state error.
- CLO 7: Evaluate the stability of the system in teams using MATLAB like root locus and determine the suitable compensators.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: MATLAB: Block Diagram Reduction of Mechanical and Electrical Systems.
- LAB 2: Experiment to determine the Time Domain Analysis of 1st Order System.
- LAB 3: Experiment to determine the Time Domain Analysis of 2nd Order System.
- LAB 4: Experiment to determine the Transient Analysis of transfer function.
- LAB 5: Experiment to determine the Frequency Domain Analysis using Bode Plot
- LAB 6: Experiment to determine the stability using Nyquist Plot and Polar Plot.
- LAB 7: State Space Representation of System using MATLAB
- LAB 8: Design of Lag/Lead Compensator using MATLAB to improve the transient response
- LAB 9: Experiment to simulate the transfer function of DC motor using MATLAB
EPT242 - Electrical Machines I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Electrical generators and motors are widely used in all residential & industrial sectors to generate and consume power. This course covers principles of forces and torque in magnetic field systems, principle of operation, constructional features, E.M.F. equation, different types of winding like armature windings, lap, and wave windings. It also covers the methods of excitation, types of DC generator, armature reaction – cross magnetizing and de-magnetizing effects and compensating winding, commutation process and interpoles. It also covers the characteristics of generators, losses and efficiency, parallel operation of DC shunt generators, concept of back E.M.F, torque, and speed equations. The topics include the characteristics of different motors, Speed control of D.C. motors - armature voltage and field flux control are covered in module, construction, and principle of operation of single-phase transformers, types , emf equation, operation on no load, load- phasor diagrams, equivalent circuit, regulation, losses and efficiency, open circuit and short circuit tests, polarity test, Sumpner’s test. The student learning includes the single-phase induction motor, constructional features, production of torque, phasor diagram, equivalent circuit, performance analysis, torque-slip characteristics, generator operation starting, starting methods of squirrel cage and wound rotor induction motor. The student learns various methods of speed control of squirrel cage and wound rotor induction motor, synchronous motor, constructional features. cylindrical rotor machine, synchronous generator, generated e.m.f., circuit model and phasor diagram, armature reaction, synchronous impedance, voltage regulation and different methods for its estimation, synchronous motor operating principle, circuit model, phasor diagram, and effect of load. Further, the course includes operating characteristics of synchronous machines, basic working of stepper and servo motors. Lectures, theoretical assignments, exams, quizzes are used in this course.
References
- Hubert, C. (2020). Electric Machines: Theory, Operating Applications, and Controls (2nd edition). Pearson.
- B.L.Theraja (2006),A Textbook of Electrical Technology: AC and DC Machines, (7th Edition), Chand Publication.
- https://studyelectrical.com/electrical-machines/dc-motor
- https://www.electricaleasy.com/2014/07/characteristics-of-dc-motors.htm
- https://www.electrically4u.com/category/electrical-machines/synchronous-motor
- https://www.eeeguide.com/speed-torque-characteristics-of-dc-series-motor
- https://www.javatpoint.com/electrical-machines-tutorial
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze basic magnetic circuits and describe the principles of applying magnetic fields in electric machines.
- CLO 2: Apply the construction and operational knowledge associated with electrical machines and their characteristics.
- CLO 3: Categorize single phase transformer, three phase transformer and DC motors using different types of winding for performance measurement.
- CLO 4: Examine the construction and equivalent circuit of induction motor and synchronous motors
- CLO 5: Analyze the fundamental theory related to 3-phase circuits, electric machines for power systems.
- CLO 6: Conduct experiment on three-phase transformers, use calculations of harmonics and Scott connections, and also find out the responses of different electrical machines under varying conditions.
- CLO 7: Assess through presentation research the performance of electrical machines, in order to solve engineering problems, and write lab report.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Draw the magnetization of DC shunt generator. Determination of critical field resistance and critical speed.
- LAB 2: Obtain load characteristics of DC shunt generator and compound generator.
- LAB 3: Perform speed control of DC shunt and series motor by field and armature control methods.
- LAB 4: Pre-determine the efficiency of DC machine by performing Hopkinson’s test on DC shunt motor.
- LAB 5: Study the equivalent circuit diagram, regulation, and efficiency of single-phase transformer and perform polarity test on single-phase transformer.
- LAB 6: Study and perform the operation of the Scott connection using two single-phase transformers.
- LAB 7: Study open and short circuit tests for single-phase transformer
- LAB 8: Perform no-load test and blocked rotor test on a three phase induction motor and hence determine its equivalent circuit parameters.
- LAB 9: Perform load test on a three phase Induction and obtain its various performance characteristics.
- LAB 10: Determine the efficiency of DC machine by performing Swinburne’s test on DC shunt motor.
- LAB 11: Perform experiment in stepper motor to rotate in clockwise and anti-clockwise direction and perform experiment in servo motor to rotate to a specific degree.
Laboratories
- WEEK 1: Solving the parameters in transformer and find the equivalent circuits
- WEEK 2: Solve for reactive power, power factor in transformer circuits
- WEEK 3: Solve for the transformer ratio and efficiency in transformer.
- WEEK 4: Numerical based on finding the flux, torque in DC motors.
- WEEK 5: Numerical based on finding the armature current, field current in DC series motor
- WEEK 6: Numerical based on DC compound motors to find the armature, field voltages
- WEEK 7: Numerical based on finding the armature current, field current in DC shunt motor
- WEEK 8: Numerical to find the resolution and finding the digital signals to run the stepper motor at different step angles.
- WEEK 9: Calculation to run the servo motor at specific angle.
- WEEK 10: Writing algorithm to run the stepper motor in clockwise direction.
- WEEK 11: Calculation of star delta in three phase transformers.
- WEEK 12: Numerical based on three phase transformer and finding the equivalent circuit.
- WEEK 13: Calculation of capacitance to adjust the power factor in transformer circuit.
- WEEK 14: Numerical based on single phase induction motor.
- WEEK 15: Numerical based on three phase induction motor.
EPT243 - Electrical Power Systems Technology I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The Power Systems course provides students with the necessary information, understanding, and abilities to operate in the electric power sector at a competitive level, including generating electricity, transmitting, distributing, and using it. This is used in diverse spectrum of power industries including coal, oil and gas-fired power plants, hydroelectric, atomic, and renewable energy power plants. This course covers the single line diagram of power system, description of power system elements like synchronous machine, transformer, transmission line, bus bar, circuit breaker and isolator, different kinds of supply system and their comparison, choice of transmission voltage, configurations, types of conductors, resistance of line, skin effect, Kelvin’s law. Proximity effect. The topics include the overhead transmission lines, calculation of inductance and capacitance of single phase, three phase, single circuit and double circuit transmission lines, and Ferranti effect. The student learning includes surge impedance loading, mechanical design of transmission line, catenary curve, calculation of sag & tension, effects of wind and ice loading, sag template, vibration dampers, neutral grounding, necessity of neutral grounding, various methods of neutral grounding, earthing transformer, and grounding practices. The student learns about the type of cables and their construction, dielectric stress, grading of cables, insulation resistance, capacitance of single phase and three phase cables, dielectric loss, heating of cables. The course also covers corona and interference, phenomenon of corona, corona formation, calculation of potential gradient, corona loss, factors affecting corona, methods of reducing corona and interference and the electrostatic and electromagnetic interference with communication lines. Further the student learns about overhead line Insulators, type of insulators and their applications, potential distribution over a string of insulators, methods of equalizing the potential, string efficiency.
References
- Kothari D.P, Nagrath I J, (2019). Power system Engineering, 3rd Edition. McGraw-Hill Education.
- https://www.tutorialspoint.com/electrical_safety/electrical_safety_power_system.htm
- https://pdhonline.com/courses/e104a/e104a_new.htm
- http://www.newacademicscience.co.uk/samplechapter/000104.pdf
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the introduction to Power Systems through single line diagrams and various elements of power systems.
- CLO 2: Calculate inductance and capacitance of OH lines along with sag and tension in lines under various conditions
- CLO 3: Distinguish various types of cables, their constructions, and their applications
- CLO 4: Explain the phenomenon of Corona, its formation factors, losses, and remedies.
- CLO 5: Illustrate various types of insulators according to their design and their applications.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Studying Ferranti effect and determine A, B, C, D parameters of short and medium transmission line.
- LAB 2:Performing symmetrical fault analysis in AC and DC network analyzer.
- LAB 3: Studying characteristics of microcontroller-based earth fault relay.
- LAB 4: Studying various effects on transmission line simulator and loading of transmission line.
- LAB 5: Shunt capacitive compensation of transmission line.
- LAB 6: Parallel operation of transmission line.
- LAB 7: Simulation of 3-Phase fault detection, SLG, LLG and LL fault detection. LAB 8: Finding out the string efficiency across the string of insulators, and testing of CT, PT’s, and insulator strings.
- LAB 9: Power circle diagrams of a 3-Φ transmission line model.
- LAB 10: perform the experiment for Unsymmetrical fault analysis on DC network.
- LAB 11: Shunt reactor compensation for unloaded line.
EPT291 - EPT Project I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
3 |
4 |
120 |
2 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. The student is expected to design a project that provides students with the experience of designing, building, and integrating modular software applications/ electronic system comprising analog, digital and computer subsystems. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. By studying this course. The student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The project will have a detailed proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated while maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Define the tasks and scope of the project independently and/or collaboratively
- CLO 2: Identify relevant information pertaining to project needs from a variety of resources.
- CLO 3: Acquire knowledge on advanced topics in a chosen subject area
- CLO 4: Summarize the information and draw a logical conclusion to the problem/task of the project
- CLO 5: Outline the details of hardware and software required for the completion of the project
- CLO 6: Prepare project proposals with an action plan and time duration scientifically.
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
EPT292 - EPT Project II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
7 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
EPT291
EPT291
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to apply some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Project II provides students with the experience of designing and building simple software and hardware applications. Further students can learn how to integrate it into a modular electronic system or computer subsystems. This course builds on the knowledge and skills built in Project I. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops interpersonal, teamwork, planning and organizing skills. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1. Choose the relevant possible solutions from available alternatives
- CLO 2. Conduct feasibility studies about hardware and software parts used in the project.
- CLO 3. Design a simple software and hardware application taking into consideration various real-life constraints.
- CLO 4. Investigate the important legal and ethical issues in the design project
- CLO 5. Collaborate with team members, managers, and clients to design and prototype a product/service that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 6. Conduct the theoretical study in detail and compare them on the basis of cost/ energy conservation/impact on environment/technology used etc.
- CLO 7. Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
EPT311 - Power Electronics II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
AC Voltage regulators, AC static switches, DC to DC Converter: buck, boost, buck-boost, Cuk DC/DC converters. Inverter single phase half-bridge and full-bridge, 3-phase bridge inverters, PWM modulation techniques. Application on UPS.
References
- https://mrcet.com/downloads/Labmanuals/EEE/POWER%20ELECTRONICS%20LAB%20MANUAL.pdf
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Be able to understand how dc-dc converters work.
- CLO 2: Have the knowledge of designing a switched-mode power supply, both the power and
- control circuits.
- CLO 3: Be able to understand how resonant converters work, their advantages and
- disadvantages.
- CLO 4: Be able to choose energy storage media, its management and network interface
- converters.
- CLO 5: Be able to design passive filters depending on the application and the specific features
- of the power system.
- CLO 6: Be able to choose the appropriate type and category of active filter depending on the
- application and the specific features of the system in which it will be placed.
- CLO 7: Be able to collaborate with their fellow students to conduct and present case studies.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Study the characteristics of SCR, MOSFET & IGBT.
- LAB 2: Single-phase Half controlled converter with R load and single-phase fully controlled bridge converter with R and RL loads.
- LAB 3: Three-phase half controlled bridge converter with R‐load.
- LAB 4: Single Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and RL Loads.
- LAB 5: SINGLE-PHASE BRIDGE CONVERTERS and THREE-PHASE BRIDGE CONVERTERS.
- LAB 6: THREE-PHASE FULLY-CONTROLLED BRIDGE, OHMIC-INDUCTIVE LOAD.
- LAB 7: STEP-DOWN (BUCK) CONVERTER, STEP-DOWN CONVERTER WITH MOSFET, and STEP-UP (BOOST) CONVERTER.
- LAB 8: STEP-UP CONVERTER WITH IGBT AND PWM CONTROL.
- LAB 9: SINGLE-PHASE SWITCHED-MODE INVERTER.
- LAB 10: Single-phase half-bridge inverter and Single-phase full-bridge inverter. LAB 11: SINGLE-PHASE FULL-BRIDGE INVERTER WITH SINUSOIDAL PWM CONTROL.
EPT341 - Electrical Machines II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This Course is for Fundamental of rotating AC machines: Construction of rotating machines, rotating fields of single and three phase machines, electromotive force and torque equation of the AC machines. Synchronous machines: construction, fundamental laws, cylindrical rotor machines, basic tests, salient pole machines, synchronous motors, power formulae, stability and damper bars, synchronization of machines, transient performance. Permanent Magnet Synchronous Generators (PMSG) and Switched Reluctance Machine (SRM). Induction machines: construction of different types of induction machine, concept of rotating and pulsating fields, principles of operation of three phase induction motor based on linear magnetic circuit, torque, slip characteristics, conditions and methods of starting of three phase induction motor (double cage and deep bar rotors), speed control of three phase induction motor, induction generator, testing of three phase induction motor.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1:Recognize Poly phase Induction Machines – I (Construction features, production of rotating magnetic field, equivalent circuit, torque and power equations,
- torque-slip characteristics, no load and blocked rotor tests’ efficiency. Induction generator, Starting and speed
- control, cogging and crawling).
- CLO 2 :Single- Phase Induction Motor (Double revolving field theory, equivalent circuit, no load and blocked rotor tests, starting methods, repulsion
- motor. A.C. Commutator Motor:E.M.F. induced in commutator windings, single phase a.c. series motor, Universal
- motor).
- CLO 3:Synchronous Machines – I (Constructional features, armature windings, E.M.F. equation, winding coefficients, harmonics in the induced
- E.M.F., armature reaction, O.C. and S.C. tests, voltage regulation-Synchronous impedance method, MMF
- Method, Potier’s triangle method and parallel operation, operation on infinite bus, cooling).
- CLO 4:Synchronous Machines - II (Two reaction theory, power expressions for cylindrical and salient pole machines, performance characteristics.
- Synchronous Motor : Principle of operation, starting methods, phasor diagram torque-angle characteristics, Vcurves
- hunting and dampling, synchronous condenser, reluctance motor).
Tutorials
- LAB 1:To Perform load-test on 3 ph. Induction motor & to plot torque V/S speed characteristics.
- LAB 2:To Perform no-load & blocked –rotor tests on 3 ph. Induction motor to obtain equivalent ckt. Parameters &
- to draw circle diagram.
- LAB 3:To study the speed control of 3 ph. Induction motor by Kramer’s Concept.
- LAB 4:To study the speed control of 3 ph. Induction motor by cascading of two induction motors, i.e. by feeding
- the slip power of one motor into the other motor.
- LAB 5:To study star- delta starters physically and
- (a) to draw electrical connection diagram
- (b) to start the 3 ph. Induction motor using it.
- LAB 6 :To study star- delta starters physically and To reverse the direction of 3 ph. I.M.
- LAB 7:To start a 3 phase slip –ring induction motor by inserting different levels of resistance in the rotor ckt. And
- to plot torque –speed characteristics.
- LAB 8:To perform no-load & blocked –rotor test on 1 ph. Induction motor & to determine the parameters of
- equivalent ckt. Drawn on the basis of double revolving field theory.
- LAB 9:To Perform load –test on 1 ph. Induction motor & plot torque –speed characteristics.
- LAB 10:To Perform no load & short ckt. Test on 3- phase alternator and draw open ckt. And Short ckt. Characteristics.
- LAB 11:To find voltage regulation of an alternator by zero power factor (z.p.f.) method.
- LAB 12:To study effect of variation of field current upon the stator current and power factor With synchronous motor running at no load and draw V & inverted V curves of motor.
- LAB 13:To measure negative sequence & zero sequence reactance of Syn. Machines. WEEK 14:FINAL EXAM
EPT342 - Electrical Power Systems Technology II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course is designed to understand various substation basics, switching configurations, understand different types of bus bar configurations, power factor correction devices, SCADA system and its application in Power System, substation automation and gas insulated substations. This course gives the introduction to functions of a substation, classification, layout, design and construction of bus Bar and earth wire in substation, factors affecting layout of substation, testing of substation, reactive power management, fundamentals of earthing, load Management. The student learning includes causes and effect of low power factor; advantages of power factor improvement, PF improvement using shunt capacitors and synchronous condensers, calculation of most economic pf when, kw demand is constant and when KVA demand is constant, importance of capacitor banks. The course covers computer applications, SCADA subsystem, data acquisition and data processing, supervisory control, voltage control and voltage stability, Protection using circuit breakers, fuse and protection against overvoltage, bus bar protection. The student learning includes the technical standards for construction of sub stations, substation automation system and gas insulated substations. The topics include air and water pollution by thermal power plants and its control, acid rains, thermal pollution by thermal and nuclear power plants, radio-active pollution of environment by nuclear power plants, noise pollution and noise control, methods suggested to reduce the pollution, pollution flashover mechanism in insulators. Additional topics include the basics of current transformers and voltage transformers and the economic operation of power system. Lectures, theoretical assignments, exams, quizzes are used in this course.
References
- R.S. Dahiya (2010), Sub Station Engineering: Design Concept & Computer Application, Katson Publishers.
- https://pdhonline.com/courses/e163/Substation_Design.pdf
- https://electrical-engineering-portal.com/power-substation-design-engineering
- https://www.elprocus.com/what-is-a-substation-definition-types-of-substations/
- https://energyeducation.ca/encyclopedia/Electrical_substation
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Make a layout diagram of substation based on the load requirement.
- CLO 2: Categorize the causes and effect of low power factor and correction using compensating devices.
- CLO 3: Compare the transforms used in different stages at substation.
- CLO 3: Illustrate the concept of SCADA in Power System.
- CLO 4: Analyze the cause of pollution in power plant and methods to reduce them.
- CLO 5: Demonstrate experiment and simulate all the process from power generation, to load distribution.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Determine the ABCD, H, Z, and Image parameters of short, medium, and long transmission line for T-network and for pi-network.
- LAB 2: Determine the ABCD, H, Z, and Image-parameters for long transmission line.
- LAB 3: Measure the receiving end voltage of each line under no load or lightly load condition to understand Ferranti effect and understand the performance of transmission line under different loads.
- LAB 4: Study the operating performance of over and under-voltage relay with different plug settings
- LAB 5: Monitoring single bus scheme and double bus scheme of substation using SCADA systems.
- LAB 6: Study and verify the operating characteristics of over current relay, differential relay at various plug & time settings
- LAB 7: Use of switches and circuit breaker of substation using SCADA systems.
- LAB 8: Study and verify the operating characteristics of three phase over current and Earth fault numeric relay.
- LAB 9: Line-to-Ground (L-G) fault analysis of a single and three phase transmission line.
- LAB 10: Single line-to-Ground (L-G) fault analysis of a three phase transmission line, line-to-line (L-L) fault analysis, double line-to-Ground (L-L-G) fault analysis of three phase transmission line.
- LAB 11: Symmetrical L-L-L and L-L-L-G fault analysis of a three phase transmission line.
EPT343 - Industrial Control Engineering Technology II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Industrial Automation is the use of machines, control systems, and information technologies to optimize productivity in the manufacturing processes with little human involvement. Industrial automation describes the role of computers in measurement and instrumentation and associated data transfer techniques and communication protocol. The course gives the students an understanding of the PLC, construction and working about interfacing with field devices and the communication protocol. The course introduces the process control hardware components, actuators, sensors, process diagram, logical design of automation circuits, state diagrams, elements of electro pneumatic components, pneumatic cylinder, airflow valves, and application of electro pneumatic systems, hydraulic components, hydraulic cylinder, piston, and hydraulic actuators. The topics also include the architecture of PLC, basic operation of PLC, digital and analog input modules, digital and analog output modules, PLC expansion, input output configuration, basic programming principles of PLC, assembly language programming, instruction sets, ladder programming and ON-OFF control used in PLC. The student learning includes normally open and normally closed concepts, interfacing the hydraulic and pneumatic systems to PLC, interfacing electrical switches to PLC, and PID control using PLC. The student also learns SCADA functional requirements and controls; general features, functions and applications, benefits, working of SCADA, increase uptime, cut costs, improved operations meet demand, implementation considerations, data presentation for improved analysis, and structure of SCADA communications protocols. Lectures, theoretical assignments, exams, quizzes are used in this course.
References
- Stamatios. Nikolakopoulos, G. (2018). Introduction to Industrial Automation, CRC Press Publication, 1st Edition
- Dey, C., & Sen, S. K. (2020). Industrial Automation Technologies, Taylors, and Francis Group.
- Bartelt, T. (2011). Industrial Automated Systems Instrumentation and Motion Control, Delmar Cengage Learning, 1st Edition.
- https://www.solisplc.com/what-is-plc-programming
- https://www.instructables.com/PLC-Programming/
- https://instrumentationtools.com/category/plc/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1:Examine the architecture and different components of automation using block diagram
- CLO 2:Design the functional block diagram for PLC and the programming concepts including assembly instruction set
- CLO 3: Develop program using Ladder diagram in PLC for different automation in industries like bottle filling, packaging.
- CLO 4: Construct a project using flow chart and program for different industrial parameters like temperature, pressure, level and use the analog input modules and output modules for control operations.
- CLO 5: Form PLC ladder logic for interlocking latching, logical circuits, counters, timers, interrupts, and design using advanced control like neural network and fuzzy logic
- CLO 6: Analyze the PLC used in industries and present the application in groups.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Introduction to PLC, analog-digital input output modules, ladder, and assembly programming.
- LAB 2:.Implementation of vehicle and pedestrian traffic control at an intersection using PLC.
- LAB 3: PLC electro-pneumatic training system: Two double-acting cylinders. Control valve station featuring single- and double-solenoid valves. PLC electro-pneumatic training system: Two reed switches and one mechanical limit switch for PLC feedback.
- LAB 4: PLC electro-pneumatic training system: Control valve station featuring single- and double-solenoid valves, PLC electro-mechanical training system: PLC controlled positioning and motion processes using DC motor.
- LAB 5: PLC electro-mechanical training system: PLC controlled positioning and motion processes using stepper motor.
- LAB 6: Level-process training system using PLC, control relays, a pump, and a set of sensors.
- LAB 7: PLC based bottling process training system combining solenoid valve and stepper motors.
- LAB 8: PLC hydraulic control system: Single-acting cylinder and control of double-acting cylinder.
- LAB 9: PLC DC motor control using hydraulic system.
- LAB 10: PLC elevator control using ladder programming.
- LAB 11: PLC control of temperature using ON-OFF/PID control.
EPT392 - EPT Internship II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
EPT191
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students have to understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they have to Understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Overall professional development of students required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is supposed to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) has to evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the Industry/Organization and the Evaluation Report of the students’ needs to submit in the department office with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students will be exposed to the industry environment for a minimum period of 08 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the assigned task and solve it by applying critical thinking and problem-solving skills.
- CLO 2: Collaborate and communicate effectively with different professionals in the work environment.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Design solutions with contextual constraints, acquiring and applying new knowledge.
- CLO 5: Recommend solutions for improved processes and optimal use of resources.
- CLO 6: Evaluate career options by considering opportunities in industry and higher education and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s) during the internship.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate ethical and professional behavior in the work environment.
EPT3E1 - EPT Major Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
EPT431 - Renewable Energy Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course covers theory and experiments on various renewable energy technologies and study of their performance parameters. It describes the impact of using conventional energy sources on the environment. Need for utilization of alternate energy sources is provided. It comprises of fundamentals of solar photovoltaic and solar thermal energy and their applications, environmental characteristics and solar radiation, classification and thermal analysis of solar energy collectors, solar thermal energy storage potential, and hybrid solar plants. The course covers aspects such as the history of wind turbine development and the characteristics of the wind. Also, the impact of site selection, design, manufacture, and operation of modern wind turbines is discussed. An overview of different types of horizontal and vertical axis wind turbines is presented. Introduction to types of biomass, their characterization techniques, and ways of converting it to energy. Also, it contains descriptions and applications of various types of fuel cells. This course also presents the working principle and types of geothermal power plants. It also includes the mechanism of tidal wave energy generation and ways to harness that. A discussion on hydroelectric power and its utilization is provided. The laboratory work consists of experiments illustrating the principles, laws and concepts discussed in the course.
References
- Ehrlich, R., & Geller, H. A. (2018). Renewable energy: a first course. CRC press.
- Kanoğlu, M., Çengel, Y. A., & Cimbala, J. M. (2020). Fundamentals and applications of renewable energy. McGraw-Hill Education.
- “Lecture 20: Introduction to Renewable Energy.” Www.youtube.com, www.youtube.com/watch?v=tfmIk5nGtMU . Accessed 28 Sept. 2022.
- “NPTEL : NOC:Renewable Energy Engineering: Solar, Wind and Biomass Energy Systems (Chemical Engineering).” Digimat.in, digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/103103206/L01.html. Accessed 26 Sept. 2022.
- “Introduction to Renewable Energy.” Solar Energy International (SEI): Solar Training for Clean Energy Careers, www.solarenergy.org/courses/introduction-to-renewable-energy/#:~:text=RE100%20is%20a%20free%20course Accessed 19 Oct. 2022.
- “Renewable Energy.” Coursera, www.coursera.org/specializations/renewable-energy. Accessed 19 Oct. 2022.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain the effect of pollution and global warming due to fossil fuels.
- CLO 2: Illustrate the world’s energy requirements and resources to fulfill it.
- CLO 3: Differentiate between various types of renewable energy resources.
- CLO 4: Relate the renewable energy resources to the location and availability.
- CLO 5: Compare the techniques to harvest electrical energy from renewable resources.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate the working of energy conversion technologies under various test conditions.
- CLO 7: Conduct experiments, interpret data and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 8: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Lab Induction, safety precautions, significant parameters, introduction to instruments, course policies, reports
- LAB 2: Simulation studies on wind energy generator
- LAB 3: Experiments on performance assessment of micro wind energy generator.
- LAB 4: Simulation studies on hybrid (solar wind) power system.
- LAB 5: Experiments on performance assessment of hybrid (solar wind) power system.
- LAB 6: Study the production process of biofuels from jatropha oil.
- LAB 7: Determination of iodine value and flash point of Jatropha biofuel.
- LAB 8: Study the production process of biofuels from waste cooking oil.
- LAB 9: Determination of iodine value and flash point of waste cooking oil biodiesel.
- LAB 10: Study the production process of biofuels from algae.
- LAB 11: Determination of iodine value and flash point of algal biodiesel.
- LAB 12: Study the construction of fuel cell.
- LAB 13: Study the working of hydrogen fuel cell.
- LAB 14: Simulation studies on hydel power.
- LAB 15: Lab Final Exam
EPT441 - Electrical Distribution and Smart Grid Technologies
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The smart grid concept has experienced major hype in the past few years. The smart grid knowledge will provide invaluable data on the benefits and cost-effectiveness of the smart grid, including energy and cost savings. Students will learn how to minimize the effects when there is outrage and blackouts using automatic distribution system and to supply power to the essential service like hospitals, banking, and police departments. Students learn how smart grid is used to improve the efficiency of transmission system, quick restoration of electricity, reducing the peak demand in the power curve, integrating with other renewable systems, integrating, and monitoring with customer-owner power generation systems and to improve the security. The objective of this course is to facilitate an understanding of the basic concepts of smart grid technologies. Integrates three areas of electrical engineering: power systems, power electronics, and electric energy conversion systems. The course will also look into the power quality management issues in smart grid and the high-performance computing for smart grid applications like cyber security. This course covers the construction of a power grid system, modeling a micro grid System, modeling of converters in power grid distributed generation systems, smart power grid systems, cyber controlled smart grid, load flow analysis of power grids and micro grids, smart devices and energy efficiency monitoring systems, assignment, reading material will be used to deliver the course.
References
- Ali Keyhani (2019) Design of Smart Power Grid Renewable Energy Systems, 3rd Edition, Wiley
- What is a Smart Grid? What are the Major Smart Grid Technologies? (blackridgeresearch.com)
- Smart grids: electricity networks and the grid in evolution (i-scoop.eu)
- Smart Grid Webinars | Smart grids – driving energy intelligence | Siemens Global
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze and study concepts of developments and technologies in Smart Grid 1. Analyze and study concepts of developments and technologies in Smart Grid.
- CLO 2: Assess models of power grid converters and power quality management in smart Grids.
- CLO 3: Construct and interpret various cloud computing models for smart grid applications in cybersecurity
- CLO 4: Design and operate renewable smart grids using energy management and network analysis
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Study of Standalone Grid Networks
- LAB 2: Controlling generator in OFF-Grid network
- LABK 3: Monitoring of Power consumption and generation in OFF-GRID.
- LAB 4: Use of modern information technology like network sensors, actuators, PLC, and SCADA interfaces,
- LAB 5: Smart metering.
- LAB 6: Study of Micro grids
- LAB 7: Control of Generators using Stand Alone system
- LAB 8: Control of multiple generators in parallel operating mode
- LAB 9: Reduction of transmission and transformer losses using Microgrid
- LAB 10: Power generation with Photovoltaic system
- LAB 11: Power generation with Wind Energy
- LAB 12: Optimum electrical power quality, reliability and sustainability using Microgrid.
- LAB 13: Intelligent control of Power supply using SCADA systems
- LAB 14: Manual, Voltage and Frequency control
- LAB 15: Intelligent Energy management using Smart Grid.
EPT442 - Electrical Transmission Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
A new technology based on power electronics and offers an opportunity to enhance controllability, stability, and power transfer capability of AC transmission systems. This course also deals with reducing the harmonics introduced in the transmission system due to the power electronic devices. This includes the study of filters which are used to reduce noise. It uses microcontroller-based monitoring system for automatic tap changing using servo or stepper motor mechanisms. This also includes the alarming technique at threshold levels and also study of automatic voltage stabilizers in power system network. The students will familiarize themselves with the principles of this advanced system which can give them a better understanding of its working in the power industry. This will also enhance expertise in equipment specifications and engineering design, offering an informed view of the future of power electronics in AC transmission. This course covers the FACTS concept and general system considerations, voltage-sourced converters, self -commutated current-sourced converters, line-commutated current-sourced converters, self- and line-commutated current-sourced converters, static series compensators: GCSC, TSSC, TCSC, and SSS, voltage and phase angle regulators: TCVR and TCPAR, combined compensators: Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC) and Interline Power Flow Controller (IPFC) . This also includes the study of types of SVC like thyristor switched reactor, thyristor Capacitor and thyristor-controlled reactors.
References
- Narain, G. Hingorani. (2011). Understanding FACTS-Concepts and Technology of Flexible AC Transmission Systems, WILEY INDIA
- Why is a Flexible AC Transmission System Needed: Types of FACTs (elprocus.com)
- Flexible AC Transmission Systems - an overview | ScienceDirect Topics
- Flexible AC transmission systems (FACTS) | Portfolio | Siemens Energy Global (siemens-energy.com)
- FACTS - Flexible AC Transmission System - Controllers & Devices (electricaltechnology.org)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Design and analyze FACTS controller for power system application
- CLO 2:.Evaluate the steady state and transient responses for FACTS controllers
- CLO 3: Assess FACTS controllers using SVC, STATCOM, TCSC, SSSC, UPFC and IPFC.
- CLO 4: Design voltage-sourced and current-sourced converters using power devices.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Study of the characteristics of Voltage Regulation
- LAB 2: Study of Voltage Compensation
- LAB 3: Experiment on the Power transmission capacity and the compensation of Long AC transmission lines.
- LAB 4: Experiment to control the active and real power flow in transmission lines.
- LAB 5: Experiment to display the power factor in thyristor three phase bridges and study the operation of HVDC transmission systems
- LAB 6: Commutation failure at the Inverter bridge.
- LAB 7: Thyristor 12 pulse converter for harmonic reduction. LAB 8: Study of Static Var Compensator to control the power flow.
- LAB 9: Experiment on voltage compensation using SVC.
- LAB 10: Experiment on Voltage compensation and power factor correction using STATCOM.
- LAB 11: Implementation of TCR and TSC for SVC operation.
EPT443 - Energy Management
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Energy management is very crucial in today’s scenario when global energy demand is surging and the supply to meet these demands are limited. This course comprises of fundamentals of energy and types of energy that can be harnessed for various applications. Also, principle of energy management and energy conservation for suitable utilization is discussed. It also includes discussion on importance of energy audit and its mechanism. The various types of energy audit techniques are also vividly discussed. The tools and methodology used to in each type of energy audit are explained. It also discusses the methodology and techniques of evaluating energy performance. The benchmarking methods of energy performance evaluation against international standards is also presented. Data collection and analysis mechanism is presented to perform optimum energy management. The instruments used for energy audits and materials required are discussed. Significance of process flow chart for energy auditing and its preparation techniques are also discussed. Types of energy management systems are presented. An overview of their targeting and monitoring method is presented. Thermal, electrical, and building energy management is also discussed. Discussion on life cycle cost (LCC) and life cycle assessment (LCA) is also presented. Economic analysis and project planning techniques are also presented.
References
- Kumar, A., Prakash, O., & Chauhan, P. S. (2020). Energy management: Conservation and audits. CRC Press.
- “Lecture-1 Introduction to Energy Management and Audit.” Www.youtube.com, www.youtube.com/watch?v=WwBquDjDGOA. Accessed 28 Sept. 2022.
- NPTEL :: Electrical Engineering - Energy Management Systems and SCADA.” Archive.nptel.ac.in, archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/106/108106022/. Accessed 26 Sept. 2022.
- “Free Online Training - My Energy University.” Www.se.com, www.se.com/au/en/work/services/training/energy-university/energy-university-free-online-training.jsp. Accessed 19 Oct. 2022.
- “Introduction to Energy Management Powered by RETScreen.” EdX, www.edx.org/course/energy-management-powered-by-retscreen. Accessed 19 Oct. 2022.
- Kini, P. Giridhar. Energy Management Systems. Www.intechopen.com, 1 Aug. 2011, www.intechopen.com/books/214. Accessed 19 Oct. 2022.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Compare the types of energy management systems for energy economy and conservation.
- CLO 2: Assess energy performance using acquired data to optimize energy usage.
- CLO 3: Create energy balance sheets for appropriate management of energy.
- CLO 4: Formulate strategies for energy conservation, working in teams.
EPT444 - Industerial Networks
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This Learning Module covers the following law, principle, rule: Concept of distributed control and networks. Control panels and advanced mimic diagrams. SCADA systems and security. PLC networks. Master / slave control.Field bus techniques. Electrical diagrams for network installation. Examples of industrial networks. Industrial data communications. Industrial communication protocols. Fibre optics. TCP/IP and Ethernet networks. Radio & Telemetry Systems for Industry. Local area networks. Mobile Radio Systems for Industry. Network management and standards. Risk and assessment analysis. Safety factors in networks operations. WLANs IEEE 802.11. WiMax IEEE 802.16.Networks and safety issues.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify the hardware and software components in the industrial network.
- CLO 2: Recognize the control solution using PLC network.
- CLO 3: Apply the concept of advanced automation using field bus.
- CLO 4: Apply the communication protocols for industrial networks.
- CLO 5: Recognize the security requirements for industrial networks.
EPT451 - Operation and control of Power Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Types of power plants, Modeling of economic operation for power plants (thermal and hydro), Economic dispatch in power systems, Unit commitment problem, Hydro-thermal coordination, Supervisory and control functions, Automatic load frequency Control (ALFC) in Single area and multi area systems models, Automatic Voltage Regulators (AVR) Modeling and control.
References
- https://www.engineeringonline.ncsu.edu/course/ece-550-power-system-operation-and-control/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop equivalent circuits for a given power system for power flow analysis,
- CLO 2: Develop computer programs to perform power flow analysis on a power system,
- CLO 3: Define automatic generation control scheme on a power system and analyze generation control on a power system using simulation tools,
- CLO 4: Define generation dispatching on a power system and develop generation dispatching schemes using analysis packages,
- CLO 5: Define real time monitoring requirements on a power system,
- CLO 6: Define State Estimation problem and analyze state estimation of a power system using analysis programs,
- CLO 7: Define contingency analysis on a power system and perform contingency studies using a power flow analysis program.
EPT452 - Power System Protection & Switchgear
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The functioning of a power system depends significantly on efficient and reliable protection schemes and learning the principles of electric fault detection is necessary to minimize damage, repair costs, and human casualties. The power system consists of transformer, generators, transmission, and distribution lines which can cause damage if proper protection equipment like relays and circuit breakers is not provided. This course examines the protection of power system scenarios with various protection relays and studies the various types of circuit breakers. This course covers the protection system and its attributes, system transducers, duties of switchgear, various power system elements that needs protection; types, ratings and characteristics, construction, and application of HRC fuses, limitations and application of fuses, Introduction to MCBs; theory of arc formation and its extinction (AC and DC); re-striking and recovery voltage. The topics include current chopping, circuit breakers: specifications of circuit breakers, different types of circuit breakers like oil, air, vacuum and SF6, earthing requirements, earthing practices, earth resistivity and earth gradient, neutral shift, functions, constructional and operating principles of electromagnetic type like over-current, directional, differential and distance relays, characteristics, general equation. The student learns basic principles of static relaying, phase and amplitude comparator, differential protection, transformer protection, bus bar protection, generator protection, and induction motor protection. This course provides Lectures, theoretical assignments, and presentations.
References
- Badri, R. (2017). Power System Protection and Switchgear, (2nd edition) McGraw Hill Education.
- https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108104048
- https://cds.cern.ch/record/1005044/files/p113.pdf
- https://www.mv.helsinki.fi/home/tpaulin/Text/hveng.pdf
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Design power system protection using fuses, relays, and circuit breakers.
- CLO 2: Select fuses, circuit breakers and relays of correct specifications
- CLO 3: Design the earthing circuit for residential and industrial complexes
- CLO 4: Evaluate the given specifications of power system protection devices used with a transmission line against overcurrent and overvoltage.
- CLO 5: Design suitable protection scheme for given industrial power system equipment and present, working in teams.
Tutorials
- WEEK 1: Study of Overcurrent protection
- WEEK 2: Experiment on Relay based on current and Time settings
- WEEK 3: Characteristics of three phase differential protection.
- WEEK 4: Study of Distance protection relays
- WEEK 5: Phase and Ground distance protection
- WEEK 6: Direction and Non-Directional phase over current protection.
- WEEK 7: Direction and Non-Directional Earth fault protection.
- WEEK 8: Experiment on Thermal overload protection
- WEEK 9: Experiment on Numerical differential protection relay.
- WEEK 10: Experiment on Reverse power protection relay.
- WEEK 11: Differential protection of generators using electrostatic relays
- WEEK 12: Experiment of feeder management relays.
- WEEK 13: Experiment to demonstrate over current relays in parallel feeder
- WEEK 14: Numerical relays for protection of three phase induction motors.
- WEEK 15: Differential protection of transformer using Numerical relays.
EPT453 - Selected Topic in Electrical Power I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
EPT454 - Electrical Drives Systems
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Dynamics of Electric Drives, Fundamental torque equations, speed-torque conventions and multi-quadrant operation, Nature and classification of load torques, steadystate stability, load equalization, close loop configurations of drives. DC Drives: Speed torque curves, torque and power limitation in armature voltage and field control, Starting, Braking: Regenerative Braking, dynamic braking and plugging. Speed Control-Controlled Rectifier fed DC drives, Chopper Controlled DC drives. Induction Motor Drives: Starting, Braking- Regenerative braking, plugging and dynamic braking.Speed Control: Stator voltage control, variable frequency control from voltage source, Voltage Source Inverter (VSI) Control. Cycloconverter Control, Static rotor resistance control, Slip Power Recovery- Stator Scherbius drive, Static Kramer drive. Synchronous Motor Drive:Control of Synchronous Motor-Separately Controlled and VSI fed Self-Controlled Synchronous Motor Drives.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1. Be able to model and analyse the basic principles and operation of DC drives.
- CLO 2. Be able to model and analyse the principles and operation of AC drives.
- CLO 3. Be able to apply different problem solving techniques for DC and AC drives applications.
- CLO 4. Be able to differentiate between drive faults, motor faults and power faults.
- CLO 5. Be able to correctly configure, operate and monitor drive systems.
- CLO 6. Be able to determine and analyse speed-time curves for a variety of applications.
Tutorials
- Connection methods between power electronics converters, electric motors and loads.
- Control of DC motor using chopper (DC-DC converters) or controlled converters. The field and armature currents are controlled for regulating the motor speed and torque. Measure field/armature current and rotor speed and draw current/speed or torque/speed curve.
- Stator voltage control of three phase motor using DC-AC converter to control the motor speed under rated speed. Measure stator voltage, current, torque and rotor speed. Draw torque/speed curve.
- Stator frequency control of three phase motor using DC-AC converter to control motor speed above rated speed. Measure stator voltage, current, torque and rotor speed. Draw torque/speed curve and frequency/speed curve.
- Stator voltage and frequency control to regulate the motor speed from zero rpm to maximum rpm. Measure stator voltage, current, torque and rotor speed. Draw torque/speed curve and frequency/speed curve.
- Vector control of three phase motor. Measure stator voltage, current, torque and rotor speed. Draw torque/speed curve and frequency/speed curve.
- Control of three phase motors using closed loop control. Change reference values of motor or current speed and measure actual speed.
EPT455 - Electrical Installations and Energy Utilization
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Codes and standards of electrical installations, Installation of electrical components, Electrical hazards, Inspection and testing, Electrical maintenance, Earth leakage detection, Installation planning, Electromagnetic field compatibility, Illumination technologies, Industrial heating; Conduction, Convection, Forced Convection and radiation, resistance, arc, dielectric, induction, H.F eddy current heating. Ventilation.
References
- Calculate electric loads given a selection of appliances in a home or a commercial installation.
- Design distribution panels for a given load scheme in accordance with international standards like IEC.
- Identify and differentiate between various schemes of distribution systems.
- Calculate voltage drop over a distribution network.
- Design a simple earthing system for a given installation.
- Identify the appropriate earthing configuration required for a domestic or a commercial installation.
- Perform energy conservation analysis for domestic or a commercial installation.
- Design an energy-friendly distribution system for a domestic or a commercial installation
- Design illumination schemes for indoor and/or outdoor domestic or a commercial installation.
- Identify and differentiate between available types of lamps and recognize their optimal illumination applications.
- Troubleshoot basic faults of household appliances like fans, refrigerators, electric oven…etc.
- Can maintain a selection of household appliances like fans, refrigerators, electric oven…etc.
Learning Outcomes
- Be able to develop basic skills in load estimation and identify different components of a distribution system.
- Be able to determine and analyse the design of distribution boards and feeding systems.
- Be able to determine and analyse the design of emergency and earthing systems.
- Be able to identify and analyse energy management techniques.
- Be able to model and analyse simple lighting systems for indoor and outdoor places.
- Be able to apply basics of troubleshooting and maintenance of household appliances
EPT456 - High Voltage Engineering
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course aims to prepare students with the detailed analysis of occurrence of breakdown in gaseous, liquids and solid dielectrics and provide information about generation and measurement of high voltage and current. This course covers the electric field stresses, gas / vacuum as insulator, liquid dielectrics, solids and composites, estimation and control of electric stress, numerical methods for electric field computation, surge voltages, their distribution and control, applications of insulating materials in transformers, rotating machines, circuit breakers, cable power capacitors and bushings. It also covers the breakdown in solid liquid and gaseous dielectrics. It includes gases as insulating media, collision process, Ionization process, Townsend’s criteria of breakdown in gases, Paschen’s 20 law, liquid as Insulator, pure and commercial liquids, breakdown in pure and commercial liquids; intrinsic breakdown, electromechanical breakdown, thermal breakdown, breakdown of solid dielectrics in practice, breakdown in composite dielectrics, solid dielectrics used in practice; measurement of high direct current voltages, measurement of high voltages alternating and impulse; measurement of high currents-direct, alternating and Impulse; oscilloscope for impulse voltage and current measurements. It also discusses the over voltage protection lightning phenomenon; overvoltage due to switching surges, system faults and other abnormal conditions; principles of insulation coordination on high voltage and extra High Voltage power systems. It covers the high voltage testing of electrical apparatus like measurement of D.C resistivity; measurement of dielectric constant and loss factor; partial discharge measurements. Testing of Insulators and bushings, testing of isolators and circuit breakers, testing of cables; testing of transformers, testing of surge arresters, radio interference measurements.
References
- J.Kuffel, E.Kuffel, W.S. Zaengl (2016). High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals, Newnes Publication, Kindle Edition.
- p113.pdf (cern.ch)
- hveng.pdf (helsinki.fi)
- [PDF] High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals By E. Kuffel and Zaengl Free Download – Learnengineering.in
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Compare the various methods implemented to generate high voltages
- CLO 2: Analyze methods to calculate and grade electrostatic fields and the mechanisms of partial discharges and breakdown of dielectrics,
- CLO 3: Evaluate the propagation of transients on transmission lines.
- CLO 4: Formulate methods to measure dielectric constants and test high voltage equipment
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Experiment to generate and measure of High AC Voltage.
- LAB 2. Experiments to generate and measure DC Voltage.
- LAB 3. Experiments to generate and measure Impulse Voltages.
- LAB 4: Experiments on insulating liquids.
- LAB 5: Experiments of Partial Discharge and Corona
- LAB 6: Experiments on PD and Gliding Discharges.
- LAB 7: Power frequency and impulse voltage tests on power transformer.
- LAB 8: Experiment on Breakdown of Gases
- LAB 9: Open Control, Multi-control and Real Time Control of parameters. Proportional, integral, derivative parameters are changed in real time to control the parameters.
- LAB 10: Real Industrial simulation of High Voltage using computer control system SCADA.
- LAB 11: Study of air insulation capacity at different pressure conditions.
- LAB 12: Sustained low frequency test on a specimen of insulating material to determine and ensure, dielectric strength, dielectric losses of the insulating material.
- LAB 13: Stress test using impulse voltages that simulate lightning strokes and switching surges
- LAB 14: Advanced impulse testing systems to analyze the response of high voltage systems
- LAB 15: Advanced AC and DC High Voltage testing systems to analyze the response of high voltage systems
EPT457 - Power Systems Analysis & Stability
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The stability of power systems ensures they can function normally upon being subject to different disturbances. The students will learn to apply techniques for power flow analysis and conduct short circuit studies on power systems. The course also enables the students to acquire knowledge of the dynamic behavior of the power system small and large disturbances and learn techniques to enhance the stability of power system. This course covers the need for system planning and operational studies, components representation, single line diagram, per unit quantities, impedance diagram, reactance diagram, network graph, bus incidence matrix, primitive parameters, bus admittance matrix from primitive parameters; representation of off-nominal transformer, bus classification, formulation of power flow problem in polar coordinates. The topics include power flow solution using Gauss-Seidel method, handling of voltage controlled buses, power flow solution by Newton Raphson method; assumptions in short circuit analysis - symmetrical short circuit analysis using Thevenin’s theorem; bus Impedance matrix building algorithm (without mutual coupling) – symmetrical fault analysis through bus impedance matrix; post fault bus voltages, fault level, symmetrical components - sequence impedances - sequence networks. It also covers the analysis of unsymmetrical faults at generator terminals, LG, LL, and LLG, an unsymmetrical fault occurring at any point in a power system, classification of power system stability, rotor angle stability, swing equation, swing curve power-angle equation, equal area criterion, critical clearing angle, and time. This course provides Lectures, theoretical assignments, and presentations.
References
- Grainger, B. W. J. S. (2020). Power System Analysis by Grainger (1994-07-30). McGraw Hill Education.
- https://sites.google.com/site/eeenotes2u/courses/power-system-analysis-stability
- (PDF) Power-Systems-Control-and-Stability-2nd-Ed-by-P-M-Anderson-a-a-Fouad.pdf | Rocío Venegas - Academia.edu
- BCAD.INFO PDF free online compression - COMPRESS-PDF.BCAD.INFO
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Design the model for power system under steady state operating condition and understand iterative techniques for power flow analysis
- CLO 2: Make short circuit studies on power system, stability problems in power system
- CLO 3: Distinguish Fault analysis, various power system components and conduct power flow, short circuit, and stability studies.
- CLO 4: Evaluate behavior of synchronous generator for different disturbances.
EPT458 - Selected Topic in Electrical Power II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
EPT491 - EPT Project III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
EPT292
EPT292
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Further, they do market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products and identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project (if there are any). The student also develops the ability to design, implement and test systems, hardware, or software. This course includes planning the tasks to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The leadership, supervisory, planning, and organizational skills are integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The projects has a detailed project proposal, which is executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook, periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects are chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which is to be submitted after the project is over. The student acquires the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Assess the impact of the project on society (if there is any)
- CLO 2: Conduct Feasibility studies, Design projects, and Market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products
- CLO 3: Design, plan and propose a project according to user requirements.
- CLO 4: Apply project development methodologies appropriate to the project
- CLO 5: Collaborate with team members to develop the prototype of the Application
- CLO 6: Identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project (if there are any)
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
EPT492 - EPT Project IV
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
EPT491
EPT491
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. In this course, the students apply the knowledge gained during the program to design and prototype a software application that meets user needs and expectations. Further, they evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops leadership and supervision skills which are integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The projects have a detailed project proposal, which is executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects are chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is prepared as the project progresses, which is submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate the ability to apply the knowledge to design and prototype a software/hardware application that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 2: Design the project acquiring and applying new knowledge through literature review.
- CLO 3: Design computing/hardware solutions considering economical, environmental, cultural, global impact and technical aspects.
- CLO 4: Assess the impact of technical and system constraints to select optimal solutions.
- CLO 5: Evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate teamwork through regular formal team meetings, project management, class presentations, and a final design presentation.
- CLO 7: Assess the ethical and legal impact of the implemented product or system or process.
- CLO 8: Write a technical report in a standard format and give an oral presentation.
- CLO 9: Design and implement the project with modern engineering tools and software.
EPT4E1 - EPT Major Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
General Courses
GEN111 - Applied Mathematics I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
2 |
0 |
5 |
150 |
4 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
An introductory level Mathematics course that is essential for all Engineering programs as it provides students quantitative and analytic skills in a science and engineering context. This course introduces the theory and techniques of single variable differential and integral calculus. The emphasis is on problem solving in a science and engineering context. Topics include functions and their limits, continuity, limits involving infinity, asymptotes, derivatives and rate of change, computation of derivatives: power rule, product rule, quotient rule, chain rule, derivatives of trigonometric functions, derivatives of algebraic, logarithmic, and exponential functions. The techniques of integration, indefinite and definite integrals, integration by simple substitution, area between curves, integration by parts, integration by trigonometric substitution, and integration by partial fractional decoposition.
References
- J. Stewart, Calculus Early Transcendentals, 8th Edition.G. B. Thomas, Thomas Calculus, 14th Edition, Pearson.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Solve equations and inequalities including absolute value operator. CLO 2: Recognize the notion of functions, graph some basic functions, and find the domain and range. CLO 3: Use graphical and algebraic methods to determine the limits and continuity of a function to solve related problems.
- CLO 4: Define the derivative of a function and apply the techniques of differentiation to solve engineering-related problems.
- CLO 5: Apply fundamental single variable techniques of integration to evaluate integrals using integration by parts, trigonometric substitution, partial fractional decomopsition to solve engineering problems.
- CLO 6: Apply concepts in solving area problems in engineering-related fields.
GEN112 - Applied Discrete Mathematics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
Five important themes - mathematical reasoning, combinatorial analysis, discrete structures, algorithmic thinking and modeling - are needed in Computer Science and Information Technology. Students learn the fundamentals of logic, Fundamental principles of counting, set theory, relations and functions, graphs, trees and sorting, shortest path, and minimal spanning trees algorithms. The topics include the foundations: logic and proofs, basic structures, sets, functions, sequences, sums, Venn diagram, Cartesian product of two sets, Distributive law, De Morgan law. The course covers basic structures: matrices, submatrix, types of matrices (symmetric, square, diagonal matrices, singular and non-singular matrix), matrix operations, and rank of matrix. The topics include algorithms and growth of functions, number theory and cryptography, induction and recursion, the basics of counting and pigeonhole principle, permutations and combinations, discrete probability, recurrence relations, n-ary relations and their applications, Graph theory, graph, multi-Graph, complete Graph, bi Graph, degree, isomorphic graph, Euler graph, Hamiltonian graph, bipartite graph. The course further includes introduction and applications of trees, introduction and applications of trees, Boolean functions and logic gates; basic Concepts, propositions or statements, truth table, connectives and compound Propositions, implication, bi-conditional of connectives, converse, inverse and contra positive of an implication, tautology, logical equivalence, switching circuits, group and subgroup; binary operations, properties of binary operations, semi group, monoid, group, subgroups and other groups. Basics of data analysis are also covered in this course. The topics include data and statistical Data, frequency distribution, graphical representation, measure of the central tendency, measure of dispersion, kurtosis, skewness. Lectures, theoretical assignments, in-class discussions, seminars, practical software labs are used to deliver the course.
References
- Kenneth Rosen, (2019) Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, McGraw-Hill Higher
- Susanna S. Epp, (2019) Discrete Mathematics with Applications, Cengage Learning.
- Jenkyns, Tom A., Stephenson, Benjamin David, (2018) Fundamentals
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p2b2Vb-cYCs&list=PLBlnK6fEyqRhqJPDXcvYlLfXPh37L89g3
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tyDKR4FG3Yw
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=96fLrtyAiD8&list=PL6dL3ACWCL8fIB2l-UQNQbqhANl8g3avL
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify and describe the problems of set theory to differentiate between functions and relations. CLO 2: Explain abstract algebra, posets, lattices, Boolean algebra and their application in computer science. CLO 3: Apply mathematical logically valid forms of arguments, to avoid logical errors. CLO 4: Describe the concepts of simple and strong mathematical induction, pigeonhole principle and permutations and combinations. CLO 5: Explain the basics of Data analysis.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Introduction to R software and learn how to create vectors, lists, matrices, arrays, factors, and data frames in R.
- LAB 2: A. Write a program to prove that sqrt (2) is irrational. B. Write a program to check if the given number is prime or not. C. Write a program to check if the given year is a leap year or not.
- LAB 3: A. Write a program to find the count of digits in a number. B. Write a program to find the sum of the digits of a number until the sum is reduced to a single digit. C. Write a program to find Armstrong numbers.
- LAB 4: A. Write a program to swap elements of an array. B. Write a program to find the sum and average the elements of an array. C. Write a program to remove duplicate elements from array.
- LAB 5: A. Write a program to find the union of A = {2, 3, 4} and B = {3, 4, 5}. B. Write a program to find the intersection of A = {6, 7, 8} and B = {7, 8, 9}. C. Write a program to prove that A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9} and B = {2, 4, 6, 8} are disjoint sets.
- LAB 6: A. Write a program to add, subtract and multiply two 3 X3 matrices. B. Write a program to find the determinant of a 3 X 3 matric. C. Write a program to find the inverse of a 3 X 3 matric.
- LAB 7: A. Write a program to find GCD and HCF of two numbers. B. Write a function that takes two parameters n and k and returns the value of Binomial Coefficient C(n, k). For example, your function should return 6 for n = 4 and k = 2, and it should return 10 for n = 5 and k = 2. C. Write a program to find count of all sub-arrays whose sum is divisible by K?
- LAB 8: A. Write a program to reverse a given list. B. Write a program to find the nth term of the Fibonacci series. C. Write a program to find the factorial of a given number by using recursion.
- LAB 9: A. Write a program to find the length of longest subsequence present in given two sequences. B. Write a program to print the longest repeating subsequence in a given string. C. Write a program to find the length of the longest subsequence of a given sequence.
- LAB 10: Write programs for: A. In how many ways can we select a team of 4 students from a given choice of 15? B. In how many ways can a group of 5 members be formed by selecting 3 boys out of 6 boys and 2 girls out of 5 girls? C. How many words can be formed by using 3 letters from the word “DUBAI”?
- LAB 11: A. Write a program to generate random numbers. B. Write a program to generate random numbers in a range. C. Write a program to generate random numbers using Probability Distribution Function.
- LAB 12: A. Write a program to find nth term of given recurrence relation. B. Write a program to find nth term of the series 5, 2, 13 41. C. Write a program to compute combinations using recurrence relation for nCr
- LAB 13: A. Write a program to create a binary tree. B. Write a program to read the elements of a tree. C. Write a program to count the number of elements in a tree.
- LAB 14: A. Write a program to implement AND gate through product method. B. Write a program to implement OR gate using + operator. C. Write a program to implement NOT and NAND gate using if-else statement.
- LAB 15: LAB Final Exam
GEN113 - Applied Mathematics II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
2 |
0 |
5 |
150 |
4 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
GEN111
|
Course Contents
A fundamental course in mathematics that develops students' quantitative and analytical abilities in the context of science and engineering. The course includes vectors, lines, and planes in three dimensional spaces. The course includes matrices and their properties. The course covers determinant, matrix inverse, solving a system of linear equations, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, linear transformation, and solving linear recurrence relations. The course covers separable, homogeneous, exact, linear, and Bernoulli's differential equations of first order. The course also covers solutions of higher order linear differential equations with constant coefficients and their applications. In addition, the course includes properties of Laplace transform and solutions of differential equations by Laplace transform. Further topics include first shifting theorems, change of scale property, Laplace transform of derivative and integrals, multiplication by integer powers of t, division by t, evaluating integrals using Laplace transform, Inverse Laplace transform, convolution theorem, and Laplace transform of periodic functions.
References
- Kreyszig, E. (2020). Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Wiley. Edwards, C. H., Penney, D. E., Calvis, D., & Penney, D. E. (2018). Differential equations & linear algebra. Pearson Prentice Hall.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify vectors, lines, and planes in three dimensional spaces.
- CLO 2: How to deal with matrices and apply their properties.
- CLO 3: Solve a system of linear equations
- CLO 4: Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of square matrices.
- CLO 5: Apply linear transformation to engineering-related applications and solve linear recurrence relations. CLO 6: Introduce the definition and main properties of differential equations.
- CLO 7: Solve basic types of first order ordinary differential equations [separable, homogeneous, exact, linear, and Bernoulli's].
- CLO 8: Find solutions of non-homogeneous second order differential equations with constant coefficients. CLO 9: Use Laplace transform to solve differential equations and some engineering-related problems
- CLO 10: Use the necessary skills required to find the complete solution of higher order differential equations to solve engineering-related problems.
GEN121 - Physics for Electrical Engineering
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
2 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
GEN111
|
Course Contents
A Physics course that is essential for all Engineering programs as it provides students with quantitative and analytic skills for solving problems and analyzing data in all technical areas. This course covers the units and dimensions for different physical quantities, converting units, standards, and the SI system. It also covers wave and oscillations, simple harmonic motion (SHM), object attached to a spring, time period, frequency, phase, energy of SHM, simple pendulum; concepts of damped and forced harmonic oscillations; quality factor, resonance. Further the course covers the law of conservation of electric charge, the distinction between insulators, semiconductors, and conductors, solving problems involving Coulomb's law and vectors. The course also aims to understand the concept of electric field lines and apply Gauss' law, understand the relation between electric potential and electric field, evaluate the electric potential due to point charges, understand the meaning of capacitance and dielectric constant, evaluate the electric energy stored in a capacitor, understand the notion of electric battery, electric current, Ohm's law, resistance, resistivity, conductivity, electric power, power in household circuits, alternating current, ammeters, and voltmeters. In addition, the course aims to understand the notion of magnets and magnetic fields, evaluate the force on a current -carrying wire in a megnetic field and the force on an electric charge moving in a megnetic field, evaluate the magnetic field due to a current-carrying long straight wire and the force between two current-carrying long straight wires. Another important part in the course is the notion of solenoids and electromagnets, applying Ampere's law, evaluating the torgue on a current loop placed in an external magnetic field, understanding the notion of Faraday's law of induction, the electromotive force induced in a moving conductor in the presence of a uniform magnetic field, electric generators, transformers, and power transmission lines, mutual and self inductance, and energy stored in the magnetic field.
References
- D. C. Giancoli, Physics: Priciples with Applications, 6th ed. Pearson.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Learn units and dimensions for different physical quantities, converting units, standards, and the SI system.
- CLO 2: Understand dampled and undamped simple harmonic motion (SHM) and differentiate between transverse and longitodinal waves.
- CLO 3: Understand the meaning of energy transported by a wave and intensity of a wave, reflection and transmission of waves, interference and superposition, standing waves, resonance, and modes.
- CLO 4: Understand the law of conservation of electric charge.
- CLO 5: Differentiate between insulators, semiconductors, and conductors. CLO 6: Solve problems involving Coulomb's law and vectors.
- CLO 7: Understand the concept of electric field lines and apply Gauss' law. CLO 8: Understand the relation between electric potential and electric field and evaluate the electric potential due to point charges.
- CLO 9: Understand the meaning of capacitance and dielectric constant and evaluate the electric energy stored in a capacitor. CLO 10: Understand the notion of electric battery, electric current, Ohm's law, resistance, resistivity, conductivity, electric power, power in household circuits, alternating current, ammeters, and voltmeters. CLO 11: Understand the notion of magnets and magnetic fields and evaluate the force on a current-carrying wire in a megnetic field and the force on an electric charge moving in a megnetic field. CLO 12: Evaluate the magnetic field due to a current-carrying long straight wire and the force between two current-carrying long straight wires. CLO 13: Understand the notion of solenoids and electromagnets, apply Ampere's law, and evaluate the torgue on a current loop placed in an external magnetic field. CLO 14: Understand the notion of Faraday's law of induction, the electromotive force induced in a moving conductor in the presence of a uniform magnetic field, electric generators, transformers, and power transmission lines. CLO 15: Understand mutual and self inductance and energy stored in the magnetic field.
- CLO 16: Explain physical measurement equipment, perform experiments, interpret data and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 17: Write lab reports and present results.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Lab Induction, error analysis, significant figures, least count and introduction to instruments, course policies, and reports.
- LAB 2: Determine the density of material of the given wire.
- LAB 3: Determine the frequency of AC mains. LAB 4: Determine the frequency of an electrically maintained tuning fork by Melde’s method.
- LAB 5: Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity (“g”) in the laboratory using bar pendulum.
- LAB 6: Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity (“g”) in the laboratory by Kater’s reversible pendulum. LAB 7: Study Hook’s law and simple harmonic motion.
- LAB 8: Parallel-plate capacitor (determination of the dielectric constant of its dielectric material).
- LAB 9: Plot graph showing the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a circular coil-carrying current, and hence estimate the radius of the coil.
- LAB 10: Determine the charge-to-mass ratio for the electron by Thomson’s method using bar magnets
- LAB 11: LAB Final Exam
GEN122 - Principles of Physics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
An introductory level Physics course analyzing science pedagogy and practices for developing formative assessments.After providing the necessary mathematical foundation, students are introduced to the fundamental principles, laws, and concepts of mechanics (kinematics, 1-D, 2-D motion, work, and energy with applications). The topics include Introduction of mathematical tools, SI units, Dimensional analysis. Motion in one dimension, position, and displacement. Average, instantaneous speed and velocity, Uniform acceleration, equations of motion, free-fall acceleration equations. Vectors and scalars definition, unit vector, Resolution of vectors, addition, and subtraction of vectors geometrically and analytically. Scalar and vector product of two vectors. Applications. Motion in two dimensions, Inertial and non- inertial Frame of reference, Newton’s Laws of motion, Projectile motion description and equations. Applications. Concept of work, energy and Power, Work-energy theorem, work done by variable and non-variable forces, Conservative and non-conservative forces. Hooks law, spring forces, determination of elastic potential energy. It also covers Wave and Oscillations, Simple harmonic motion (SHM), Object attached to a spring, time period, frequency, phase, energy of SHM, Simple pendulum. Concepts of damped and forced harmonic oscillations. Quality factor, resonance, Photoelectric effect, Wave particle duality, De-Broglie matter waves, Heisenberg uncertainty principle, Applications of uncertainty principle, Applications, Basic elements of Semiconductor Physics are also introduced such as Intrinsic and Extrinsic Semiconductors, p-n junction diode, V-I characteristics of p-n junction diode, Zener Diode. This is attributed to the use of existing theories to solve problems. Additionally, students are expected to draw valid conclusions from lab experiments conducted.
References
- Halliday D, Resnick R and Walker J. (2018), Fundamentals of Physics, John Wiley, and Sons
- Young & Freedman, (2019) University Physics with Modern Physics, Pearson Education (US)
- Alan Giambattista (2019) College Physics with an Integrated approach to forces and kinematics, McGraw-Hill
- Joel R. Hass, Christopher E. Heil, Maurice D. Weir. (2018) Thomas' Calculus, 14th edition, Pearson
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KOKnWaLiL8w
- https://www.powershow.com/viewht/639099-MjM2Y/Halliday_Resnick_Walker_Fundamentals_of_Physics_8th_edition_powerpoint_ppt_presentation
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8kcvyoHsXrw
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain basic physics laws in mechanics and find solutions for one-dimensional and two -dimensional problems and communicate the results.
- CLO 2: Calculate the work related to kinetic energy, potential energy, and mechanical power to solve related problems and communicate the results orally/written in a team.
- CLO 3: Explain the concepts of modern physics and use basic knowledge of wave mechanics to solve problems
- CLO 4: Review the various applications of semiconductors and P-N junction diode
- CLO 5: Explain physical measurement equipment, perform experiments, interpret data, and draw results and conclusions.
- CLO 6: Write lab reports and present experimental results.
Tutorials
- LAB 1: Lab Induction, error analysis, significant figures, least count and introduction to instruments, course policies, reports
- LAB 2: Determine the moment of inertia of a flywheel about its own axis of rotation and the density of the material of a given wire.
- LAB 3: Determine the frequency of AC mains.
- LAB 4: Determine the frequency of an electrically maintained tuning fork by Melde’s method.
- LAB 5: Determine the value of acceleration due to gravity (“g”) in the laboratory using bar pendulum and by Kater’s reversible pendulum.
- LAB 6: Study Hook’s law and simple harmonic motion (SHM).
- LAB 7: Parallel-plate capacitor (determination of the dielectric constant of its dielectric material).
- LAB 8: Plot graph showing the variation of magnetic field with distance along the axis of a circular coil-carrying current, and hence estimate the radius of the coil.
- LAB 9: Determine the charge-to-mass ratio for the electron by Thomson’s method using bar magnets.
- LAB 10: LAB Final Exam.
GEN123 - Heat Transfer and Thermodynamics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
0 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
The first part of the course is concerned with the atomic theory of matter, temperature, thermometers, thermal equilibrium, the zeroth law of thermodynamics, thermal expansion, absolute temperature, the ideal gas law, and in terms of molecules, the kinetic theory, and the molecular interpretation of temperature. The second part of the course covers the meaning of heat as energy transfer, internal energy, specific heat, calorimetry, latent heat, and heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation. The third part of the course includes the first law of thermodynamics, thermodynamic processes as related to the first law of thermodynamics, the notion the second law of thermodynamics, heat engines, refrigerators, air conditioners, heat pumps, and entropy as related to the second law of thermodynamics.
References
- D. C. Giancoli, Physics: Priciples with Applications, 6th ed. Pearson.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the atomic theory of matter and identify temperature and thermometers.
- CLO 2: Understand thermal equilibrium, the zeroth law of thermodynamics, thermal expansion, absolute temperature, the ideal gas law, and in terms of molecules, the kinetic theory, and the molecular interpretation of temperature.
- CLO 3: Understand the meaning of heat as energy transfer, internal energy, specific heat, calorimetry, latent heat, and heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation.
- CLO 4: Understand the first law of thermodynamics and thermodynamic processes as related to the first law of thermodynamics.
- CLO 5: Understand the notion the second law of thermodynamics, heat engines, refrigerators, air conditioners, heat pumps, and entropy and the second law of thermodynamics.
GEN131 - Principle of Chemistry & Material Science
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
4 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course offers a comprehensive exploration of the fundamental principles of chemistry and materials science. The course is organized into three modules. The first module introduces fundamental principles of chemistry, covering topics such as atomic structure, chemical bonding, thermodynamics, and chemical kinetics. This section provides an exploration of atomic configurations, molecular behavior, and the factors influencing chemical reactions. Key concepts include equilibrium, entropy, and reaction rates. In the second module, the focus shifts to materials science. Here, crystal lattices, mechanical properties of metals and alloys, and the characteristics of ceramics, glasses, and polymers are investigated. Practical examples are used to illustrate material structures and properties. Students also learn about state diagrams, heat treatments, and surface treatments, enhancing their comprehension of material behavior under various conditions. The final module explores the practical applications of different materials in engineering and industry, with a particular emphasis on energy materials. This section examines how these materials are utilized in alternative energy systems, such as hydrogen production, electrochemical generators, and photovoltaic modules.
References
- J.M. Smith, H.C. Van Ness, M.M. Abbott, Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, Publisher: McGraw-Hill, Year of Publication: 2005, ISBN: 978-0-07-124708-5; R.M. Felder, R.W. Rousseau, Elementary Principles of Chemical Processes, Publisher: Wiley, Year of Publication: 2000; Callister, W. D., & Rethwisch, D. G. (2022a). Fundamentals of Materials Science and Engineering: An integrated approach. John Wiley & Sons, Inc ; Askeland, D. R., Wright, W. J., Bhattacharya, D. K., & Chhabra, R. P. (2022). The Science and Engineering of Materials. Cengage.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental chemical principles, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, and molecular interactions.
- CLO 2: Describe the properties and behavior of different elements, compounds, and chemical reactions
- CLO 3: Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamental principles of material science, including atomic structure, crystallography, and phase transitions.
- CLO 4: Identify the properties and behavior of different classes of materials, such as metals, polymers, ceramics, and composites.
- CLO 5: Explain the relationship between material structure, properties, processing methods, and performance.
- CLO 6: Apply chemical principles to solve basic problems in stoichiometry, chemical equilibrium, and thermodynamics.
- CLO 7: Apply material science concepts to analyze and solve basic engineering problems related to material selection, design, and processing.
- CLO 8: Perform laboratory experiments safely and accurately, following proper procedures and techniques.
- CLO 9: Analyze experimental data and draw conclusions based on chemical principles and empirical evidence.
Tutorials
- TUT 1: Hands on exercises on chemical bounding, TUT2: Hands on exercises on balancing chemical equations, TUT 3: hands on exercises on chemical kinetics, Reaction rates.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Fundamental Principles of Chemistry Acid-base reaction CBIN30-CBIN31-47A-E-BC-0.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com); LAB 2: Practical experiments on PH, Ph control PHCBP-26D-E-PC-0.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com).; LAB3: Le Chatelier's principle. Avogadro’s number and atomic mass CBIN61-47A-E-BC-0.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com).; LAB 4: Atomic Spectroscopy and Identifying Elements CAV46-47A-E-AC-0.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com); LAB 5: Investigating Thermochemical Properties; LAB 6: Chemical Bonding and Molecular Modeling; LAB 7: Crystal Structure Determination; LAB 8: Characterization of Ceramics and Polymers.
GEN211 - Probability & Statistics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
1 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
GEN111
|
Course Contents
Knowledge of statistics is essential for all engineers and technologists in order to draw conclusions while dealing with large data like results obtained from testing various samples, information obtained after conducting large scale surveys etc. Students study basic concepts of statistics, probability, probability distribution, curve fitting, measures of dispersion, theory of sampling, testing of hypothesis etc. This course contains the following topics: average, descriptive statistics, probability and statistics, conditional probability, Bayes theorem and its applications, expected value of a random variable, probability and density functions, Binomial distributions, expected values of Binomial distribution, Poisson distributions, normal Distributions. The student learning includes various measures of dispersion, minimal property of mean deviation, root mean square deviation, variance and standard deviation, moments about mean, origin and any point; skew, kurtosis, Pearson’s β and γ – coefficients, curve fitting, method of least squares. The course covers fitting of straight lines, fitting of second-degree parabola, fitting of a polynomial of kth degree, change of origin, selection of type of curve to be fitted, significance of measuring correlation, types of correlation, methods of measuring correlation, regression analysis, lines of regression, standard error of estimate census and sampling method. The students also studies merits and limitation of sampling, sampling and non-sampling errors, reliability of samples, central limit theorem, normal test (Z test), t – test for single mean and difference of means, Chi- Square Test, F- test. Lectures and solving multiple numerical practical problems, practical software labs are key learning aids of this course.
References
- Balakrishnan, N., Koutras, M.V. and Politis, K.G. (2019) Introduction to Probability: Models and Applications, Wiley Publications, New York, USA.
- Meyer, M.C. (2019) Probability and Mathematical Statistics: Theory, Applications, and Practice in R, Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, United States of America.
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uhxtUt_-GyM&list=PL1328115D3D8A2566
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dkpk5iPsiYM&list=PL3nE1Yo1b4CpcEOgS3s80YUys7nGRqVPM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain various concepts related to probability and probability distributions like binomial, Poisson and normal distributions including conditional probabilities.
- CLO 2: Apply the concept of correlation to study the relationship between two or more variables.
- CLO 3: Relate the concept of sampling theory and testing of hypothesis to study various practical problems.
- CLO 4: Analyze various measures of dispersion like range, mean deviation, quartile deviation and standard deviation including correlation and regression analysis.
GEN241 - Engineering Mechanics: Static and Dynamics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
1 |
1 |
5 |
180 |
4 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides a comprehensive overview of mechanical engineering principles. The first module focuses on statics, where single beam systems are taken as practical examples to demonstrate the concepts. Concepts of deformation, stress, and constitutive relationships are introduced in general terms, with practical examples prioritized over rigorous derivation of analytical expressions. Notions of strength verification and equilibrium stability are discussed with an emphasis on practical applications. The second module focuses on dynamics, covering topics such as kinematics and dynamics of material points, rigid bodies, and systems of rigid bodies. The course topics include constraints, reaction forces, power balance, and forces exchanged between solids, including friction and rolling resistance. Additionally, fluid-solid interaction forces, aerodynamic forces, and an overview of hydrostatic and hydrodynamic lubrication are explored. The module also covers dynamics of single-degree-of-freedom machines, gear transmissions, flexible transmissions, and vibrations of single-degree-of-freedom systems, including free and forced motion.
References
- K. J. Waldron, G. L. Kinzel, Kinematics, Dynamics, and Design of Machinery, Editore: Wiley & Sons
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand principles of static and dynamic mechanics, including equilibrium, force analysis, and motion.
- CLO 2: Describe the characteristics of various types of forces and their effects on rigid bodies and particles.
- CLO 3: Explain the principles governing the motion of particles and rigid bodies in both linear and angular motion.
- CLO 4: Understand deformation, stress, and constitutive relationships in real-world contexts.
- CLO 5: Analyze forces and reactions between solids, considering friction and rolling resistance.
- CLO 6: Recognize fluid-solid interaction and aerodynamic forces, and principles of lubrication.
- CLO 7: Comprehend dynamics of machines, gear transmissions, and vibrations in mechanical systems
- CLO 8: Apply static equilibrium principles to analyze and solve engineering problems involving forces acting on structures and mechanisms.
- CLO 9: Apply dynamic principles to analyze the motion of particles and rigid bodies subjected to forces and moments.
- CLO 10: Use mathematical modeling and computational tools to predict the behavior of mechanical systems under various loading conditions.
- CLO 11: Evaluate the stability and structural integrity of engineering systems by analyzing internal and external forces and moments.
Tutorials
- TUT 1: Numerical exercises on static single beam systems: TUT 2: Numerical exercises on stress and deformation; TUT 3: Numerical exercises on point dynamics; TUT 4: Numerical exercises on rigid body dynamics; TUT 5: Hands-on exploration of single-degree-of-freedom machines (belts and gears).
Laboratories
- LAB 1: Practical experiments on material stress and deformation; LAB 2: Statics of Beams - Load Testing and Deflection Measurement; LAB 3: Stress-Strain Relationship and Material Testing; LAB 4: Kinematics and Dynamics of a Simple Pendulum.
GEN311 - Applied Mathematics III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
2 |
0 |
5 |
150 |
4 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
GEN113
|
Course Contents
The course aims to study real functions of several variables and some important engineering applications (linearization, directional derivatives, Lagrange’s multiplier optimization, and spherical and cylindrical coordinates). Also, the course inlcludes vector functions of a real variable or several real variables and some important engineering applications (line and surface integrals of scalar fields and Stoke’s, Gauss’ theorems, and Maxwell's equations). The course also includes an introduction to complex numbers and its properties, Taylor and Laurent series, Cauchy integral theorem, singularity and residue theorem and using the theorem in evaluating different Integrals, and conformal mapping. The course also includes solving equations numerically (bisection method –fixed point iteration–Newton’s method –secant method), systems of equations (Gaussian elimination –LU factorization–sources of errors –PA=LU factorization, and iterative methods –non linear system of equations), interpolation (interpolating functions –interpolation error), and fitting data by least squares.
References
- J. Stewart, Calculus Early Transcendentals, 8th Edition. C. A. Balanis, Advanced Engineering Electromagnetics, 2nd ed. Hoboken.
- NJ, USA: Wiley, 2012.Erwin Kreyszig " Advanced Engineering Mathematics" John Wiley Publisher, 2011. Numerical Analysis, 2nd edition, by Timothy Sauer.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Study real functions of several variables and some important engineering applications. CLO 2: Understand vector functions of a real variable or several real variables and some important engineering applications. CLO 3: Study complex numbers and its properties, Taylor and Laurent series, Cauchy integral theorem, singularity and residue theorem and using the theorem in evaluating different Integrals, and conformal mapping. CLO 4: Study complex numbers and its properties, Taylor and Laurent series, Cauchy integral theorem, singularity and residue theorem and using the theorem in evaluating different Integrals, and conformal mapping. CLO 5: Learn how to solve equations numerically using bisection method, fixed point iteration, Newton’s method, and secant method. CLO 6: Solve systems of equations using Gaussian elimination and LU factorization, understand sources of errors (ill conditioning and swamping), identify the condition number, use partial pivoting to solve the swamping problem, and apply the PA=LU factorization to solve a linear system of equations. CLO 7: Apply iterative numerical methods to solve linear system of equations (Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel, and successive over relaxation methods) and multivariable Newton's method to solve a system of non-linear equations. CLO 8: Learn interpollating functions, interpolation error, and fitting data by least squares.
GEN451 - Strategic Planning & Total Quality Management
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course equips students with the knowledge and skills to develop effective strategic plans and implement total quality management (TQM) principles within organizations. Through a blend of lectures, interactive discussions, case studies, and practical exercises, students will explore strategic management frameworks, quality management tools, and continuous improvement methodologies. They will gain the ability to analyze internal and external environments, formulate strategic goals, and develop action plans to achieve organizational objectives while fostering a culture of quality throughout all organizational processes.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of strategic management concepts and frameworks.
- CLO 2: Analyze the internal and external environment of an organization using SWOT (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats) analysis and other strategic management tools.
- CLO 3: Develop a clear mission statement, core values, and strategic objectives for an organization.
- CLO 4: Formulate effective action plans to implement strategic goals and achieve organizational success.
- CLO 5: Explain the core principles of total quality management (TQM) and its benefits for organizations.
- CLO 6: Apply various quality management tools and techniques, such as Six Sigma and process mapping, to improve organizational processes.
- CLO 7: Develop and implement strategies to foster a culture of quality within an organization.
Humanities Courses
HUM111 - English Language I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
The units cover topics relevant to all domains of technology. Authentic materials are used in delivering the units along with critical thinking activities, problem solving, group discussions, projects, reflection, evaluation, and other activities. Printed-out booklets are handed in to students, and online forums are created for sustaining students’ engagement as well. Supplementary materials are also available in case of more practice for developing students. Students’ achievements are regularly assessed through formative evaluation techniques (weekly quizzes, oral discussions, online forums, reflection forms). Summative assessments are also conducted through mid-term and final exams.
References
- Gandrabura, A. (2021). English for TECH.
- Glendinning, E.H. (2207). Oxford English for Careers: Technology 1.
- Lambert, J, Latham-Koenig, C., Oxenden, C., and Seligson, P. (2018). English File Pre-Intermediate. Oxford University Press.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: To recognize vocabulary and the jargon of different technological professions. CLO 2:To describe problems and offer solutions in technical and everyday language. CLO 3: To reflect on academic and technical learning process in English. CLO 4: To develop basic communicative writing skills. CLO 5: To conduct oral presentations about topics relevant to their academic studies and everyday situations reflecting conversational skills. CLO 6: To manage basic reading skills such as skimming and scanning. CLO 7: To practice active listening skills in English. CLO 8: To manage basic grammatical rules and structures required for students’ academic and technical studies.
Lectures
- WEEK 1: Introduction: Ss introduce themselves and recognize their new university in English. Oral conversations, written paragraphs, and online discussions are created.
- Materials: Video, Pdf References, PPT, Authentic materials: exploring the university website and reading about the concept of Polytechnic education. Grammar: The Present Simple Tense (Los 1, 3, 4, 5, 8)
- WEEK 2: Trending Technology: Ss. Read and listen to short texts about different technologies. Materials: Pdf References, PPT. Grammar: Future Tenses (LO1, LO6, LO7, LO8)
- WEEK 3: Writing: Creating a professional Linkedin Profile. Materials: Pdf, PPT, (LO4)
- WEEK 4: Programming Languages Technology: Ss read and have group discussions about the advantages and disadvantages of different programming languages. Using the online forum, students reflect on the topic and how it is presented in the classroom (LO3, LO5)
- WEEK 5: Chatting in Tech.: Ss. Read tweets and chats about technology and ethics online. Grammar: Conditional IF 1st & 2nd. (LO6, LO8)
- WEEK 6: Small Talk & Rapport: Ss. Have discussions and conversations to practice small talk in different situations and how to build a good rapport. (LO5)
- WEEK 7: Revision & Oral Presentation & Online reflection (LO3, LO5)
- WEEK 8: Mid-Term Exam
- WEEK 9: Everyday Writing: Ss. Write formal and informal emails embedding steps, instructions, describing components. Materials: Pdf reference: Oxford English for Engineering. Authentic Materials: online websites. (LO4)
- WEEK 10: English Listening Podcasts: Ss. Learn what podcasts are. They also listen to English podcasts of everyday matters and interests. Materials: Authentic English Podcasts on Telegram. (LO 7)
- WEEK 11: Giving Advice: Ss. Are exposed to different problems and issues they may encounter every day. They learn how to express their opinions and give advice about solving such problems. Materials: Video, Pdf, PPT, (LO2)
- WEEK 12: Academic writing: Ss. Write descriptive paragraphs and process paragraphs. Materials: Pdf reference: Effective Academic Writing 1. (LO4)
- WEEK 13: There must be something wrong: Ss. are exposed to different tech. tools that are not working. They learn how to express problems and explain how to solve them. Authentic material: real objects or tools. PPT and video (LO2)
- WEEK 14: Revision & Oral Presentation (LO3, LO5)
- WEEK 15: Final Exam
HUM113 - German Language
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
HUM113: German Language is an introductory course designed for students with no prior knowledge of German. Through a dynamic and engaging curriculum, this course equips students with the foundational skills to navigate everyday situations in German. Students will develop proficiency in all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing.
The course emphasizes practical communication, allowing students to introduce themselves, ask for directions, express needs, and discuss daily routines. Beyond language acquisition, students will gain basic cultural awareness of German customs and traditions. By the end of the course, students will be able to hold simple conversations in German and possess a strong foundation for further language study.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Recognize and understand basic German greetings, introductions, and everyday expressions.
- CLO 2: Pronounce German sounds accurately and speak in short sentences about themselves, their families, and their daily routines.
- CLO 3: Comprehend short spoken dialogues and announcements related to everyday situations.
- CLO 4: Read and understand simple German texts focusing on familiar topics like greetings, numbers, and personal information.
- CLO 5: Write basic sentences and short paragraphs about themselves, their families, and their daily activities.
- CLO 6: Identify and use essential grammar structures like verb conjugations, basic sentence structure, and common prepositions.
- CLO 7: Develop basic cultural awareness of German customs and traditions.
HUM114 - Italian Language
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
HUM114: Italian Language is an introductory course designed for students with no prior knowledge of Italian. Through a combination of engaging activities, authentic materials, and interactive exercises, this course equips students with the fundamental skills to navigate everyday situations in Italian. Students will develop proficiency in all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing.
The course emphasizes practical communication skills, allowing students to introduce themselves, order food at a restaurant, ask for directions, and discuss their daily routines. In addition to language acquisition, students will gain basic cultural awareness of Italian customs and traditions. By the end of the course, students will be able to hold basic conversations in Italian and have a solid foundation for further language study.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Recognize and understand basic Italian greetings, introductions, and everyday expressions.
- CLO 2: Pronounce Italian sounds accurately and speak in short sentences about themselves, their families, and their daily routines.
- CLO 3: Comprehend short spoken dialogues and announcements related to everyday situations.
- CLO 4: Read and understand simple Italian texts focusing on familiar topics like greetings, numbers, and personal information.
- CLO 5: Write basic sentences and short paragraphs about themselves, their families, and their daily activities.
- CLO 6: Identify and use essential grammar structures like verb conjugations, basic sentence structure, and common prepositions.
- CLO 7: Develop basic cultural awareness of Italian customs and traditions.
HUM121 - Principles of Law, Human Rights & Ethics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
The knowledge of the principles of law and human rights as well as ethics is essential for a student of any discipline and further in his/her profession. Through this course, students will gain a basic understanding of what law is, what are the principles of law, what are human rights and what is the relevance of ethics. Through lectures, class discussions and group activities, students learn to apply the legal principles, human rights norms, and ethics in a local or global context.
References
- Clapham, A. (2016). Human Rights: A Very Short Introduction (Very Short Introductions), 2nd Edition. London: Oxford University Press.
- Mizzoni, J. (2017). Ethics: The Basics, 2nd Edition: Wiley-Blackwell.
- Introduction to Law and Legal Systems, https://saylordotorg.github.io/text_legal-aspects-of-marketing-and-sales/s04-introduction-to-law-and-legal-.html
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Differentiate between various legal systems and kinds of law
- CLO 2: Identify different sources of law
- CLO 3: Discuss the importance of human rights in the present world
- CLO 4: Develop an understanding of the several aspects of human rights
- CLO 5: Explain the role of ethics in society
Lectures
- WEEK 1: Meaning and Functions of Law
- WEEK 2: Schools of Legal Thought
- WEEK 3: Sources of Law + Quiz
- WEEK 4: Different Legal Systems: Common Law, Civil law & other systems
- WEEK 5: Divisions of Law: Substantive & Procedural, Civil & Criminal, Administrative
- WEEK 6: Elements of Law
- WEEK 7: Types of Law: Property, torts, and contracts
- WEEK 8: History of Human Rights + Midterm Exam
- WEEK 9: Civil and Political Rights
- WEEK 10: Economic, Social and Cultural Rights
- WEEK 11: Understanding Discrimination and Equality
- WEEK 12: Ethics: Concepts, theories, and traditions + Assignment
- WEEK 13: Ethical Principles
- WEEK 14: Natural Law Ethics
- WEEK 15: Final Exams
HUM131 - Innovation & Entrepreneurship
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
Around the world, the importance, movement and need for business and economic development are driven by adopting innovative and entrepreneurial policies and practices that transcend business size and industry. This course is designed to help students evaluate the relationship between creativity, innovation and entrepreneurship and then be able to apply this learning to any enterprise or organization from New Venture Creation, Start-Ups to SMEs (Small Medium Enterprise) and large multinational corporations. Throughout this course students will develop and demonstrate the ability to discover and consider creativity, innovation and entrepreneurial concepts, entrepreneurial models and entrepreneurial mindsets, teamwork, taking responsibility, ethical decision making and critical thinking skills - to be able to evaluate business problems, develop their career path and upgrade their soft skills portfolio and so enhancing their 21st-century skills for future personal and professional development. Students explore the relationship between creativity, innovation and entrepreneurship using techniques and concepts such as the lean canvas, design thinking, MVP (minimum viable product) ideation, incubation and the acceleration of business ideas and concepts. Through a combination of case studies, research, group projects, interactive discussions, tutorials, activities and role-play the students develop the ability to recognize, create and deliver innovative entrepreneurial solutions to a complex global market. Around the world the importance, movement and need for business and economic development is driven by adopting innovative and entrepreneurial policies and practices that transcend business size and industry.
References
- Zacharakis, Andrew., Bygrave, William D., Corbett, Andrew C. (2021) Entrepreneurship (5th Edition) Wiley ISBN-13: 978-1119563228
- Barringer, Bruce R., Ireland, R. Duane. (2021) Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New Ventures (6th Edition) Pearson ISBN-13: 9781292402826
- Entrepreneur Middle East - https://www.entrepreneur.com/
- The Economist - https://www.economist.com/
- Forbes - https://www.forbes.com/entrepreneurs/#405a16fe3035
- Forbes - https://www.forbes.com/innovation/#25bade156834
- Under 30 CEO - https://www.under30ceo.com/
- Design Sponge/ Biz Ladies - http://www.designsponge.com/category/biz-ladies
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Evaluate the significance of innovation and entrepreneurship in the global ecosystem.
- CLO 2: Interpret different phases of ideation, incubation and acceleration of entrepreneurial business ideas and concepts.
- CLO 3: Assess the tools and techniques used by entrepreneurs to create innovative solutions.
- CLO 4: Determine the different phases of ideation, incubation and the acceleration of entrepreneurial business ideas and concepts.
- CLO 5: Validate case studies of entrepreneurial ventures to highlight their role in promoting innovation in a complex global market.
Lectures
- WEEK 1: Creativity & Ideation
- WEEK 2: Innovation
- WEEK 3: Entrepreneurship
- WEEK 4: Entrepreneurship
- WEEK 5: Sustainability
- WEEK 6: The Lean Canvas
- WEEK 7: The Lean Canvas
- WEEK 8: MID-TERM EXAM
- WEEK 9 & WEEK 10: Design Thinking
- WEEK 11: Risk Taking
- WEEK 12: Problem Solving: MVP (Minimum Viable Product)
- WEEK 13: 21st Century Skills
- WEEK 14: Emerging Technologies
- WEEK 15: FINAL EXAM
HUM132 - Management and Leadership Skills
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides an overview of the essential skills and knowledge needed to be an effective manager and leader. Topics covered include: Leadership styles and theories. Communication and interpersonal skills. Team building and motivation. Decision making and problem solving. Strategic planning and change management. Time management and stress management.
Learning Outcomes
- LO1: Understand the different leadership styles and theories
- LO2: Communicate effectively with employees, colleagues, and customers
- LO3: Build and motivate high-performing teams
- LO4: Make sound decisions and solve problems
- LO5: Develop and implement strategic plans
- LO7: Manage time effectively and cope with stress
HUM133 - Communication and Negotiation Skills
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
2 |
3 |
90 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course will introduce students to the essential skills of communication and negotiation. Topics will include active listening, clear and concise communication, empathy, assertiveness, problem-solving, and negotiation strategies. Students will learn how to apply these skills in a variety of contexts, including business, personal, and intercultural communication.
Learning Outcomes
- LO1: Identify and understand the different elements of effective communication
- LO2: Apply active listening skills to build rapport and understanding
- LO3: Communicate clearly and concisely, both orally and in writing
- LO4: Demonstrate empathy and assertiveness in communication
- LO5: Solve problems effectively through negotiation
- LO6: Understand the different negotiation strategies and styles
- LO7: Apply negotiation skills in a variety of contexts
HUM141 - Principles of Economics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course is designed to introduce students to the basics of both microeconomics and macroeconomics theory. Microeconomics covers the analysis of choices made by individual firms. The use of trade-offs and choices model will be considered in comparison of the costs and benefits of actions. Topics include production and cost of market structure, which will be examined at the firm level, elasticity, government action in market, market failures, utility concept, and the model of monopoly, and oligopoly. Macroeconomics will look at the analysis of the economy as a whole, Topics include the business cycle; aggregate demand and supply, calculation of Gross Domestic Product (GDP), consumption, saving and investment interest rates, the international trade banking system, problems of unemployment and inflation, and the use of fiscal policy and monetary policies in stabilizing the economy.
References
- Parkin, M. (2018). Economics (19th ed.). Pearson.
- Case, K., & Fair, R. (2017). Principles of microeconomics (12th ed.). Pearson.
- Parkin, M. (2015). Economics (19th ed.). Pearson.
- Samuelson, P., & Nordhaus, W. (2011). Economics (19th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
- http://hepg.awl.com/parkin/econ100
- http://rfe.wustl.edu/EconFAQ.html (Resources for Economists on the Internet)
- http://www.progress.org/Economlink/ (Economic Links)
- http://www.helsinki.fi/WebEc (WWW Resources in Economics
- Beveridge, T., Case, K., Fair, R., & Oster, S. (2019). Principles of macroeconomics (13th ed.). Pearson.
- Arnold, R. (2018). Principles of macroeconomics (13th ed.). Cengage Learning.
- Ben Bernanke, R. (2015). Principles of macroeconomics (2nd ed.). Graw Hill
- http://hepg.awl.com/parkin/econ100
- http://rfe.wustl.edu/EconFAQ.html (Resources for Economists on the Internet)
- http://www.progress.org/Economlink/ (Economic Links)
- http://www.helsinki.fi/WebEc (WWW Resources in Economics)
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=INPhEyH_gH0
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=em5Wqg1IVp8
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mjJmo5mN5yA
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9VIsauE0RA
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain the role and scope of microeconomic and macroeconomic theory, Determinants of demand and supply in the market, and how they formulate a pricing strategy in the economy.
- CLO 2: Calculate elasticity of demand and supply in the competitive world of monopoly,and oligopoly.
- CLO 3: Apply various conceptual approaches to national income accounting, and implementation of monetary and fiscal policies.
- CLO 4: Illustrate aggregate demand, aggregate supply concept, and macroeconomic equilibrium.
- CLO 5: Analyze business cycles and economic growth models.
- CLO 6: Interpret a nation’s economic performance indicators such as: economic growth, unemployment, inflation and international trade, and their impact from a macroeconomic perspective.
Lectures
- WEEK 1: Definition and Scope of Microeconomics .Law of Demand; Determinants of Demand
- WEEK 2: Law of Supply; Determinants of supply
- WEEK 3: Price, cross and Income Elasticity of Demand and supply
- WEEK 4: Marginal Utility theory of Consumer’s Equilibrium
- WEEK 5: Applications of Indifference Curve in fiscal theory and business
- WEEK 6: Price determination under imperfect competition - Monopoly and Oligopoly
- WEEK 7 & WEEK 8: The Aggregate Demand/Aggregate Supply Model
- WEEK 9: Circular flow of income in four sector economy. Various Concepts of national income
- WEEK 10: GDP Various Approaches to Measurement of national income,
- WEEK 11: Component of GDP; consumption ,saving and Investment
- WEEK 12: Multiplier , Inflation and Unemployment
- WEEK 13 Money, and the Banking System
- WEEK 14 & Week 15: International Trade
HUM151 - History of Engineering & Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course introduces students to the history of engineering and technology, focusing on the development and practices of engineering and technology at the global, regional, and local levels, with a particular emphasis on Egypt. The aim of the course is to present to the student a general view of the history of engineering and technology and emphasize the evidences of engineering and technology advances through different centuries, especially the industrial revolution. A central theme of this course will be the mutual shaping of engineering, technology, and society. At each moment in history, the practice of engineering and technology reflects the values, cultures, and institutions of society. The topic Covers including history and advances of engineering and technology through the centuries, industrialization development in modern Egypt, industrial revolution, engineering profession, engineering and society, and technological development in Egypt.
References
- Tom Jackson (Editor) and Tom Jackson (2016) Engineering: An Illustrated History from Ancient Craft to Modern Technology (100 Ponderables), Jenson Books Inc
- M. Solodky,(2006) The Technology of Ancient Egypt
- The Technology of the Ancient World, The Rosen Publishing Group, Inc.
- Paul T. Nicholson, Ian Shaw, (2009) Ancient Egyptian Materials and Technology
- Bryan H. Bunch (Author), Alexander Hellemans (Editor)The History of Science and Technology: A Browser's Guide to the Great Discoveries, Inventions, and the People Who Made Them from the Dawn of Time to Today
- Thomas S. Kuhn, (2012)The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, 4th ed. University of Chicago Press
- George Basalla, The Evolution of Technology (New York: Cambridge University Press, 1988).
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the differential terminologies used in the engineering branch.
- CLO 2: Outline and identify historical milestones in the development of engineering and its connections to social and cultural contexts
- CLO 3: State the circumstances affecting engineering and technology development.
- CLO 4: List the different engineering specifications and their corresponding field of activity.
- CLO 5: Discuss the role of Egypt in developing the engineering civilization
- CLO 6: Compare between the different engineering disciplines
Lectures
- WEEK 1: Introduction: definition of engineering- science- art and the relations, and differences between them.
- WEEK 2: History of engineering: The engineering in the ancient civilizations.
- WEEK 3: Evidences on the advances of engineering through centuries.
- WEEK 4: Development and practices of engineering and technology at the global, regional, and local levels, with a particular emphasis on Egypt.
- WEEK 5: Engineering and technology advances through different centuries, especially the industrial revolution.
- WEEK 6: The industrialization development in modern Egypt.
- WEEK 7: Industrial revolution and its effects.
- WEEK 8: Different effects of the Industrial revolution, political, social, economic effects.
- WEEK 9: Engineer- the engineering profession: branches of the engineering profession, engineering occupations etc.
- WEEK 10: Classification of engineering occupations, Characteristics of successful engineer.
- WEEK 11: Engineering and society effect of engineering on society along different ages.
- WEEK 12: Technological development in Egypt.
- WEEK 13: Requirements of science and technology, technology transfer.
- WEEK 14: Beginning of the industrialization development in modern Egypt.
- WEEK 15: Egypt's most important industrial projects to date.
HUM152 - History of Art & Architecture
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
The course explores the history of art and architecture analyzed in a chronological order at a global, regional, and local level. The study includes pre-historic civilization to, Roman period, European movements of Gothic, Renaissance, Baroque, and Rococo to Modern, Bauhaus to contemporary period. The aim of this course is to enhance the students’ knowledge of different styles flourishing in different places in a given time period, analyze, understand, and relate the characteristics: elements, spatial organization, scale and proportion, structural and construction systems. Understand the roles of culture, socio-economic and its impact on the art and architectural characteristics of a given place at a global, regional, and local level. Students shall be able to comprehend and compare the styles, influences, materials, and construction techniques evolved over the period of time analyzed with examples using images and graphical representation across the timeline.
References
- Fletcher, B., & Fraser, M. (2019). Sir Banister Fletcher's global history of architecture. London; New York. MS bury Publishing 21st Edition
- Glancey, J. (2021). Architecture: A visual history. DK Publishing
- Cumming, R. (2020). Art, Second Edition: A Visual History. DK Publishing
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the influence social, cultural, and economic factors on art & architecture across the world.
- CLO 2: Compare the origin of design styles, techniques, and its evolution to current age.
- CLO 3: Examine the chronology art and architecture with examples working in teams.
- CLO 4: Discuss the materials & construction techniques based on the time and context.
HUM153 - The Character of Egypt
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
يهدف هذا المساق إلى تأصيل وشرح وتوضيح شخصية مصر الجغرافية والقدرة على التفكير الاستراتيجي من خلال رؤية استراتيجية متكاملة للمقومات الكلية لكل تكوين جغرافي وبشرى وحضاري وتحليل الأحداث ووضعها في سياق أعم وأشمل ذو بعد مستقبلي عميق للتمكين على قدرة ثاقبة على استشراف المستقبل متسلحا بفهم لحقائق التاريخ ووعي متميز بوقائع الحاضر. ويمزج هذا المساق بين الجغرافيا والتاريخ والسياسة وعلوم طبيعية وإنسانية وتطبيقية أخرى من خلال اربعة محاور:
المحور الاول: شخصية مصر الطبيعية حيث يعرض المساق ما يتعلق بالجيولوجيا والجغرافيا المصرية والصحراوات المصرية.
المحور الثاني: شخصية مصر البشرية حيث يذكر ملامح التجانس الطبيعي والمادي والحضاري والبشري والعمراني للشخصية المصرية.
المحور الثالث: شخصية مصر التكاملية حيث يتضمن عرض للجوانب الاقتصادية في الشخصية المصرية
المحور الرابع: شخصية مصر الحضارية وهي دراسة للمجتمع المصري باعتباره بنية ووصلة خريطة المجتمع المصري
وكذلك يهدف المساق الي تطوير معارف الطلبة ومهاراتهم على أسس مبتكرة، ترتقي بمخرجات التعلم لدعم مسيرة التنمية وبناء منظومة اقتصادية متكاملة على أسس معرفية تعزز من تفوق الدولة وريادتها العالمية.
References
- شخصية مصر: دراسة في عبقرية المكان، جمال حمدان، عالم الكتب, 1980، ISBN 9777352085, 9789777352086
- سمات الشخصية المصرية بين الثبات والتغير، أحمد زايد تاريخ النشر: 2009، الناشر: شركاء التنمية للبحوث والاستشارات والتدريب
- الأسرة العربية في عالم متغير، أحمد زايد، تاريخ النشر: 0201، الناشر: مركز البحوث والدراسات الاجتماعية
- https://discoveringegypt.com
- http://www.guardians.net/egypt/egol1.htm
- The Art of EGYPT Ancient
- https://education.nationalgeographic.org/resource/resource-library-ancient-egypt
Learning Outcomes
- شرح وتوضيح شخصية مصر الجغرافية و القدرة على التفكير الاستراتيجي
- القدرة على استشراف المستقبل متسلحا بفهم لحقائق التاريخ
- شرح شخصية مصر الطبيعية و البشرية و التكاملية و الحضارية
- تطوير المعارف والمهارات على أسس استباقية علمية وفكرية وثقافية
- تقييم شخصية مصر الحضارية وعلاقتها بجيرانها في الشرق الاوسط و العالم اجمع
Lectures
- 1 مقدمة عن المساق
- 2 شخصية مصر الطبيعية: أرض مصر
- 3 شخصية مصر الطبيعية: تاريخ حياة نهر وتغيرات النيل التاريخية
- 4 شخصية مصر الطبيعية: وجه مصر الطبيعي
- 5 شخصية مصر البشرية - التجانس الطبيعي – التجانس المادي
- 6 شخصية مصر البشرية - التجانس السكاني- التجانس العمراني
- 7 شخصية مصر التكاملية - شخصية مصر الاقتصادية
- 8 امتحان منتصف الفصل امتحان منتصف الفصل
- 9 شخصية مصر التكاملية - صنع في مصر
- 10 شخصية مصر التكاملية - ثروتنا المعدنية وصناعة التعدين
- 11 شخصية مصر الحضارية - سكان مصر بين المشكلة والحل
- 12 شخصية مصر الحضارية - آفاق الزمان وأبعاد المكان
- 13 شخصية مصر الحضارية - مصر والعرب و العالم (نظرة مستقبلية)
- 14 مراجعة شاملة و عروض المشروع الجماعي
- 15 الامتحان النهائي الامتحان النهائي
HUM154 - Arabic
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
تتميز اللغة العربية بثراء رصيدها من المفردات والتراكيب والمفاهيم، وتتسم بالعديد من الخصائص التي تنفرد بها عن غيرها من اللغات، وانطلاقا من ذلك جاء هذا المقرر يضم مجموعة من النصوص والمعلومات والتي تهدف إلى تعزيز اللغة العربية لدى الطالب وتمكينه من أساسياتها وقواعدها، وتنمية قدراته اللازمة لإتقان المهارات اللغوية وتحقيق جودة وسلامة اللغة نطقًا وكتابةً، بالإضافة إلى سهولة التواصل والتفاعل بثقة مع الآخرين. ويشمل محتوى المقرر أقسام الكلام، الإعراب والبناء، النواسخ، المرفوعات والمنصوبات، بعض الأساليب النحوية، التوابع وأحكام العدد، المشتقات من الأسماء، مختارات من النصوص للقراءة، بالإضافة إلى كتابة التقارير.
References
- العطية، أ.، (الإصدار الأخير)، اللغة العربية تثقيفًا ومهاراتٍ، الطبعة الأولى، دار الكتب العلمية، بيروت، لبنان. (القسم الأول والثاني فقط من محتويات الكتاب)
- رابط النسخة الإلكترونية من الكتاب: Noor-Book.com اللغة العربية تثقيفا ومهارات كتاب يساعد على إتقان اللغة العربية نطقا وكتابة.pdf
- الندوي، أ.، (2003م)، القراءة الراشدة لتعليم اللغة العربية والثقافة الإسلامية، الاكاديمية الإسلامية، ليستر، بريطانيا. (كتاب مقترح لاختيار بعض النصوص العربية لممارسة مهارة القراءة)
- رابط النسخة الإلكترونية من الكتاب: Noor-Book.com القراءة الراشدة لتعليم اللغة العربية والثقافة الإسلامية (1).pdf
- https://shms-prod.s3.amazonaws.com/media/editor/148130/%D8%A7%D8%B9%D8%AF%D8%A7%D8%AF_%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%AA%D9%82%D8%A7%D8%B1%D9%8A%D8%B1.pdf
- https://www.masader.ps/sites/default/files/Masader_Files-elibrary/Reports%20Writing.pdf
- القلائد الذهبية في قواعد اللغة العربية
- Noor-Book.com القلائد الذهبية في قواعد اللغة العربية (1).pdf
Learning Outcomes
- يلم بقواعد اللغة العربية وأصولها وما تحويه من مفردات وجُمَل وتراكيب.
- يوظّف قواعد اللغة في تعزيز مهارات التواصل لديه من قراءة وكتابة ومحادثة.
- فهم النصوص ويقيّم الأفكار المستمدة منها بشكل نقدي ويستخدمها بفاعلية فيما يتعلق بمواقف الحياة اليومية.
- يلتزم بمعايير اللغة في العلاقات الثقافية والاجتماعية من أجل التواصل والتفاعل بشكل صحيح.
Lectures
- الأسبوع 1: المهارات اللغوية
- الاسبوع 2: أقسام الكلام + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة
- الأسبوع 3: الإعراب والبناء + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة
- الأسبوع 4: النواسخ (كان وأخوتها، إن وأخواتها) + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة + اختبار قصير
- الأسبوع 5: المرفوعات والمنصوبات + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة
- الأسبوع 6: المنصوبات + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة
- الأسبوع 7: أساليب نحوية (الاستثناء والنداء) + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة
- الأسبوع 8: امتحان نصف الفصل الدراسي
- الأسبوع 9: التوابع (التوكيد، البدل، النعت) + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة
- الأسبوع 10: أحكام العدد + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة
- الأسبوع 11: المشتقات + مختارات من النصوص للقراءة
- الأسبوع 12: كتابة التقارير
- الأسبوع 13: كتابة التقارير + تسليم المشروع
- الأسبوع 14: مراجعة
- الأسبوع 15: امتحان نهاية الفصل الدراسي
HUM231 - Presentation Skills and Technical Writing
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
Technical Writing Course develops written communication in internal workplace, external business-to-business (B2B) writings, and business-to-customers writings. The course provides sufficient practice of presentational skills, the use of visuals in both written and oral communications and writing professionally on social media. Students learn how to write whitepaper, process documents, project requirements development, instructions, and friendly-user technical manuals. They also learn how to pitch their products and projects on the written and spoken levels.
References
- Hering, H, 2018, How to Write Technical Reports, Springer, e-book.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: To distinguish different types of technical reports.
- CLO 2: To compose process documents, whitepaper, and project requirements documents.
- CLO 3: To create visuals for report writing and presentation illustrations.
- CLO 4: To develop persuasive writing for pitching projects and products.
- CLO 5: To design written technical manuals and instructions.
Lectures
- WEEK 1: To give an insight into the communication process and its importance in the workplace. Communication: definition, process, importance
- WEEK 2: To give practical hints to make one’s writing more effective and scientific Choice of words, phrases, and sentences. Word order, sentence construction and length.
- WEEK 3: To define technical reports and their characteristics
- WEEK 4: Introduce various types of reports Routine reports, pre-printed reports
- WEEK 5: Discuss various steps involved in Report writing, planning, preparation and completing Preparatory Steps
- WEEK 6: Preparing an outline Report Structure
- WEEK 7: Sources and methods of data collection Data Collection
- WEEK 8: Understand the structural elements of report: front matter, main body, back matter. Report structure
- WEEK 9: Give insight into data analysis with the help of illustrations
- WEEK 10: Give insights into interpreting data through illustrations Use of illustrations
- WEEK 11: Provide practice in writing reports Report writing
- WEEK 12: Practice in writing informative reports Informative reports
- WEEK 13: Practice in writing analytical reports Analytical reports
- WEEK 14: Practice Feedback/ Evaluation
- WEEK 15: Final exam
HUM251 - Safety and risk
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course focuses on the fundamentals of workplace safety regulations, insurance, and emergency response. A first module covers health and safety regulations, emphasizing promoting correct behavior and preventive measures. A second module covers insurance aspects and the procedures for handling insurance in case of an accident. Finally, a third module focuses on managing emergencies with practical drills on health emergencies, fire emergencies, and evacuation drills.
References
- SUT Statute and internal regulation.
- National Legislation for workplaces.
- International standards.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand which are the insurance mechanisms connected to work activity.
- CLO 2: Understand the condition under which emergencies at work are managed.
- CLO 3: Be exposed to the basic procedures to face occasional dangers that could arise during a work activity.
- CLO 4: Acquire a basic health emergency preparedness.
- CLO 5: Apply emergency procedures.
- CLO 6: Apply procedures for health emergency rescue.
HUM311 - English Language II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
HUM111
|
Course Contents
English Language II is highly specialized for students of technology at B2 level. It develops upper-intermediate English communication skills for technological and academic domains. The course considerably focuses on different writing skills required of a technology graduate including CV and Bio writing, types of emails, types of essays, reports, manuals, and recommendation for future action. The units also cover topics relevant to academic skills such as note-taking, summarizing, and research outline. Significant speaking skills are developed through group discussions, role plays, and other active learning activities. Students practice speaking in job interviews, meetings, negotiations, and presentations. Listening and reading skills are also developed through practicing reading and listening to different technological topics. Vocabulary and grammar will be practiced through assignment and feedback. Critical thinking skills, problem solving, authentic materials along with academic references are all available and applied during implementing the course.
References
- Savage, A. & Mayer, P. (2015). Effective Academic Writing 2. Oxford University Press.
- Bailey, 2015, Academic Writing; a handbook for international students, Routledge. UK.
- Butler, L. (2014).Longman Academic Writing Series 1 Sentences to Paragraphs. Pearson.
- English, A and Monahon, L. (2017). NorthStar Fourth Edition Reading and Writing 4. Pearson.
- Shafie, L. Yahaya, M. Mansor, M. and Osman, N. (2018). English for Academic Writing, Oxford University Press. Malaysia.
- Hogue, A. (2014). .Longman Academic Writing Series 2 Paragraphs. Pearson.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: To use technical jargon for making presentations about technological devices, tools, process, and other topics.
- CLO 2: To use primary data to create visual representations of information (pie charts, graphs, etc.) for writing reports.
- CLO 3: To manage writing skills in different types of essays, manuals, CVs, and research outline.
- CLO 4: Evaluate technological topics found in authenticated readings and listening audios.
- CLO 5: Successfully communicate in specialized situations such as job description and job interviews, describing technological processes and applications, and business meetings.
Lectures
- WEEK 1: INTRODUCE COURSE SYLLABUS AND OUTCOMES DOCUMENT: the purpose of academic writing, Common types. Format, Features.
- WEEK 2: READING: Finding suitable sources: Developing reading methods, Assessing Internet sources critically.
- WEEK 3: WRITING: Types of sentences. Developing paragraphs: Linking paragraphs, Cohesion and coherence, Punctuation, Vocabulary.
- WEEK 4: NOTE-MAKING METHODS: What is plagiarism? Avoiding plagiarism, Paraphrasing, Summarizing, References, and quotations.
- WEEK 5: PROOFREADING AND EDITING: Reformulating.
- WEEK 6: ELEMENTS OF WRITING: Argumentation and discussion, Language of discussion, Counter arguments, Providing evidence.
- WEEK 7: USING EXAMPLES: Phrases to introduce examples, Restatement, Using and building on, generalizations, The language of cause and effect, Forms of comparison, Simple and complex definitions
- WEEK 8: READING: Extracting and interpreting visual information, from graphs, pie charts, tables, etc., Primary research, Compiling and creating visual information from primary research
- WEEK 9: PROCESS OF ACADEMIC WRITING: Pre-writing, Funneling, Brainstorming, Clustering, Free writing
- WEEK 10: THE WRITING PROCESS: Introduce class project- prompt for academic essay, Planning, Making, sublists, rough outline, Outlining, Thesis statement
- WEEK 11: WRITING FIRST DRAFT: Polishing, Revising, Editing
- WEEK 12: INSERTING INTERNAL CITATIONS: Using APA , writing an abstract, Writing a reference list
- WEEK 13: WRITING FINAL DRAFT
- WEEK 14: REVISION
- WEEK 15: FINAL EXAM
HUM431 - Project Management
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
Project management imparts the basic knowledge and skills required by the engineering professional while developing management solutions in a variety of situations. It fosters the knowledge of appropriate theories, concepts, and principles of management used in project management. This course enables the provider to provide an overview of the components of project management in general, including an introduction to engineering project management, components of the project environment, business, ecosystem, challenges and opportunities, stakeholder engagement, and the project lifecycle. It accustoms in-depth understanding of project scope, cost management, project planning and control methodologies. The course contains a wide scope of topics relevant to stakeholder management, Furthermore, it appraises the overall process within which projects are conceived, designed, and executed and evaluates the problems that are encountered at each stage. It encompasses project appraisal techniques for project evaluation, project auditing, project auditing phases, project closure reports, and closeout report guidelines. The course focuses on human resource management and introduces students to the concepts of leadership organizational structures and team building in a project environment. Furthermore, the course embraces current project management practices such as Agile project management, including an overview of core agile concepts, the agile approach, agile methodologies and frameworks, and the importance of all stakeholders sharing an agile perspective. Moreover, the scrum methodology elements and terminology overview, project (product; release) initiation, scrum planning, scrum sprint planning, and executing are introduced. Other agile principles and best practices, XP principles and best practices, lean software development principles and best practices, lean-agile software development portfolio management, and incorporating scrum and agile practices into the organization are covered in depth in the course. The course incorporates case study discussions, and reviews of project management reports and expert lectures, conference, and exhibition visits to acquire skills to pursue a career in project management.
References
- Project Management Institute. (2021, August 1). A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) – Seventh Edition and The Standard for Project Management (ENGLISH) (Seventh edition).
- Kerzner, H. (2022, March 2). Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and Controlling (13th ed.). Wiley.
- Highsmith, J. A. (2022, October 20). Agile Project Management: Creating Innovative Products. Addison-Wesley Professional.
- https://www.apm.org.uk/resources/
- https://www.invensislearning.com/blog/project-management-resources/
- https://projectmanagementacademy.net/resources/blog/agile-for-all/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Examine the stages in the project lifecycle and the activities that are carried out to implement the project.
- CLO 2: Analyze the methodologies from the concepts and theories of project management and its application in the engineering project.
- CLO 3: Use of multilevel communication methods among project stakeholders and demonstrate good leadership qualities for efficient project management.
- CLO 4: Evaluate project management methodologies and systems to address the challenges posed by organizational cultures and management styles.
- CLO 5: Review the procedures needed to monitor, control and report upon the development of the engineering project.
- CLO 6: Recommend management solutions and strategies to deal with common project management problems.
HUMUE1 - University Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
HUMUE2 - University Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Department of Energy Engineering Technology
ENT111 - Energy, Development and Environment
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
3 |
1 |
1 |
5 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The main goal of the course is to introduce the students to the fundamental structure of the supply chain in the energy sector and the linkages with sustainable development and the climate challenges and the role energy technologies may play into them. The course is divided into three main parts. The first part of the course is devoted to a general overview of the energy sector at national and regional scale, analysing energy flows and their transformations from primary resources to final energy products. The Energy supply chain will be introduced, and the global and national energy accounting will be explained and used by the students to get familiarity with the energy balances at national scale in different region of the world. The main challenges in the energy sector for future decades are also highlighted thus giving constrains and opportunities for energy technology development. In the second part of the course the main principle of sustainability is introduced from an economic, environmental and social perspective. The 2030 Agenda and the Agenda 2063 are introduced keeping a focus on the role of energy into them. At the same time the global climate commitment will be understood, and the National Determined commitment explained so that the students are able to link them to the national energy sector. In the last practical part of the course, a project work is developed by the students who will work on a country of interest to highlight the main energy challenges of the country from the national energy accounting, SDG7 and the national determined commitment. Key extensive and intensive indicators will be introduced and used to evaluate the status of the country and making comparisons across countries.
References
- Michael J. Moran, Howard N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley & Sons
- IEA statistics database: IEA – International Energy Agency - IEA
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: The students will learn the trends of the global energy challenge and the methodological approach to the national energy balance.
- CLO 2: They will learn the foundation of national energy accounting and statistics.
- CLO 3: The will learn the main principle of Sustainable development and the meaning of the SDGs and the role of Energy into it.
- CLO 4: The student will be able to evaluate and design the energy balance at country level.
- CLO 5: the students will learn how to evaluate the energy economy of countries and make some consideration on their compliance with the National determined commitment.
- CLO 6: The students will work in team and will learn how to prepare effective presentation.
Tutorials
- TUT 1: Numerical exercises on national energy accounting. TUT 2: Numerical exercises on country comparisons.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Practical execution of the assignment as project work (country study and country comparisons). The Lab will be conducted along the semester and will commit the students every week.
ENT191 - ENT Internship I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Student learning includes overall professional development of students, required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Further, the students develop awareness of the organizational department structure and their roles, responsibilities, and function. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is expected to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the industry/organization and submit the evaluation report of the students with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students are exposed to the industry environment for 6 to 8 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the industrial standards and recognize the requirement of these standards with the industrial scenario.
- CLO 2: Examine a specific project related to energy engineering at an existing job.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate individual confidence to handle various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 6: Expose themselves to acquire life skills to meet societal challenges
- CLO 7: Relate the engineer’s responsibilities and ethics while handling various engineering assignments during the internship.
ENT211 - Energy Systems I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
EPT431
|
Course Contents
The course provides a comprehensive overview of various energy conversion technologies to equip the students with the knowledge and the competence to understand inherently and design preliminarily (i.e. employing only paper, pencil and a calculator), conventional and unconventional power plants from energetic, economic, environmental and technical perspectives. The course covers electricity generation in power plants, focusing in particular on the inherent relation among working fluids, thermodynamic cycles and main equipment. Thermodynamic and technical aspects are addressed in detail, whereas economic, management, environmental, and strategic aspects are presented as necessary. The developed concepts can be applied either to fossil fuel-fired power plants or to waste-heat-recovery systems, renewable sources like biomass, biogas, biomethane and concentrated solar, as well as to generic industrial processes. More in detail, in order to complement EPT 431 the course will focus on: (i) Advanced gas turbines and combined cycle. Historical evolution and state-of-the-art of gas turbines; second-law analysis and future developments; (ii) Advanced steam power plants. Historical evolution of pulverized-coal power plants; focus on ultra-supercritical power plants; second-law analysis; control logics, plant governing, and emission abetment; future developments; (iii) Principle of Turbomachinery: One-dimension analysis. Geometries and definitions; stage optimization by way of free variable, objective functions and constraints; velocity triangles.
References
- M.J. Moran, H.N. Shapiro, D.D. Boettner, M.B. Bailey, Principles of Engineering Thermodynamics, 8th Edition SI Version, Editor: John Wiley & Sons, 2015, ISBN: 978-1-118-96088-2
- W.C. Reynolds, P. Colonna, Thermodynamics - Fundamentals and Engineering Applications, Editor: Cambridge University Press, 2018, ISBN: 9780521862738
- P. Kiameh, Power Generation Handbook. 2nd Edition Editor: McGraw-Hill, 2011
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the modelling approaches for the working fluids, the main equipment (like heat exchangers and turbomachines) and the single as well as overall process.
- CLO 2: Describe the pro and cons of different energy conversion systems.
- CLO 3: Explain the typical choices of the design parameters for working fluids, operating conditions, main equipment, and processes.
- CLO 4: Read and understand generic industrial process flow diagrams other than power plants.
- CLO 5: Read and understand the layout and process flow diagrams of the main equipment (like heat exchangers and turbomachines).
- CLO 6: Select the most promising plant layouts for diverse hot sources and/or cold sinks.
- CLO 7: Sketch the cycles and the processes on selected thermodynamic charts as well as on the process flow diagrams (also referred to as layouts).
- CLO 8: Compute and comment the typical performances and efficiency of the main equipment and processes.
Tutorials
- TUT 1: Hands on exercises on performance calculation for a generic conventional power plants, TUT2: Hands on exercises on performance calculation for a biomass power plants, TUT3 Hands on exercises on performance calculation for a generic industrial plant.
Laboratories
- LAB 1: Impact of Intercooling and Reheating on Gas Turbine Efficiency: LAB 2: Second-Law Analysis of a Combined Cycle Power Plant; LAB3: Thermodynamic Modelling of a Supercritical Steam Cycle; LAB 4: Control System Simulation for Load Following in a Steam Plant.
ENT212 - Thermal Engineering
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
GEN123
|
Course Contents
This course deepens the topics of GEN123 on two perspectives. On one side, starting form the principles of thermodynamics it deepens thermodynamic machines and cycles, and on the other it deepens the three mechanisms of heat transfer. Both the parts will have an applicative perspective, introducing the students to the main real technologies and processes associated with the principles of thermal engineering.
In the first part, the focus is on thermal engineering applied to energy conversion. Starting from the ideal Carnot cycle, the course will deal with the thermodynamics cycles at the base of the main conversion technologies: Rankine, Brayton, Otto, and Diesel cycles showing the main associated applications.
In the second part, heat transfer mechanisms, namely conduction, convection and radiation will be introduced together with their most relevant application for energy engineering, addressing particularly the combinations (conduction-convection, conduction-radiation, convection-radiation) most frequently occurring in both civil and industrial contexts.
All along the course the concept of energy conversion efficiency will represent a cross-cutting argument. First and second law efficiency will be introduced and used to achieve the optimum in thermodynamic design.
References
- Moran, M.J., Shapiro, H.N., Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley
- Yunus Cengel, Michael Boles and Mehmet Kanoglu thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach ISBN10: 1266664483 | ISBN13: 9781266664489
- Lienhard, A Heat Transfer Textbook
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the principles of thermodynamics and their application in energy conversion processes.
- CLO 2: Identify the limitations to which all real processes are subject and to understand the main engineering implications of the principles of Thermodynamics.
- CLO 3: Describe the main heat transfer phenomena associated to specific energy engineering components.
- CLO 4: Apply and solve mass, energy and entropy balances.
- CLO 5: Calculate the efficiency of thermodynamic cycle.
- CLO 6: Examine thermodynamic systems and processes of medium complexity.
- CLO 7: Rate and size basic heat transfer equipment.
Tutorials
- TUT 1: Numerical exercises on thermodynamic principles. TUT 2: Numerical exercises on energy conversion (Rankine, Brayton, Otto, and Diesel cycles). TUT 3: Numerical exercises on heat exchange mechanisms. TUT 4: Practical experiments on heat exchange investigating heat transfer rates in different materials. TUT 5: Practical experiments on heat exchange analyzing heat exchange efficiency in various systems. TUT 6. Numerical Analysis of the Carnot Cycle Efficiency and its Limitations.
Laboratories
- LAB 1: Measuring Thermal Conductivity of Different Materials FCONDT-45A-E-TD-6-1.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com); LAB 2: Investigating Natural Convection Heat Transfer in Air or Water TE6H-42A-E-TH-1.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com); LAB 3: Exploring Forced Convection Heat Transfer with Fan or Pump TE6H-42A-E-TH-1.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com); LAB 4: Analyzing Combined Heat Transfer (Conduction-Convection) in a Composite Wall; LAB 5: Studying Radiation Heat Transfer between Surfaces.
ENT213 - Energy Storage and Transmission
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides students with a foundational understanding of energy storage and transmission technologies. Through lectures, tutorials, and laboratory sessions, students will explore the various methods of storing and transmitting electrical energy, including their principles, operation, design considerations, and applications with the following specific contents:
1. Fundamentals of Energy Storage and Transmission: this module will cover basic concepts like energy and power, different forms of energy storage (mechanical, electrochemical, chemical, etc.), and an overview of power transmission systems (AC vs. DC transmission, transmission line components).
2. Energy Storage Technologies: this module will delve deeper into specific energy storage technologies, such as pumped hydroelectric storage, electrochemical energy storage systems (batteries), compressed air energy storage, and flywheel energy storage. Students will explore their operating principles, design considerations, applications, and limitations.
3. Power Transmission Systems: this module will focus on the technical aspects of power transmission systems, including transmission line parameters, power flow analysis, power system stability, and reactive power control. Students will learn about different types of transmission lines, transformers, and FACTS devices used in power transmission.
References
- R.A. Huggins, Energy Storage: Fundamentals, Materials and Applications, 2nd ed., Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2016, ISBN: 978-3-319-21238-8;
- J.Duncan Glover, Mulukutla S. Sarma, Thomas Overbye, Power Systems Analysis and Design, Editore: Cengage, ISBN: 978-8131516355
- John J. Grainger, William D. Stevenson, Power System Analysis, Editore: Mcgraw Hill Book Co, ISBN: 978-0070612938
- Roberto Marconato, Electric power systems, Editore: CEI, ISBN: 978-8843200252
- Prabha Kundur, Power System Stability and Control, Editore: McGraw Hill, ISBN: 0-07-035958-X
- M.Eremia and M. Shahidehpour Editors, Handbook of Electrical Power System Dynamics, Editore: IEEE Press - Wiley, Anno edizione: 2013, ISBN: 978-1118497173
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain the fundamental concepts of energy storage and transmission systems.
- CLO 2: Identify different types of energy storage technologies and their applications.
- CLO 3: Analyze the performance characteristics of energy storage systems.
- CLO 4: Describe the components and operation of power transmission systems.
- CLO 5: Perform basic calculations related to energy storage and transmission.
- CLO 6: Design a simple energy storage or transmission system for a specific application.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands on session on pumped hydro, CAES and flywheel; TUT2: hands on session on battery storage applications; TUT3. Work on practice problems related to power flow analysis.
Laboratories
- LAB 1 Labs on pumped hydro simulations or case studies; LAB 2 Experiments on battery storage or CAES / flywheel systems characteristics and behaviour; Experimental flywheel 23C-E rel C13.indd (elettronicaveneta.com); LAB 3 Labs on power flow analysis simulations or case studies.
ENT291 - ENT Project I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
3 |
4 |
120 |
2 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. The student is expected to design a project that provides students with the experience of designing, building, and integrating modular software applications/ electronic system comprising analog, digital and computer subsystems. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. By studying this course. The student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The project will have a detailed proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated while maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Define the tasks and scope of the project independently and/or collaboratively
- CLO 2: Identify relevant information pertaining to project needs from a variety of resources.
- CLO 3: Acquire knowledge on advanced topics in a chosen subject area
- CLO 4: Summarize the information and draw a logical conclusion to the problem/task of the project
- CLO 5: Outline the details of hardware and software required for the completion of the project
- CLO 6: Prepare project proposals with an action plan and time duration scientifically.
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
ENT292 - ENT Project II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
7 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to apply some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Project II provides students with the experience of designing and building simple software and hardware applications. Further students can learn how to integrate it into a modular electronic system or computer subsystems. This course builds on the knowledge and skills built in Project I. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops interpersonal, teamwork, planning and organizing skills. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1. Choose the relevant possible solutions from available alternatives
- CLO 2. Conduct feasibility studies about hardware and software parts used in the project.
- CLO 3. Design a simple software and hardware application taking into consideration various real-life constraints.
- CLO 4. Investigate the important legal and ethical issues in the design project
- CLO 5. Collaborate with team members, managers, and clients to design and prototype a product/service that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 6. Conduct the theoretical study in detail and compare them on the basis of cost/ energy conservation/impact on environment/technology used etc.
- CLO 7. Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
ENT311 - Energy systems II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
ENT211
|
Course Contents
The course, built upon the knowledge acquired in Energy Systems 1, explores more complex energy systems, focusing on advanced methods for generating decarbonized energy vectors, primarily electricity and hydrogen.
Key topics covered in the course include:
• Hydrogen Production from Fossil Fuels: Examination of extraction processes, including steam reforming and IGCC technologies, with discussions on challenges and opportunities.
• Carbon Capture and Sequestration (CCS) Technologies: Study of methods for mitigating CO2 emissions, exploring capture techniques, storage options, and environmental considerations.
• Waste-to-Energy Conversion: Overview of technologies for harnessing energy from waste materials, with focus on environmental impacts and resource recovery.
• Nuclear Power Plants: Introduction to nuclear energy production, including reactor types, safety considerations, waste management, and the role of nuclear power in decarbonization efforts.
References
- P. Kiameh, Power Generation Handbook. 2nd EditionPower Generation Handbook. 2nd Edition, Editor: McGraw-Hill, 2011
- Christopher Higman and Maarten van der Burgt, Gasification (Second Edition), Editor: Gulf Publishing, 2008, ISBN: 978-0-7506-8528-3
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of various energy conversion methodologies, including fluidized bed combustion, hydrogen production, carbon capture, gas microturbines, waste-to-energy conversion, alternative fuels, and nuclear power plants.
- CLO 2: Explain the underlying principles, efficiency factors, and technological advancements associated with each energy conversion process.
- CLO 3: Apply knowledge of turbomachinery, heat exchangers, and other key components to conduct techno-economic assessments of energy conversion technologies
- CLO 4: Utilize quantitative methods to analyze the efficiency and performance of complex energy systems.
- CLO 5: Utilize quantitative methods to assess the viability and sustainability of alternative fuels for transportation, considering their potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
- CLO 6: The students will work in team and will learn how to prepare effective presentation.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands on exercises on performance calculation for a generic conventional power plants using CCS technology. TUT2: Hands on exercises on performance calculation for a waste-to-energy power plant.
- TUT3: Hands on exercises on calculating greenhouse gas emissions of different alternative fuel options.
- TUT4: Hands on exercises on performance calculation for a nuclear power plant.
ENT312 - Innovative Energy Technologies
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course explores innovative energy technologies, with a focus on technologies operating with renewable energy sources.
Key topics covered in the course include:
• Concentrated Solar Power: Examination of different configurations of concentrated solar power systems, such as parabolic troughs, solar towers, and dish/engine systems, for efficient solar energy conversion.
• Wave Energy: Study of technologies that harness wave energy to generate electricity, including oscillating water columns, point absorbers, and attenuators, and their potential applications in renewable energy production.
• Green hydrogen generation: Investigation into the utilization of renewable energy and the production of hydrogen and related conversion into thermal and electric energy for residential and industrial uses.
References
- Concentrating Solar Power Technology: Principles, Developments, and Applications (Woodhead Publishing Series in Energy) 2nd Edition by Keith Lovegrove (Editor), Wes Stein (Editor) ISBN-10 : 0128199709
- Fundamentals of Ocean Renewable Energy Generating Electricity from the Sea 1st Edition - June 12, 2018 Authors: Simon P. Neill, M Reza Hashemi, Language: English Paperback ISBN: 9780128104484 9 7 8 - 0 - 1 2 - 8 1 0 4 4 8 – 4 eBook ISBN: 9780128104491
- Solar-Driven Green Hydrogen Generation and Storage, Rohit Srivastava (Curatore), Jayeeta Chattopadhyay (Curatore) Elsevier - Health Sciences Division, 2023
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop a comprehensive understanding of innovative energy technologies.
- CLO 2: Apply critical thinking skills to evaluate the technical and economic feasibility of innovative energy technologies, considering factors such as resource availability and technological advancements.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands on exercises on performance calculation for a concentrated solar power plant using a solar tower and molten salt energy storage.
- TUT2: Hands exercises on technologies based on wave energy.
- TUT3: Hands on exercises on performance of a generic power plant fueled by renewable energy with production of hydrogen and related conversion to thermal and electric energy.
ENT313 - Fluid Machines
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides a comprehensive overview of fluid machines, covering fundamental principles of fluid mechanics and the design and operation of various fluid machinery. The first introductory module covers the basics of fluid mechanics, including physical properties of fluids, hydrostatics, ideal fluid models, and mechanics of real fluids in different regimes. The second module comprehensively covers the most common turbomachines, a first section focuses on hydraulic fluid machines such as hydraulic pumps and turbines, a second section focuses on thermal fluid machines such as steam and gas turbines. Finally, the third module covers volumetric fluid machines, specifically focusing on internal combustion engines.
References
- Y. A. Cengel, J.M. Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics Fundamentals and Applications, McGraw-Hill Education, 2013.
- Dixon S.L., Hall C., Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery, Editore: Butterworth-Heinemann
- E.A. Baskharone, Principles of turbomachinery in air breathing engines, Editore: cambridge university press, Anno edizione: 2014, ISBN: 978-1-107-41740-3
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate comprehension of fundamental principles of fluid mechanics, including the physical properties of fluids, hydrostatics, and ideal fluid models.
- CLO 2: Identify and differentiate between different types of fluid machinery, including hydraulic, thermal, and volumetric machines, along with their respective components and operating principles.
- CLO 3: Apply theoretical knowledge to analyze and solve problems related to fluid mechanics and fluid machinery.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands on exercises on hydraulic machines.
- TUT2: Hands on exercises on thermal machines.
- TUT3: Hands on exercises on internal combustion engines.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Set up experiments to measure the flow rate, pressure, and efficiency of hydraulic pumps (BCP-49A-E-IF-0.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com)) and turbines (STG-49A-E-CF-2.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com) ) under different operating conditions.
- LAB2: Introduce students to the software required for component modelling (Matlab, AutoCad).
- LAB3: Guide students through the process of designing components.
- LAB4: Conduct tests on designed components in the laboratory to validate their performance and functionality.
ENT314 - Principles of Ecology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
2 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides an overview of ecological principles, covering fundamental concepts from biology, physical geography, and climatology. A first module introduces the basics of ecological processes such as photosynthesis, respiration, and decomposition along with energy and matter flows and biogeochemical cycles. In a second module the concepts of ecotoxicology, population dynamics, and carrying capacity, including demographic projections at local and global levels, are discussed. A third module addresses sustainable development and indicators of sustainability, such as carbon, water, and ecological footprints, as well as the human development index. Finally, a fourth module covers sustainable biomass extraction, bio-economics of renewable resources, and the relationship between ecosystems and human health.
References
- Ayres, R.U., Ayres, L.W., A Handbook of Industrial Ecology.
- Ricklefs, R.E., The Economy of Nature.
- Smith, T.M., Smith, R.L., Elements of Ecology.
- Socolow, R., Andrews, C., Berkhout, F., Thomas, V., Industrial Ecology and Global Change.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the basics of ecological processes.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate comprehension of the concepts of ecotoxicology, population dynamics, and carrying capacity.
- CLO 3: Understand sustainability indexes.
- CLO 4: Apply ecological concepts to analyze real-world environmental issues and propose solutions for sustainable management.
- CLO 5: Use quantitative methods to assess environmental impacts, including the calculation of carbon, water, and ecological footprints.
- CLO 6: Evaluate demographic projections and indicators of sustainability to assess the environmental and social implications of human activities.
- CLO 7: the students will learn how to evaluate energy solution from a technological and social perspective commitment.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands-on numerical exercises on pollutant emission and environmental impact.
- TUT2: Numerical exercises on calculating indicators of sustainability.
- TUT3: Analyzing data and making conclusions using indicators of sustainability.
ENT315 - Operation and maintenance
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course is designed to equip students with the fundamental knowledge and skills necessary for the correct operation and maintenance of conventional power plants. The course will cover the basics of operational procedures needed to ensure the efficient and safe functioning of power generation facilities. Topics covered include equipment operation, troubleshooting techniques, preventive maintenance practices, safety protocols, and regulatory compliance.
References
- Refer to national operation and maintenance protocols for power plants.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Acquire knowledge of the fundamental principles and procedures involved in the correct operation and maintenance of conventional power plants, including safety protocols, equipment handling techniques, and emergency response measures.
- CLO 2: Develop hands-on skills in performing operation and maintenance tasks on energy technologies commonly found in conventional power plants.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Overview of safety protocols essential for working with energy technologies, emphasizing hazard identification, emergency response, and safety inspections. Based on National and International safety protocols.
- LAB2: hands-on maintenance training on energy technologies focusing on equipment handling skills. Based on Power Systems Lab (e.g. transmission line training system).
- LAB3: developing troubleshooting skills for identifying and resolving issues in energy technologies. Students practice diagnosing non-working energy technologies. Based on Power Systems Lab (e.g. transmission line training system).
ENT316 - Measurements and diagnostics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
2 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of metrology fundamentals and the operation of key measuring devices employed in industrial contexts. Students will learn to independently verify and experimentally measure typical phenomena encountered in energy-related measurements. They will also develop skills in diagnosing measurement results to ensure proper functionality and performance assessment, including understanding diagnostic criteria and thresholds for determining the reliability and accuracy of measurement systems.
References
- Doebelin, E. O., & Manik, D. N. (2007). Measurement Systems: Application and Design. Tata-McGraw Hill Education PVT. Ltd.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate comprehension of metrology fundamentals and the principles underlying key measuring devices used in industrial and building contexts.
- CLO 2: Understanding diagnostic criteria to identify anomalies.
- CLO 3: Ability to accurately and effectively use measurement instruments.
- CLO 4: Capability to identify and address anomalies arising from measurements.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Overview of common measurement instruments used in industrial and building contexts, such as thermocouples, flow meters, and pressure sensors.
- TUT2: Analyzing real-world measurement data from industrial and building applications and identifying potential issues or anomalies.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Hands-on practice in setting up measurement instruments for specific measurement tasks, such as temperature measurement with thermocouples or flow rate measurement with flow meters, using the instruments available in the Digital Electronics Lab (e.g. Pressure Transducers Test Bench, Flow Rate Measurement, Temperature Transducer).
ENT391 - ENT Internship II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students have to understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they have to Understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Overall professional development of students required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is supposed to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) has to evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the Industry/Organization and the Evaluation Report of the students’ needs to submit in the department office with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students will be exposed to the industry environment for a minimum period of 08 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the assigned task and solve it by applying critical thinking and problem-solving skills.
- CLO 2: Collaborate and communicate effectively with different professionals in the work environment.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Design solutions with contextual constraints, acquiring and applying new knowledge.
- CLO 5: Recommend solutions for improved processes and optimal use of resources.
- CLO 6: Evaluate career options by considering opportunities in industry and higher education and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s) during the internship.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate ethical and professional behavior in the work environment.
ENT421 - Heat and Mass Transfer Equipment I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Through a combination of theoretical instruction and practical exercises, the course aims to provide the necessary knowledge and skills to analyze, design, and optimize heat and mass transfer processes in a variety of equipment applications. Topics covered include radiative transfer principles, heat conduction phenomena, mass diffusion processes, and convective heat and mass transfer mechanisms. Emphasis will be placed on the application of these principles in the design and optimization of equipment components such as heat exchangers, insulation systems, and fluid flow systems.
References
- J.H. Lienhard, A heat Transfer Textbook http://web.mit.edu/lienhard/www/ahtt.html
- A. Bejan, Heat Transfer, Editore: John Wiley & Sons
- H.D. Baehr, K. Stephan, Heat and Mass Transfer, Editore: Springer
- Bergman T.L., Lavine A.S., Incropera F.P., DeWitt D.P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, Editore: John Wiley and Sons
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the fundamental principles governing heat and mass transfer phenomena in engineering systems.
- CLO 2: Identify and describe the mechanisms of heat conduction, convection, and radiation, as well as mass diffusion processes.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate an understanding of how heat and mass transfer equipment operates and its role in engineering applications.
- CLO 4: Apply theoretical concepts to analyze and solve practical engineering problems related to heat and mass transfer in various equipment and systems.
- CLO 5: Design heat exchangers, insulated pipelines, and other engineering components using principles of heat and mass transfer.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands-on exercises on heat exchangers.
- TUT2: Hands-on exercises on heat loss in insulated pipes.
- TUT3: Hands-on exercises on evaporators.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Observing different insulation materials and their properties.
- LAB2: Designing insulated pipelines for hot fluid transport.
- LAB3: Testing heat exchanger performance. Based on SCT-24B-E-HE-0.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com)
ENT422 - Energy Scenario and Modelling
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
2 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course focuses on tackling both current and future challenges within the energy sector, offering strategies for effective planning and resolution. A first module provides an overview of the current challenges facing the energy sector at a global scale. It explores the classification, reservoirs, and potential of various energy resources focusing on their current status and future forecasts. Students will learn to conduct Country Energy Balances and assess primary energy consumption for goods and services at the country level. Following, a second module focuses on energy modeling, covering its definition, principles, and approaches (simulation/optimization). Students will learn the fundamentals of linear programming models and apply them to a simple reference Energy System. Practical applications to real case studies using open-source code will also be explored.
References
- IEA statistics database: IEA – International Energy Agency - IEA
- FREDERICK S. HILLIER, GERALD J. LIEBERMAN Late of, INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH, Editore: Mc Graw Hill Education, ISBN: 978-0-07-352345-3
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the trends of the global energy challenge and the methodological approach to the national energy balance.
- CLO 2: Understand the basic of Energy Modelling from the theoretical perspective of linear programming and optimization approaches.
- CLO 3: Ability to evaluate and design the energy balance at country level.
- CLO 4: Ability to apply the fundamentals of linear programming models to a basic reference Energy System.
- CLO 5: Ability to evaluate the energy economy of countries by using a proper set of indicators.
- CLO 6: Ability to perform scenario analysis based on the Reference energy system at country level and evaluate the effect of a different technological pathways for reducing the overall consumption of primary energy or reducing emissions and pollutants.
- CLO 7: The students will present their project work based on a given format, amount of time and audience.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Reviewing data tables for country energy balances.
- TUT2: Performing numerical exercises on country energy balances.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Introduction to energy modelling tools (e.g., Excel).
- LAB2: Practical exercises using the tool.
- LAB3: Modelling a basic reference energy system using the tool.
- LAB4: Defining and executing energy scenarios with the modelling tool.
ENT423 - Multiphase flow
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course focuses on understanding the physics of multi-phase systems to develop analysis and design tools for the most significant technologies in the energy sector. Principles of multi-phase thermo-fluid dynamics are applied to the discussion of case studies involving the design of evaporators and condensers for energy conversion plants and process industries, as well as pipelines for hydrocarbon and slurry transport, fluidized beds, and phase change materials for energy storage. Experimental laboratories complement theoretical lectures to facilitate a deeper understanding of modeling approaches through experimental validation.
References
- Clayton T. Crowe, Multiphase Flow Handbook, Editore: CRC Taylor & Francis, Anno edizione: 2006, ISBN: 0-8493-1280-9 http://www.crcnetbase.com/isbn/9780849312809
- Greg F. Naterer, Heat Transfer in Single and Multiphase Systems, Editore: CRC Press, Anno edizione: 2003, ISBN: 0-8493-1032-6 http://www.crcnetbase.com/isbn/9780849310324
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop a comprehensive understanding of the physics underlying multi-phase flow systems, including the principles of thermo-fluid dynamics.
- CLO 2: Acquire knowledge of the design considerations and methodologies involved in setting up test sections for experimental analysis of multi-phase flows.
- CLO 3: Apply critical thinking skills to plan and execute experimental runs of multi-phase flow phenomena .
- CLO 4: Acquire proficiency in processing empirical data obtained from experimental runs using appropriate software tools and techniques.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Calculation of pressure drop and pumping power for two-phase gas-liquid, liquid-liquid, solid-gas flows.
- TUT2: Calculation of the heat transfer coefficient for evaporating/condensing flows.
- TUT3: Thermal design of a variety of evaporators and condensers for both power and HVAC plants.
- TUT4: Performance evaluation of phase change materials for energy storage.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Designing and setting up appropriate test sections.
- LAB2: Planning and executing experimental runs on liquid-liquid-gas adiabatic flows or forced convective boiling/condensation heat transfer. Based on TPST-24B-E-OG-1.pdf (elettronicaveneta.com)
- LAB3: Processing empirical data.
ENT424 - Industrial Plants I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course covers the fundamentals of planning and operating industrial facilities. A first module focuses a comprehensive description of different production system such as job shop, assembly shop, cellular manufacturing, and flow production. A second module convers cost classifications, various cost analysis techniques, and strategies for cost optimization within plant operations. Finally, a third module covers the basics of plant management, focusing on inventory management, production scheduling, and the role of Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES).
References
- Marco Garetti, Design and Management of Production Systems: tutorials and case studies, Editore: FrancoAngeli, ISBN: 978-88-568-3450-5
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of different production systems.
- CLO 2: Understand the principles of cost management in industrial plant operations, including cost classification, cost analysis techniques, and cost optimization strategies.
- CLO 3: Evaluate process plant performance metrics and identify areas for improvement in terms of output, efficiency, and capacity utilization.
- CLO 4: Identify cost drivers and analyze cost structures to make informed decisions regarding resource allocation, budgeting, and cost reduction initiatives.
- CLO 5: Utilize inventory management techniques and production scheduling tools to optimize inventory levels and improve production efficiency.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Overview of different production systems with practical examples: job shop, assembly shop, cellular manufacturing, and flow production.
- TUT2: Comparative analysis of different production systems using real-world examples.
- TUT3: Practical exercises on calculating production costs and optimizing cost structures.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Preliminary design of a production system, including production costs and optimized cost structures
ENT425 - Sustainable Development and SDGs interlinkages
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
2 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course provides a comprehensive overview of sustainable development concepts, focusing on understanding global challenges and applying theoretical knowledge and modeling skills to tackle them effectively. A first module centers on defining sustainable development and introducing the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), specifically focusing on SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation), SDG 7 (Affordable and Clean Energy), SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities), SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production), and SDG 13 (Climate Action). A second module focuses on system dynamics, exploring its principles and applications. Students engage in hands-on activities to model dynamic systems, analyze feedback loops, and simulate scenarios to understand the complex interactions within sustainable development frameworks. Finally, students apply their knowledge to realize a project work utilizing system dynamics to develop strategies for implementing sustainable development goals at the national level.
References
- Sachs, Jeffrey D, The age of sustainable development., Editore: Columbia University, Anno edizione: 2015
- Kreme, M., P. van Lieshout, and R. Went., Doing Good or Doing Better: Development Policies in a Globalizing World. , Editore: 2010
- Nilsson, M., et al., A guide to SDG interactions: From science to implementation, Editore: Internatioanl council of Science, Anno edizione: 2017
- Thürer, Matthias, et al., A Systematic Review of the Literature on Integrating Sustainability into Engineering Curricula, Editore: Journal of Cleaner Production, Anno edizione: 2017
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand and learn the history of sustainable development and the paradigms adopted from the 50s.
- CLO 2: Analyze and understand the SDGs goals, especially the 6th, the 7th, the 11th, the 12th, and the 13th, their specific targets and indicators.
- CLO 3: Understand the concept of Community Integration for setting sustainable strategies at firm level.
- CLO 4: Approach to long-term simulation-based tools.
- CLO 5: Apply modelling tools for the sustainable planning of resources at country level.
- CLO 6: Understand and model the complexities and interrelations between the different SDGs.
- CLO 7: Make autonomous choices for identifying and selecting the appropriate planning strategy for solving the same problem.
- CLO 8: Prepare an action plan outlining the synergetic strategies to achieve country-specific development scenarios.
- CLO 9: Identify and learn the modelling approaches suitable to analyze and tackle the main challenges of SD.
- CLO 10: Argue personal judgments about the topics covered in class.
- CLO 11: Deal with other colleagues’ opinion and arguments.
- CLO 12: Present and communicate the work given in certain amount of time and to ab audience.
Laboratories
- LAB1: System dynamics model to develop strategies for implementing SDGs at the national level.
ENT426 - HVAC and Cooling Technologies
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
HVAC systems play a crucial role in maintaining thermal comfort and indoor air quality in residential, commercial, and industrial buildings. This course provides a comprehensive foundation in HVAC principles, covering various heating and cooling technologies, system design considerations, and practical skills for technicians. Students will gain expertise in:
• Fundamentals of thermodynamics and psychrometrics relevant to HVAC systems
• Different types of heating and cooling equipment (furnaces, boilers, air conditioners, heat pumps)
• Air distribution systems and components (ducts, vents, dampers)
• Refrigeration cycles and vapor compression systems
• Controls and automation in HVAC systems
• Maintenance procedures and troubleshooting techniques
• Safety regulations and industry standards
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Explain the basic principles of thermodynamics and psychrometrics as they apply to HVAC systems.
- CLO2: Identify and differentiate between various types of heating and cooling equipment.
- CLO3: Describe the functions of different components in air distribution systems.
- CLO4: Analyze the operation of refrigeration cycles used in air conditioning systems.
- CLO5: Explain the use of controls and automation in regulating HVAC system performance.
- CLO6: Perform basic maintenance procedures on HVAC equipment.
- CLO7: Troubleshoot common HVAC system problems.
- CLO8: Apply safety regulations and industry standards when working with HVAC systems.
- CLO9: Read and interpret technical diagrams and schematics related to HVAC systems.
Lectures
- LEC1-2: Introduction to HVAC Systems & Importance of Thermal Comfort.
- LEC3-4: Fundamentals of Thermodynamics & Psychrometrics for HVAC Applications.
- LEC5-6: Classifications of HVAC Systems (Centralized, Distributed) & Components.
- LEC7: Midterm Exam Review.
- LEC8-9: Heating Technologies: Furnaces, Boilers, Electric Resistance Heating.
- LEC10-11: Cooling Equipment: Air Conditioners, Heat Pumps, Evaporative Coolers.
- LEC12-13: Air Distribution Systems (Ducted, Ductless) & Components.
- LEC14: Control Systems & Automation in HVAC (Thermostats, Sensors, BMS).
Tutorials
- TUT1-2: Analyze factors affecting thermal comfort in buildings and HVAC system design.
- TUT3-4: Solve problems applying thermodynamic principles to calculate heat transfer in buildings.
- TUT5-6: Discuss case studies on selecting appropriate HVAC systems for different building types.
- TUT7: Practice problems and review for midterm exam.
- TUT8-9: Analyze case studies on factors influencing furnace efficiency and selection criteria.
- TUT10-11: Discuss case studies on applying air conditioning principles to calculate cooling loads.
- TUT12-13: Analyze case studies on designing air distribution systems for specific building layouts.
- TUT14: Discuss case studies on using control systems to optimize HVAC system performance.
Laboratories
- LAB1-2: Hands-on experience with measuring temperature, humidity, and airflow using instruments.
- LAB3-4: Labs on simulating and analyzing performance of different heating systems (furnaces).
- LAB5-6: Project work on designing a basic heating system layout for a chosen building scenario.
- LAB7: Midterm Exam (no labs).
- LAB8-9: Labs on simulating and analyzing performance of different cooling systems (air conditioners).
- LAB10-11: Project work on designing an air distribution system with components for a chosen building scenario.
- LAB12-13: Labs on practicing troubleshooting techniques for common HVAC system problems (simulated scenarios).
- LAB14: Finalize lab projects and presentations on designed heating system and troubleshooting procedures.
ENT427 - Advanced Heat and Mass Transfer Processes
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
ENT421
|
Course Contents
This course builds upon the foundation of Heat and Mass Transfer Equipment I, delving deeper into complex heat and mass transfer phenomena and their applications in advanced energy systems. It emphasizes modeling, simulation, and optimization techniques.
Course Objectives:
Master advanced heat and mass transfer concepts like multiphase flow, turbulence, and non-equilibrium processes.
Develop proficiency in computational tools for heat and mass transfer analysis.
Apply advanced knowledge to design and optimize high-performance heat and mass transfer equipment.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze multiphase flow regimes, turbulence models, and non-equilibrium effects in heat and mass transfer.
- CLO 2: Critically evaluate the limitations of basic heat transfer models.
- CLO 3: Understand the fundamentals of computational fluid dynamics (CFD) for heat and mass transfer applications.
- CLO 4: Formulate and solve complex heat and mass transfer problems using advanced analytical and computational techniques.
- CLO 5: Design and optimize high-performance heat exchangers, reactors, and other advanced energy conversion devices.
- CLO 6: Utilize CFD software to simulate and analyze heat and mass transfer processes.
- CLO 7: Effectively communicate complex heat and mass transfer concepts through technical reports and presentations.
- CLO 8: Critically evaluate research findings and select appropriate modeling approaches for specific applications.
Lectures
- LEC1: Multiphase flow in heat and mass transfer processes.
- LEC2: Turbulent heat and mass transfer.
- LEC3: Non-equilibrium thermodynamics and mass transfer.
- LEC4: Advanced heat exchanger design and optimization.
- LEC5: Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) for heat and mass transfer.
- LEC6: Emerging heat and mass transfer technologies in energy systems.
Tutorials
- TUT1: CFD modeling of heat transfer in a heat exchanger (using software).
- TUT2: Multiphase flow simulation in a reactor (using software).
- TUT3: Optimization of a heat and mass transfer process using numerical methods.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Experimental investigation of multiphase flow in a pipe loop.
- LAB2: Validation of CFD simulations with experimental heat transfer data.
- LAB3: Design project: Design, model, and analyze a novel heat and mass transfer device using CFD software.
ENT431 - Sustainability and the Built environment
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
2 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course aims to introduce fundamental knowledge related to sustainability, climate change and sustainable development.
In particular, the following topics will be addressed.
· The SDGs' challenges: human development, sustainability and international cooperation.
· Anthropogenic impacts on the ecosystem, energy consumption and greenhouse emissions.
· Environmental sustainability and climate change.
· International regulatory framework about sustainability.
· Sustainability of urban territories.
· Sustainable energy management.
· Sustainable mobility.
· Recycling, life cycle assessment (LCA) and circular economy.
· Sustainable water management.
· Sustainable consumption: changes in consumer choices.
References
- Sustainable Development Strategies: Engineering, Culture and Economics, Elsevier, 2020.
- Handbook of Sustainable Development, Edwar Elgar, 2014.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the fundamental principles of sustainable development.
- CLO 2: Identify the main strategies to ensure sustainability in the built environment.
- CLO 3: Apply theoretical concepts to identify effective solutions for sustainable development.
Tutorials
- TUT1: teamwork exercise concerning strategic choices for sustainable development.
ENT432 - Technical design: theory and application
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course aims to provide all the fundamental knowledge required to deal with the technical design process in construction.
In particular, the following topics will be covered.
· Technical regulations relating to the building and civil engineering design process.
· Introduction to the design process: objectives, project phases and documentation.
· Building and technical systems design principles.
· Typologies of graphic works and technical drawings.
· Techniques of graphic representation.
· Metric and estimative calculation (bill of quantities).
References
- Manual of Engineering Drawing, British and International Standards, 2020
- Introduction to Architectural and Technical Drawing: A Practical Handbook, 2020.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the design process of building technologies and technical systems.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate technical skills to properly understand design phases and documents.
- CLO 3: Apply theoretical concepts to correctly interpret and prepare design documentation.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands-on exercises on design documentation analysis.
- TUT2: Hands-on exercises on design documentation preparation.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Technical design and drawing lab.
ENT433 - Building Physics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course provides the general knowledge of building physics and related energy use in their various forms, covering the following topics
Recalls of thermodynamics and of heat transfer.
· Building thermophysics.
· Hints of lighting engineering.
· Thermohygrometric, acoustic and visual comfort.
· Climate as a design element and principles of climate-responsive design.
· Building’s thermal balance.
· Basics of technical plant engineering
· Basic criteria for energy efficient building design.
References
- Y. A. Cengel, Introduction to Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer, McGrow.Hill, 2010.
- Handbook of Sustainable Building design for Africa, UN-HABITAT, 2023 (https://www.abc21.eu/publications/).
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate the basic knowledge of building’s energy needs and balance.
- CLO 2: Basic introduction to the application of technical installations in buildings
- CLO 3: Apply theoretical concepts to properly calculate/simulate the energy balance of a building.
- CLO 4: Conceptual design of energy efficient buildings.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands-on exercises on heat transfer in buildings.
- TUT2: Hands-on exercises on winter/summer heat load.
- TUT3: Hands-on exercises on artificial lighting system sizing.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Practical measurements on energy performances (e.g., thermal transmittance, mass, water permeability, etc.) of building construction materials.
- LAB2: Building energy modelling and simulation.
ENT434 - Building technical systems design and maintenance
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course aims to provide students with appropriate methods and tools for the design and maintenance process of the technical systems of a building. The different phases of the process will be presented, based on the main technical and legislative standards, the contents and methods of preparing project documents, graphic tables and technical specifications. The student, working on the design of a plant, will be guided to the concrete use of the knowledge acquired, from the definition of the project data, to the choice of the plant typology, to the sizing of the main components, to the graphic representation and drafting of the project documentation.
In particular, the following macro topics are planned:
· General regulations relating to the sizing and safety of civil technical systems.
· Definition of project conditions.
· Hydronic and aeraulic systems design principles.
· Electrical and lighting system design principles.
· Architecture of building's mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems, system choices and application of selection and sizing criteria.
· The design process and development of an organic design work.
· Plant operation and maintenance techniques.
References
- ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals SI edition, 2013
- HVAC Systems Design Handbook, McGraw-Hill Education, 2009
- ASHRAE Greenguide - Design, Construction, and Operation of Sustainable Buildings, 2010
- Handbook of Sustainable Building design for Africa, UN-HABITAT, 2023 (https://www.abc21.eu/publications/).
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a detailed knowledge about concepts and principles of building technical systems design.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding about building technical systems operation and maintenance techniques.
- CLO 3: Apply theoretical concepts to properly size and design main building technical systems.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands-on exercises on size parameters of mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Practical assembly and maintenance activities on key mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems subcomponents.
ENT435 - Renewable energy systems for building integration
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
2 |
2 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course aims to provide the main concepts necessary for the selection and sizing of energy generation systems powered by renewable sources exploitable in a building context, addressing both technical and economic aspects. Key concepts regarding smart-grids, energy communities and energy storage systems will be also treated.
In detail, the course will cover the following topics.
· Introduction to renewable energy sources.
· Photovoltaic solar energy.
· Solar thermal energy.
· Wind energy (micro wind power plants).
· Low-enthalpy geothermal energy.
· Biomass and biofuels.
· Energy storage systems.
· Smart-grids and renewable energy communities.
References
- The Renewable Energy Handbook, Aztext Press, 2009.
- Renewable Energy: Challenges and Solutions, Springer, 2024.
- Handbook of Sustainable Building design for Africa, UN-HABITAT, 2023 (https://www.abc21.eu/publications/).
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding about operating principles of main renewable energy sources.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate a detailed knowledge about renewable energy plants sizing criteria.
- CLO 3: Apply theoretical concepts to properly size and design energy generation systems powered by renewable sources applied at building scale.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands-on exercises on renewable energy plants sizing.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Practical experimental works on lab-size renewable energy systems.
ENT436 - Energy Efficiency in the building sector
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The course aims to provide advanced knowledge and appropriate tools for analysing the energy performance of buildings in the context of overall sustainability.
The course introduces the concept of building energy, environmental and economic sustainability and related assessment procedures. In particular, emphasis will be placed on understanding the definitions and concepts of operational and embodied energy, as well as related environmental impacts.
More in detail, the course will focus on the holistic optimisation of the building envelope and technical systems, studying the main design techniques and technologies in order to ensure maximum efficiency together with the achievement of significant indoor environmental quality.
Finally, the student will be introduced to the world of sustainability and energy certification of buildings, dealing with the main aspects of the relevant technical and legislative regulations.
References
- ASHRAE Greenguide - Design, Construction, and Operation of Sustainable Buildings , 2018.
- Kiber C.J., Sustainable Construction - Green Building Design and Delivery , Wiley, 2016
- Kreider, J.F, Curtiss P.S., Rabl A., Heating and Cooling of Buildings - Design for efficiency, CRC Press, 2016.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding about energy efficiency in the building sector.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate a detailed knowledge about energy-efficient design techniques.
- CLO 3: Apply theoretical concepts to properly design an energy-efficient building.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands-on exercises about building energy rating and performance assessment.
ENT437 - Energy diagnosis & implementation measures
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The aim is to introduce and illustrate in an operational manner the methodologies and techniques of energy diagnosis of buildings and technical systems, in order to describe in detail their operating modes and energy performances, identify any criticalities and select/design energy efficiency measures to be implemented.
In detail, the following main topics will be addressed.
• International regulatory framework on the energy diagnosis of buildings.
• The main stages of energy diagnosis –collection/processing of consumption data and field measurements.
• Set up and modelling of building and technical systems.
• Definition of energy performance improvement measures/interventions.
• The evaluation of achievable results from an energy, economic and environmental point of view.
References
- Handbook of Energy Audits, Ninth Edition, Routledge, 2012
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding about building energy diagnosis methodologies and techniques.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate a detailed knowledge about energy performance improvement measures/interventions.
- CLO 3: Apply theoretical concepts to properly conduct a building energy audit and propose energy retrofit interventions.
Tutorials
- TUT1: Hands-on exercises on building energy audit.
- TUT2: Hands-on exercises on the application of energy retrofit interventions.
Laboratories
- LAB1: Practical experimental works of field measurements to collect energy consumption data and prepare an energy inventory.
ENT441 - Solar Energy Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course introduces students to the fundamentals of solar energy conversion and its applications. Through a combination of lectures, tutorials, laboratory sessions, and projects, students will gain knowledge about solar radiation, photovoltaic (PV) systems, solar thermal systems, and their design considerations, with the following specific contents:
1. Fundamentals of Solar Energy: This module will cover the basics of solar radiation, including its measurement and characteristics. Students will learn about the sun's energy spectrum and how it interacts with Earth's atmosphere.
2. Photovoltaic (PV) Systems: This module will delve deeper into the technology behind solar electricity generation. Students will explore the working principles of photovoltaic cells, factors affecting their performance, and different PV system configurations.
3. Solar Thermal Systems: This module will introduce students to solar thermal energy conversion technologies. They will learn about various solar collectors, their applications for heating water or air, and design considerations for solar thermal systems.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Explain the basic principles of solar radiation and its measurement.
- CLO2: Describe the working principle and characteristics of photovoltaic cells.
- CLO3: Analyze the performance of PV systems under different operating conditions.
- CLO4: Identify different types of solar thermal systems and their applications.
- CLO5: Design a basic solar energy system for a specific application.
- CLO6: Perform basic calculations for sizing and selecting solar energy components.
Lectures
- LEC1-2: Introduction to Solar Energy & Solar Radiation.
- LEC3-4: Photovoltaic (PV) Cells & Working Principles.
- LEC5-6: PV System Components & Design Considerations.
- LEC7: Midterm Exam Review.
- LEC8-9: Solar Thermal Systems & Collector Types.
- LEC10-11: Applications of Solar Thermal Systems.
- LEC12-13: Sizing & Selecting Solar Energy Systems.
- LEC14: Course Review & Future of Solar Energy.
Tutorials
- TUT1-2: Clarify concepts on solar radiation and measurement.
- TUT3-4: Solve problems related to PV cell characteristics.
- TUT5-6: Discuss case studies on PV system design projects.
- TUT7: Practice problems and review for midterm exam.
- TUT8-9: Analyze case studies on different solar thermal applications.
- TUT10-11: Solve problems on solar thermal system sizing.
- TUT12-13: Work on practice problems for selecting solar components.
- TUT14: Course review and Q&A session.
Laboratories
- LAB1-2: Experiments on measuring solar radiation.
- LAB3-4: Experiments on PV cell characteristics & efficiency.
- LAB5-6: Lab simulations or projects on designing a small PV system.
- LAB7: Midterm Exam (no labs).
- LAB8-9: Experiments on solar collector performance.
- LAB10-11: Lab projects on designing a solar thermal system for specific applications.
- LAB12-13: Labs on using software tools for solar energy system sizing.
- LAB14: Finalize lab projects and presentations.
ENT442 - Wind Energy Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides students with a foundational understanding of wind energy conversion and its applications. Through lectures, tutorials, laboratory sessions, and projects, students will explore wind energy principles, wind turbine technologies, site assessment considerations, and wind energy integration into power systems, with the following specific contents:
1. Fundamentals of Wind Energy: This module will cover the core principles of wind energy conversion, including wind resource assessment techniques and their importance for successful wind farm development. Students will learn about wind characteristics, power extraction principles, and factors influencing wind power potential.
2. Wind Turbine Technologies: This module will delve deeper into the technology behind wind turbines. Students will explore different wind turbine types (horizontal axis, vertical axis), their components (blades, tower, nacelle), and operating principles. The course will also cover wind turbine performance characteristics and factors affecting their efficiency.
3. Wind Energy Integration and Applications: This module will focus on the broader aspects of wind energy utilization. Students will explore wind farm siting considerations, including environmental impact assessments. The course will cover the electrical aspects of integrating wind energy into power grids, including power conversion systems and grid stability challenges.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Explain the fundamental principles of wind energy conversion.
- CLO2: Analyze wind resource characteristics and assessment techniques.
- CLO3: Describe the components and operation of wind turbines.
- CLO4: Assess wind farm siting considerations and potential environmental impacts.
- CLO5: Explain the electrical aspects of wind energy integration into power grids.
- CLO6: Perform basic calculations for wind power potential and wind turbine selection.
Lectures
- LEC1-2: Introduction to Wind Energy & Wind Resource Assessment.
- LEC3-4: Wind Turbine Technologies (Horizontal Axis).
- LEC5-6: Wind Turbine Technologies (Vertical Axis) & Performance Characteristics.
- LEC7: Midterm Exam Review.
- LEC8-9: Wind Farm Siting & Environmental Considerations.
- LEC10-11: Electrical Aspects of Wind Energy Integration.
- LEC12-13: Wind Power Grid Integration Challenges & Solutions.
- LEC14: Course Review & Future of Wind Energy.
Tutorials
- TUT1-2: Analyze wind data and resource assessment methods.
- TUT3-4: Solve problems on wind turbine blade aerodynamics.
- TUT5-6: Discuss case studies on different wind turbine technologies.
- TUT7: Practice problems and review for midterm exam.
- TUT8-9: Analyze case studies on wind farm siting challenges.
- TUT10-11: Solve problems on power conversion in wind energy systems.
- TUT12-13: Work on practice problems for wind grid integration scenarios.
- TUT14: Course review and Q&A session.
Laboratories
- LAB1-2: Experiments on wind resource data analysis.
- LAB3-4: Lab simulations on wind turbine blade performance.
- LAB5-6: Project work on comparing wind turbine types for a specific site.
- LAB7: Midterm Exam (no labs).
- LAB8-9: Experiments on assessing environmental impacts of wind farms.
- LAB10-11: Lab exercises on simulating wind power integration into grids.
- LAB12-13: Projects on analyzing grid stability challenges with wind power.
- LAB14: Finalize lab projects and presentations.
ENT451 - Fuel and Energy Transmission
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The global energy landscape demands efficient and reliable methods for transmitting fuels and energy. This course equips students with the knowledge and skills to analyze, design, and manage these critical transmission systems. Students will explore various aspects of fuel and energy transmission, including:
• Different fuels and energy forms requiring transmission (oil, gas, electricity, hydrogen)
• Pipeline systems for oil and gas transportation (onshore, offshore)
• Power transmission lines and substations for electricity grids
• Emerging technologies for energy transmission (e.g., hydrogen pipelines, HVDC transmission)
• Design considerations for efficient and reliable transmission systems
• Environmental impact assessments and regulations for transmission infrastructure
• Operation and maintenance of transmission systems
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Classify different fuels and energy forms based on their transmission requirements.
- CLO2: Explain the working principles of pipeline systems for oil and gas transportation.
- CLO3: Describe the components and operation of power transmission lines and substations.
- CLO4: Analyze the potential of emerging technologies for energy transmission (e.g., hydrogen pipelines).
- CLO5: Apply engineering principles for designing efficient and reliable transmission systems.
- CLO6: Evaluate environmental impacts associated with various transmission infrastructure projects.
- CLO7: Discuss relevant regulations and safety considerations for fuel and energy transmission systems.
- CLO8: Perform basic calculations related to energy flow and losses during transmission.
Lectures
- LEC1-2: Introduction to Fuel & Energy Transmission & Global Energy Landscape.
- LEC3-4: Different Fuels & Energy Forms Requiring Transmission (Oil, Gas, Electricity, Hydrogen).
- LEC5-6: Fundamentals of Thermodynamics & Fluid Mechanics for Transmission Processes.
- LEC7: Midterm Exam Review.
- LEC8-9: Pipeline Systems for Oil & Gas Transportation (Onshore, Offshore).
- LEC10-11: Power Transmission Lines & Substations in Electricity Grids.
- LEC12-13: Environmental Impact Assessments & Regulations for Transmission Infrastructure.
- LEC14: Course Review & Future of Fuel and Energy Transmission.
Tutorials
- TUT1-2: Analyze energy consumption patterns and the need for efficient transmission.
- TUT3-4: Discuss case studies on selecting appropriate transmission methods for different fuels and energy forms.
- TUT5-6: Solve problems on applying thermodynamic principles to energy transmission calculations.
- TUT7: Practice problems and review for midterm exam.
- TUT8-9: Analyze case studies on design considerations for oil and gas pipelines.
- TUT10-11: Work on problems related to power flow calculations in transmission lines.
- TUT12-13: Discuss case studies on mitigating environmental impacts of transmission projects.
- TUT14: Course review and Q&A session on future trends in transmission technologies.
Laboratories
- LAB1-2: Simulations on energy flow and losses during transmission (various fuels/energy forms).
- LAB3-4: Labs on analyzing data from existing pipeline infrastructure.
- LAB5-6: Project work on designing a basic oil or gas pipeline for a chosen scenario.
- LAB7: Midterm Exam (no labs).
- LAB8-9: Experiments or simulations on power flow behavior in transmission lines.
- LAB10-11: Lab simulations or demonstrations on substation operations.
- LAB12-13: Projects on analyzing environmental impact assessments for a chosen transmission project.
- LAB14: Finalize lab projects and presentations.
ENT452 - Selected Topics in Petroleum and Energy Engineering
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Petroleum Topics chosen from: Petroleum or Gas exploration, drilling production, simulation, recovery, and gas liquefaction. Field study including assessment, evaluation, feasibility and economic studies will be required.
Energy Topics chosen from: Alternative Energy resources including solar, wind, biomass, fuel cells, nuclear or geothermal energy. Field study including assessment, evaluation, feasibility and economic studies will be required.
ENT461 - Electrical Chargers Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course equips students with a comprehensive understanding of electrical charger technologies for various applications. Through a combination of lectures, tutorials, laboratory sessions, and projects, students will explore the working principles, design considerations, and functionalities of chargers for electric vehicles (EVs) of all sizes, ranging from personal electronics to drones and heavy-duty trucks, with the following specific contents:
1. Fundamentals of EV Charging: This module will cover the core concepts of electric vehicle charging, including different charging levels (AC/DC slow, fast charging), battery types used in EVs, and their charging requirements. Students will learn about the importance of charger compatibility and safety standards.
2. EV Charger Technologies: This module will delve deeper into the functionalities and designs of various EV charger types. Students will explore AC chargers, DC fast chargers, wireless charging systems, and their operating principles. The course will cover power electronics used in chargers, communication protocols, and user interfaces.
3. Charger Applications and Future Trends: This module will focus on selecting and designing chargers for specific applications. Students will explore considerations for charging personal electronics, electric cars, electric buses and trucks, and even drones. The course will touch upon emerging trends like ultra-fast charging technologies, battery swapping systems, and smart charging infrastructure.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Explain the fundamental concepts of electric vehicle charging and different charging levels.
- CLO2: Analyze the operation and functionalities of various EV charger types (AC, DC, wireless).
- CLO3: Identify key considerations for designing and selecting EV chargers for specific applications.
- CLO4: Evaluate the technical aspects of fast charging technologies for high-power EVs.
- CLO5: Discuss the emerging trends and future advancements in electrical charger technologies.
- CLO6: Perform basic calculations and simulations related to EV charger performance.
Lectures
- LEC1-2: Introduction to EV Charging & Charging Levels (AC/DC).
- LEC3-4: EV Battery Technologies & Charging Requirements.
- LEC5-6: AC Charger Operation & Functionalities.
- LEC7: Midterm Exam Review.
- LEC8-9: DC Fast Charger Technologies & Power Electronics.
- LEC10-11: Wireless Charging Systems for EVs.
- LEC12-13: Charger Selection for Different Applications (Cars, Buses, Drones).
- LEC14: Future Trends: Ultra-Fast Charging & Smart Charging Infrastructure.
Tutorials
- TUT1-2: Analyze compatibility between chargers and different EV battery types.
- TUT3-4: Solve problems on power calculations for EV charging at different levels.
- TUT5-6: Discuss case studies on functionalities of AC chargers for various applications.
- TUT7: Practice problems and review for midterm exam.
- TUT8-9: Analyze technical specifications of DC fast chargers.
- TUT10-11: Work on problems related to efficiency calculations in wireless charging systems.
- TUT12-13: Discuss case studies on selecting chargers for electric buses or trucks.
- TUT14: Course review and Q&A session on future trends.
Laboratories
- LAB1-2: Experiments on simulating AC charger operation.
- LAB3-4: Labs on measuring charging efficiency at different power levels.
- LAB5-6: Project work on designing a basic AC charger for a specific device.
- LAB7: Midterm Exam (no labs).
- LAB8-9: Experiments on analyzing power electronics components in DC fast chargers.
- LAB10-11: Lab simulations or projects on wireless charging systems for EVs.
- LAB12-13: Projects on selecting and simulating chargers for electric vehicle applications (chosen case study).
- LAB14: Finalize lab projects and presentations.
ENT462 - Electric Vehicles Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides students with a comprehensive understanding of electric vehicles (EVs) and their core technologies. Through a combination of lectures, tutorials, laboratory sessions, and projects, students will explore EV drivetrains, battery technologies, charging infrastructure, and the environmental implications of electric transportation, with the following specific contents:
Fundamentals of Electric Vehicles (EVs): This module will cover the core concepts of EVs, including their advantages and disadvantages compared to conventional vehicles. Students will learn about different EV classifications (BEVs, PHEVs, HEVs), drivetrain components (motors, controllers, transmissions), and their functionalities. The course will explore energy storage options for EVs and their impact on vehicle range and performance.
Electric Vehicle Drivetrain Technologies: This module will delve deeper into the technical aspects of EV drivetrains. Students will explore different electric motor technologies (AC induction, permanent magnet synchronous) and their operating principles. The course will cover motor controllers, power electronics, and energy conversion within the EV drivetrain. Gearing systems and transmission options in EVs will also be discussed.
Battery Technologies and Charging Infrastructure: This module will focus on battery systems as the heart of EVs. Students will explore different battery types (lithium-ion, solid-state) and their characteristics relevant to EV applications. The course will cover battery management systems (BMS), charging and discharging cycles, and factors affecting battery performance and lifespan. Students will also learn about different EV charging infrastructure options (AC, DC fast charging, wireless charging) and their functionalities.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Explain the working principles of electric vehicle drivetrains (motors, controllers, transmissions).
- CLO2: Analyze the characteristics and performance of different electric motor technologies used in EVs.
- CLO3: Describe the operation and management of EV battery systems, including charging and discharging cycles.
- CLO4: Evaluate the environmental benefits and challenges associated with electric vehicles.
- CLO5: Identify key considerations for designing and selecting EV components for various applications.
- CLO6: Perform basic calculations related to EV range, power consumption, and battery capacity.
Lectures
- LEC1-2: Introduction to Electric Vehicles (EVs) & Classifications.
- LEC3-4: EV Drivetrain Components & Functionalities.
- LEC5-6: Energy Storage Options for EVs & Battery Impact.
- LEC7: Midterm Exam Review.
- LEC8-9: Electric Motor Technologies for EVs (AC Induction, PMSM).
- LEC10-11: Power Electronics & Energy Conversion in EV Drivetrains.
- LEC12-13: Gearing Systems & Transmission Options in EVs.
- LEC14: Course Review & Future of Electric Vehicles.
Tutorials
- TUT1-2: Analyze advantages & disadvantages of EVs compared to conventional vehicles.
- TUT3-4: Solve problems on power and torque calculations in EV drivetrains.
- TUT5-6: Discuss case studies on selecting battery types for different EV applications.
- TUT7: Practice problems and review for midterm exam.
- TUT8-9: Compare and contrast different electric motor technologies for EVs.
- TUT10-11: Work on problems related to power electronics efficiency in EV drivetrains.
- TUT12-13: Analyze case studies on selecting gear ratios for specific EV types.
- TUT14: Course review and Q&A session on future trends.
Laboratories
- LAB1-2: Experiments simulating EV drivetrain operation (motors, controllers).
- LAB3-4: Labs on measuring battery performance characteristics.
- LAB5-6: Project work on designing a basic EV drivetrain for a chosen application.
- LAB7: Midterm Exam (no labs).
- LAB8-9: Experiments on analyzing efficiency of different electric motor types.
- LAB10-11: Lab simulations on power electronics components in EV drivetrains.
- LAB12-13: Projects on selecting and simulating gear ratios for an EV application (based on chosen project).
- LAB14: Finalize lab projects and presentations.
ENT471 - Smart Buildings and Cities Platforms
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The rise of smart buildings and smart cities necessitates powerful software platforms for integrating and managing complex systems. This course delves into the world of these platforms, exploring their functionalities, applications, and the role they play in creating intelligent and sustainable urban environments. Students will gain expertise in:
• Different types of smart building and smart city platforms
• Data management and analytics functionalities on these platforms
• Building automation and control systems integrated with platforms
• Smart city applications and platform-based solutions for urban challenges (e.g., energy management, traffic control)
• Cybersecurity considerations for smart building and smart city platforms
• Interoperability and data exchange between different platforms
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Classify different types of platforms used for smart building and smart city applications.
- CLO2: Explain the functionalities of data management and analytics tools on these platforms.
- CLO3: Describe how building automation and control systems integrate with smart building platforms.
- CLO4: Analyze potential smart city applications and identify suitable platform-based solutions.
- CLO5: Discuss cybersecurity risks associated with smart building and smart city platforms.
- CLO6: Explain the importance of interoperability and data exchange between different platforms for comprehensive smart city ecosystems.
- CLO7: Develop and present a plan for utilizing a smart building or smart city platform for a chosen scenario.
Lectures
- LEC1-2: Introduction to Smart Buildings & Cities & Role of Software Platforms.
- LEC3-4: Different Types of Smart Building & Smart City Platforms (BMS, IWMS, UDPs, CMPs).
- LEC5-6: Data Management Fundamentals on Smart Building & City Platforms.
- LEC7: Midterm Exam Review.
- LEC8-9: Data Analytics Tools & Applications on Smart Building & City Platforms.
- LEC10-11: Building Automation & Control System Integration with Platforms.
- LEC12-13: Smart City Applications Enabled by Smart Building & City Platforms.
- LEC14: Course Review & Future of Smart Building & City Platforms.
Tutorials
- TUT1-2: Analyze cost-benefit considerations of implementing smart building/city platforms.
- TUT3-4: Discuss case studies on selecting appropriate platforms for different building types.
- TUT5-6: Solve problems on data management tasks like data filtering and visualization on platforms.
- TUT7: Practice problems and review for midterm exam.
- TUT8-9: Analyze case studies on using data analytics tools for optimizing building energy efficiency.
- TUT10-11: Discuss case studies on integrating specific building automation systems with platforms.
- TUT12-13: Analyze case studies on smart city applications (e.g., traffic management) using platform functionalities.
- TUT14: Course review and Q&A session on future trends in smart building/city platforms.
Laboratories
- LAB1-2: Hands-on experience with user interfaces of real or simulated smart building/city platforms.
- LAB3-4: Labs on using data analysis tools integrated with the platforms (focusing on chosen scenario).
- LAB5-6: Project work on developing a plan for utilizing a platform to optimize energy use in a chosen smart building scenario.
- LAB7: Midterm Exam (no labs).
- LAB8-9: Labs on simulating smart city applications (e.g., traffic flow) using platform functionalities.
- LAB10-11: Project work on designing a smart city application using a platform to address a specific challenge (based on chosen scenario).
- LAB12-13: Presentations on initial project findings: data analysis and platform functionalities for chosen smart building/city applications.
- LAB14: Finalize lab projects and presentations on comprehensive solutions using smart building/city platforms.
ENT472 - Light Current and Digital Systems Technologies
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The convergence of light and digital technologies has revolutionized various fields like communication, computing, and sensor applications. This course provides a comprehensive foundation in light current technologies and digital systems, preparing students for careers in these exciting areas. Students will gain expertise in:
• Fundamentals of light and its interaction with matter (absorption, emission)
• Light-emitting diodes (LEDs), photodetectors, and optocouplers
• Digital logic gates (AND, OR, NOT) and combinational circuits
• Sequential circuits (flip-flops, counters) and state machines
• Digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital conversion
• Microcontrollers and interfacing with light current devices
• Applications of light current and digital systems technologies (communication, sensors)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Analyze the principles of light-matter interaction and explain the operation of optoelectronic devices.
- CLO2: Design and analyze basic combinational circuits using digital logic gates.
- CLO3: Understand the functionality of sequential circuits and implement state machines.
- CLO4: Apply digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital conversion techniques in mixed-signal systems.
- CLO5: Program microcontrollers for interfacing with light current devices.
- CLO6: Analyze and design basic applications using light current and digital systems technologies.
- CLO7: Troubleshoot and debug circuits using appropriate test equipment.
- CLO8: Effectively communicate technical concepts through written reports and presentations.
Lectures
- LEC1-2: Introduction to Light, Interaction with Matter (Absorption, Emission).
- LEC3-4: Light-Emitting Diodes (LEDs): Operation & Characteristics.
- LEC5-6: Photodetectors: Photodiodes, Phototransistors & Optocouplers.
- LEC7: Midterm Exam Review.
- LEC8-9: Introduction to Digital Systems: Binary Logic & Boolean Algebra.
- LEC10-11: Digital Logic Gates (AND, OR, NOT): Truth Tables & Analysis.
- LEC12-13: Combinational Circuits: Design, Analysis & Simplification Techniques (K-maps).
Tutorials
- TUT1-2: Analyze case studies on applications of light-matter interaction in solar cells and optical sensors.
- TUT3-4: Solve problems on calculating LED operating characteristics.
- TUT5-6: Discuss the advantages and limitations of different types of photodetectors for specific applications.
- TUT7: Practice problems and review for midterm exam.
- TUT8-9: Analyze case studies on the role of digital logic in modern electronic devices.
- TUT10-11: Solve problems on analyzing and simplifying combinational circuits using truth tables and K-maps.
- TUT12-13: Discuss design considerations and challenges for complex combinational circuits.
Laboratories
- LAB1-2: Hands-on experiments with LEDs: Measuring voltage-current characteristics & building basic circuits.
- LAB3-4: Labs on simulating and analyzing circuits with photodetectors and light sources using software.
- LAB5-6: Project work on designing and building a light-activated alarm circuit using LEDs and photodetectors.
- LAB7: Midterm Exam (no labs).
- LAB8-9: Labs on building and testing digital logic circuits with different types of gates (AND, OR, NOT).
- LAB10-11: Project work on designing and building a combinational lock circuit using digital logic gates.
- LAB12-13: Labs on simulating and analyzing sequential circuits (e.g., D flip-flop) using simulation software.
- LAB14: Finalize lab projects and presentations on designed light-activated alarm and combinational lock circuits.
ENT491 - ENT Project III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Further, they do market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products and identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project (if there are any). The student also develops the ability to design, implement and test systems, hardware, or software. This course includes planning the tasks to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The leadership, supervisory, planning, and organizational skills are integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The projects has a detailed project proposal, which is executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook, periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects are chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which is to be submitted after the project is over. The student acquires the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Assess the impact of the project on society (if there is any)
- CLO 2: Conduct Feasibility studies, Design projects, and Market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products
- CLO 3: Design, plan and propose a project according to user requirements.
- CLO 4: Apply project development methodologies appropriate to the project
- CLO 5: Collaborate with team members to develop the prototype of the Application
- CLO 6: Identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project (if there are any)
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
ENT492 - ENT Project IV
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. In this course, the students apply the knowledge gained during the program to design and prototype a software application that meets user needs and expectations. Further, they evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops leadership and supervision skills which are integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The projects have a detailed project proposal, which is executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects are chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is prepared as the project progresses, which is submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate the ability to apply the knowledge to design and prototype a software/hardware application that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 2: Design the project acquiring and applying new knowledge through literature review.
- CLO 3: Design computing/hardware solutions considering economical, environmental, cultural, global impact and technical aspects.
- CLO 4: Assess the impact of technical and system constraints to select optimal solutions.
- CLO 5: Evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate teamwork through regular formal team meetings, project management, class presentations, and a final design presentation.
- CLO 7: Assess the ethical and legal impact of the implemented product or system or process.
- CLO 8: Write a technical report in a standard format and give an oral presentation.
- CLO 9: Design and implement the project with modern engineering tools and software.
Department of Visual Arts Technology
AAT421 - Emotion design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course explores the fascinating world of emotion design, equipping students with the knowledge and skills to create experiences that evoke specific emotional responses in users. Through a blend of lectures, interactive workshops, case studies, and creative projects, students will delve into the psychology of emotions, understand design elements that influence emotional response, and learn to apply these principles in various design disciplines.
References
- "Emotional Design: Why We Love (or Hate) Everyday Things" by Donald Norman
- The Design Shack - Articles and Resources on Design Psychology ([invalid URL removed])
- Designing for Emotion by Aaron Walter (2013, A Book Apart
- The Art of Human-Computer Interaction: Guidelines and Psychobasics (3rd Edition) by Brenda Laurel (2016, Addison-Wesley Professional
- This is Service Design Doing: Applying Design Thinking to Service Experience by Marc Stickdorn and Jakob Schneider (2018, Wiley
- Designing for Behavior Change: How to Apply Behavioral Design to Social Impact by BJ Fogg (2020, Behavior Design Books)
- NNGroup - User Experience Research and Design Consulting
- NNGroup - User Experience Research and Design Consulting (https://www.nngroup.com/)
- IDEO U - Online Courses and Resources on Human-Centered Design (https://www.ideou.com/)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the core concepts of emotion design and its applications.
- CLO 2: Analyze the psychology of emotions and their influence on human behavior.
- CLO 3: Identify design elements that evoke specific emotional responses in users.
- CLO 4: Apply emotion design principles to various design disciplines like product design, user interface (UI) design, and communication design.
- CLO 5: Evaluate the effectiveness of design solutions based on their emotional impact.
- CLO 6: Develop and present creative projects that utilize emotion design principles to achieve a desired emotional response.
- CLO 7: Articulate the ethical considerations of emotion design and its potential impact on users.
AAT422 - User Experience Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course equips students with the fundamental principles and practices of user experience (UX) design. Through a blend of lectures, interactive workshops, user research exercises, and hands-on design projects, students will gain a comprehensive understanding of the UX design process, learn to conduct user research, and develop user-centered design solutions for various digital products and services.
References
- "The User Experience Handbook" by Jeanne Liedtka & Jessica Margolin
- Nielsen Norman Group (NN/g) - Articles and Resources on UX Design
- Don't Make Me Think: A Common Sense Approach to Web Usability (Revised Edition) by Steve Krug (2014, New Riders).
- The Design of Everyday Things by Donald A. Norman (2013, Basic Books).
- About Face: The Essentials of Interaction Design (5th Edition) by Alan Cooper, et al. (2014, Wiley)
- Designing for the User Experience: Essentials and Best Practices for the Web (6th Edition) by Ben Shneiderman, et al. (2023, Pearson).
- The Elements of User Experience: User-Centered Design for the Web and Beyond (4th Edition) by Jesse James Garrett (2019, Morgan Kaufmann) .
- Microinteractions: Designing with Details by Dan Saffer (2010, New Riders.)
- (https://www.nngroup.com/)
- Usability.gov - Best Practices for User Experience Design
- Interaction Design Foundation (IxDF) - Online Courses and Resources on UX Design (https://www.interaction-design.org/)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a solid understanding of the core principles and methodologies of UX design.
- CLO 2: Apply user research methods to gather user data and understand user needs.
- CLO 3: Analyze user research data to identify user pain points and opportunities for design improvement.
- CLO 4: Develop user personas and user journey maps to inform the design process.
- CLO 5: Apply design thinking principles to ideate, prototype, and iterate on UX design solutions.
- CLO 6: Evaluate the usability and effectiveness of UX design solutions through user testing.
- CLO 7: Present a user experience design portfolio showcasing the design process and final design solutions.
VAT111 - Visual Design Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides an important introduction to basic design principles and digital skills necessary to move forward in art making. By learning basic vocabulary and practical applications by attending lectures and practical lessons in digital laboratories, using references, case studies, discussion, and implementing many digital and analog exercises through the utilization of industry-standard software. Students explore fundamental design elements such as images, graphics, illustrations, and typography to convey narrative concepts and interpretations. Students explore the fusion of design theory and practical implementation, offering a thorough grasp of leveraging professional software for visual communication. The course covers design theory fundamentals, compositional strategies, and various design stages from concept creation to completion. It includes topics such as image editing and retouching, typography design, vector drawing techniques, selection methods, filters, effects, and styles along with other advanced editing techniques. Furthermore, the course emphasizes workflow optimization tactics, teaching students how to work well and effectively with the software. From mastering keyboard shortcuts to producing custom actions, students will discover practical tips and tricks to streamline their creative process and enhance efficiency. Through design workshops, demonstrations of multiple techniques and tools, and practical tutorials on industry-standard software, students develop design endeavors capable of evoking moods and sentiments. The practical component of the course involves conducting hands-on projects that demonstrate the design principles and concepts covered in the lectures.
References
- Chavez, C. (2023). Adobe Photoshop Classroom in a Book 2024 Release (first). Adobe Press.
- Samara, T. (2020). Design Elements, Third Edition. Macmillan Publishers.
- https://creativecloud.adobe.com/cc/learn/photoshop/web/discover-generative-fill?locale=en
- https://phlearn.com/affiliate/1297/?gad_source=1&gclid=Cj0KCQjw8J6wBhDXARIsAPo7QA-bS0Tct8jJ4RmhB2sEaA8ZQwAOOsoilgmgMtoaEeJ1lOwM7NhuitoaAuPDEALw_wcB
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify the fundamental elements and principles of 2D digital design by reconstructing some artistic designs of some works by international designers, and applying the rules and foundations of artistic design that distinguish them.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate proficiency in the ability to implement your own understanding of the principles of 2D digital design by designing digital images that are authentic in embodying those principles.
- CLO 3: Assemble elements to create designs for both print and digital types of content.
- CLO 4: Create visuals and arrange project layouts employing appropriate software methodologies.
- CLO 5: Evaluate a design based on its objectives and the extent to which it adheres to typical technical principles and standards.
- CLO 6: Produce attractive designs and innovative ideas.
VAT112 - Graphic Design Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Graphic designing helps to build visual literacy. It aids in the creation and placement of visual elements to communicate ideas, create unique visual styles, and tell interesting stories. In this course, students get hands-on experience developing skills with tools and learning techniques for producing professional illustrations. Covering essential design theory, compositional strategies, and the entire design process from inception to execution, the curriculum ensures students gain a comprehensive understanding of graphic design fundamentals. Topics include design principles like Gestalt theory, formstorming, color theory, and concepts of rhythm, balance, scale, and texture, all essential for crafting compelling artwork. Moreover, students will delve into typography design, drawing techniques, selection methods, effects, and advanced editing techniques. They will also master practical skills such as keyboard shortcuts, custom actions, and other efficiency-boosting tricks to streamline their creative workflow. Practical projects are an integral part of the course, allowing students to showcase their understanding of design principles and concepts discussed in the lectures. Through creative problem-solving, advanced tutorials, and demonstrations of multiple techniques, students learn the craft of graphic design.
References
- Wood, B. (2023). Adobe Illustrator Classroom in a Book 2024 Release. United States: Pearson Education.
- Walsh, J. (2020). Graphic Design Essentials (2nd ed.). Bloomsbury Publishing.
- Lupton, E., Phillips, J. C. (2015). Graphic Design: The New Basics (Second Edition, Revised and Expanded). United States: Princeton Architectural Press.
- Adams, S., Dawson, P., Foster, J., & Seddon, T. (2020). Graphic Design Rules: 365 Essential Dos and Don’ts (Illustrated Ed.). Princeton Architectural Press.
- https://creativecloud.adobe.com/cc/learn/app/illustrator?locale=en
- https://www.youtube.com/user/tutvid
- https://community.adobe.com/t5/illustrator/ct-p/ct-illustrator?page=1&sort=latest_replies&lang=all&tabid=all
- https://www.reddit.com/r/illustrator/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of the relevance and importance of visual principles and rules in the graphic design domain.
- CLO 2: Classify the principles of graphic design into projects using the appropriate procedures and applications.
- CLO 3: Analyze graphic design practices in an illustration project.
- CLO 4: Develop the concepts required to produce an effective graphic design solution.
- CLO 5: Assemble elements to create a whole scene.
- CLO 6: Develop a final output using industry-standard software.
VAT121 - History of Design Art and Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course explores the interconnected history of design, art, and technological advancements from prehistory to the present day. Students will gain a comprehensive understanding of how these forces have shaped human civilization and influenced each other's development.
References
- Bauer, R. (2007). Design revolution: Redesigning everything and nothing. Laurence King Publishing.
- Bloom, J. M., & Blair, S. S. (2009). Islamic art and architecture. Oxford University Press.
- Gombrich, E. H. (2005). The story of art (16th ed.). Phaidon Press.
- Lucie-Smith, E. (2004). History of design. Laurence King Publishing.
- Mumford, L. (1967). Technics and civilization. Harcourt, Brace & World.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Explore the historical relationship between design, art, and technological advancements.
- CLO2: Analyze how design movements and artistic expressions have been influenced by technological innovation.
- CLO3: Understand the impact of design and art on technological development and vice versa.
- CLO4: Develop critical thinking skills to evaluate the role of design and art in shaping human history and culture.
VAT131 - Free Sketch Design Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course introduces students to the fundamentals of design thinking and sketching techniques for rapid ideation and communication of design concepts. Software will not be the main focus; instead, students will develop strong foundational skills applicable across various design disciplines.
References
- The Futur (https://thefutur.com/) offers a wealth of articles, tutorials, and videos on various design topics, including sketching.
- Skillshare (https://www.skillshare.com/en/) provides online courses on sketching from beginner to advanced levels.
- Proko (https://www.proko.com/) has a library of video courses on different aspects of drawing and sketching, taught by professional artists.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Understand the design thinking process and its role in creative problem-solving.
- CLO2: Develop hand-drawing and sketching skills for rapid visualization of design ideas.
- CLO3: Learn effective techniques for communicating design concepts through sketches.
- CLO4: Explore various sketching styles for different design stages (e.g., brainstorming, refinement).
- CLO5: Gain proficiency in basic design principles like composition, form, and perspective.
VAT191 - VAT Internship I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Student learning includes overall professional development of students, required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Further, the students develop awareness of the organizational department structure and their roles, responsibilities, and function. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is expected to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the industry/organization and submit the evaluation report of the students with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students are exposed to the industry environment for 6 to 8 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the industrial standards and recognize the requirement of these standards with the industrial scenario.
- CLO 2: Examine a specific project related to energy engineering at an existing job.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate individual confidence to handle various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 6: Expose themselves to acquire life skills to meet societal challenges
- CLO 7: Relate the engineer’s responsibilities and ethics while handling various engineering assignments during the internship.
VAT211 - 2D Animation Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
3 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Dynamic visual content incorporating both audio and visual elements serves to maximize audience engagement. Students use motion design to simplify visually complex information for different types of media like user interfaces, infographics, and title sequences. This course explores the extensive capabilities of Adobe After Effects, a primary software for creating captivating, animated visuals. Through a combination of theory and practical practice, students will explore advanced techniques to further their motion design skills to the next level. From dynamic animations to rotoscoping, this course equips students with the expertise needed to produce professional-quality motion graphics for a diverse range of media platforms. The course includes theoretical aspects such as design essentials, designing compositions, conceptualization, and structure. The course will also cover topics such as typography in motion, color correction, rotoscoping and motion tracking, and various tools within this industry-standard software. Practical training, demonstrations, and real-world examples are employed to prepare students to efficiently organize and deliver projects that adhere to industry standards. Through hands-on exercises, project work, discussions, and lectures on the concepts and techniques of motion design, students plan, develop, and produce their creative projects. The students will also be ready to move to the subsequent course and to proceed successfully in the remaining part of the program.
References
- Fridsma, L., Gyncild, B. (2024). Adobe After Effects Classroom in a Book 2024 Release. United States: Pearson Education.
- Hilton, P. (2020). Design in Motion (1st ed.). Bloomsbury Publishing.
- Dodds, D. (2019). Hands-On Motion Graphics with Adobe After Effects CC. Van Haren Publishing.
- Meyer, C., & Meyer, T. (2016). After Effects Apprentice: Real-World Skills for the Aspiring Motion Graphics Artist (Apprentice Series) (4th ed.). Routledge.
- https://creativecloud.adobe.com/cc/learn/app/after-effects?locale=en
- https://www.videocopilot.net/tutorials/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Summarize the evolution of motion graphics by analyzing historical milestones and the contributions of industry pioneers.
- CLO 2: Interpret a range of screen-based motion graphics types for content development.
- CLO 3: Evaluate the effectiveness of communication in using motion graphics in visual and interactive media.
- CLO 4: Apply principles of kinetic composition and aesthetics to adapt techniques for creating compelling content.
- CLO 5: Create an animation project integrating music, visuals, and typography to effectively communicate a cohesive message or concept.
VAT212 - Digital 3D Modeling Using Maya
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
Digital modeling converts detailed design concepts into lifelike virtual models. This course delves into the principles and techniques of 3D modeling using industry-standard software Autodesk Maya. Students will develop proficiency in Maya's modeling tools, enabling them to create diverse 3D models such as environments, assets, and props. In this course, students get hands-on experience developing skills with tools and learning techniques for producing professional assets. The curriculum encompasses vital modeling theories, retopology techniques, and the complete production workflow from conception to realization, ensuring students attain a thorough grasp of the entire modeling process. The course covers topics including 3D modeling techniques, nurbs surface modeling basics, retopology techniques, materials, and textures all essential for crafting compelling artwork. Moreover, students will delve into understanding UVs, Unwrapping UVs, basics of resolution maps, texel density, and the use of cameras and lights. In this course, students will not only learn fundamental concepts but also hone practical skills essential for efficient 3D design. They'll delve into keyboard shortcuts, custom actions, and other productivity-enhancing techniques to optimize their creative process. Via hands-on projects, students will apply modeling principles discussed in lectures, demonstrating their comprehension and proficiency in practical scenarios. Through multiple practical assignments, problem-solving tasks, demonstrations of multiple techniques, and tutorials, students learn the nuances of digital modeling.
References
- Li, J., Watkins, A., Arevalo, K., & Tovar, M. (2021b). Creating Games with Unity, Substance Painter, & Maya: Models, Textures, Animation, & Code (1st ed.). CRC Press.
- Murdock, K. L. (2020). Autodesk Maya 2020 Basics Guide (1st ed.). SDC Publications.
- Kumar, A. (2020). Beginning PBR Texturing: Learn Physically Based Rendering with Allegorithmic’s Substance Painter (1st ed.). Apress.
- https://help.autodesk.com/view/MAYAUL/2023/ENU/
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2waVoyqwlN0&ab_channel=InspirationTuts
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify existing virtual models and their use in the entertainment and commercial industry.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate an understanding of the principles and techniques of 3D modeling.
- CLO 3: Develop proficiency in utilizing Autodesk Maya for various modeling tasks.
- CLO 4: Optimize 3D models for efficient rendering and animation purposes.
- CLO 5: Create 3D models including realistic props and dioramas.
VAT241 - Lighting and Audio Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides a deep dive into mastering lighting techniques using Autodesk Maya, a premier industry-standard software. Through a blend of theoretical understanding and hands-on application, students will delve into both fundamental principles and advanced lighting techniques to craft visually compelling and emotionally resonant digital scenes. This course draws on issues related to the lighting production pipeline and addresses skills and techniques required to be a successful lighting artist. It uses the creative work of existing industry content to identify and critically evaluate the use of tools, techniques, and expression. The course covers fundamental principles of lighting, encompassing topics like color theory, lighting properties, and shadow creation. Students will acquire the skills to manipulate various light sources—ranging from directional lights to point lights, spotlights, and area lights—to achieve their desired visual effects and atmospheres. Through practical tutorials, students will develop expertise in adjusting light intensity, color balance, and decay, while also acquiring an understanding of the intricacies involved in shadows and reflections. The course includes lighting techniques such as global illumination, ambient occlusion, image-based lighting, and rendering techniques. Students will investigate incorporating HDR (High Dynamic Range) images and environmental maps to enhance realism and build immersive lighting environments. Hands-on projects play a crucial role in this course, allowing students to demonstrate their comprehension of lighting principles and concepts covered in lectures. By engaging in lectures, advanced tutorials, and demonstrations of various techniques, students learn the art of lighting.
References
- Murdock, K. (2023). Autodesk Maya 2024 Basics Guide. United States: SDC Publications.
- Lanier, L. (2015). Advanced Maya Texturing and Lighting (3rd Ed.). Sybex.
- King, R. (2019). 3D Animation for the Raw Beginner Using Autodesk Maya 2e (2nd ed.). Chapman and Hall/CRC.
- https://help.autodesk.com/view/MAYAUL/2022/ENU/?guid=GUID-14B4A5A3-A4CC-410C-B24B-93CB54B9BEFC
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=njC8Z3knaDI&ab_channel=MayaLearningChannel
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify the importance of digital lighting and rendering.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental principles of lighting.
- CLO 3: Apply the functional tools of digital lighting.
- CLO 4: Develop the concepts required to produce an effective lighting solution.
- CLO 5: Implement conceptual and practical workflows for lighting assets.
- CLO 6: Create lighting rigs for the virtual sets, models, and environments.
VAT291 - VAT Project I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
3 |
4 |
120 |
2 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. The student is expected to design a project that provides students with the experience of designing, building, and integrating modular software applications/ electronic system comprising analog, digital and computer subsystems. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. By studying this course. The student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated into the learning objectives of this course. The project will have a detailed proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated while maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the professor mentor. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Define the tasks and scope of the project independently and/or collaboratively
- CLO 2: Identify relevant information pertaining to project needs from a variety of resources.
- CLO 3: Acquire knowledge on advanced topics in a chosen subject area
- CLO 4: Summarize the information and draw a logical conclusion to the problem/task of the project
- CLO 5: Outline the details of hardware and software required for the completion of the project
- CLO 6: Prepare project proposals with an action plan and time duration scientifically.
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
VAT292 - VAT Project II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
7 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
VAT291
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to apply some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. Project II provides students with the experience of designing and building simple software and hardware applications. Further students can learn how to integrate it into a modular electronic system or computer subsystems. This course builds on the knowledge and skills built in Project I. The student mostly implements design and tests the system. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. Through this course, the student develops creativity, initiative, and capacity to perform. The student develops interpersonal, teamwork, planning and organizing skills. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. The students acquire the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AwH6drwfuAU
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GQVoxaucS44
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fsR8Cm5NBMg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EjQYvCXaMG4
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1. Choose the relevant possible solutions from available alternatives
- CLO 2. Conduct feasibility studies about hardware and software parts used in the project.
- CLO 3. Design a simple software and hardware application taking into consideration various real-life constraints.
- CLO 4. Investigate the important legal and ethical issues in the design project
- CLO 5. Collaborate with team members, managers, and clients to design and prototype a product/service that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 6. Conduct the theoretical study in detail and compare them on the basis of cost/ energy conservation/impact on environment/technology used etc.
- CLO 7. Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
VAT351 - Motion Graphics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
4 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
Embark on an immersive exploration of motion graphics, through a journey into Cinema 4D. This comprehensive course delves deep into the artistry and technical mastery required to craft compelling motion graphics. From elementary principles to advanced workflows, students will delve into the intricacies of motion graphics design, mastering the resourceful capabilities of Cinema 4D for animation, and motion graphics. In this course, students will learn how to create dynamic animations, visual effects, and motion graphics for various multi-media platforms. Through live demonstrations from industry-experienced professionals, students will explore a range of topics, including animation fundamentals, dynamic simulations, lighting, and rendering techniques. Additionally, the course will also cover Video Integration- Cineware, After Effects and motion tracking, tracking 3D data, and camera tracking using Adobe After Effects. This course equips students with the expertise needed to produce professional-quality motion graphics for a diverse range of media platforms. Students are equipped with practical training, demonstrations, and real-world illustrations to effectively organize and execute projects meeting industry benchmarks. Through hands-on exercises, project assignments, group discussions, and instructional sessions on motion design principles, students strategize, develop, and execute their creative ventures. This prepares them not only for progression to subsequent courses but also for success in the program's advanced stages.
References
- Tickoo, S (2023) MAXON CINEMA 4D R25: A Tutorial Approach, 9th Edition. (n.p.): CADCIM Technologies.
- McQuilkin, K. (2015). Cinema 4D Apprentice: Real-World Skills for the Aspiring Motion Graphics Artist. United Kingdom: Taylor & Francis.
- https://www.youtube.com/user/eyedesyn
- https://www.youtube.com/@tollaru
- https://www.schoolofmotion.com/courses
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of the principles of motion graphics design.
- CLO 2: Develop advanced proficiency in utilizing Cinema 4D for animation and motion graphics.
- CLO 3: Create dynamic motion graphics content for diverse media platforms.
- CLO 4: Develop problem-solving skills in motion design projects.
- CLO 5: Explore advanced techniques and industry best practices in motion graphics.
VAT352 - 2D Animation: Digital Production
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
2D animation is a tool for bringing creative ideas to life, both for entertainment and commercial purposes. This course covers the 12 traditional principles of animation, such as squash, stretch, timing, and spacing, which are essential for creating lifelike and character-driven animations. This course will provide you with the knowledge and skills required to create compelling animations using industry-standard software Adobe Animate. The course covers topics such as graphics and text animation, animating using symbols, animation using classic tweens, layering parenting, and character animation. Additionally, it will explore advanced topics such as modern rigging methods, camera animation, shape-based animation, and the application of inverse kinematics concepts and techniques. Practical training, demonstrations, and real-world examples are employed to prepare students to efficiently organize and produce projects that meet industry standards. By blending instructional sessions, live demonstrations, and interactive tasks, students will hone the proficiency needed to excel as 2D animators. From customizing commands to mastering keyboard shortcuts, students will uncover practical methods to streamline their creative process and enhance efficiency. Observing a diverse array of techniques and tools firsthand during demonstrations and hands-on sessions with industry-standard software, students will acquire the competencies essential for crafting lifelike 2D animated shorts.
References
- Chun, R. (2023). Adobe Animate Classroom in a Book (2023 Release). United Kingdom: Pearson Education.
- Derochie, C. (2018). How to Animate Advancing Your Animation Beyond The Basics: A Guide To Becoming A Top Animator (1st Edition). Chicago, US: Cobblestone Media.
- W. (2022). Animator’s Survival Kit, Expanded ((REV)09) by Williams, Richard [Paperback (2009)]. Fabe&Faber, Paperback (2009).
- Movshovitz, D. (2018). Pixar Storytelling: Rules for Effective Storytelling Based on Pixar's Greatest Films (6th Edition). US: Independently published.
- https://creativecloud.adobe.com/cc/learn/app/animate?locale=en
- https://www.youtube.com/@AdobeCreativeCloud
- https://community.adobe.com/t5/animate/ct-p/ct-animate?page=1&sort=latest_replies&filter=all&lang=all&tabid=discussions
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify the different techniques of animation.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamental principles of 2D animation.
- CLO 3: Apply the principles of animation to a short animated film project.
- CLO 4: Adapt 2D character animation skills.
- CLO 5: Create relatable and lifelike 2D animation shorts.
VAT353 - Digital Sculpting for Animation and Gaming
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
Delve into the realm of digital sculpting, exploring the intricacies of ZBrush, the industry's premier software choice for organic surface modeling. This course navigates you through vital tools and techniques, covering everything from interface understanding to sculpting essentials. You'll learn the art of crafting captivating characters, creatures, and assets. This course will guide you through various brush sets, DynaMesh capabilities, and subdivision workflows, empowering you to bring your creative visions to life with striking realism. As you advance, you'll explore more advanced sculpting techniques, including intricate detailing, texturing, and polypainting, to impart realism and depth into your designs. Explore ZBrush's robust rendering engine as you delve into lighting, materials, and rendering settings, creating professional-grade renders with precision and finesse. With this course acquire the expertise required to undertake various projects across the film, video games, and animation industries. Students will explore keyboard shortcuts, custom actions, and other productivity-enhancing methods to refine their creative workflow. Via hands-on projects, students will implement sculpting and modeling principles covered in lectures, showcasing their understanding and mastery of the industry standard software. Through multiple practical assignments, problem-solving tasks, demonstrations of multiple techniques, and tutorials, students learn to create realistic characters.
References
- Kutschera, L. (2024). Sculpting in ZBrush Made Simple: Explore Powerful Modeling and Character Creation Techniques Used for VFX, Games, and 3D Printing. United Kingdom: Packt Publishing.
- Publishing. (2017). Beginner’s Guide to ZBrush. 3DTotal Publishing.
- Spencer, S. (2012). ZBrush Creature Design: Creating Dynamic Concept Imagery for Film and Games (1st Ed.). Sybex.
- https://zclassroom.com/zclassroom/
- https://www.youtube.com/user/Pavlovich2005
- https://www.youtube.com/user/FlippedNormalsTuts
- https://www.zbrushcentral.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify a range of characters for design inspiration.
- CLO 2: Summarize characters in a model sheet.
- CLO 3: Develop a character in 3D using Zbrush.
- CLO 4: Apply the concept of polycount and retopology in modeling.
- CLO 5: Develop 3D character-building and organic surface modeling skills.
- CLO 6: Create a variety of realistic characters.
VAT354 - Animation: Character and Creature Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
Character Design is a dynamic exploration of the principles and techniques essential for crafting captivating characters across diverse media platforms. Through a dynamic fusion of theoretical ideas and practical application, students will fully plunge themselves into the artistic process of character conceptualization, development, and portrayal. Students will delve into the complexities of anatomy and expression, honing their skills in accurately depicting the human form and communicating emotions through subtle facial expressions, body language, and gestures. They will acquire proficiency in both digital and conventional rendering methods, harnessing diverse tools and mediums to breathe life into their characters with different colors, textures, and intricate details. In this course, students will apply their developing expertise to create characters tailored to various media landscapes, spanning animation, video games, comics, and illustration. Additionally, students will confront ethical considerations in character design, addressing concerns regarding representation, inclusivity, and cultural awareness with sensitivity and mindfulness. The hands-on component of the course will involve executing practical projects that demonstrate the design theories and concepts covered in the lectures. By applying their newfound knowledge in real-world scenarios, students will deepen their understanding of character design principles and develop their creative abilities. Through constructive feedback and guidance from instructors, students will refine their skills and build a portfolio of compelling character designs. Whether aspiring animators, illustrators, or game designers, they will be trained with the skills and understanding needed to succeed in the dynamic realm of character design.
References
- 3dtotal Publishing, 3. (2020). Fundamentals of Character Design: How to Create Engaging Characters for Illustration, Animation & Visual Development. United Kingdom: 3DTotal Publishing.
- Harder, J. (2023). Creative Character Design for Games and Animation. United States: CRC Press.
- https://www.proko.com/
- https://www.artstation.com/learning/courses/pDK/designing-characters-with-personality-and-expression/chapters/9r6/introduction
- https://characterdesignreferences.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of the character design fundamentals.
- CLO 2: Analyze the ethical aspects of character design, exploring themes of illustration, graphics, cultural awareness, and the prevention of detrimental stereotypes.
- CLO 3: Develop expertise in digital and traditional rendering techniques.
- CLO 4: Develop the skill to generate and enhance character concepts through brainstorming, sketching, and iteration refinement.
- CLO 5: Create refined portfolio pieces that demonstrate technical skills, creative vision, and adaptability as a character designer.
VAT355 - Principles of 3D Animation
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
3D animation adds the required dimension to bring sketched characters to life on screen. To achieve this, animators work with the functionalities of movement and walk cycle. Additionally, the course delves into the fundamental principles of 3D animation and humanoid body mechanics. Students then put these principles into practice, applying them to character designs and basic rigs to create dynamic and lifelike animations. This course explores the extensive capabilities of Autodesk Maya, an industry-standard software for creating captivating 3D animations. Through a combination of theory and practical practice, students will explore advanced techniques to further their 3D animation skills to the next level. This course empowers students with the skills necessary to create high-quality animation suitable for a variety of media platforms, ensuring professional-grade output. The course includes theoretical aspects such as the twelve principles of animation, the concept of frame rate, and fundamentals of keyframing, timing, and Spacing. Additionally, the course will cover essential topics like utilizing the graph editor, manipulating tangents, and understanding concepts like the Pre-infinity cycle and Post-infinity cycle. Students are equipped with practical training, demonstrations, and real-world examples to adeptly organize and execute projects meeting industry standards. Utilizing hands-on exercises, project work, discussions, and lectures on 3D Animation concepts and techniques, students craft, refine, and deliver their creative endeavors. This prepares them to seamlessly transition to the next course and progress effectively through the program's entirety.
References
- Tickoo, P. S. (2018). Autodesk Maya 2019: A Comprehensive Guide, 11th Edition. United States: CADCIM Technologies.
- W. (2022). Animator’s Survival Kit, Expanded ((REV) 09) by Williams, Richard [Paperback (2009)]. Fabe&Faber, Paperback (2009).
- Kerlow, I. (2009). The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects (4th Revised & enlarged Ed.). Wiley.
- https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCHmAXsicpLK2EHMZo5_BtDA
- https://www.autodesk.com/learn/catalog/product%7Cmicrolearning/Maya%7Ctutorials,curatedlist
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify the capabilities of 3D animation and its significance within the animation industry.
- CLO 2: Compose 3D animation illustrating the principles of animation.
- CLO 3: Apply 3D character animation skills to animate the rigged models.
- CLO 4: Develop the ability to solve technical challenges in the process of animation.
- CLO 5: Create relatable, lifelike and convincing 3D animations.
VAT356 - Animation Look Development
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
35 |
20 |
45 |
|
Course Contents
The global animation and gaming industry has transformed into unconventional forms in the context of texturing and look development. In this hands-on journey through the realms of digital invention, you’ll uncover the tools and techniques necessary to craft textures that breathe life into your projects, propelling them to reach new heights. Dive deep into Substance 3D Painter, renowned as the industry's go-to texturing software. Uncover its features and determine how to harness its resources effortlessly, creating photorealistic textures with ease. The course covers topics including UV unwrapping, texel density, material creation, and shader application, all essential for crafting compelling artwork. In this course, students will not just grasp fundamental concepts but also refine practical skills crucial for efficient 3D texturing. They'll explore keyboard shortcuts, custom actions, and other productivity-enhancing techniques to streamline their creative process. Upon completion of this course, students will be equipped with the expertise and confidence to tackle complex texturing challenges across diverse industries, including gaming, film, animation, and virtual reality. Through hands-on projects, they'll apply texturing principles discussed in lectures, showcasing their comprehension and proficiency in practical scenarios. With multiple practical assignments, problem-solving tasks, technique demonstrations, and tutorials, students will grasp the nuances of digital texturing.
References
- Shah, Z. J. (2022). Realistic Asset Creation with Adobe Substance 3D: Create Materials, Textures, Filters, and 3D Models Using Substance 3D Painter, Designer, and Stager. United Kingdom: Packt Publishing.
- Li, J., Watkins, A., Arevalo, K., Tovar, M. (2021). Creating Games with Unity, Substance Painter, & Maya: Models, Textures, Animation, & Code. United States: CRC Press.
- Kumar, A. (2020). Beginning PBR Texturing: Learn Physically Based Rendering with Allegorithmic’s Substance Painter (1st ed.). Apress.
- https://helpx.adobe.com/substance-3d-painter/home.html
- https://creativecloud.adobe.com/cc/learn/app/substance-3d
- https://www.youtube.com/@Substance3D
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Recognize the importance of UV unwrapping and the concept of map resolutions.
- CLO 2: Create UV maps for texturing.
- CLO 3: Apply the functional tools of the 3D Texturing software.
- CLO 4: Create cartoony and realistic textures using real references.
- CLO 5: Apply the textures onto the 3D models.
VAT361 - Virtual Reality Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
VAT212
|
Course Contents
Developing immersive content for emerging technologies such as Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR) is an essential skill for artists looking to thrive in the future. Throughout this course, students acquire both knowledge and practical skills necessary for crafting immersive reality experiences with the potential to inform, educate, or entertain. This course focuses on harnessing the immense capabilities of industry-standard software Unreal Engine to create Virtual Reality (VR). This course covers the complexities of VR design and development, providing hands-on experiences and invaluable skills essential for creating immersive virtual experiences. In this course, students will delve into the robust features of Unreal Engine, known for its impressive graphics rendering and development tools.
Students will explore primary concepts of VR development, mastering fundamental techniques for conceptualizing, prototyping, and refining captivating virtual worlds.
The course covers topics including level asset creation, Unreal character Asset import, lighting, and baking, lightmap resolution, and Volumetric lightmaps, exporting FPS Animation and Baking animation. Students will explore keyboard shortcuts, custom actions, and various productivity-enhancing methods to streamline their creative workflow. Through hands-on projects, they will implement core principles covered in lectures, showcasing their understanding and adeptness in real-world applications. With a series of practical assignments, problem-solving exercises, demonstrations of diverse techniques, and guided tutorials, students will master the intricacies of virtual reality.
References
- Arevalo, K., Tovar, M., Li, J. (2021). Creating Games with Unreal Engine, Substance Painter, & Maya: Models, Textures, Animation, & Blueprint. United Kingdom: CRC Press.
- Venter, H., & Ogterop, W. (2022, June 30). Unreal Engine 5 Character Creation, Animation, and Cinematics: Create custom 3D assets and bring them to life in Unreal Engine 5 using MetaHuman, Lumen, and Nanite. Packt Publishing.
- Maschio, T. (2021). Digital Cultures, Lived Stories and Virtual Reality. Taylor and Francis.
- https://docs.unrealengine.com/4.26/en-US/SharingAndReleasing/XRDevelopment/VR/
- https://dev.epicgames.com/documentation/en-us/unreal-engine/unreal-engine-5-4-documentation
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify immersive real-time technological applications.
- CLO 2: Evaluate the production pipeline and hardware requirements for immersive technologies.
- CLO 3: Create appropriate virtual development environments for a project.
- CLO 4: Solve creative problems for innovative VR projects.
- CLO 5: Create a VR project with a compelling immersive experience.
VAT362 - Storyboarding and Staging
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
VAT111
|
Course Contents
Storyboarding and staging are essential components of visual storytelling across diverse creative platforms such as film, animation, and graphic novels. This course offers a thorough evaluation of the art of creating narratives through storyboards and staging techniques, equipping students with the skills needed to translate ideas into compelling pictorial stories. In this course, students will explore the foundational principles and techniques of storytelling, structure, and spatial relationships. They will learn to decompose narrative structures, evaluate character development, and identify thematic elements crucial for crafting engaging stories. In addition to storyboarding, students will also explore the complexities of staging, discovering how to deliberately position characters, props, and environments within a scene to induce emotion, boost storytelling, and direct the spectator's attention. Through hands-on exercises and creative projects, students will experiment with diverse camera angles, shot compositions, and visual storytelling techniques to successfully convey feeling, tone, and narrative pacing. The course covers staging, storyboarding cinematography, composition, art direction, animatics, and the use of thumbnails. The practical component of the course involves conducting hands-on projects that demonstrate the storyboarding principles and concepts covered in the lectures. This course empowers students to bring their creative visions to life with clarity, coherence, and impact.
References
- Beiman, N. (2017). Prepare to Board! Creating Story and Characters for Animated Features and Shorts. United States: CRC Press.
- Wells, P. (2019). Basics Animation 03: Drawing for Animation. United Kingdom: Bloomsbury Publishing.
- Sullivan, K., Alexander, K., Mintz, A., Besen, E. (2013). Ideas for the Animated Short: Finding and Building Stories. Netherlands: Focal Press.
- https://www.storyboardthat.com/
- https://www.proko.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify scenes from renowned works to glean insights into advanced storytelling and staging methodologies.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate an understanding of plot structure and thematic elements necessary for successful storytelling.
- CLO 3: Apply foundational principles of composition, including the rule of thirds, leading lines, and balance to produce visually compelling storyboards.
- CLO 4: Develop intricate environment designs that establish tone, atmosphere, and setting, enriching narrative coherence and visual storytelling.
- CLO 5: Create an animatic for a short film that showcases proficiency in visual storytelling.
VAT391 - VAT Internship II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship II offers an invaluable opportunity to apply academic knowledge and Skills in a professional environment, gaining practical work experience that goes beyond what can be learned in a classroom. This internship provides animation students with a deep immersion into the industrial environment, enhancing their technical and managerial skills essential for real-world careers. Throughout the internship, students will develop and refine their real-time technical and managerial skills relevant to their field. They will also gain insight into the social, economic, and administrative aspects impacting industrial organizations, while honing problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills crucial for professional growth. Students will choose their internship focus with guidance from an industry mentor and faculty advisor, ensuring alignment with academic requirements. Upon successful completion of the internship, students will receive a joining letter and a completion certificate. The internship spans a minimum of 8 weeks, providing extensive exposure to industrial environments and operations. During the internship, students will work on specific animation projects related to their field, contributing to ongoing work at their internship site. They will receive guidance from an industry mentor and a faculty advisor to meet academic requirements. Faculty members will visit the internship site at least once to evaluate student performance. Students will be assessed based on the quality of their completed projects, technical presentations, and their ability to handle assignments independently. An evaluation report, prepared with input from industry mentors, will be submitted to the department office. Required documentation includes a joining letter from the hosting organization, a completion certificate indicating successful internship completion, a detailed technical presentation covering project work, processes, and outcomes, and an evaluation report from the faculty member, including feedback from industry mentors.
References
- Internship Manual
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=10G6Qcz2dLs&ab_channel=EricBravo
- https://youtube.com/watch?v=44DdiybwJ8c&ab_channel=EricBravo
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YCa3oe64DO8&ab_channel=AlexanderWilliams
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of industrial standards specific to animation production pipeline.
- CLO 2: Examine and contribute to a specific animation project at an existing job, applying theoretical knowledge to practical tasks.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate confidence in handling various animation assignments independently during the internship.
- CLO 4: Apply creative problem-solving techniques in animation projects, addressing both functional and aesthetic aspects.
- CLO 5 Acquire life skills necessary to meet societal challenges, enhancing personal and professional development.
- CLO 6: Relate to the responsibilities and ethics of an animator while managing various assignments during the internship.
VAT3E1 - VAT Major Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
VAT411 - Digital Compositing Techniques
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
Digital compositing serves as the pivotal process of seamlessly integrating and editing visual elements in sequence to produce the final footage. This course delves deep into the industry-standard compositing software, Nuke, empowering you to master the art of compositing. Throughout this course you'll explore the nuances of Nuke's interface, gaining proficiency in its tools and functionalities from the very basics. Nuke's node-based workflow is used to manipulate and enhance digital assets, for diverse immersive multi-media platforms. This course covers from foundational concepts such as color correction, keying, and rotoscoping to advanced composting techniques ensuring a comprehensive understanding of compositing principles and methodologies. Moreover, the course will delve into topics including planar tracking, 3D camera tracking, wire removal, and the integration of render passes into compositing workflows. Engage in dynamic lectures, hands-on exercises, and real-world case studies to acquire practical insights and vital industry skills. Through problem-solving, advanced tutorials, and demonstrations encompassing various compositing techniques, students will master the craft of digital compositing.
References
- Nuke Compositing |Volume-1| (2021). (2021). (n.p.): Vinod Bathula.
- Wright, S. (2017). Digital Compositing for Film and Video: Production Workflows and Techniques. United States: Taylor & Francis.
- Sawicki, M., & Moody, J. (2020). Filming the Fantastic with Virtual Technology: Filmmaking on the Digital Backlot (1st ed.). Routledge.
- https://learn.foundry.com/nuke/15.0/content/learn_nuke.html
- https://www.nukepedia.com/
- https://community.foundry.com/discuss/forum/189/nuke-users
- https://www.youtube.com/user/TheFoundryChannel
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify the contribution of major compositing work within the industry.
- CLO 2: Distinguish a range of digital compositing methods for content development.
- CLO 3: Assemble visual elements to create a whole scene.
- CLO 4: Develop a final footage using relevant compositing software.
- CLO 5: Apply 3D rendering and compositing skills needed for integration.
- CLO 6: Apply problem-solving abilities in the technical processes of compositing.
VAT413 - 3D Architectural Visualization using 3DS Max
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course in 3DS Max provides a solid foundation in 3D modeling, texturing, and rendering techniques used in various industries such as architecture, gaming, and film. Students will gain hands-on experience with 3DS Max's interface, tools, and advanced functionalities. Starting with the basics, the course introduces students to the software's workspace, toolbars, and viewports, gradually advancing to more complex topics such as creating and modifying 3D objects, working with architectural elements, and applying a variety of modifiers. Students will explore standard and extended primitives, scene management techniques, and the use of the Layer Explorer for efficient project organization. The course delves into creating detailed models using splines, chamfers, and compound objects. Emphasis is placed on editing 3D mesh and poly objects, as well as mastering various modifiers including UVW Map, FFD, and the Data Channel modifier. Students will learn about material creation and mapping, utilizing the Material Editor to apply physical and PBR materials, and creating realistic environments with HDRI and Raytrace materials. Lighting techniques, including the use of photometric lights, are covered in detail to enhance scene realism. The course also focuses on camera setup, camera animation, scene preparation, and rendering using the Arnold renderer, culminating in a 3D architectural walkthrough creation. The course concludes with a final project that allows students to apply their skills in a practical, creative lab setting, reinforcing their learning and showcasing their capabilities in 3DS Max.
References
- Autodesk 3ds Max 2023: A Comprehensive Guide, 23rd Edition. (2023). (n.p.): CADCIM Technologies.
- 3D Modeling Using Autodesk 3ds Max with Rendering View. (2022). United States: IGI Global.
- Autodesk 3ds Max 2023 for Beginners: A Tutorial Approach, 23rd Edition. (2023). (n.p.): CADCIM Technologies.
- https://www.youtube.com/user/3dsMaxHowTos
- https://www.ronenbekerman.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate proficiency in navigating the 3DS Max interface, including workspaces, toolbars, command panels, and viewports.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate an understanding of the principles and techniques of digital modeling.
- CLO 3: Develop proficiency in utilizing advanced modeling and texturing techniques to create complex shapes and materials.
- CLO 4: Implement various lighting techniques, including standard and photometric lights, to properly illuminate 3D scenes.
- CLO 5: Create walkthroughs to dynamically present 3D models.
VAT414 - Interactive Media Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
In this course, students are introduced to the principles and methodologies of interactive media design. They will explore the art of creating captivating digital experiences by seamlessly integrating design, technology, and storytelling. The curriculum encompasses various facets such as UI/UX design, multimedia integration, web development, and emerging technologies like virtual reality (VR). Through hands-on sessions, students engage in the practical application of these concepts, learning to develop interactive prototypes and user interfaces (UIs) that strike a balance between visual appeal and usability. Key topics covered include UI/UX design methodologies, techniques for multimedia integration, and the utilization of web development tools to craft dynamic interactive elements. With a comprehensive focus on UI/UX design, multimedia integration, web development essentials, and cutting-edge innovations such as virtual reality (VR), this course offers students a holistic perspective on interactive media creation. By seamlessly merging design principles, technological advancements, and narrative storytelling, students emerge equipped with the skills to craft digital experiences that captivate and inspire audiences.
References
- Steane, J. (2023). The principles and processes of interactive design. Bloomsbury Publishing.
- Unger, R., & Chandler, C. (2023). A Project Guide to UX Design: For user experience designers in the field or in the making. New Riders.
- Tidwell, J. (2005). Designing interfaces: Patterns for effective interaction design. " O'Reilly Media, Inc.".
- Iuppa, N. (2001). Interactive design for new media and the web. Routledge.
- Tutorials for Adobe tools like Photoshop, Illustrator, XD, which are essential for design projects, https://creativecloud.adobe.com/learn
- W3Schools Online Web Tutorials, https://www.w3schools.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of interactive media and its capacity to captivate and engage users.
- CLO 2: Analyze the fundamental components of user interface (UI) design in the context of interactive media.
- CLO 3: Learn to integrate various multimedia elements such as images, audio, video, and animations effectively into interactive media projects.
- CLO 4: Proficiency in web development technologies such as HTML, CSS, and JavaScript for creating interactive elements, along with exploration of emerging technologies like VR.
- CLO 5: Present interactive media design concepts and prototypes effectively.
VAT442 - Digital photography and Media Production
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
The Digital Photography and Media Production course offers an in-depth exploration of the techniques, technologies, and creative processes involved in modern photography and media creation. This course is designed for students who are passionate about visual storytelling and wish to develop a comprehensive skill set that covers both the artistic and technical aspects of the field. Throughout the course, students will engage with a variety of camera types, master lighting techniques, and utilize advanced post-processing software to create professional-quality images and videos. The curriculum also emphasizes the importance of sound design and multimedia integration, preparing students for the dynamic demands of the media production industry. students will have developed a robust skill set in digital photography and media production, enabling them to create high-quality visual content and pursue successful careers in the creative industry.
References
- Derakhshan, A., Gadkaree, S. K., Barbarite, E. R., Lindeborg, M. M., Bhama, P. K., & Shaye, D. A. (2024). Quantifying Facial Distortion in Modern Digital Photography. The Laryngoscope, 134(3), 1234-1238.
- Griffey, J. V. Digital Media Production for Beginners.
- Hunter, F., Biver, S., Fuqua, P., & Reid, R. (2021). Light—science & magic: An introduction to photographic lighting. Routledge.
- Kelby, S. (2020). The digital photography book (Vol. 1). Rocky Nook, Inc..
- Larsen, J., & Sandbye, M. (Eds.). (2020). Digital snaps: The new face of photography. Routledge.
- Digital Photography School - Online Tutorials and Articles (https://digital-photography-school.com/)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of various types of cameras (DSLR, mirrorless, smartphone, etc).
- CLO 2: Understand the principles of light manipulation and its impact on mood and composition to enhance photographic quality.
- CLO 3: Use photo editing software (Adobe Photoshop, Lightroom, etc), implement color correction, retouching, and other post-production techniques to achieve professional-quality images.
- CLO 4: Utilize editing software to create short video productions with essential editing techniques
- CLO 5: Develop proficiency in video production, sound design, and multimedia integration, using industry-standard software.
VAT443 - Digital Sculpting for Games
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides an in-depth introduction to the art and techniques of digital sculpting, with a focus on applications in the gaming industry. Students will learn to create highly detailed 3D models using industry-standard software such as ZBrush, Blender, and Mudbox. Covering the entire digital sculpting workflow, the course takes students from initial concept and design to the final polished asset ready for integration into a game engine. Offering a comprehensive exploration of digital sculpting, this course is specifically tailored for game development. It ensures a thorough understanding of creating highly detailed 3D models using cutting-edge software like ZBrush, Blender, and Mudbox. Students will navigate the entire workflow, from concept and design to final, game-ready assets.The primary objective is to equip students with the skills and knowledge necessary to create detailed and optimized 3D models for games. Emphasis is placed on transforming concepts into 3D sculptures with a focus on anatomical accuracy, surface detailing, and optimal performance in a game environment.
References
- van Gumster, J. (2023). Blender for dummies(5th ed.).
- Ahearn, L. (2023). 3D game textures: Create professional game art using Photoshop (3rd ed.).
- Papstein, K., Steiner, M., & Aerni, M. (2014). ZBrush characters and creatures. 3DTotal Publishing.
- imonds, B. (2013). Blender master class: A hands-on guide to modeling, sculpting, materials, and rendering.
- Gaboury, P. (2012). ZBrush professional tips and techniques. Sybex.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Proficiently operate ZBrush, Blender, and Mudbox for digital sculpting.
- CLO 2: Create Detailed 3D Models and detail intricate 3D models from initial concepts.
- CLO 3: Apply anatomical knowledge, Sculpt realistic human and creature models with accurate anatomical features.
- CLO 4: Perform retopology and optimize models for game engine performance.
- CLO 5: Export and integrate 3D models into game engines like Unity and Unreal Engine.
VAT451 - Animation Capstone Film Production
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
In the course, students will demonstrate their expertise in animation production, culminating in a final project highlighting their creative and technical skills. Students will gain an understanding of the entire pipeline, including pre-production, production, and post-production, to create the final animated short. This course empowers students to demonstrate their competency across multiple aspects of animation, including conceptualization, narrative construction, character design, animation methods, and project management. Engaging deeply in these realms, students will polish their abilities and gain a thorough comprehension of the animation creation process. Their final project will serve as a platform to exhibit their imaginative flair, technical proficiency, and adeptness in collaborative settings akin to a professional studio environment. Collaboration is central, with students collaborating in a simulated professional setting to finalize their project. Through effective communication, task delegation, and project management, students will learn to navigate the complexities of collaborative animation production. The course employs diverse instructional methods, including lectures, hands-on exercises, and practical demonstrations. This immersive exploration of animation production ensures students emerge with a diverse portfolio and the requisite skills to excel in the animation industry.
References
- Meroz, M. (2021, October 19). Animation For Beginners: Getting Started with Animation Filmmaking (2nd ed.). Bloop Animation Studios LLC.
- Meir, D. (2018, March 6). Workflow: A Practical Guide to the Creative Process (1st ed.). CRC Press.
- Williams, R. (2009). The Animator's Survival Kit. United Kingdom: Faber & Faber.
- https://www.youtube.com/user/bloopanimation
- https://creativecloud.adobe.com/cc/learn?locale=en
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Identify the three core stages of animation production and classify the components of the production pipeline.
- CLO 2: Develop expertise in project management, encompassing planning, scheduling, and resource management.
- CLO 4: Develop the ability to solve technical challenges in the process of animation.
- CLO 5: Apply the functional tools required for animation production.
- CLO 6: Create a coherent and captivating animated short with the required functional tools.
VAT453 - 3D Character Animation: Performance Essentials
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
This course is designed to provide an in-depth understanding of the fundamental principles of animation using Autodesk Maya. The journey begins with a thorough review of the Twelve Principles of Animation, emphasizing the importance of timing, spacing, and mastering extremes and breakdowns. Students will learn to avoid common in between mistakes and ensure smooth motion through proper arc management. The course covers the common beginner errors and effective techniques for planning animations, particularly walks. By exploring the nuances of weight and tempo, students will delve into various methods of walk cycles. Other topics include dynamic movements such as runs, jumps, and skips, emphasizing the importance of weight distribution and flexibility. The concept of overlapping action, particularly in facial animations, is also introduced. Students will learn to create lifelike timing, staggers, and wave actions, culminating in a segment on dialogue animation. The following weeks emphasize acting for animation, focusing on expression changes, body language, and directing. The course also covers practical lessons on flexibility, using live-action references for realistic animal movements, including dog runs and horse gaits. Through hands-on exercises, project work, discussions, and lectures on 3D animation concepts and techniques, students craft, refine, and deliver their creative projects. The course concludes with a challenging assignment on realism, culminating in a final project that synthesizes all learned techniques.
References
- W. (2022). Animator’s Survival Kit, Expanded ((REV) 09) by Williams, Richard [Paperback (2009)]. Fabe&Faber, Paperback (2009).
- Tickoo, P. S. (2018). Autodesk Maya 2019: A Comprehensive Guide, 11th Edition. United States: CADCIM Technologies.
- Murdock, K. (2021). Autodesk Maya 2022 Basics Guide. (n.p.): SDC Publications.
- https://www.autodesk.com/learn/catalog/product%7Cmicrolearning/Maya%7Ctutorials,curatedlist
- https://www.linkedin.com/learning/topics/maya
- https://www.reddit.com/r/Maya/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate knowledge of fundamental animation principles and their application in creating lifelike motion.
- CLO 2: Employ expressive body language and facial expressions in character animations to convey emotions and intentions.
- CLO 3: Develop animations with precise timing and spacing to ensure fluid and realistic movements.
- CLO 4: Develop skills to reflect realistic pressure and weight distribution in animations.
- CLO 5: Produce believable, realistic, and engaging 3D animations.
VAT454 - Advanced Motion Capture
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
In the Advanced Motion Capture course, students delve deep into the intricacies of motion capture technology, gaining a profound understanding of its principles and applications across diverse fields like animation, biomechanics, virtual reality, and sports analysis. Building upon foundational knowledge, this course explores sophisticated techniques and tools essential for tackling complex motion capture projects. Participants explore state-of-the-art hardware and software systems, including marker-based and markerless setups, along with emerging technologies like inertial measurement units and depth cameras. Through hands-on practice, students master data processing, motion tracking algorithms, calibration methods, and performance optimization, using industry-standard software tools. The curriculum emphasizes not only capturing and processing motion data but also its integration into various applications such as character animation, biomechanical analysis, and virtual production. By interpreting motion data and troubleshooting common issues, students develop the skills needed to innovate in motion capture technology across sectors like entertainment, healthcare, sports science, and engineering. Upon completion, students emerge equipped with advanced expertise in motion capture, ready to contribute to cutting-edge projects and drive innovation in this rapidly evolving field.
References
- Holden, K., & Komura, T. (2023). *Animating Characters with Motion Capture.* San Francisco, CA: Wiley.
- Laver, K., George, S., Thomas, S., & McLoughlin, L. (Eds.). (2022). *Virtual Reality in Rehabilitation.* New York, NY: Springer.
- Müller, M. (2021). *Motion Capture in Performance: An Introduction.* New York, NY: Routledge.
- Usuba, M., & Cronin, N. J. (Eds.). (2020). *Biomechanical Analysis of Fundamental Human Movements.* Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
- Vicon Motion Systems Ltd. (2019). *Vicon Nexus User Guide.* Oxford, UK: Vicon Motion Systems Ltd.
- International Motion Capture Society (IMCS) (http://motioncapturesociety.com/)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Comprehensive Understanding of Motion Capture Techniques.
- CLO 2: Students will master processing motion capture data, enhancing accuracy using techniques like filtering and interpolation.
- CLO 3: Students will conduct in-depth biomechanical analysis using motion capture data, including joint kinetics and gait analysis.
- CLO 4: Students will integrate motion capture data into animation projects, refining character animation using software like Maya or Blender.
- CLO 5: Students will apply motion capture in virtual reality settings, creating immersive experiences using platforms.
VAT455 - Character Rigging
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
Character Rigging is an immersive exploration into the core of digital character animation. This course deeply explores the craft of creating dynamic rigs, which are vital for bringing characters to life in animation and game design. Throughout this course, students will explore the inner workings of character rigs. They'll begin by understanding the introductory skeletal framework, consisting of joints, and gradually progress to refining their skills in employing controls and deformers, pivotal for determining character movement and emotional expression. Throughout this learning experience, students will explore the complexities of character rigging, obtaining invaluable insights necessary for creating captivating animations. Additionally, students will gain proficiency in utilizing industry-standard rigging tools and plugins, enabling them to navigate smoothly within software platforms like Autodesk Maya. Through refining their problem-solving abilities and troubleshooting techniques, students will emerge skilled at overcoming rigging challenges, thereby sustaining smooth project workflows. For aspiring animators seeking to augment their expertise, this course lays a solid groundwork for unlocking the potential of character rigging. Students receive hands-on training, live demonstrations, and real-world case studies to effectively plan and execute projects that adhere to industry norms. Through interactive exercises, project assignments, group discussions, and comprehensive lectures covering rigging methodologies, students refine their skills and present their creative projects. This ensures their readiness to smoothly transition to subsequent courses and successfully navigate the entire program.
References
- Briggs, C. (2021). An Essential Introduction to Maya Character Rigging. United States: CRC Press.
- O'Hailey, T. (2018). Rig it Right! Maya Animation Rigging Concepts, 2nd Edition. United Kingdom: CRC Press.
- https://www.gameart.cgmasteracademy.com/programs/6-character-td-rigging-track?gad_source=1&gclid=CjwKCAjwi_exBhA8EiwA_kU1MuadjOLzF4Qq9eFZulLsO4OHvIkpT5i3sLMfx0yLTr-oG-JjE1G0-BoCOwYQAvD_BwE
- https://www.riggingdojo.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of character rigging and its importance in animation and game development.
- CLO 2: Explore a variety of rigging techniques suitable for bipedal characters and props, enhancing versatility in character rigging.
- CLO 3: Develop proficiency in utilizing rigging tools and plugins available in widely used industry-standard software.
- CLO 4: Develop effective problem-solving strategies to address rigging challenges.
- CLO 5: Apply rigging principles to develop rigs that facilitate smooth and visually compelling character animation.
VAT456 - Cloth and Hair Simulation for Animation
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
This comprehensive course offers an in-depth exploration of cloth and hair simulation techniques within Autodesk Maya, empowering learners to master the intricacies of creating realistic fabric and hair dynamics for a range of digital projects. Through a combination of theoretical insights and practical hands-on exercises, participants will delve into the fundamental principles governing cloth and hair behavior, gaining a solid understanding of how to simulate various materials and styles with precision and authenticity. Throughout the course, students will develop proficiency in utilizing Maya's powerful simulation tools, including the nCloth and nHair systems, to generate lifelike motion and dynamics. They will learn to manipulate cloth properties such as stretch, bend, and compression, enabling them to replicate the behavior of different fabric types convincingly. Similarly, learners will explore techniques for controlling hair growth, styling, and movement, allowing them to achieve realistic hair dynamics tailored to the specific needs of their projects. By the course's conclusion, students will have attained a range of practical skills and knowledge essential for creating compelling cloth and hair simulations. They will be able to apply their expertise to various contexts, including character animation, visual effects, and motion graphics, elevating the quality and realism of their digital creations. Additionally, students will have the opportunity to undertake hands-on projects, allowing them to reinforce their learning and develop a portfolio of work demonstrating their proficiency in cloth and hair simulation in Maya.
References
- Autodesk Maya 2024: A Comprehensive Guide, 15th Edition. (2023). (n.p.): CADCIM Technologies.
- Murdock, K. (2018). Autodesk Maya 2019 Basics Guide. United States: SDC Publications.
- https://simplymaya.com/
- https://www.linkedin.com/learning/topics/maya
- https://www.pluralsight.com/search?q=cloth%20%20simulation%20in%20maya&categories=course%2Ccloud-courses
- https://www.pluralsight.com/search?q=hair%20simulation%20in%20maya&categories=all
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of cloth simulation principles and techniques in Maya.
- CLO 2: Apply advanced cloth simulation methods to create lifelike fabric dynamics for diverse materials and scenarios.
- CLO 3: Utilize Maya's nHair system to generate and control realistic hair simulations, including styling and grooming.
- CLO 4: Integrate cloth and hair simulations seamlessly into character animation and visual effects projects.
- CLO 5: Troubleshoot common issues and optimize cloth and hair simulations for performance and realism.
VAT461 - Industry Practices and Digital Portfolio
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
35 |
20 |
45 |
|
Course Contents
In this comprehensive course, students will delve into the intricacies of building a compelling animation portfolio to kickstart their careers in the industry. Through a combination of theoretical discussions and practical exercises using Adobe Premiere Pro, students will learn the fundamental principles of self-promotion, design composition, and branding essential for standing out in a competitive field. Students will start by understanding the essence of design, including font selection, basic design rules, and effective composition techniques. They will then progress to crafting a professional package, designing logos, creating business cards, and developing resumes and cover letters tailored to the animation industry. Students will learn to recognize the significance of digital portfolios, gather content, and edit their reels using Adobe Premiere Pro. Special emphasis will be placed on narrative development, music selection, and legal considerations, ensuring that reels are both captivating and compliant. As the course progresses, students will explore specialized roles within animation, target specific studios, and build their online presence through website creation and web publishing. Practical guidance on networking, and interview preparation will equip students with the skills needed to navigate the professional landscape with confidence. In the final weeks, students will culminate their learning, applying all the knowledge and skills acquired throughout the course to create a polished animation portfolio ready for industry scrutiny. By the course's end, students will emerge with a comprehensive understanding of portfolio development and the tools necessary to embark on successful careers in animation.
References
- Levy, D. B. (2021). Your Career in Animation (2nd Edition): How to Survive and Thrive. United Kingdom: Allworth.
- Cabrera, C. (2013). Reel Success: Creating Demo Reels and Animation Portfolios. United Kingdom: CRC Press.
- Pearl, J. (2016). Becoming a Video Game Artist: From Portfolio Design to Landing the Job. United States: CRC Press.
- https://medium.com/@morrmeroz/creating-an-animation-demo-reel-8c9f5d0aff3
- https://www.allartschools.com/animation/3d-animation-demo-reel-tips/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Recognize the qualities sought by prospective employers.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate proficiency in using the industry standard software for creating a customized logo, business card, and resume.
- CLO 3: Develop skills essential for creating and presenting a demo reel tailored to the animation sector.
- CLO 4: Assess and curate content for demo reel ensuring proper attribution and adherence to legal requirements regarding content usage.
- CLO 5: Develop a career strategy, establish a personal brand, and create a digital portfolio.
VAT462 - Advanced Media design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
This course delves into the sophisticated aspects of media design, integrating advanced techniques and emerging technologies to create compelling and innovative media experiences. Students will engage in an in-depth exploration of various media formats, including interactive design, motion graphics, virtual and augmented reality, and multimedia storytelling, pushing the boundaries of traditional design and embracing cutting-edge developments in the field. In the realm of interactive design, students will learn how to craft intuitive and engaging user interfaces (UI) and user experiences (UX) that enhance usability and accessibility. They will work on developing prototypes and conducting usability tests to ensure their designs meet user needs and expectations. Through hands-on projects, students will gain proficiency in industry-standard tools and techniques, enabling them to create seamless and responsive web and mobile applications. Motion graphics will take students into the dynamic world of animation, where they will master principles such as timing, pacing, and visual flow. Using advanced software like Adobe After Effects, students will create captivating animations that bring static designs to life. They will explore how to integrate motion graphics into various media contexts, from advertisements to educational content, enhancing the impact and engagement of their work. The course also ventures into the immersive territories of virtual and augmented reality (VR/AR). Students will learn the fundamentals of designing for VR/AR environments, understanding the unique challenges and opportunities these technologies present. They will use development tools like Unity and Unreal Engine to create interactive and immersive experiences that can be applied to fields such as gaming, education, and virtual tours. This component of the course emphasizes innovation and creativity, encouraging students to experiment with new forms of storytelling and interaction. Multimedia storytelling combines multiple forms of media—text, audio, video, and graphics—into cohesive narratives that captivate and inform audiences. Students will learn how to weave these elements together to create interactive and non-linear stories that allow for deeper audience engagement. They will explore narrative techniques and storyboarding, ensuring their projects are well-planned and executed. Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on creative problem-solving and critical thinking. Students are encouraged to think outside the box and approach design challenges with innovative solutions. They will work on complex projects that require a deep understanding of design principles, functionality, and user experience. These projects will often involve real-world scenarios, preparing students for professional practice.
References
- Bateman, S., & Yee, N. (2023). *Practical UI Patterns for Design Systems: Integrating Design and Code*. Apress.
- Jacobs, T. (2023). *The Future of Immersive Storytelling: VR, AR, and the Metaverse*. Routledge.
- Brown, E., & Smith, A. (2024). *Designing for User Experience with AI: Enhancing Interaction Design with Machine Learning*. Springer.
- Tidwell, J., Brewer, C., & Valencia, A. (2020). *Designing Interfaces: Patterns for Effective Interaction Design* (3rd ed.). O'Reilly Media.
- Galyean, T. (2021). *Interactive Storytelling for the Screen: Beyond Traditional Narrative* (1st ed.). CRC Press.
- Unity, https://www.coursera.org/specializations/unity-xr-ar-vr
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a thorough understanding and application of advanced design principles, including visual hierarchy, composition, color theory, and typography, in the creation of complex media projects.
- CLO 2: Design and develop intuitive and engaging interactive media, including user interfaces (UI) and user experiences (UX), using industry-standard tools and methodologies.
- CLO 3: Produce dynamic and compelling motion graphics that effectively communicate messages and enhance various media formats, employing advanced animation techniques and software proficiency.
- CLO 4: Design and implement immersive virtual and augmented reality experiences, utilizing contemporary development platforms and understanding the unique interaction paradigms of VR/AR.
- CLO 5: Combine text, audio, video, and graphics into cohesive and interactive multimedia stories, demonstrating proficiency in narrative techniques and multimedia production tools to create engaging and innovative media content.
VAT464 - Immersive Game Development
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides an immersive journey into game development using Unreal Engine. In this course students will gain a solid foundation in relevant programming languages C++, Python, and progressively delve into advanced topics in game mechanics, AI, and user interface design. The course begins with fundamental programming concepts, event graph execution, and the creation of interactive elements like sliding doors. Students will explore AI controllers, animation blueprints, and state machines, essential for dynamic gameplay. As the course advances, students will create and manage game assets, including weapons and health components. They will learn to implement comprehensive UI systems for inventory management and player status indicators. Practical tutorials will guide students through weapon pickups, switching, and UI creation, enhancing the game's interactivity and player experience. The curriculum also covers security camera systems, patrol AI characters, and behavior trees, providing a comprehensive understanding of game AI. In the latter weeks, students will develop boss characters, integrate complex attack patterns, and enhance their projects with audio and visual effects. The course culminates in packaging the game for Windows and presenting a final project, showcasing the skills acquired.
References
- Arevalo, K., Tovar, M., Li, J. (2021). Creating Games with Unreal Engine, Substance Painter, & Maya: Models, Textures, Animation, & Blueprint. United States: CRC Press.
- LI, Z. G. (n.d.). (2023) Unreal Engine 5 Game Development with C++ Scripting: Become a Professional Game Developer and Create Fully Functional, High-quality Games. Germany: Packt Publishing.
- https://dev.epicgames.com/documentation/en-us/unreal-engine/unreal-engine-5-4-documentation
- https://www.youtube.com/user/UnrealDevelopmentKit
- https://www.gamedev.net/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate proficiency in C++ for game development, including understanding machine code, source code, and compiling processes.
- CLO 2: Design and integrate game assets such as weapons, health components, and character animations.
- CLO 3: Develop interactive UI elements and manage event-driven programming within Unreal Engine.
- CLO 4: Implement game features, including security camera systems and patrol AI, using C++ and Blueprints.
- CLO 5: Create and configure AI controllers, animation blueprints, and state machines to enhance game dynamics.
VAT491 - VAT Project III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
VAT292
|
Course Contents
This course is project-based, focusing on the development of an animation project that showcases mastery of animation techniques, storytelling, and visual communication. Students will collaborate individually or in teams to conceive, design, and produce an animation project. The emphasis is on originality, creativity, and technical proficiency using industry-standard animation software and tools. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan effectively. By studying this course abilities like creativity, technical skills, and performance qualities are also developed in students. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated objectives of learning this course. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed mainly using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which must be submitted after the project is over. Acquired the basic background necessary to create animation projects on interesting topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- Winder, C., Dowlatabadi, Z. (2019). Producing Animation 3e. United States: CRC Press.
- Musburger, P., Musburger, R. B. (2017). Animation Production: Documentation and Organization. (n.p.): Chapman and Hall/CRC.
- Bancroft, T. (2013). Directing for Animation: Everything You Didn't Learn in Art School. United States: CRC Press.
- Rall, H. (2017). Animation: From Concepts and Production. United Kingdom: CRC Press.
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tmJp7xrsgsE&ab_channel=KeshArt
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eowoLKwynao&ab_channel=TonikoPantoja
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zFg-3Cr3Wyg&ab_channel=Jean-DenisHaas
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Design, plan and propose an animation project according to the guidelines and briefs.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate proficiency in animation techniques, including character animation, modeling, rigging, lighting, compositing and special effects, using industry-standard software.
- CLO 3: Apply professional animation practices and project development methodologies appropriate to the project.
- CLO 4: Collaborate effectively in a team environment, demonstrating the ability to communicate ideas, give and receive constructive feedback, and manage project timelines.
- CLO 5: Evaluate own work and the work of peers, using feedback to revise and improve the animation project to meet industry standards.
- CLO 6: Produce and present a professional animated project, ensuring all contributors and resources are appropriately credited.
VAT492 - VAT Project IV
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
VAT491
|
Course Contents
This course is the culminating experience for students in the Animation program, designed to integrate and apply the knowledge and skills acquired throughout their coursework. This project-based course focuses on the creation of a comprehensive animation project that demonstrates mastery of animation techniques, storytelling, and visual communication. Students will work individually or in teams to conceptualize, design, and produce an animation project or short film or sequence. Emphasis is placed on originality, creativity, and technical proficiency in the use of industry-standard animation software and tools. Throughout the course, students will refine their artistic vision and narrative capabilities while developing a professional-quality portfolio piece.
This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and efficiently. By studying this course abilities like creativity, technical skills, and performance qualities are also developed in students. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated objectives of learning this course. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that they can be completed mainly using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which must be submitted after the project is over.
References
- Winder, C., Dowlatabadi, Z. (2019). Producing Animation 3e. United States: CRC Press.
- Bancroft, T. (2013). Directing for Animation: Everything You Didn't Learn in Art School. United States: CRC Press.
- Rall, H. (2017). Animation: From Concepts and Production. United Kingdom: CRC Press.
- Musburger, P., Musburger, R. B. (2017). Animation Production: Documentation and Organization. (n.p.): Chapman and Hall/CRC.
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tmJp7xrsgsE&ab_channel=KeshArt
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eowoLKwynao&ab_channel=TonikoPantoja
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zFg-3Cr3Wyg&ab_channel=Jean-DenisHaas
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate proficiency in animation techniques, including character animation, modeling, rigging, lighting, compositing and special effects, using industry-standard software.
- CLO 2: Apply creative and artistic vision to develop and execute a cohesive narrative and visual style in the animation project.
- CLO 3: Employ professional animation practices, including storyboarding, animatics, and iterative design processes, to refine and enhance their animation project.
- CLO 4: Collaborate effectively in a team environment, demonstrating the ability to communicate ideas, give and receive constructive feedback, and manage project timelines.
- CLO 5: Evaluate own work and the work of peers, using feedback to revise and improve the animation project to meet industry standards.
- CLO 6: Create and present a professional portfolio showcasing the animation project, demonstrating readiness to enter the professional animation field.
VAT4E1 - VAT Major Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
VAT4E2 - VAT Major Elective III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
Department of Applied Arts Technology
AAT111 - Digital Drawing Skills
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
4 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
70 |
10 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course teaches students with digital sketching for perspective drawing, helping them represent, develop, and communicate product design ideas effectively. This course equips students with the essential knowledge and skills needed to communicate and represent 2D and 3D objects and products clearly. The course contents include an introduction to digital sketching, orthogonal and perspective drawing techniques, elementary shape and shading principles, basic color application and rendering skills, simulation of materials and functional properties, perception of depth and volume, drawing as a tool for conceptual analysis, communication of design ideas with text and images, and portfolio development in digital drawing for product design. The practical component of the digital drawing course involves conducting hands-on exercises and demonstrations to apply the principles and concepts covered in lectures. Through these activities, students will solidify their understanding of digital sketching techniques and enhance their skills in using digital tools for product design. By working on real-world scenarios, students will develop proficiency in translating their design concepts into digital drawings effectively. Throughout the course, students will compile a portfolio of drawings showcasing a diverse range of skills and representation techniques, demonstrating their proficiency in digital drawing and design communication for product design.
References
- Eissen, K., Steur, R. (2011). Sketching: The Basics. Netherlands: Laurence King Publishing.
- burrough, x. (2013). Foundations of Digital Art and Design with the Adobe Creative Cloud. United States: Pearson Education. Eissen, K., Steur, R. (2007). Sketching: Drawing Techniques for Product Designers. Netherlands: Laurence King Publishing.
- https://www.skillshare.com/en/classes/industrial-design-sketching-learn-to-sketch-products-in-perspective-and-boost-your-creativity/681753805
- https://www.coursera.org/projects/create-design-digital-products-canva
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe Basic Techniques of Perspective Drawing for accurate spatial representation and visual communication.
- CLO 2: Acquire basic skills in digital sketching using specialized software for representation and visualization of design concepts.
- CLO 3: Apply color and rendering techniques to enhance digital sketches by simulating materials, conveying functional properties.
- CLO 4: Create high-quality industrial design sketches using specialized software.
- CLO 5: Communicate design ideas effectively through text and images to external stakeholders following professional ethics.
AAT191 - AAT Internship I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Student learning includes overall professional development of students, required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Further, the students develop awareness of the organizational department structure and their roles, responsibilities, and function. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is expected to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the industry/organization and submit the evaluation report of the students with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students are exposed to the industry environment for 6 to 8 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the industrial standards and recognize the requirement of these standards with the industrial scenario.
- CLO 2: Examine a specific project related to energy engineering at an existing job.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Demonstrate individual confidence to handle various engineering assignments during the internship.
- CLO 6: Expose themselves to acquire life skills to meet societal challenges
- CLO 7: Relate the engineer’s responsibilities and ethics while handling various engineering assignments during the internship.
AAT211 - 3D Design Technology Using SolidWorks
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
3 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
80 |
10 |
10 |
|
Course Contents
This course is designed to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of 3D design technology through the utilization of Parametric, feature-based SolidWorks software package to create 3D Models and 2D Drawings. It is focusing on developing their proficiency in creating 3D models of parts and systems, understanding spatial relationships, and applying design principles in virtual environments. Students will learn about SolidWorks user interface, navigation tools, basic part modeling, sketching, extruding, patterning, symmetry and draft, shelling and ribs, editing, con¬figurations and advanced modeling skills with lofting, sweeping, and advanced features like fillets and chamfers. Students also learn about generating detailed drawings from model, advanced functionality and capabilities of SolidWorks and assembly techniques. The practical component of this course involves conducting hands-on exercises and demonstrations to apply the principles and concepts covered in lectures. Throughout the course, students will engage in a series of hands-on projects, ranging from simple object modeling to more complex assemblies and scenes, encouraging creativity, problem-solving, and practical application of learned concepts. By the end of the course, students will gain competencies in SolidWorks software and 3D modeling techniques, while also developing a strong understanding of professional ethics in the context of 3D design technology.
References
- Planchard, D. (2022). Engineering Design with SOLIDWORKS 2022: A Step-by-Step Project Based Approach Utilizing 3D Solid Modeling. (n.p.): SDC Publications
- Howard, W. E., Musto, J. (2020). Introduction to Solid Modeling Using SOLIDWORKS 2020. United Kingdom: McGraw-Hill Education
- https://www.solidworks.com/partner-product/online-learning-solidworks
- https://urbe.solidworks.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Explain the principles and techniques involved in creating 3D solid models using SolidWorks
- CLO 2: Develop spatial orientation skills in the process of creating and viewing parts and assemblies.
- CLO 3: Create 3D solid models of different components within the SolidWorks environment.
- CLO 4: Design and develop assembly of simple and multi-part 3D objects using SolidWorks tools and features.
- CLO 5: Communicate design ideas and solutions to external stakeholders following professional ethics.
AAT212 - Design Visualization and Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
65 |
15 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course is tailored to equip students with a comprehensive understanding of design visualization and technology within the context of product design. Through a blend of theoretical knowledge and practical application, students will explore key concepts, tools, and methodologies essential for effective product design visualization. The curriculum begins by exploring into the principles of design visualization, explaining the significance of visual communication in the product design process. Students will learn how to articulate ideas visually, influence of various techniques such as sketching, rendering, and prototyping to communicate design concepts effectively. Furthermore, the course will introduce students to a range of industry-standard software tools and technologies used in product design visualization. Through hands-on exercises and projects, students will gain proficiency in utilizing software applications such as Adobe Creative Suite, Autodesk Alias and VR/AR technologies for immersive design experiences. In addition to technical skills, the course will emphasize the integration of design thinking and human-centered design principles into the visualization process. Students will explore how user research, empathy mapping, and prototyping inform design decisions and enhance user experience. Throughout the program, students will engage in collaborative projects and case studies.
References
- Dorribo Camba, J., Alcaniz, M., Contero, M., Otey, J. (2019). Visualization and Engineering Design Graphics with Augmented Reality Third Edition. (n.p.): SDC Publications (Schroff Development Corporation).
- Ware, C. (2010). Visual Thinking for Design. Netherlands: Elsevier Science.
- https://www.adobe.com/products/substance3d/discover/brand-and-product-visualization.html
- https://www.youtube.com/@nafay3d
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the principles of design visualization, highlighting the importance of visual communication in the product design process.
- CLO 2: Acquire proficiency in articulating design ideas visually through various techniques such as sketching, rendering, and prototyping.
- CLO 3: Apply industry-standard software tools and technologies including Adobe Creative Suite, Autodesk Alias, and VR/AR technologies for product design visualization.
- CLO 4: Create immersive design experiences using hands-on exercises and projects, integrating theoretical knowledge with practical application.
- CLO 5: Communicate design concepts effectively through text and images to external stakeholders following professional ethics.
AAT213 - Applied AI Tools for Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides an in-depth exploration of applied artificial intelligence (AI) tools and their integration into the design process using Discord and Midjourney platforms. Students will learn how to leverage AI technologies to enhance creativity, streamline design workflows, and optimize user experiences. Through hands-on projects and practical exercises, students will gain proficiency in using Discord bots and Midjourney's AI-powered design collaboration features to solve real-world design challenges. In this course, students get hands-on experience learning techniques for producing result-oriented AI-generated content. The course covers Discord bot functionalities, the use of the Midjourney platform, and types of AI image generators, all essential for crafting compelling artwork. Moreover, students will delve into AI-driven design Asset Generation to design assets using AI tools and plugins. Through a blend of demonstrations, practical showcases, and interactive activities, students will acquire the proficiency needed to create ai generated content. They'll learn to tailor custom prompts effectively, uncovering practical approaches to enhance their creative process and efficiency. Observing a variety of techniques through guided tutorials, students will develop projects that evoke emotions and tell captivating stories. The hands-on component of the course involves implementing real-world assignments that demonstrate the design principles and concepts discussed in the lectures.
References
- Gade, R. (2023). Mastering Image Creation with Midjourney AI Tools: How to Create Stunning AI Images with Midjourney. Singapore: Publisher s21598.
- https://www.di.net/
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cJmbncvBYJM&ab_channel=uxpeak
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of the basic principles of Artificial Intelligence and its relevance to design technology.
- CLO 2: Identify the functionalities of Discord bots and the Midjourney platform for design collaboration.
- CLO 3: Develop the practical skills required to produce AI-driven solutions for design challenges.
- CLO 4: Explore advanced AI techniques for generating design assets and optimizing design solutions.
- CLO 5: Apply innovative AI methodologies in design projects, independently or through collaboration.
AAT221 - Models, Mockups and Prototypes using 3D Printing
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
65 |
15 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This comprehensive course equips students with principles and applications of additive manufacturing methodologies, focusing on rapid prototyping to direct digital manufacturing using 3D printing technology. Through a combination of theoretical concepts, hands-on exercises, and real-world applications, students will gain the expertise needed to produce high-quality prototypes and optimize designs for manufacturing. students will delve into the theoretical frameworks and practical techniques essential for creating models, mockups, and prototypes in various engineering and design contexts. Throughout the course, students will gain an in-depth understanding of the additive manufacturing process, including the selection of suitable materials, fabrication techniques, and post-processing methods. They will learn how to interpret design specifications and transform conceptual ideas into physical prototypes using 3D printing technologies. Key topics covered in the course include Overview of additive manufacturing processes, Material Selection and Properties, Design for Additive Manufacturing (DFAM), Rapid Prototyping Techniques, Mockup and Prototype Development, Post-Processing and Finishing. By the end of the course, students will have acquired the knowledge and skills necessary to conceptualize, design, and fabricate models, mockups, and prototypes using additive manufacturing methods. The practical component of the digital drawing course involves conducting hands-on exercises and demonstrations to apply the principles and concepts covered in lectures.
References
- Ian Gibson et al., Additive Manufacturing Technologies: 3D Printing, Rapid Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing, Springer, 2015, ISBN 9781493921126.
- Anna Kaziunas France, Make: 3D Printing: The Essential Guide to 3D Printers, Maker Media Inc., 2013.
- https://www.edx.org/learn/manufacturing/massachusetts-institute-of-technology-fundamentals-of-manufacturing-processes
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sCYMLy0iLwM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the additive manufacturing principles, material selection, and design optimization.
- CLO 2: Demonstrate proficiency in 3D printing technologies and rapid prototyping techniques.
- CLO 3: Develop skills to create functional prototypes and mockups using additive manufacturing.
- CLO 4: Acquire knowledge of post-processing and finishing methods for 3D printed parts.
- CLO 5: Prioritize safety and ethical practices in additive manufacturing laboratories.
AAT231 - Sustainable and Green Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
65 |
15 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
In this course, students will explore the intersection of sustainability, design, and manufacturing, considering social, environmental, and economic factors during product development. The course emphasizes the integration of sustainability principles into product design, utilizing structured tools to enhance creativity and innovation. Topics covered include principles of life cycle assessment, sustainable material selection, energy-efficient design principles, strategies to minimize environmental impacts across the product lifecycle (including packaging and transportation), public policy, and drivers for sustainable product development and manufacturing. Students will learn the influence of sustainability on decision-making processes, including trade-offs and considerations in early design phases such as material selection, manufacturing methods, and waste management. Through hands-on projects, they will gain practical experience in collecting customer needs data, prioritizing requirements, and developing product specifications, as well as designing experiments to select the most robust features for products. Practical exercises will enable students to develop a comprehensive understanding of sustainable design principles, including techniques to reduce energy use and cost-effective prototyping methods. Throughout, students will be encouraged to develop a sense of responsibility for minimizing environmental impacts in product development.
References
- Desai, A., Mital, A. (2020). Sustainable Product Design and Development. United States: CRC Press.
- Sustainable Manufacturing: Challenges, Solutions and Implementation Perspectives. (2017). Germany: Springer International Publishing.
- https://www.coursera.org/learn/applied-sustainability-engineering
- https://www.coursera.org/learn/additive-manufacturing-3d-printing
- https://www.coursera.org/learn/circular-economy
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the impact of the design process on natural systems, people, places, life cycle, energy, and natural resources.
- CLO 2: Explore the importance of considering social, economic, and environmental aspects in product development.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate knowledge of sustainable design philosophies, products, and processes with emphasis on environmental awareness.
- CLO 4: Analyze the possible impacts of new product development on people’s health and safety.
- CLO 5: Examine the dynamics of ethics and aesthetics as integral components of sustainable product development.
AAT291 - AAT Project I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
3 |
4 |
120 |
2 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
In this project, students will harness their creative and digital skills to create an innovative product concept that integrates visual storytelling and practical design elements. The aim is to synthesize their technical and creative abilities acquired through industry standard software alongside their foundational understanding of design and technology. Students will work in small teams to develop a product concept. Initial sketches and digital drawings of the product will be created using tools learnt so far. Concurrently, they will develop a narrative or story that highlights the product's purpose and user benefits, utilizing industry standard software for visual and video elements. An animated sequence will then be produced to demonstrate the product in use, incorporating visual storytelling techniques to effectively communicate the product's features and user experience. Finally, students will compile all elements into a cohesive presentation, including research findings, the design process, the final product concept, and the animated demonstration. The final deliverable will be a comprehensive design portfolio and a short, animated video, showcasing the product concept. This project encourages collaboration, creativity, and practical application of multidisciplinary skills, preparing students for real-world challenges.
References
- Burke, R., Barron, S. (2014). Project Management Leadership: Building Creative Teams. Jordan: Wiley.
- Winder, C., Dowlatabadi, Z. (2019). Producing Animation 3e. United States: CRC Press.
- Musburger, P., Musburger, R. B. (2017). Animation Production: Documentation and Organization. (n.p.): Chapman and Hall/CRC.
- Bancroft, T. (2013). Directing for Animation: Everything You Didn't Learn in Art School. United States: CRC Press.
- https://creativecloud.adobe.com/cc/learn?locale=en
- https://www.linkedin.com/learning/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate an understanding of creative design principles to develop product concept, demonstrating proficiency in industry-standard software.
- CLO 2: Plan, organize, and execute projects effectively, adhering to timelines while maintaining quality standards, demonstrating leadership and accountability in both individual and team-based settings.
- CLO 3: Engage in collaborative projects with peers, effectively communicating ideas and integrating diverse skill sets to produce innovative and cohesive final products.
- CLO 4: Apply iterative design processes to solve complex design challenges, incorporating feedback loops and critical analysis to refine and improve project outcomes.
- CLO 5: Adhere to ethical standards and professional best practices in all aspects of project development, including copyright compliance.
AAT292 - AAT Project II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
0 |
7 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
AAT291
|
Course Contents
The aim of Project II is to understand how to design applications that require a wide range of variations and adaptability. It involves designing system-level solutions that can be modularly adapted for different combinations and applications, such as transportation, education, publishing, and retailing etc. Project II focuses on understanding, strategizing, conceptualizing, and designing complex systems and artifacts. This design project simulates a professional setup where students work as a group to solve system-level design issues, assuming different roles and responsibilities. The course encourages students with diverse skills and strengths to work together to solve relatively complex design problems, promoting cross-disciplinary collaboration. Key activities include group inquiry, ideation, brainstorming, creating project spaces and environments to facilitate innovation, and an iterative user participatory design process with user feedback. Project-II will encourage collaboration with students from other specializations, disciplines, or institutes, or with professionals from the industry. Projects-II will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the faculty. Projects should be chosen so that it can be completed mainly using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over.
References
- Collaborative Design: Proceedings of Co Designing 2000. (2012). Switzerland: Springer London
- David Holston, The Strategic Designer: Tools & Techniques for Managing the Design Process, How Books, 2011
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x0NPPZieTSs
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nEWTXZlXP9w
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Design applications that require a wide range of variations and adaptability by developing modular system-level solutions for diverse applications.
- CLO 2: Understand, strategize, conceptualize, and design complex systems and artifacts, applying critical thinking and innovative problem-solving skills.
- CLO 3: Collaborate with team members, managers, and clients to design and prototype a product/service that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 4: Engage in group inquiry, ideation, and brainstorming to create project spaces and environments that facilitate innovation.
- CLO 5: Conduct the theoretical study in detail and compare them on the basis of cost/ energy conservation/impact on environment/technology used etc.
- CLO 6: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
AAT311 - Structural Analysis of Product Form
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
1 |
2 |
2 |
5 |
150 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
This course aims to explore how principles of applied science can inspire innovative design solutions. Students will delve into the fundamental principles of applied science and their profound influence on product design. Through a captivating blend of theory and practical application, students will uncover how nature's patterns, structures, and Applied Mathematics principles serve as a source of inspiration for creative design. Topics include the fundamentals of symmetry and patterns in nature, the evolution of form, geometric shapes' influence on structures, sustainable design concepts inspired by Buckminster Fuller, the Fibonacci series, and the golden ratio, and geometry. Additional topics cover biological structures, bio-inspired materials, sustainable structures and the integration of Applied Mathematics into design, Applied Mathematics principles on design aesthetics and functionality and sustainability integration. Through hands-on projects and collaboration, students will gain a deep understanding of how applied science enriches the design process and how Applied Mathematics patterns and proportions influence everything from architecture to product design. By the course's end, students will possess a comprehensive skillset of scientific principles, empowering them to introduce their designs with the beauty, efficiency, and sustainability inherent in nature's design.
References
- Lord, E. A., Mackay, A. L., Ranganathan, S. (2006). New Geometries for New Materials. United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press.
- Livio, M. (2003). *The Golden Ratio: The Story of PHI, the World's Most Astonishing Number.* Broadway.
- Neill, W., & Murphy, P. (1993). *By Nature's Design: An Exploratorium Book.* Chronicle Books.
- Thompson, D. W., & Bonner, J. T. (Ed.). (1992). *On Growth and Form.* Dover Publications.
- Steiner, R., & Booth, D. (2001). *The Fourth Dimension: Sacred Geometry, Alchemy, and Mathematics.* Steiner Books.
- https://elearn.nptel.ac.in/shop/iit-workshops/completed/learning-innovation-from-nature
- Introduction-to-biomimicry/?v=ea8a1a99f6c9 https://biomimicry.org/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the fundamental principles of Applied Mathematics concepts relevant to product design.
- CLO 2: Explore the application of Applied Mathematics concepts in various product design disciplines.
- CLO 3: Demonstrate proficiency in applying Applied Mathematics principles to solve product design problems through hands-on activities, projects, and simulations.
- CLO 4: Analyze the relationship between Applied Mathematics principles and design aesthetics, functionality, and sustainability in real-world product design contexts.
- CLO 5: Examine the historical and contemporary significance of Applied Mathematics concepts in product design.
AAT312 - Digital Design of Displays and Control Units
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides a comprehensive exploration of digital design principles for display and control units and their application in various design contexts, with the aim of understanding the capabilities and limitations of the human body with regard to work performance and comfort. Students will delve into improving human-machine interaction, studying topics such as user experience, designing control and display systems in the workplace, and integrating human factors into product design. Through practical insights gained from designing and planning operation and control panels, instruments, and systems that prioritize user comfort, safety, and efficiency, students will develop the skills necessary to apply ergonomic principles effectively in real-world scenarios. The course begins with an overview of the types of display and control devices and their applications, followed by a study of the concept of man-machine-environment system design. Students will explore the subsystems of the human body, including the musculoskeletal system and the nervous system, considering their functions in manual activities and sensory perception. Basic biomechanical principles will be applied in design contexts, along with anthropometry to understand the dimensions of the human body. Finally, students will analyze the impact of display and control technology on human performance and increase the effectiveness of use of engineering products and systems, arriving at a comprehensive understanding of ergonomic design principles. Through hands-on projects and case studies, students will gain hands-on experience applying these principles to enhance user experience and productivity.
References
- Wickens, C. D., Gordon, S. E., & Liu, Y. (1997). *An Introduction to Human Factors Engineering.* Longman.
- Grandjean, E. (1980). *Fitting the Task to the Man.* Taylor & Francis Ltd.
- Jordan, P. W., & Green, W. S. (Eds.). (1999). *Human Factors in Product Design: Current Practice and Future Trends.* Taylor & Francis.
- Ansel, J. (1998). *Visual Ergonomics in the Workplace.* Taylor & Francis.
- Salvendy, G. (Ed.). (1997). *Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics.*
- https://engineering.purdue.edu/online/courses/applied-ergonomics
- https://library.etbi.ie/ol/ergonomics
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the basic principles and concepts of display and control unit design, including their importance in various design disciplines and their impact on human performance, comfort, and improved security.
- CLO 2: Explore the application of safety and security principles in real-world design contexts, such as product design, data entry planning and operating systems, and tool development.
- CLO 3: Analyze ergonomic factors influencing human performance, including musculoskeletal health, cognitive load, and environmental conditions, to optimize design solutions for user comfort and efficiency.
- CLO 4: Employ ergonomic principles creatively and effectively in designing control and display mechanisms for instruments and systems.
- CLO 5: Communicate effectively with users to convey ergonomic design concepts.
AAT313 - Product Design Technology and Innovation
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
The Product Design and Innovation course aims to provide a comprehensive introduction to the intricacies of the product design process, equipping students with a holistic understanding of the methodologies and tools essential for successful product development. Through engaging lectures, case studies, and hands-on exercises, students will explore various aspects of innovation, including user study, need/problem identification, and the development of design briefs. They will gain insights into competitive benchmarking, learning how to analyze market trends and consumer preferences to inform their design decisions. Moreover, the course will delve into the significance of human factors in product design, emphasizing the importance of considering ergonomics, usability, and user-product interaction. Students will be introduced to a range of tools and techniques for creative concept generation, prototyping, and model making, enabling them to translate their ideas into tangible product designs. Through evaluation techniques focused on user-product interaction, students will learn to assess the usability and effectiveness of their designs, refining them iteratively to meet user needs and preferences. By the end of the course, students will emerge with the ability to generate innovative product designs that not only meet market demands but also prioritize user satisfaction and usability. This holistic approach to product design and innovation will prepare students to excel in diverse industries, where creativity, empathy, and problem-solving skills are paramount.
References
- Eppinger, S., & Ulrich, K.(2015). Product design and development. McGraw-Hill Higher Education.
- Green, W., & Jordan, P. W. (Eds.).(1999).Human factors in product design: current practice and future trends. CRC Press.
- Sanders, M. S., & McCormick, E. J. (1993). Human factors in engineering and design. McGRAW-HILL book company.
- Roozenburg, N. F., & Eekels, J. (1995). Product design: fundamentals and methods (Vol. 2). John Wiley & Sons Inc.
- Lidwell, W., Holden, K., & Butler, J.(2010). Universal principles of design, revised and updated: 125 ways to enhance usability, influence perception, increase appeal, make better design decisions, and teach through design. Rockport Pub.
- https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_de01/preview
- https://designbetterpodcast.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the various methodologies and tools used in product design and innovation.
- CLO 2: Analyze human factors, such as ergonomics, usability, and user-product interaction, to optimize product design solutions for user satisfaction.
- CLO 3: Develop creative product concepts using diverse design tools and techniques.
- CLO 4: Utilize a range of tools and techniques for creative concept generation, prototyping, and innovative model making,
- CLO 5: Communicate effectively design ideas, concepts, and rationale through oral presentations, written reports, and visual representations.
AAT321 - 3D Modeling Techniques and Prototyping
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course aims to provide students with a deep understanding of the principles and applications of digital design processes, prototyping techniques, and computer-aided design programs by ensuring that they acquire advanced skills in implementing product design models, with a special focus on 3D modeling techniques and their applications. Students will learn how to transform design ideas into realistic physical models using a variety of techniques and materials, including advanced CAD programs and 3D printing technologies. Through a comprehensive curriculum that includes lectures, practical demonstrations, practical exercises, and collaborative group projects, it helps students identify the different types of study models, displays, and prototypes, and distinguish between the types of equipment and materials used in 3D printing and their technological properties, with the ability to use and employ 3D computer-aided design methods and techniques used in producing prototypes and experimental samples, which helps students develop design concepts and verify their technical validity.
References
- 3D Printing for Dummies by Kristin Butcher (2021): This book provides a comprehensive introduction to 3D printing technology, covering the different types of 3D printers, the 3D printing process, how to design models for 3D printing, and troubleshooting common 3D printing problems.
- Mastering Autodesk Inventor 2021 and Autodesk Inventor LT 2021 by Carl Bass (2020): This textbook focuses on Autodesk Inventor, another widely used CAD program. It covers parametric modeling, constraint-based design, sheet metal modeling, and creating presentations from your 3D models.
- SolidWorks 2021: Essentials by Bill Fiester (2021): This book provides a comprehensive introduction to SolidWorks, covering the fundamentals of 3D modeling, assembly modeling, engineering drawings, and finite element analysis.
- Autodesk Knowledge Base: https://www.autodesk.com/support/contact-support This website is a valuable resource for learning about Autodesk Inventor and other Autodesk software programs. It includes tutorials, troubleshooting guides, and FAQs.
- SolidWorks Help: https://help.solidworks.com/ This website provides access to the official SolidWorks documentation, including tutorials, user guides, and reference materials.
- Thingiverse: https://www.thingiverse.com/search Thingiverse is a large online community of 3D designers who share their designs for free. You can find a wide variety of 3D models on Thingiverse, which you can download and use for your own projects (or simply to see how other designers have approached similar modeling challenges).
- YouTube Tutorials: There are many great YouTube channels that offer tutorials on 3D modeling and 3D printing. A few popular channels include Akili3D, The Hacksmith, and CNC Kitchen.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Comprehend the Fundamentals of Digital Design, Prototyping, and Initial Sample Creation.
- CLO 2: Master the Techniques and Tools for Digital Design and Prototyping.
- CLO 3: Apply Prototyping to Enhance Design Development and Evaluation.
- CLO 4: Gain Expertise in Various Prototyping Types, Materials, and Equipment.
- CLO 5: Develop Practical Skills for Creating Tangible Design Models and Samples.
- CLO 6: Enhance Problem-Solving and Critical Thinking Abilities.
- CLO 7: Cultivate Effective Communication and Collaboration Skills.
AAT322 - Graphic Design and Visualization
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
The Graphic Design and Visualization course aims to equip students with the skills necessary to effectively communicate design ideas and concepts through various graphic and visualization mediums. The course covers the fundamentals of graphic design, including color theory, typography, and layout design. Students will also be introduced to industry-standard software such as Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop. The course further delves into the principles of visualization, teaching students how to transform abstract ideas and complex material into tangible visual representations, this includes creating sketches, 3D models, layering and separation, and digital renderings of product designs. Throughout the course, students will work on a series of projects that will allow them to apply what they’ve learned, culminating in a final project that showcases their growth and development as a product designer. By the end of the course, students will gain competencies in graphic design and visualization techniques, while also developing a strong understanding of professional ethics in the context of graphic design technology. The practical component of this course involves conducting hands-on exercises and demonstrations to apply the principles and concepts covered in lectures.
References
- Lupton, E. (2011). Graphic Design Thinking: Beyond Brainstorming (renowned Designer Ellen Lupton Provides New Techniques for Creative Thinking about Design Process with Examples and Case Studies). United States: Princeton Architectural Press.
- Norman, D. (2013). The Design of Everyday Things: Revised and Expanded Edition. United States: Basic Books.
- https://www.udemy.com/course/graphic-design-masterclass-everything-you-need-to-know/?couponCode=LETSLEARNNOW
- https://www.udemy.com/course/graphic-design-theory-for-beginners-course/?couponCode=LETSLEARNNOW
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the fundamental principles of graphic design and visualization
- CLO 2: Explore various graphic design and visualization techniques and tools.
- CLO 3: Analyze different design elements and understand how they contribute to the overall effectiveness of a design.
- CLO 4: Apply design principles and techniques to create original graphic designs and visualizations.
- CLO 5: Communicate design ideas effectively through various graphic mediums and present their work professionally.
AAT351 - Design Communication
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
This course aims to inform, persuade, educate, and entertain using typography, photography, drawing, video/animation, audio, storytelling, interaction, and space. Students will receive a foundation in visual problem-solving, with a core curriculum of sequential design studios to develop critical and visual thinking along with essential design processes. The course also offers opportunities to specialize in areas of interest, including graphic design, interaction design, and motion design. The course offers creativity, critical analysis of contemporary media, and knowledge of the latest methodologies and tools. A focus on digital media practice and theory sets this course apart from traditional communication design courses. Students will learn to develop effective concepts and prototypes for current and emergent platforms, informed by graphic design and user experience design principles. They will also have opportunities to build their own tools through creative coding and modular design experimentation. By the end of the course, students will gain competencies. Students will gain proficiency in designing various communication mediums such as magazines, textbooks, picture books, exhibitions, websites, and e-books. The practical component of this course involves conducting hands-on exercises and demonstrations to apply the principles and concepts covered in lectures.
References
- Norman, D. (2013). The Design of Everyday Things: Revised and Expanded Edition. United States: Basic Books.
- Meggs, P. B., Purvis, A. W. (2016). Meggs' History of Graphic Design. Germany: Wiley.
- Lupton, E. (2011). Graphic Design Thinking: Beyond Brainstorming (renowned Designer Ellen Lupton Provides New Techniques for Creative Thinking about Design Process with Examples and Case Studies). United States: Princeton Architectural Press.
- https://www.coursera.org/learn/design-language
- https://www.udemy.com/course/the-ultimate-guide-to-ux-design-communication/?couponCode=2021PM20
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the fundamental principles of design communication, including the use of visual form, information, ideas, and feelings to inform, persuade, educate, and entertain.
- CLO 2: Explore various mediums of communication design such as magazines, textbooks, picture books, exhibitions, websites, and e-books.
- CLO 3: Analyze contemporary media and apply critical thinking to assess the effectiveness of different design communication methodologies and tools.
- CLO 4: Apply the principles of graphic design and user experience design to develop effective concepts and prototypes for current and emergent platforms.
- CLO 5: Think critically about design and to communicate their ideas effectively.
AAT352 - Product Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
The Product Design course is designed to provide students with a deep understanding of the product design process and the various methods used in the industry. The aim of the course is to equip students with the ability to understand user needs, generate innovative design concepts, map functionality to form, and consider various design factors such as ergonomics, function, materials, and processes. The course content is structured to cover four main areas: Understanding Users, Creative Concept Development, Functional Requirements and Form, and Design Considerations. Each module is designed to build on the previous one, providing a comprehensive overview of the product design process.
Upon completion of the course, students will have developed a strong foundation in product design, enabling them to create user-centric designs that are not only functional and aesthetically pleasing, but also ergonomic and feasible to manufacture. This course provides a blend of theory and practice, offering students the opportunity to apply their knowledge in real-world contexts. This hands-on approach ensures that students are well-prepared to tackle the challenges of the product design industry.
References
- Rebelo, F., Soares, M. (2021). Advances in Ergonomics in Design, Usability and Special Populations: Part II. United States: Independent Publisher.
- Hanington, B., Martin, B. (2019). Universal Methods of Design Expanded and Revised: 125 Ways to Research Complex Problems, Develop Innovative Ideas, and Design Effective Solutions. Singapore: Rockport Publishers.
- Otto, K. N., Wood, K. L. (2003). Product Design: Techniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product Development. China.
- Ultimate Guide to Product Design: Design Thinking Approach | Udemy
- https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_me83/preview
- https://www.coursera.org/learn/creative-design-prototyping-testing
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the fundamental principles of design communication, including the use of visual form, information, ideas, and feelings to inform, persuade, educate, and entertain.
- CLO 2: Explore various mediums of communication design such as magazines, textbooks, picture books, exhibitions, websites, and e-books.
- CLO 3: Analyze contemporary media and apply critical thinking to assess the effectiveness of different design communication methodologies and tools.
- CLO 4: Apply the principles of graphic design and user experience design to develop effective concepts and prototypes for current and emergent platforms.
- CLO 5: Think critically about design and to communicate their ideas effectively.
AAT361 - Materials and Processes
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
The “Materials and Processes” course provides a comprehensive understanding of various materials and their manufacturing processes, which are crucial for designing products. The course explores the properties and applications of a wide range of materials, including thermoplastics, thermosetting plastics, rubber, ceramics, glass, and natural materials like wood, bamboo, cane, leather, cloth, jute, and paper. The course delves into the selection process of plastics for engineering and consumer products, discussing the design limitations and advantages of plastic molding processes. This knowledge is essential for product designers as they need to understand the constraints and possibilities of different materials and manufacturing processes. Additive manufacturing or 3D printing, a revolutionary technology in product design, is also covered in the course. It discusses its principles, applications, and the variety of materials used. This equips students with the skills to leverage this technology in their designs. Sustainability, a key consideration in modern product design, is emphasized in the course. Discussions on life cycle assessment and environmentally friendly material choices prepare students to design products with minimal environmental impact. This hands-on approach ensures that students are well-prepared to tackle the challenges of the product design industry, creating designs that are not only aesthetically pleasing but also functional, ergonomic, and sustainable.
References
- Ashby, M. F., Johnson, K. (2013). Materials and Design: The Art and Science of Material Selection in Product Design. Netherlands: Elsevier Science.
- Thompson, R. (2007). Manufacturing Processes for Design Professionals. United States: Thames & Hudson.
- Garratt, J. (1996). Design and Technology. United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press.
- https://engineering.purdue.edu/online/courses/product-process-design
- https://www.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:1404370/FULLTEXT01.pdf
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the engineering properties of materials and their impact on the applications of various materials such as plastics, metals, wood, glass, etc., and evaluate their forming and finishing techniques in product design.
- CLO 2: Determine criteria for selecting design materials and applying additive manufacturing principles.
- CLO 3: Analyze design limitations and benefits of plastic molding processes.
- CLO 4: Measure the environmental impacts of material choices and apply sustainability mechanisms and methodologies to design solutions.
- CLO 5: The ability to make design decisions related to considering material properties and sustainability factors.
AAT391 - AAT Internship II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
6 |
6 |
180 |
3 |
50 |
0 |
50 |
|
Course Contents
Internship provides an opportunity to practice and/or apply knowledge and skills in professional environments and gain valuable work experience. Through the Internship students get exposure to the industrial environment which cannot be simulated in the classroom. During the internship, students have to understand and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s). Further, they have to Understand the social, economic, and administrative considerations that influence the working environment of industrial organizations. Overall professional development of students required problem-solving, communication, human development, and relationship-building skills. Students select the internship field in consultation with an industry mentor and faculty guide in terms of the academic requirements. The student is supposed to produce a joining letter and a successful completion certificate. once the internship is over. Internship evaluation can be based on the quality of projects completed as part of the internship activities. Faculty Member(s) has to evaluate(s) the performance of students once by visiting the Industry/Organization and the Evaluation Report of the students’ needs to submit in the department office with the consent of Industry persons/ mentor. The students will be exposed to the industry environment for a minimum period of 08 weeks duration to understand the operation of the industrial facility.
References
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jpf9J2TUJVg
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KqIshDsg494
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E1UcIHW5rSc
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EhnfOUrFgxM
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Analyze the assigned task and solve it by applying critical thinking and problem-solving skills.
- CLO 2: Collaborate and communicate effectively with different professionals in the work environment.
- CLO 3: Communicate effectively through the technical presentation.
- CLO 4: Design solutions with contextual constraints, acquiring and applying new knowledge.
- CLO 5: Recommend solutions for improved processes and optimal use of resources.
- CLO 6: Evaluate career options by considering opportunities in industry and higher education and sharpen the real-time technical/managerial skills required at the job(s) during the internship.
- CLO 7: Demonstrate ethical and professional behavior in the work environment.
AAT3E1 - AAT Major Elective I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
AAT414 - Design and Sustainability
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course aims to provide students with the fundamental principles and practices of sustainable design. Through a balanced approach of theoretical knowledge and practical experience, students will gain the skills needed to create innovative and environmentally responsible products. The course combines lectures, discussions, workshops, laboratory experiments, tutorials, and project work, enabling students to analyze the environmental impact of product design, explore sustainable materials and processes, and develop design solutions that prioritize long-term environmental and social well-being.
References
- The Cradle to Cradle Design Guide: Creating Intelligent Products for a Circular Economy by Michael Braungart, William McDonough, and Andrew Hinterland (2002, McGraw-Hill Education)
- Sustainable Product Design by by Veerle Dewberry (2003, AVA Publishing)
- Sustainable Design: A Handbook for Eco-Innovation by Michael John Gerrard (2011, Earthscan).
- Sustainable Design Alliance: https://sustainabledesignalliance.com/ (Provides resources, case studies, and educational materials on sustainable design)
- Ellen MacArthur Foundation: https://www.ellenmacarthurfoundation.org/ (Promotes a circular economy and offers resources on sustainable product design practices)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: assess the environmental impact of product design throughout its lifecycle using appropriate tools.
- CLO 2: Apply Implement sustainable design principles (e.g., Life Cycle Thinking, eco-design) to develop and iterate creative product concepts.
- CLO 3: Evaluate Select and utilize sustainable materials and manufacturing processes based on environmental considerations and functional requirements.
- CLO 4: Integrate Balance user needs, aesthetics, and environmental impact throughout the design process.
- CLO 5: Communicate Effectively articulate design decisions and their sustainability benefits through compelling presentations and reports.
AAT415 - Design for Manufacturing
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
This course explores the critical link between design and manufacturing, with a focus on design for manufacture and assembly (DFMA) principles. Students will delve into the complex relationship between design decisions and the production process, gaining an understanding of how design intricacies influence manufacturing outcomes. Through hands-on activities, participants will examine the fundamentals of manufacturing processes, analyzing the impact of design choices on manufacturability. Emphasis will be placed on design for manufacturing (DFM) principles, aiming to optimize product designs for efficient production. The course content includes essential topics such as concept generation and evaluation, selection of materials and shapes, selection of manufacturing processes, design for assembly, and dsign for reliability and quality. Additionally, students will scrutinize assembly considerations and associated costs, integrating these factors into comprehensive evaluations of product designs. Utilizing suitable software applications, students will evaluate designs for manufacturing and assembly costs, honing their skills in production efficiency optimization. Furthermore, students will explore various methodologies and practices for CAD model construction and verification, tailored to specific manufacturing processes, ensuring attention to design implementation. By focusing on these targeted learning outcomes, students will equipped with the knowledge and skills to navigate the intricate landscape of modern product design and manufacturing seamlessly.
References
- Boothroyd, G., Dewhurst, P., Knight, W. A. (2011). Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly, Third Edition. Italy: Taylor & Francis.
- Molloy, O., Warman, E., Tilley, S. (2012). Design for Manufacturing and Assembly: Concepts, Architectures and Implementation. Switzerland: Springer US.
- https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/2-007-design-and-manufacturing-i-spring-2009/
- https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/101/112101005/
- https://www.solidprofessor.com/tutorials/dfm/introduction-to-design-for-manufacturing-tutorials-2017/28057
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the complex interrelationships between design and manufacturing.
- CLO 2: Explore and understand basic manufacturing processes and the design for manufacturing (DFM) implications of design choices for specific manufacturing processes.
- CLO 3: Examine assembly considerations and assembly costs in evaluations.
- CLO 4: Evaluating designs for manufacturing and assembly costs using suitable software applications.
- CLO 5: Examine the approaches and practices related to CAD model building and model checking for specific manufacturing processes.
AAT416 - Design for New and Renewable Energy Technology
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course explores the exciting intersection of design and sustainability, equipping students with the knowledge and skills to create user-centered and visually compelling solutions for new and renewable energy technologies. Through a blend of lectures, discussions, and hands-on workshops, students will delve into the design considerations, user needs, and sustainability principles for various renewable energy sources (solar, wind, geothermal, etc.). They will learn to apply design thinking methodologies to develop innovative and user-friendly products and systems that promote the adoption of renewable energy technologies.
References
- Sustainable Product Design: A Comprehensive Approach (2020), John Mattock et al.
- Routledge, https://www.routledge.com/
- Smart Product Design: Integrating Electronics and Connectivity into Products (2019),
- David Martin, Kogan Page, https://www.koganpage.com/
- Circular Product Design: A Strategy for Reuse, Refurbishment, and Recycling (2021),
- Walter Stahel et al. Ellen MacArthur Foundation,
- https://www.ellenmacarthurfoundation.org/
- Using Rapid Prototyping Techniques to Design Innovative Solar-Powered Products (2020),Sarah Jones et al. Procedia Manufacturing,Elsevier
- https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S259012302100102X
- Designing Energy-Efficient Smart Products Using the Internet of Things (2021)
- Mohamed Ali et al. 2021 IEEE International Conference on Engineering, Technology and Innovation (IEEE CETI) IEEE https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/10059802
- Feasibility Study on the Design of Recyclable LED Lighting Products (2019), Ahmed Hassan et al. Journal of Cleaner Production, Elsevier https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0960148113006137
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the challenges and opportunities associated with new and renewable energy technologies.
- CLO 2: Analyze user needs, behaviors, and motivations related to renewable energy adoption.
- CLO 3: Apply design thinking principles to identify design opportunities in the renewable energy sector.
- CLO 4: Integrate sustainability principles like life cycle assessment and eco-design into the design process.
- CLO 5: Develop and prototype user-centered design solutions for specific renewable energy applications.
- CLO 6: Effectively communicate design concepts and the benefits of renewable energy through presentations and visualizations.
AAT417 - Design for Small and Medium Projects
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course aims to provide students with the basic skills and knowledge necessary to transform the field of product design from large and large industries to designing equipment, devices and products suitable for production according to the mechanisms and capabilities of small and medium-sized enterprises. Through a combination of lectures, discussions and practical exercises, the course will focus on teaching students the challenges of the economic transformation of developing countries from an agricultural economy to an industrial economy in light of the limited capabilities of small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in terms of technology and finance. Product and service design represents an important element in this transformation by providing realistic design solutions that can be transformed into products and services capable of entering markets strongly and competing with foreign products. Therefore, this course focuses on providing students with the cognitive aspects related to effective design methodologies, project management techniques and communication strategies specifically designed for projects with restricted budgets and timetables. Through this course, students will be able to work with clients and provide effective design solutions within the limits of small and medium-sized enterprises.
References
- Design Thinking for Dummies (2nd Edition) by Gavin Ambrose and Paul Dunne (2018) . (Publisher: John Wiley & Sons)
- This Is Service Design Thinking: Doing the Right Things Right by Marc Stickdorn and Jakob Schneider (2018) . (Publisher: Wiley)
- The Lean Startup: How Today's Entrepreneurs Use Continuous Innovation to Create Radically Successful Businesses by Eric Ries (2011). (Publisher: Portfolio)
- Design for the Real World: Human Centered Design for Social Change by Heather Mendricksen (2015). (Publisher: Laurence King Publishing)
- Stanford d.school's "Design Thinking Boot Camp": https://dschool.stanford.edu/ -
- The Interaction Design Foundation (IxDF): https://www.interaction-design.org/ -
- OpenIDEO: https://www.openideo.com/challenges
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand the role of product design in the economic challenges facing developing countries in the field of industrial transformation. And its role in achieving success for small and medium enterprises.
- CLO 2: Apply advanced design methodologies to design products and services that meet market needs.
- CLO 3: Use modern design tools and technologies efficiently.
- CLO 4: Communicate effectively with stakeholders in small and medium enterprises.
- CLO 5: Evaluate the impact of product design on the financial and environmental performance of small and medium enterprises.
- CLO 6: Provide innovative and sustainable design solutions that contribute to creating job opportunities for youth and graduates.
AAT418 - Design for Special Needs
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course equips students with the knowledge and skills to create inclusive and user-centered designs that cater to the needs of people with disabilities. Through a blend of lectures, discussions, and hands-on workshops, students will explore the principles of universal design, user research methods for understanding diverse user needs, and design considerations for various types of disabilities. They will learn to develop empathetic design solutions that are accessible, usable, and enjoyable for everyone.
References
- Inclusive Design for a Digital World: Accessibility and Usability for People with Disabilities, Jenny Griffiths and Sarah Maynard, Routledge, 2018.
- Mismatch: How Inclusion Shapes Design, Kat Holmes, MIT Press, 2018.
- Design for Real Life: How to Design User-Friendly Products and Services, Eric A. Meyer, A Book Apart, 2020.
- World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI): https://www.w3.org/WAI/
- WebAIM: https://webaim.org/
- The A11Y Project: https://www.a11yproject.com/
- Center for Applied Special Technology (CAST): https://www.cast.org/
- DO-IT (Disabilities Opportunities Internetworking Consortium): https://hr.uw.edu/dso/
- Inclusive Design Patterns: Coding Accessibility into Web Design by Heydon Pickering (2022)
- Building for Everyone: Expand Your Market with Design Practices from Google's Product Inclusion Team by Annie Jean-Baptiste (2020)
- A Web for Everyone: Designing Accessible User Experiences by Sarah Horton and Whitney Quesada (2019)
- Accessible Vue by Marcus Herrmann (2021)
- Web Accessibility Cookbook by Manuel Matuzovic (2024)
- The Center for Universal Design (https://design.ncsu.edu/research/center-for-universal-design/)
- IDEO - Design for Everyone (https://medium.com/@nassim.elqochairi/when-designing-for-everyone-you-design-for-no-one-e2fd932caa16)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Define and differentiate various types of disabilities and their impact on user interaction with products and services.
- CLO 2: Explain the principles of user-centered design (UCD) for people with disabilities and its importance in creating inclusive solutions.
- CLO 3: Apply UCD methodologies to conduct research and gather user needs from individuals with disabilities.
- CLO 4: Analyze user research data to create user personas representing the needs and behaviors of people with disabilities.
- CLO 5: Integrate principles of usability, accessibility, and inclusivity into the design of products and services.
- CLO 6: Develop creative and innovative design concepts for products or services that address the specific needs of people with disabilities.
- CLO 7: Utilize appropriate tools and techniques to create low-fidelity and high-fidelity prototypes of their design solutions.
- CLO 8: Conduct user testing with people with disabilities to evaluate the usability and effectiveness of their design prototypes.
- CLO 9: Analyze user feedback and iterate on their design solutions based on testing results.
- CLO 10: Communicate design concepts and solutions effectively through visual presentations and technical documentation.
AAT419 - Interactive design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course takes you into the exciting world of interaction design. Through a combination of theoretical knowledge and practical experience, students will gain the skills to create interactive products that engage users in meaningful ways. The course combines lectures, discussions, workshops, labs, tutorials, and project work, enabling students to understand the fundamental principles of interaction design, explore user interaction techniques, and design user-centered products that seamlessly integrate physical and digital elements.
References
- Nielsen Norman Group. (2024, June 10). User-Centered Design (UCD). https://www.nngroup.com/topic/user-centered-design/
- Interaction Design Foundation. (2024, June 10). About Interaction Design. https://www.interaction-design.org/
- Preece, J., Rogers, Y., & Sharp, H. (2021). Interaction design: Beyond human-computer interaction (7th ed.). Routledge.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO1: Implement core interactive design principles (e.g., user research, user interface design, interaction design) throughout the design process.
- CLO2: Select and utilize appropriate user interaction methods (e.g., touchscreens, sensors, voice control) based on user needs and product functionalities.
- CLO3: Design interactive products that seamlessly blend physical and digital elements, creating a cohesive user experience.
- CLO4: Develop low-fidelity and high-fidelity prototypes of interactive product concepts to test and iterate on designs.
- CLO5: Effectively communicate interactive design concepts and outcomes through presentations, user stories, and documentation.
AAT441 - Applied Ergonomics
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
This course offers a comprehensive exploration of ergonomics principles and their application in various design contexts, aiming to understand the capabilities and limitations of the human body for both work performance and comfort. Students will delve into optimizing human-machine interaction, examining topics such as visual ergonomics, workplace ergonomics, and integrating human factors into product design. Through practical insights gained from designing environments, tools, and systems that prioritize user comfort, safety, and efficiency, students will develop the skills to apply ergonomic principles effectively in real-world scenarios. The course begins with an overview of ergonomics and its application, followed by an examination of the concept of Man-Machine-Environment system design. Students will explore the human body's subsystems, including the musculoskeletal system and nervous system, considering their functions in manual activities and sensory perception. Basic biomechanics principles will be applied in design contexts, alongside anthropometry for understanding human body dimensions. Finally, students will analyze the influence of the physical environment on human performance, culminating in a holistic understanding of ergonomic design principles. Through hands-on projects and case studies, students will gain practical experience in applying these principles to enhance user experience and productivity.
References
- Wickens, C. D., Gordon, S. E., & Liu, Y. (1997). *An Introduction to Human Factors Engineering.* Longman.
- Grandjean, E. (1980). *Fitting the Task to the Man.* Taylor & Francis Ltd.
- Jordan, P. W., & Green, W. S. (Eds.). (1999). *Human Factors in Product Design: Current Practice and Future Trends.* Taylor & Francis.
- Ansel, J. (1998). *Visual Ergonomics in the Workplace.* Taylor & Francis.
- Salvendy, G. (Ed.). (1997). *Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics.*
- https://engineering.purdue.edu/online/courses/applied-ergonomics
- https://library.etbi.ie/ol/ergonomics
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Describe the fundamental principles and concepts of ergonomics, including its relevance in various design disciplines and its impact on human performance and comfort.
- CLO 2: Explore the application of ergonomic principles in real-world design contexts, such as product design, workplace layout, and tool development.
- CLO 3: Analyze ergonomic factors influencing human performance, including musculoskeletal health, cognitive load, and environmental conditions, to optimize design solutions for user comfort and efficiency.
- CLO 4: Apply ergonomic principles creatively and effectively in designing environments, tools, and systems.
- CLO 5: Communicate effectively with users to convey ergonomic design concepts.
AAT451 - Research Practices in Product Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
0 |
2 |
60 |
2 |
50 |
25 |
25 |
|
Course Contents
The design research seminar provides students with a transformative opportunity to explore the depths of design through rigorous research, culminating in an insightful report or paper and a seminar presentation. Aimed at fostering a profound understanding of design principles and methodologies, the seminar encourages students to delve into new avenues within the field. Through a blend of primary and secondary research methods, students engage in in-depth analysis, framing research questions, and creatively exploring alternatives. Utilizing diverse documentation techniques such as photography, sketching, and multimedia, students meticulously document their findings for analysis and inference. Under the guidance of faculty mentors, students select topics of interest and navigate the research process, from experimental setups to methodical documentation. The seminar places a strong emphasis on critical thinking, encouraging students to question assumptions and explore innovative solutions. The outcome is expected to be an insightful report or paper on the chosen subject, along with a seminar presentation. Students are encouraged to publish this as a paper in a design journal or present it at a conference, further contributing to the discourse and advancement of design knowledge. Through this seminar, students not only hone their research skills and cultivate creativity but also make meaningful contributions to the evolving landscape of design.
References
- Buley, L. (2013). The User Experience Team of One: A Research and Design Survival Guide. United States: Rosenfeld Media.
- Hall, E. (2019). Just Enough Research: Second Edition. United States: A Book Apart.
- Marsh, S. (2022). User Research: Improve Product and Service Design and Enhance Your UX Research. United Kingdom: Kogan Page.
- https://www.coursera.org/learn/uva-darden-design-thinking-innovation
- https://www.udemy.com/course/research-methods-and-design/?couponCode=ST2MT43024
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Critically evaluate design research methods and techniques for investigating complex design problems and generating meaningful insights.
- CLO 2: Analyze advanced design principles and methodologies, identifying their theoretical frameworks and assessing their effectiveness in addressing specific design challenges.
- CLO 3: Create innovative design solutions demonstrating originality, feasibility, and alignment with user needs and design objectives.
- CLO 4: Apply advanced research skills to investigate and address real-world design problems using qualitative and quantitative methods.
- CLO 5: Synthesize and communicate research findings effectively through written reports, presentations, and visual media to diverse audiences.
AAT452 - Product Design Studio I
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
6 |
8 |
240 |
5 |
80 |
10 |
10 |
|
Course Contents
This course is an introduction to the world of design, with a focus on understanding the process of design and problem-solving. Students will learn to identify problems and find needs, using various methods to analyze problems and arrive at alternate design concepts. The course begins with an introduction to the design ecosystem and its relevance, followed by exposure and analysis of design processes. Students will engage in inquiry and observation, documenting activities and environments, and interacting with users to identify problems or needs. The course emphasizes the importance of documentation, report making, and presentations. Students will analyze existing problems in given contexts, using tools such as mind maps, affinity mappings, and temporal-spatial mappings. They will also explore physical (sensory), social, and cognitive mappings, and semiotic analysis (syntax-semantic-pragmatic). The course provides opportunities for students to observe, gain insights, and identify opportunities in the product design domains. They will engage in soft prototyping of their ideas or concepts, and document their process and presentations. This hands-on approach ensures that students are well-prepared to tackle the challenges of the product design industry, creating designs that are not only aesthetically pleasing but also functional, ergonomic, and sustainable.
References
- Norman, D. (2013). The Design of Everyday Things: Revised and Expanded Edition. United States: Basic Books.
- Balcioglu, T. (2024). On Design: Theory, History, Education and Practice. United Kingdom: Bloomsbury Publishing.
- Potter, N. (2002). What is a Designer: Things, Places, Messages. London: Princeton Architectural Press.
- Roozenburg, N. F., & Eekels, J. (1995). Product design: fundamentals and methods (Vol. 2). John Wiley & Sons Inc.
- Ask, T. (2016). Engineering for Industrial Designers and Inventors: Fundamentals for Designers of Wonderful Things. United States: O'Reilly Media.
- https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_de01/preview
- https://designbetterpodcast.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate comprehension of the significance of the design ecosystem in various contexts.
- CLO 2: Apply analytical skills to effectively assess and identify design problems and user needs.
- CLO 3: Create and develop design concepts and implementation using prototyping techniques.
- CLO 4: Analyze design problems critically, synthesizing information to propose innovative design solutions.
- CLO 5: Exhibit mastery in organizing and communicating design processes and outcomes, employing both written documentation and oral presentation techniques.
AAT453 - Product Design Studio II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
4 |
6 |
180 |
4 |
80 |
10 |
10 |
AAT452
|
Course Contents
Product Design Studio-II is a course that nurtures creativity and ideation in the realm of product design. Through a blend of theory and hands-on practice, students explore diverse methods to enhance their design thinking and visualization skills. The curriculum covers essential topics such as brainstorming, synectics, and lateral thinking, empowering students to generate innovative solutions. Additionally, students delve into design explorations for alternate concepts, gaining insights into addressing specific challenges. They learn to synthesize research, user needs, and design principles, translating ideas into compelling visual representations using sketches, diagrams, and 3D models. The course also emphasizes idea sketching for creative solutions, creating user personas, storyboarding, and rapid visualization through low-fidelity mock-ups. Beyond theory, students engage with soft prototyping, 3D quick models, paper mock-ups, bookmaking techniques, keyframes, animatics, and interactive prototypes. By the end of the course, graduates emerge well-prepared for careers in design and innovation, equipped with the skills to shape user-centered products that resonate with real-world needs. This hands-on approach ensures that students are well-prepared to tackle the challenges of the product design industry, creating designs that are not only aesthetically pleasing but also functional, ergonomic, and sustainable.
References
- Kelley, T. (2016). The Art Of Innovation: Lessons in Creativity from IDEO, America's Leading Design Firm. United Kingdom: Profile.
- Baxter, M. (2018). Product Design. United States: CRC Press.
- Cagan, J., Vogel, C. M. (2012). Creating Breakthrough Products: Revealing the Secrets that Drive Global Innovation. (n.p.): Pearson Education.
- Hallgrimsson, B. (2023). Prototyping and Modelmaking for Product Design: Second Edition. United Kingdom: Quercus Publishing.
- https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_de01/preview
- https://designbetterpodcast.com/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate enhanced creativity and ideation skills through the application of diverse methods in product design
- CLO 2: Apply design thinking principles and visualization techniques to conceptualize innovative solutions for specific challenges.
- CLO 3: Analyze research findings, user needs, and design principles to inform the synthesis of alternate design concepts.
- CLO 4: Utilize a range of prototyping methods, including 3D quick models, paper mock-ups, and interactive prototypes, to test and validate design concepts.
- CLO 5: Exhibit mastery in organizing and communicating design processes and outcomes, employing both written documentation and oral presentation techniques.
AAT471 - Furniture Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course introduces students to the fascinating world of furniture design. Through a balanced approach of theoretical knowledge and practical experience, students will develop the skills needed to create functional, aesthetically appealing, and user-focused furniture pieces. The course integrates lectures, discussions, workshops, laboratory experiments, tutorials, and project work, enabling students to understand the principles of furniture design, explore diverse materials and construction techniques, and design furniture that integrates seamlessly into different living environments.
References
- Björklund, A., & Rauter, R. (2018). Ecodesign of furniture: A life cycle perspective. Journal of Cleaner Production, 172, 1293-1302.
- Cripps, R., & Edmonds, J. (2019). Design thinking for sustainable furniture: A review. Wood Material Science & Engineering, 14(3), 232-242.
- Farrelly, M. (2014). Furniture making technology. Routledge.
- Löwgren, J., & Stolter, D. (2004). Theories on knowledge creation and furniture design. Design Studies, 25(6), 647-664.
- Pheasant, S., & Ostwald, P. (2013). Bodyspace: Anthropometry, ergonomics, and design. Routledge.
- Pendergast, M. (2019). User Interface Design for Furniture: Considerations for Smart Objects and the Internet of Things (IoT) in the Home. In P. A. Hancock, M. H. Carroll, & R. McClain (Eds.), Designing for the Internet of Things (pp. 221-238). Routledge.
- Rognoli, V., & Cavallo, F. (2019). User experience in furniture design: A systematic review. Furniture, 13(2), 141.
- Steen, M., Jensen, C. M., & Eklund, N. P. (2010). A user-centered approach to furniture design for people with disabilities. Applied Ergonomics, 41(1), 70-78.
- Tian, G., Feng, C., & Wang, Y. (2018). Digital fabrication for furniture design: A review. Automation in Construction, 89, 11-22.
- Wimmer, M. A., & Juetten, U. (2015). Life cycle assessment of furniture: A review of methodological approaches. Journal of Cleaner Production, 108, 473-486.
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Critically assess existing furniture designs based on functionality, ergonomics, aesthetics, and user needs.
- CLO 2: Implement core furniture design principles (proportion, scale, balance, and harmony) throughout the design process.
- CLO 3: Select and utilize appropriate materials and construction techniques based on furniture function, user requirements, and sustainability considerations.
- CLO 4: Design furniture that considers ergonomics, user comfort, and promotes well-being within living spaces.
- CLO 5: Develop physical prototypes and technical drawings to effectively communicate design concepts and functionalities.
AAT472 - Mobility and Vehicle Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides students with a theoretical and practical framework to enter the exciting world of mobility and vehicle design. Through a combination of theoretical knowledge and practical experience, students will gain the skills needed to create innovative, user-oriented mobility solutions. The course integrates lectures, discussions, workshops, laboratory experments, tutorials and project work, enabling students to understand the evolving mobility landscape, explore different vehicle types and design safe, sustainable and user-friendly vehicles for the future.
References
- Brezinski, W., Gnutek, A., & Rychlewski, J. (2023). The Role of Design in the Development of Sustainable Vehicles. Eksploatacja i Niezawodność - Maintenance and Reliability, 25(1), 78-85.
- Fagnant, D. J., Koopman, K. L., & Sanders, T. J. (2016). Preparing for autonomous vehicles: Opportunities, challenges, and research needs. Annual Review of Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems, 1(1), 553-574.
- Gero, J. S. (1990). Design prototypes: A knowledge representation framework for design. Artificial intelligence in engineering design, 1(4), 225-233.
- Hascher, C. (2018). User interface design for cars: From driver distraction to driver support. Ergonomics, 61(12), 1677-1692.
- McLeod, R. H. (2010). Simplifying human-computer interaction through effective user interface design. In P. A. Hancock, J. A. Landay, & K. J. Vicente (Eds.), Human-computer interaction (Vol. 3, pp. 147-154). Elsevier.
- Nielsen Norman Group. (2024, June 10). User-Centered Design (UCD). https://www.nngroup.com/topic/user-centered-design/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Critically assess current mobility trends and challenges, identifying opportunities for design innovation.
- CLO 2: Implement core design principles specific to mobility and vehicle design throughout the design process.
- CLO 3: Select and utilize appropriate materials and technologies for vehicle design based on functionality, safety, and sustainability considerations.
- CLO 4: Design vehicles that prioritize user needs, ergonomics, and user experience within the broader mobility ecosystem.
- CLO 5: Effectively communicate design concepts and solutions through sketches, renderings, presentations, and user experience (UX) documentation.
AAT474 - Packaging Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
70 |
15 |
15 |
|
Course Contents
The aim of this course is to immerse students in the multifaceted world of 3-D package design and product graphics, focusing on integrating identity and branding systems. The course contents include fundamental concepts of packaging design, Elements of packaging design, conceptual packaging design processes, exploration of alternative materials and formats, application of digital and interactive media in packaging design, Sustainable practices, Recycling, Packaging product, Types of packaging, Packaging substrates, Package design, layout and production, AI in Packaging design. Through these components, students will develop an advanced understanding of design theories and principles applied to packaging. They will gain practical experience in designing and executing packaging projects, enhancing their skills in using digital tools and interactive elements. The course also emphasizes the importance of effectively communicating design concepts both visually and verbally. Additionally, students will be encouraged to adopt a research-oriented approach, exploring and experimenting to solve real-world packaging challenges with innovative solutions. By the end of the course, students will be competent in creating cohesive and innovative packaging designs, integrating branding and identity systems, utilizing various materials and formats, and employing digital media to enhance their projects. They will be well-equipped to address and solve packaging issues creatively and professionally, preparing them for careers in the packaging industry.
References
- Uffelen, C. v. (2013). Packaging Design. Germany: Braun.
- Ellicott, C., Roncarelli, S. (2010). Packaging Essentials: 100 Design Principles for Creating Packages. United States: Rockport Publishers.
- Roth, L., Wybenga, G. L. (2012). The Packaging Designer's Book of Patterns. Germany: Wiley.
- Klimchuk, M. R., Krasovec, S. A. (2012). Packaging Design: Successful Product Branding From Concept to Shelf. United Kingdom: Wiley.
- https://www.udemy.com/course/product-packaging-design-comprehensive-course/
- https://justcreative.com/best-packaging-design-courses-online/
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Develop an advanced understanding of fundamental concepts, elements, and theories of packaging design.
- CLO 2: Apply conceptual packaging design processes to create innovative and effective packaging solutions.
- CLO 3: Identify and apply the methods, material, practical, and production considerations involved in package design.
- CLO 4: Integrate digital and interactive media, including AI, into packaging design to enhance functionality and aesthetic appeal.
- CLO 5: Effectively communicate packaging design concepts visually and verbally to a professional standard.
AAT475 - Product packaging
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to design packaging and wrapping that can protect and preserve their products from damage during handling, shipping and storage, which contributes to improving customer acceptance of products and increasing confidence in their quality, and focusing on understanding the requirements of the advertising message that helps attract customers and the technical elements that must be included in product packaging. Through a combination of lectures, discussions and practical workshops, students will explore the strategic and creative aspects of packaging design. They will delve into understanding the role of packaging in marketing, consumer behavior and product protection. Students will learn how to develop visually appealing, easy-to-use and sustainable packaging concepts.
References
- Package Design Workbook: The Art and Science of Successful Packaging, Stephen Depuis and John Silva, Rockport Publishers.
- Designing Brand Identity: A Complete Guide to Creating, Building, and Maintaining a Brand, Alina Wheeler, Laurence King Publishing.
- Sustainable Packaging: The Complete Guide to Eco-Friendly Design, Materials, and Processes, Scott Peck and Gillian Cesar, Greenleaf Publishing.
- "Packaging Design for Dummies" by Robin Levine.
- The Dieline - Packaging Design Inspiration (https://www.thedieline.com/).
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the role and importance of product packaging in marketing and branding.
- CLO 2: Analyze target audiences and market trends to inform packaging design decisions.
- CLO 3: Apply design thinking principles to develop creative and user-centered packaging solutions.
- CLO 4: Master the fundamentals of package construction, material selection, and graphic design principles for packaging.
- CLO 5: Develop and refine packaging prototypes considering functionality, aesthetics, and sustainability.
- CLO 6: Communicate packaging design concepts and rationale effectively through presentations and mockups.
- CLO 7: Evaluate the effectiveness of packaging design based on marketing objectives and user experience.
AAT476 - Smart Products Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course dives into the exciting world of smart products, equipping students with the knowledge and skills to design intelligent and interconnected devices. Through a blend of lectures, discussions, and hands-on workshops, students will explore the core principles of smart product design, user experience considerations for interactive devices, and the integration of various technologies like sensors, actuators, and connectivity protocols. They will learn to develop user-centered design solutions that seamlessly integrate into people's lives and enhance their experiences.
References
- Designing Smart Products: A Practical Guide to Designing and Developing Connected Products by Brian Solis and Kate Hon
- Smart Product Design: Making Technology Intuitive by Scott Davis
- The Internet of Things: A Field Guide to Connecting the Physical and Digital Worlds by Dirk Haarman
- Designing for the Internet of Things by Evelyn Lamb and Michael Ryden
- Smart Things: Ubiquitous Computing in Everyday Life by Nigel G. Clark
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the concept of smart products and the Internet of Things (IoT).
- CLO 2: Analyze user needs and behaviors to identify design opportunities for smart products.
- CLO 3: Apply design thinking principles to develop innovative and user-friendly concepts for smart products.
- CLO 4: Explore core technologies used in smart products, including sensors, actuators, and communication protocols.
- CLO 5: Understand the principles of user interface and interaction design for smart products.
- CLO 6: Develop prototypes for smart products, considering functionality, user experience, and technical feasibility.
- CLO 7: Evaluate the effectiveness of smart product designs through user testing and usability analysis.
AAT477 - Systems Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
20 |
20 |
|
Course Contents
This course equips students with the knowledge and skills to design complex systems across various disciplines. Through a blend of lectures, discussions, and hands-on exercises, students will explore the fundamentals of systems thinking, user-centered design principles, and methodologies for designing effective and efficient systems. They will gain experience in analyzing complex problems, identifying system requirements, and developing solutions that consider the interactions between various components.
References
- "Thinking in Systems: A Primer" by Donella Meadows
- MIT OpenCourseware - Introduction to Systems Engineering (https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/16-842-fundamentals-of-systems-engineering-fall-2015/)
- The Interaction Design Foundation - Design Thinking (https://www.interaction-design.org/courses/design-thinking-the-ultimate-guide)
- IEEE Systems Council - Systems Engineering Body of Knowledge (SEBoK) (https://www.computer.org/education/bodies-of-knowledge/systems-engineering)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of systems thinking and its application to design challenges.
- CLO 2: Analyze complex problems and identify key stakeholders and system requirements.
- CLO 3: Apply user-centered design principles to develop user-friendly and effective systems.
- CLO 4: Utilize system modeling techniques to visualize and analyze system behavior.
- CLO 5: Develop design solutions that consider interactions between various system components.
- CLO 6: Evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of system designs using appropriate metrics.
- CLO 7: Communicate system design concepts and rationale effectively through presentations and documentation.
AAT478 - Toy Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
40 |
20 |
40 |
|
Course Contents
This course ignites students’ passion for toy design within the department. Through a combination of theoretical knowledge and practical experience, students gain the skills to create innovative and engaging toys that promote creativity, learning and imaginative play. The course integrates lectures, discussions, workshops, laboratory experiments, tutorials and project work, enabling students to understand child development, explore diverse materials and manufacturing processes and design safe and fun toys that positively impact children’s lives.
References
- Vale, B., Vale, R. J. D. (2013). Architecture on the Carpet: The Curious Tale of Construction Toys and the Genesis of Modern Buildings. United Kingdom: Thames & Hudson.
- Uffelen, C. v. (2010). Toy Design. Germany: Braun.
- Toys and Communication. (2017). United Kingdom: Palgrave Macmillan UK.
- https://www.toyassociation.org/App_Themes/tia/pdfs/resources/inventors/TIAToyInventorDesignerGuide.pdf
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sJ_jFG753bs
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Critically assess existing toys based on their play value, educational benefits, safety considerations, and developmental appropriateness for different age groups.
- CLO 2: Implement core design principles specific to toy design, including play patterns, user experience (UX) for children, and safety regulations.
- CLO 3: Select and utilize appropriate materials and manufacturing processes based on function, durability, and cost-effectiveness for toy production.
- CLO 4: Design toys that promote various developmental domains in children, such as cognitive, social, and physical development.
- CLO 5: Develop physical prototypes and technical drawings to effectively communicate toy design concepts and functionalities.
AAT491 - AAT Project III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
AAT292
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of society/consumer/engineering solutions. Further, they will do market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products and Identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project, (if there are any). This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. By studying this course abilities like creativity, imitativeness, and performance qualities are also developed in students. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated objectives of learning this course. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that it can be completed mainly using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. Acquired the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- Collaborative Design: Proceedings of Co Designing 2000. (2012). Switzerland: Springer London
- David Holston, The Strategic Designer: Tools & Techniques for Managing the Design Process, How Books, 2011
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x0NPPZieTSs
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nEWTXZlXP9w
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Assess the impact of the project on society (if there is any)
- CLO 2: Conduct Feasibility studies, Design projects, and market surveys about raw materials, components or finished products.
- CLO 3: Design, plan and propose a project according to user requirements.
- CLO 4: Apply project development methodologies appropriate to the project.
- CLO 5: Collaborate with team members to develop the prototype of the application.
- CLO 6: Identify the ethical societal and environmental issues related to the project, (if there are any)
- CLO 7: Communicate project ideas and current work achievements clearly through technical report and presentations.
AAT492 - AAT Project IV
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
0 |
0 |
8 |
8 |
240 |
4 |
75 |
0 |
25 |
AAT491
|
Course Contents
This course enables the students to exercise some of the knowledge and/or skills developed during the program in a new situation or problem for which there are number of engineering solutions. In Project IV students will apply the knowledge gained during the course to design and prototype a software application that meets user needs and expectations. Further, they will evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions. This course includes planning the tasks which are to be completed within the time allocated, and in turn, helps to develop the ability to plan, use, monitor, and control resources optimally and economically. By studying this course abilities like creativity, imitativeness, and performance qualities are also developed in students. Leadership development and supervision skills are also integrated objectives of learning this course. The projects will have a detailed project proposal, which must be executed or implemented within the time allocated, simultaneously maintaining a logbook periodically monitored by the teacher. Projects should be chosen so that it can be completed mainly using students’ problem-solving capabilities and depth of learning. A detailed project report is to be prepared as the project progresses, which has to be submitted after the project is over. Acquired the basic background necessary to conduct research on advanced topics in a chosen subject area.
References
- Collaborative Design: Proceedings of Co Designing 2000. (2012). Switzerland: Springer London
- David Holston, The Strategic Designer: Tools & Techniques for Managing the Design Process, How Books, 2011
- https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pVou8Crr7no
- https://effectiveu.umn.edu/capstone/additional-resources
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Demonstrate the ability to apply the knowledge to design and prototype a software/hardware application that meets user needs and expectations.
- CLO 2: Design the project acquiring and applying new knowledge through literature review.
- CLO 3: Design computing/hardware solutions considering economical, environmental, cultural, global impact and technical aspects.
- CLO 4: Assess the impact of technical and system constraints to select optimal solutions.
- CLO 5: Evaluate the impact of the product or system or process on society and draw conclusions.
- CLO 6: Demonstrate teamwork through regular formal team meetings, project management, class presentations, and a final design presentation.
- CLO 7: Assess the ethical and legal impact of the implemented product or system or process.
- CLO 8: Write a technical report in a standard format and give an oral presentation.
- CLO 9: Design and implement the project with modern product design tools and software.
AAT4E1 - AAT Major Elective II
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
AAT4E2 - AAT Major Elective III
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
60 |
15 |
25 |
|
VAT415
- 3D Environment Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
This course offers an immersive journey into the intricate process of crafting digital landscapes and settings that serve as the backdrop for captivating narratives across diverse industries, including gaming, animation, film, and virtual reality. The course presents a holistic approach, blending theoretical insights with hands-on practical exercises, aimed at equipping students with the requisite knowledge, techniques, and tools to breathe life into their creative visions. As students embark on this exploration, they delve into the foundational principles that underpin the art of environment design. Through engaging theoretical lectures, they gain an understanding of spatial composition, scale, and proportion—essential elements that shape the immersive quality and believability of digital worlds. Discussions on the interplay between form and function, light and shadow, guide students in mastering the art of creating environments that resonate with their intended audience. Practical exercises serve as the cornerstone of the learning experience, allowing students to apply theoretical concepts in a tangible, hands-on manner. With access to industry-standard software such as Blender, Autodesk Maya, or Unreal Engine, students immerse themselves in the intricacies of 3D modeling, sculpting, and texturing. They hone their skills in meticulously crafting assets—from sprawling landscapes to intricate props—that populate their digital realms. Emphasis is placed on the mastery of advanced techniques in lighting and rendering, empowering students to infuse their environments with realism and visual splendor. Through experimentation with diverse lighting setups and rendering engines, students learn to evoke mood and atmosphere, transforming their environments into immersive experiences that resonate with the viewer. Integral to the course is the exploration of narrative and storytelling elements within the context of environment design. Recognizing the transformative power of narrative in shaping user experience, students delve into the art of integrating storytelling elements—from subtle visual cues to immersive narrative arcs—into their environments. Through thoughtful consideration of narrative pacing, symbolism, and thematic resonance, students elevate their designs from mere backdrops to immersive worlds teeming with life and meaning.
References
- Smith, J. (2023). Mastering 3D Environment Design: Techniques for Creating Immersive Worlds. Publisher.
- Hess, R. (2021). Blender Foundations: The Essential Guide to Learning Blender 2.9. Packt Publishing.
- Davidson, R. (2021). Substance Painter Cookbook: Over 60 recipes to help you create stunning materials and textures using the Substance Painter 2021. Packt Publishing.
- Katatikarn, J., & Tanzillo, M. (2020). Lighting for Animation: The Art of Visual Storytelling. CRC Press.
- "3D Modeling Essentials: Concepts, Practices and Tools" by Alireza Khan
- Autodesk 3D Design Software Tutorials (https://www.autodesk.com/solutions/3d-design-software)
- 3D Printing Industry (https://3dprintingindustry.com/)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Understand and apply principles of spatial composition, scale, and proportion to design visually appealing and immersive 3D environments that effectively convey depth and perspective.
- CLO 2: Develop proficiency in 3D modeling software such as Blender, demonstrating the ability to create complex environmental assets including terrain, props, and architectural elements.
- CLO 3: Utilize texture painting tools and procedural effects in software like Substance Painter to create high-quality textures and materials that enhance the realism and believability of 3D environments.
- CLO 4: Apply advanced lighting techniques and rendering settings to create realistic lighting scenarios and achieve high-quality renders of 3D environments, considering factors such as mood, atmosphere, and focal points.
- CLO 5: Incorporate narrative and storytelling elements into 3D environment design, effectively communicating themes, messages, and narratives through visual cues, environmental storytelling, and atmospheric effects.
VAT416 - 3D Production Pipeline
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
The 3D Production Pipeline course serves as a dynamic and comprehensive journey into the multifaceted world of 3D content creation, catering to the diverse needs of industries ranging from animation and gaming to visual effects and virtual reality. Delving beyond surface-level exploration, this course immerses students in a rich tapestry of processes, workflows, and cutting-edge technologies that underpin the creation of captivating 3D content.At its core, the course serves as a beacon guiding students through the labyrinthine complexities of the 3D production pipeline. Through a meticulously crafted curriculum, students embark on an illuminating odyssey that traverses the entire spectrum of production stages, from conceptualization to final delivery. Theoretical lectures serve as the cornerstone of this journey, offering invaluable insights into the theoretical frameworks, industry standards, and emerging trends that shape the landscape of 3D production. However, the course goes beyond the confines of traditional pedagogy, embracing a holistic approach that seamlessly integrates theoretical knowledge with practical application. Practical demonstrations provide students with real-world examples, showcasing the application of theoretical concepts in a tangible, hands-on manner. From the intricacies of modeling and texturing to the nuances of animation and rendering, students are equipped with the practical skills and technical know-how necessary to navigate the intricate labyrinth of 3D production with confidence and finesse. Central to the course ethos is the cultivation of collaborative teamwork and project management skills. Recognizing the inherently collaborative nature of the 3D production process, students are encouraged to engage in collaborative projects that mirror real-world production scenarios. Through these projects, students learn the art of effective communication, task delegation, and problem-solving, honing essential skills that are indispensable in the professional realm. Furthermore, the course places a strong emphasis on the integration of industry-standard tools and software, ensuring that students are well-versed in the tools of the trade. Whether it's mastering the intricacies of Autodesk Maya, harnessing the power of ZBrush for digital sculpting, or delving into the realm of Adobe After Effects for compositing and post-production, students are provided with a robust toolkit that empowers them to bring their creative visions to life.
References
- Latham, J. (2024). The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects (5th ed.). Wiley.
- Luna, F. (2023). The 3D Animation Handbook: Creative Techniques for Digital Filmmakers (3rd ed.). Routledge.
- Langley, A. (2023). Digital Lighting and Rendering (3rd ed.). New Riders.
- Chen, W. (2023). Texturing and Modeling: A Procedural Approach (4th ed.). Morgan Kaufmann.
- Autodesk 3D Production Pipeline Tutorials (https://help.autodesk.com/view/PLNT3D/2023/ENU/?guid=GUID-A857BC95-C50C-4AE3-973A-91694E43C7A5)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Gain mastery in utilizing industry-standard software tools such as Maya, Adobe After Effects, and ZBrush, demonstrating the ability to navigate the interfaces, utilize essential features, and execute tasks relevant to the 3D production pipeline.
- CLO 2: Develop a comprehensive understanding of the stages and processes involved in the 3D production pipeline, from pre-production planning and asset creation to animation, lighting, rendering, and post-production compositing, enabling effective collaboration and contribution to production teams.
- CLO 3: Apply industry-standard techniques, workflows, and best practices throughout the 3D production process, ensuring adherence to quality standards, efficiency in workflow execution, and compatibility with industry expectations and requirements.
- CLO 4: Cultivate effective communication, collaboration, and teamwork skills through participation in collaborative projects and group assignments, demonstrating the ability to contribute to team goals, coordinate with team members, and navigate challenges encountered during the production process.
- CLO 5: Develop problem-solving skills and adaptability to address challenges and complexities inherent in the 3D production pipeline, demonstrating the ability to troubleshoot technical issues, innovate solutions, and adapt to changing project requirements and constraints.
VAT417 - Brand Design
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
Brand Design is an in-depth exploration into the intricate world of crafting robust brands that stand out in today's bustling market. In this course, we journey through the strategic and imaginative realms essential for constructing brands that thrive amidst fierce competition. We unravel the core principles of branding, meticulously dissecting elements like brand strategy, positioning, and architecture to unveil the underlying mechanisms that drive brand success. Throughout the course, students embark on a transformative learning experience, navigating through a blend of enlightening lectures, illuminating case studies, and immersive hands-on projects. This multifaceted approach ensures that students not only grasp theoretical concepts but also hone practical skills that are crucial in the dynamic landscape of brand design. A cornerstone of the course is the exploration of brand identity — the visual and conceptual essence that distinguishes a brand from its peers. Through a deep dive into graphic design, typography, color theory, and the art of visual storytelling, students learn how to sculpt compelling brand identities that resonate deeply with target audiences and carve a distinctive niche in the market. From crafting captivating logos to conceptualizing awe-inspiring packaging designs, students are equipped with the tools and techniques needed to breathe life into brands and forge enduring connections with consumers.
Moreover, this course isn't just about aesthetics; it's about infusing brands with meaning and purpose. Students delve into the intricate interplay between design elements and brand narrative, learning how to infuse brand assets with the values, beliefs, and personality traits that define a brand's essence. Whether it's through a meticulously chosen color palette, a carefully crafted logo, or a thoughtfully curated marketing campaign, students discover how to harness the power of design to articulate a brand's story and evoke profound emotional responses from consumers. By the culmination of the course, students emerge as adept brand designers, armed with a comprehensive toolkit and a nuanced understanding of the symbiotic relationship between design and brand strategy. With a robust portfolio brimming with diverse brand design projects, they are poised to make their mark in the ever-evolving realm of branding, transforming concepts into tangible experiences that captivate hearts, minds, and markets alike.
References
- Busche, L. (2023). Brand Psychology: The Art and Science of Building Strong Brands. Taylor & Francis.
- Smith, J. D., & Johnson, A. M. (2022). The Art of Branding (2nd ed.). Penguin Random House.
- Jones, S. M. (Ed.). (2021). Branding Strategies: Insights from Industry Experts. Wiley.
- American Marketing Association. (2020). Branding Excellence: Best Practices for Marketing Professionals. HarperCollins.
- AIGA (American Institute of Graphic Arts) - Design Resources (https://www.aiga.org/resources)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: Upon completing the course, students will possess a thorough grasp of the foundational principles of branding, including strategy, positioning, and architecture, enabling them to effectively differentiate brands in competitive markets.
- CLO 2: Through hands-on projects, students will develop proficiency in industry-standard design software like Adobe Illustrator, Photoshop, and InDesign, equipping them with the skills to create impactful brand assets such as logos, packaging, and marketing materials.
- CLO 3: Students will learn to conceptualize, refine, and maintain brand identities that authentically reflect a brand's values and resonate with target audiences across various touchpoints.
- CLO 4: By analyzing real-world brand design examples, students will sharpen their critical thinking abilities, gaining insights into successful branding strategies and tactics employed across different industries.
- CLO 5: Students will be adept at articulating design decisions and presenting comprehensive brand design solutions with clarity, confidence, and professionalism to clients, stakeholders, and peers.
VAT463 - Organic Surface Modeling
Contact Hours |
CH |
Assessment Scheme |
Prerequisite |
LCT |
TUT |
LAB |
Total |
SWL |
CW |
MT |
FE |
2 |
0 |
2 |
4 |
120 |
3 |
50 |
20 |
30 |
|
Course Contents
Organic Surface Modeling represents a pinnacle in digital design education, offering an immersive exploration into the intricacies of crafting intricate organic forms using advanced digital modeling techniques. Tailored for students seeking to refine their skills in the realms of product design, character modeling, and digital sculpting, this course serves as a comprehensive roadmap to mastering the art of sculpting lifelike surfaces that evoke realism and captivate the imagination. Spanning a rich tapestry of theoretical discourse, practical demonstrations, and immersive hands-on projects, Organic Surface Modeling immerses students in a transformative learning experience. Delving deep into the foundational principles, innovative methods, and cutting-edge tools essential for navigating the complex terrain of organic surface modeling, students embark on a transformative journey of discovery and mastery. At the core of this journey lies the cultivation of precision, control, and artistic sensibility in manipulating digital surfaces. Through a series of meticulously crafted lectures, students unravel the nuances of form, structure, and composition, gaining insights into the subtle interplay of light, shadow, and texture that breathe life into digital creations. From mastering the intricacies of digital sculpting software to exploring advanced surface modeling techniques, students are empowered with the knowledge and skills needed to breathe soul into their creations. Moreover, Organic Surface Modeling transcends mere technical proficiency, fostering a profound appreciation for the creative process and the boundless possibilities it entails. Through a series of hands-on projects and practical demonstrations, students are encouraged to unleash their creativity and imagination, pushing the boundaries of conventional design paradigms to forge bold, innovative narratives that resonate with audiences on a visceral level. As students’ progress through the course, they are not merely passive participants but active agents of transformation, continually refining their craft, honing their skills, and pushing the boundaries of what is possible in the realm of organic surface modeling. With each stroke of the digital brush, each sculpted contour, they inch closer to realizing their creative vision, transforming conceptual ideas into breathtaking visual masterpieces.
References
- Smith, J. D. (2023). Advanced Techniques in Organic Surface Modeling. Penguin Random House.
- Shupe, R. (2021). Substance Painter: A Comprehensive Guide to Texturing and Material Creation. Packt Publishing.
- Spencer, S. (2020). Digital Sculpting with ZBrush. Pearson.
- Fisher, G. (2019). Blender Basics: Introduction to 3D Modeling, Texturing, and Animation. Wiley.
- The Dieline - Packaging Design Inspiration (https://www.thedieline.com/)
Learning Outcomes
- CLO 1: students will have acquired a high level of proficiency in digital sculpting techniques using software such as ZBrush or Blender. They will be able to manipulate digital surfaces with precision and finesse, sculpting organic forms that exhibit realistic details and lifelike textures.
- CLO 2: Through theoretical lectures and practical exercises, students will develop a deep understanding of organic form and structure. They will learn to analyze and replicate the intricate shapes and contours found in nature, mastering the art of creating convincing organic models that adhere to anatomical principles and proportions.
- CLO 3: Students will learn how to apply textures and materials to their organic models, enhancing realism and visual appeal. They will become proficient in texture mapping techniques, procedural texturing, and material application, ensuring that their models exhibit realistic surface properties and tactile qualities.
- CLO 4: Engaging in hands-on projects that challenge them to solve creative problems and iterate on their designs. They will learn to experiment with different sculpting techniques, refine their models based on feedback, and push the boundaries of their artistic expression, fostering a spirit of creativity and innovation.
- CLO 5: Building a professional portfolio showcasing their mastery of organic surface modeling techniques. This portfolio will demonstrate their ability to create complex organic forms, texture them realistically, and present them in visually compelling ways. It will serve as a testament to their skills and creativity, positioning them for success in the competitive field of digital design and animation.